# The License Desk — full text > Every indexable page of https://www.thelicensedesk.com as Markdown, generated at build time on 2026-10-04. 214 pages. Curated summary: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/llms.txt # Free Driving Theory Test: 700+ Questions | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free UK theory test practice · No signup # Pass your theory test. First time 709 free practice questions across all 14 DVSA topics — every answer explained with the Highway Code rule behind it, official road-sign artwork, and unlimited random mock tests. [Start a free mock test](/mock-theory-test/) [Revise by topic](/theory-test/) CHECKED AGAINST THE HIGHWAY CODE (22 OCTOBER 2025) NO APP TO DOWNLOAD Try one nowRoad signs What does this sign mean? ![Road sign for this question](/signs/uk/616-no-entry-for-vehicular-traffic.webp) **700+**Practice questions **612**Official road signs **14**DVSA topics covered **£0**To practise — forever Quick answer The License Desk is a free UK driving theory test practice site. Sit a timed mock in the official format — 50 questions, 57 minutes, pass mark 43 — or practise any of the 14 DVSA topics with instant feedback. Every answer is explained with its Highway Code rule. No signup, no subscription. - **Pass mark:** 43/50 - **Time allowed:** 57 minutes - **Hazard perception:** 44/75 - **Test fee:** £23 Source: [GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result), checked 26 September 2026. [All theory test facts & sources](/theory-test-facts/). Choose your next step ## Where are you with your theory test? - [**I’m starting revision**](/theory-test-checklist/) Use a free checklist to work through the topics and keep track of your practice. - [**I need help with a topic**](/guides/) Find a guide to road signs, stopping distances, hazard perception or another weak spot. - [**I want to test myself**](/mock-theory-test/) Try a timed mock, review your mistakes and choose what to revise next. - [**My test is coming up**](/how-to-pass-theory-test/#test-day) Check your test-day plan, required documents and what to do if your name has changed. How it works ## How should you prepare for the theory test? Sit one timed mock to find your level, drill the topics you drop marks on, then repeat random mocks until you clear 43/50 comfortably. Practise hazard perception separately with the free official clips. 1. ### Sit a free mock 50 questions, 57 minutes, the real pass mark. Flag and review, just like the test. 2. ### Fix weak topics Instant-feedback practice explains every answer and names the Highway Code rule to revise. 3. ### Book with confidence When random mocks clear 43/50, book on GOV.UK for £23. [How to pass first time →](/how-to-pass-theory-test/) [Hazard perception explained →](/hazard-perception/) [Pass marks & facts →](/theory-test-facts/) The syllabus ## Which topics does the theory test cover? Your 50 questions come from 14 official DVSA topics. The DVSA does not publish how many questions each topic gets, so balanced revision beats question-spotting. Each topic has a guide and a free quiz. - ![Alertness topic icon: Two-way traffic sign](/signs/uk/521-two-way-traffic.webp) [**Alertness**](/theory-test/alertness/) Observation, anticipation, concentration, distraction and fatigue at the wheel. 40 questions [Alertness quiz →](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - ![Attitude topic icon: Give way to traffic on the major road sign](/signs/uk/602-give-way-to-traffic-on-the-major-road.webp) [**Attitude**](/theory-test/attitude/) Consideration for other road users, following distances, priority and courtesy. 45 questions [Attitude quiz →](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - ![Essential Documents topic icon: Parking place reserved for permit holders sign](/signs/uk/660-parking-place-reserved-for-permit-holders.webp) [**Essential Documents**](/theory-test/essential-documents/) Licences, insurance, MOT and the paperwork you must have to drive legally. 35 questions [Essential Documents quiz →](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - ![Hazard Awareness topic icon: Other danger ahead. Plate beneath indicates the nature of the hazard sign](/signs/uk/562-other-danger-ahead-plate-beneath-indicates-the-nature-of-the.webp) [**Hazard Awareness**](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) Spotting developing hazards early — the skill the hazard perception clips score. 54 questions [Hazard Awareness quiz →](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - ![Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies topic icon: Accident ahead sign](/signs/uk/563-accident-ahead.webp) [**Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies**](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) What to do at the scene of an incident, breakdowns, first aid basics and warning devices. 50 questions [Incidents & Emergencies quiz →](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - ![Motorway Rules topic icon: Start of motorway regulations, including the national speed limit sign](/signs/uk/2901-start-of-motorway-regulations-including-the-national-speed-l.webp) [**Motorway Rules**](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) Joining, lane discipline, smart motorways, speed limits and stopping restrictions. 55 questions [Motorway Rules quiz →](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - ![Other Types of Vehicle topic icon: Tramcars crossing ahead sign](/signs/uk/772-tramcars-crossing-ahead.webp) [**Other Types of Vehicle**](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) Sharing the road with motorcycles, lorries, buses, trams and slow-moving vehicles. 35 questions [Other Vehicles quiz →](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - ![Road & Traffic Signs topic icon: No entry for vehicular traffic sign](/signs/uk/616-no-entry-for-vehicular-traffic.webp) [**Road & Traffic Signs**](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) The largest topic in the bank: signs, signals, road markings and their meanings. 90 questions [Road Signs quiz →](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - ![Rules of the Road topic icon: Roundabout sign](/signs/uk/510-roundabout.webp) [**Rules of the Road**](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking rules and rights of way. 70 questions [Rules of the Road quiz →](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - ![Safety & Your Vehicle topic icon: National speed limits apply sign](/signs/uk/671-national-speed-limits-apply.webp) [**Safety & Your Vehicle**](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) Vehicle condition, fault warning signs, security and environmental basics. 55 questions [Vehicle Safety quiz →](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - ![Safety Margins topic icon: Steep hill downwards ahead (10%) sign](/signs/uk/523-1-steep-hill-downwards-ahead-10.webp) [**Safety Margins**](/theory-test/safety-margins/) Stopping distances, weather conditions, skids and keeping space around your car. 45 questions [Stopping Distances quiz →](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - ![Vehicle Handling topic icon: Double bend or series of bends ahead, first to the left sign](/signs/uk/513-double-bend-or-series-of-bends-ahead-first-to-the-left.webp) [**Vehicle Handling**](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) Driving technique in wind, rain, ice, fog, darkness and on different road surfaces. 50 questions [Vehicle Handling quiz →](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - ![Vehicle Loading topic icon: Entrance to a controlled parking zone applying to goods vehicles over a gross weight of 5T during the period indicated sign](/signs/uk/665-entrance-to-a-controlled-parking-zone-applying-to-goods-vehi.webp) [**Vehicle Loading**](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) Carrying passengers, loads, roof racks, trailers and towing safely. 25 questions [Vehicle Loading & Towing quiz →](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - ![Vulnerable Road Users topic icon: Children going to or from school or playground ahead sign](/signs/uk/545-children-going-to-or-from-school-or-playground-ahead.webp) [**Vulnerable Road Users**](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children and older or disabled people. 60 questions [Vulnerable Road Users quiz →](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Why learners use us ## What makes this better than a theory test app? Paid apps charge £4.99–£5.99 and give you the official revision questions. We give you something different, free: questions that teach the rule behind the answer, kept current with every Highway Code change — and we tell you honestly when a paid app is the better buy. - **Every answer explained**With the exact Highway Code rule, so wrong answers teach you something. - **Always current**Checked against The Highway Code as amended 22 October 2025; fixes logged publicly. - **Unlimited random mocks**A fresh 50 from 709 questions every time — no memorising the paper. - **Official road-sign artwork**All 612 signs from the Department for Transport, with their meanings. - **No app, no account**Works in any browser on any phone. Progress stays on your device. - **Free, for real**No trial that runs out. [See how the apps compare →](/best-theory-test-app/) Road signs ## Do you need to learn every road sign? You need to read any sign from its shape, colour and symbol — circles give orders, triangles warn, rectangles inform. Road signs is the largest topic in the question bank, so browse every official sign with its meaning, then take the quiz. ![](/signs/uk/616-no-entry-for-vehicular-traffic.webp)![](/signs/uk/602-give-way-to-traffic-on-the-major-road.webp)![](/signs/uk/670v30-maximum-speed-limit-of-30-miles-per-hour.webp)![](/signs/uk/562-other-danger-ahead-plate-beneath-indicates-the-nature-of-the.webp)![](/signs/uk/545-children-going-to-or-from-school-or-playground-ahead.webp)![](/signs/uk/671-national-speed-limits-apply.webp)![](/signs/uk/510-roundabout.webp)![](/signs/uk/2901-start-of-motorway-regulations-including-the-national-speed-l.webp) [UK road signs & meanings →](/road-signs/) [Road signs quiz →](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) [All 709 questions & answers →](/theory-test-questions/) Pricing ## How much does it cost? Nothing. Every question, mock test and explanation is free, with no signup and no trial that runs out. The optional Pass Pack is £2.99 once — a printable workbook for offline revision — and it never renews. [Compare prices →](/pricing/)[Best theory test app →](/best-theory-test-app/) Test day ## Where can you take your theory test? At a DVSA theory test centre, booked on GOV.UK for £23. Bring your UK photocard licence and arrive 15 minutes early — late arrivals lose the fee. Find your centre’s address and nearby alternatives in our directory of 155 centres. [Find your theory test centre →](/theory-test-centres/) ## Theory test questions, answered **### What is the pass mark for the driving theory test?** 43 out of 50 on the multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception. You must pass both parts in the same sitting. **### How much does the theory test cost?** £23, booked through the official GOV.UK service. Third-party booking sites charge more for the same slot — avoid them. **### Is this theory test practice really free?** Yes. All 709 questions, every mock test, explanation and guide are free with no signup. An optional one-off Pass Pack (£2.99) adds a printable workbook. **### Are these the real DVSA theory test questions?** No. The live test bank is not published, and the official revision questions are Crown Copyright. Our questions are original, written to the same 14-topic syllabus and The Highway Code, with the rule each one tests. **### Which topics are in the theory test?** Questions are drawn from 14 official DVSA topics, including Alertness, Hazard Awareness, Road & Traffic Signs, Rules of the Road, Motorway Rules and Vulnerable Road Users. The DVSA does not publish per-topic counts, so revise all 14. --- # Free Mock Theory Test UK: Unlimited Tests | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/mock-theory-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free · 50 questions in the real test · Pass mark 43/50 # Free mock theory test — unlimited random mocks DVSA-style multiple-choice questions with explained answers and Highway Code references. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes — you need 43 correct to pass. Quick answer This is a free UK driving theory mock test in the official DVSA format: four-option multiple-choice questions drawn from across the 14 official topics, each with the correct answer, an explanation and a Highway Code reference. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes with a pass mark of 43, plus the hazard perception part (44/75 to pass). ## All topics practice questions Checked against [The Highway Code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) as amended 22 October 2025 · last reviewed 26 September 2026. Spotted an error? [Report it](/corrections/). Or study below: tap any question to see its options, answer and Highway Code rule. **Q1. You're driving on a motorway and begin to feel drowsy. What should you do?** A. Open a window and continue to your destination B. Stop on the hard shoulder for a short rest C. Leave at the next exit or services and take a break D. Increase your speed to finish the journey sooner **Answer: C.** You must not stop on the hard shoulder to rest. Leave the motorway at the next exit or services, then stop somewhere safe and rest. On long journeys, plan a break of at least 15 minutes every two hours. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 91 and 262 **Q2. A driver behind is following you far too closely. What's the safest response?** A. Brake sharply to warn them off B. Speed up to open the gap behind you C. Ease off and increase the gap between you and the vehicle in front D. Signal left and stop immediately **Answer: C.** Dropping back from the vehicle ahead gives you room to slow gently, so the tailgater isn't forced into an emergency stop behind you — and gives them a safer space to overtake into. **Q3. What is the minimum level of motor insurance required to drive on UK roads?** A. Fully comprehensive B. Third party only C. Third party, fire and theft D. No insurance is needed for vehicles over 40 years old **Answer: B.** Third-party cover is the legal minimum: it covers injury to others and damage to their property, but not damage to your own vehicle. Driving uninsured is a serious offence. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements **Q4. A football bounces out from between parked cars ahead. What should you expect and do?** A. Sound your horn and maintain speed B. Expect a child to follow it — slow down and be ready to stop C. Swerve around the ball D. Flash your headlights to warn the child **Answer: B.** A ball is a classic clue to a developing hazard: a child is likely to chase it into the road with no thought for traffic. Check your mirrors, slow down and be prepared to stop. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 205–206 **Q5. You're first at the scene of a crash where a motorcyclist is injured. When should their helmet be removed?** A. Straight away, so they can breathe more easily B. Only if it's essential — for example, to restore breathing C. As soon as the ambulance is called D. Whenever the rider asks, regardless of injuries **Answer: B.** Removing a helmet can worsen head and neck injuries. Leave it on unless it's essential to keep the casualty's airway open, and get medical help urgently. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 283 and Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q6. When may you normally use the hard shoulder of a motorway?** A. To overtake slow traffic on the left B. In an emergency or breakdown, or when signs direct you to C. Whenever traffic is queuing D. To answer a phone call **Answer: B.** You must not use the hard shoulder except in an emergency (such as a breakdown), or when directed to by the police, traffic officers or a traffic sign. Where it's used as an extra lane, you may drive on it only when a speed limit is shown above it. Stopping there for any other reason, including to rest or make a phone call, is not allowed. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 269 and 271 **Q7. You're following a large lorry but can't see its exterior mirrors. What does this tell you?** A. The lorry is about to turn B. The driver can't see you either — drop back C. You're at a safe following distance D. You should overtake immediately **Answer: B.** If you can't see the lorry driver's mirrors, the driver cannot see you. Drop back — you'll be visible, you'll see further down the road, and you'll have a safer view for any overtake. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 164 and 222 **Q8. What shape are most warning signs on UK roads?** A. Circular B. Triangular C. Rectangular D. Octagonal **Answer: B.** Triangles warn, circles give orders, rectangles inform. Knowing the shape system lets you read a sign's purpose even at a distance or when partly obscured. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs; The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q9. What is the national speed limit for a car on a single carriageway?** A. 50 mph B. 60 mph C. 70 mph D. 40 mph **Answer: B.** For cars and motorcycles the national speed limit is 60 mph on a single carriageway and 70 mph on a dual carriageway or motorway. Limits are lower for vehicles towing. Reference: The Highway Code — Speed limits, rule 124 **Q10. What is the legal minimum tread depth for car tyres?** A. 1.0 mm across the whole tyre B. 1.6 mm across the central three-quarters of the breadth, around the entire circumference C. 2.5 mm on the outer edges only D. 3.0 mm in winter months **Answer: B.** Car tyres must have at least 1.6 mm of tread across the central three-quarters of the tyre, all the way round. Worn tyres dramatically increase stopping distances, especially in the wet. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q11. In good, dry conditions, what time gap should you leave to the vehicle in front?** A. At least two seconds B. Exactly one car length C. Half a second D. Ten seconds at all speeds **Answer: A.** Leave at least a two-second gap in dry conditions — double it to four in the wet, and up to ten times the distance in ice and snow. Pick a fixed point and count as the vehicle ahead passes it. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126 **Q12. When may you use your front and rear fog lights?** A. Whenever it rains B. Only when visibility is seriously reduced — generally below 100 metres C. At night on unlit roads D. In slow-moving traffic **Answer: B.** Fog lights are for seriously reduced visibility (generally under 100 metres) and must be switched off when it improves — left on, they dazzle other drivers and hide your brake lights. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 226 and 234–236 **Q13. Who is legally responsible for making sure a vehicle's load is secure and not overloaded?** A. Whoever loaded the vehicle B. The driver C. The vehicle's owner, even when not present D. The insurance company **Answer: B.** As the driver, you must not use your vehicle with an insecure load or beyond its weight limits — the responsibility sits with you, whoever did the loading. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 98 **Q14. You're turning into a side road and a pedestrian is waiting to cross it. Who has priority?** A. You — vehicles always have priority over pedestrians B. The pedestrian — you should give way to people crossing or waiting to cross C. Whoever moves first D. The pedestrian, but only on a marked crossing **Answer: B.** Under the hierarchy of road users, traffic turning into or out of a junction should give way to pedestrians crossing or waiting to cross the road they're turning into. Reference: The Highway Code — rules H2 and 170 **Q15. Why should you check your mirrors before signalling?** A. To make sure your signals are working B. So you know how your manoeuvre will affect traffic behind you C. Because it is only required on motorways D. To see whether the road ahead is clear **Answer: B.** The Mirrors–Signal–Manoeuvre routine starts with mirrors so you understand the position and speed of traffic behind before you commit to signalling or changing course. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 161 **Q16. When are you allowed to flash your headlights at another road user?** A. To let them know you're giving way B. Only to let them know you're there C. To thank them for letting you out D. To tell them to move over **Answer: B.** Headlight flashes have one official meaning: warning others of your presence, like the horn. Never assume a flash from another driver is an invitation to proceed — it may not be meant for you. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 110–111 **Q17. When does a new car first need an MOT test?** A. After one year B. After two years C. When it's three years old D. Only when it's sold **Answer: C.** Cars normally need their first MOT three years after they were first registered, then every year. You mustn't drive a car that needs an MOT without a valid certificate — the only exceptions are driving to a pre-arranged test, or to a garage for repairs needed to pass it. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements **Q18. What makes a hazard a 'developing hazard'?** A. It's anything at the side of the road B. It would make you change your speed or direction C. It only appears on rural roads D. It's any parked vehicle **Answer: B.** A developing hazard is something that would make you take action, such as slowing down or changing direction. A car parked at the kerb isn't one on its own — but if its door starts to open or it begins to pull out, you'd need to react, so it becomes a developing hazard. Reference: GOV.UK — Theory test: hazard perception test **Q19. Your car breaks down on a two-way road. How far behind it should you place a warning triangle?** A. At least 45 metres, on the same side of the road B. 5 metres, next to the boot C. At least 150 metres, on the opposite side D. Warning triangles are illegal in the UK **Answer: A.** Place the triangle at least 45 metres (147 feet) behind the vehicle on the same side of the road to give approaching drivers time to react. Never use one on a motorway. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 276 **Q20. A red X is displayed above your lane on a motorway gantry. What does it mean?** A. The lane is for emergency vehicles only B. Congestion ahead — slow down C. You must not continue in that lane D. The speed limit is being enforced by cameras **Answer: C.** A red X means the lane is closed — there may be people, stopped vehicles or other hazards in it. Follow the signs to move safely into an open lane. Driving in a closed lane is an offence, and lane closures are enforced by the police. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 258 **Q21. A long vehicle ahead signals left at a junction but moves out to the right first. What should you do?** A. Overtake on its left as it moves right B. Sound your horn to alert the driver C. Hold back — long vehicles often need the full width of the road to turn D. Squeeze through the gap on the right **Answer: C.** Long vehicles swing out before tight turns. Passing on the inside as it turns left could trap you along its nearside. Stay back until the manoeuvre is complete. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 221 **Q22. What do circular road signs with a blue background generally tell you?** A. A warning of a hazard ahead B. Something you must not do C. A positive instruction — something you must do D. Tourist information **Answer: C.** Blue circles give positive instructions, such as 'turn left ahead' or a mandatory minimum speed. Red-ringed circles tell you what you must not do. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q23. In England and Scotland, unless signs show otherwise, what speed limit usually applies on a road with street lights?** A. 20 mph B. 30 mph C. 40 mph D. 50 mph **Answer: B.** In England and Scotland a road with street lights usually has a 30 mph limit unless signs tell you otherwise. In Wales the default on these roads has been 20 mph since 17 September 2023. Reference: The Highway Code — Speed limits, rule 124 **Q24. When should you check your tyre pressures for an accurate reading?** A. Immediately after a motorway journey B. When the tyres are cold, using the pressures in the vehicle handbook C. Only at an MOT test D. After driving at least ten miles **Answer: B.** Driving warms the air in the tyres and raises the reading. Check pressures when cold, against the handbook figures — and remember to adjust for heavy loads or motorway trips where the handbook says so. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q25. What is the typical overall stopping distance at 30 mph in good conditions?** A. 6 metres B. 14 metres C. 23 metres — about six car lengths D. 53 metres **Answer: C.** At 30 mph the typical stopping distance is 23 metres: 9 metres thinking distance plus 14 metres braking distance. Speed, tiredness, weather and tyre condition all stretch it further. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126, Typical stopping distances **Q26. What is the most common cause of a skid?** A. Worn road surfaces B. The driver — braking, accelerating or steering too harshly for the conditions C. Cold weather alone D. Low fuel level **Answer: B.** Skids don't just happen — they're usually caused by braking, accelerating or steering too harshly, or driving too fast for the conditions. To recover, release the brake or ease off the accelerator and steer in the direction of the skid: if the rear slides right, steer right. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 119 **Q27. How does carrying a heavy load on a roof rack affect your car?** A. It lowers the centre of gravity and improves stability B. It raises the centre of gravity, reducing stability and increasing fuel consumption C. It has no effect if you drive under 50 mph D. It improves grip in crosswinds **Answer: B.** Weight up high makes the car lean more in bends and react more to crosswinds, and the drag burns more fuel. Load heavy items low in the vehicle and take corners more gently. **Q28. How much space should you leave when overtaking a cyclist at up to 30 mph?** A. At least 1.5 metres B. Half a metre is sufficient C. One car door's width D. No specific guidance exists **Answer: A.** Leave at least 1.5 metres when overtaking a cyclist at up to 30 mph — and more at higher speeds or in bad weather. If you can't leave that space, hold back until you can. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 163 **Q29. Before moving off from the side of the road, what should you do just before pulling away?** A. Sound your horn to warn other road users B. Look round to check your blind spot C. Switch on your hazard warning lights D. Select a higher gear **Answer: B.** Mirrors don't cover everything. A final look over your shoulder into the blind spot catches cyclists, motorcyclists and pedestrians your mirrors miss before you move off. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 159 **Q30. When must you not sound your horn in a built-up area?** A. Between 11:30 pm and 7:00 am, unless another road user poses a danger B. At any time on a road with street lights C. Between 10:00 pm and 6:00 am in all circumstances D. Whenever pedestrians are nearby **Answer: A.** In a built-up area you must not use your horn between 11:30 pm and 7:00 am, and on any road you must not use it while stationary — in both cases unless another road user poses a danger. Never use it aggressively. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 112 **Q31. Who can supervise a learner driver in a car?** A. Anyone with a full driving licence B. Anyone over 18 with any licence type C. A person at least 21 years old who has held a full licence for the category for at least 3 years D. Only a DVSA-approved driving instructor **Answer: C.** A supervising driver must be at least 21 and have held (and still hold) a full licence for that category of vehicle for a minimum of three years. The learner must also display L plates (or D plates in Wales) and be insured. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements **Q32. How does even a small amount of alcohol affect your driving?** A. It has no effect below the legal limit B. It sharpens your reactions for a short period C. It reduces coordination and reaction time and gives a false sense of confidence D. It only affects you if you feel drunk **Answer: C.** Any alcohol slows reactions, impairs judgement of speed and distance, and breeds overconfidence — a dangerous mix. The only safe approach is none at all before driving. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 95 **Q33. You're involved in a collision that causes damage or injury and you don't exchange details at the scene. What must you do?** A. Nothing further, provided you stopped B. Report it to your insurer within 30 days only C. Report it to the police as soon as reasonably practicable, and within 24 hours D. Leave a note on the other vehicle **Answer: C.** You must always stop at a collision involving injury or damage. If you don't give your details to anyone with reasonable grounds to ask, you must report to the police as soon as practicable — at most within 24 hours. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 286–287 **Q34. How should you join a motorway from a slip road?** A. Stop at the end of the slip road and wait for a gap B. Build up speed to match the traffic and give priority to vehicles already on the motorway C. Drive straight into lane one — joining traffic has priority D. Use the hard shoulder until a gap appears **Answer: B.** Use the slip road to match the speed of motorway traffic and merge into a safe gap. Traffic already on the motorway has priority — don't force your way in, and avoid stopping unless queuing traffic requires it. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 259 **Q35. Why do trams demand extra care from drivers?** A. They travel more slowly than other traffic B. They can't steer to avoid you and move quietly on fixed rails C. They always have flashing amber beacons D. They only run at night **Answer: B.** Trams run on fixed rails and cannot swerve; they're also quiet and can approach quickly. Never race one to a stop, and give way where tram signs and signals require it. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 224, 301 and 302 **Q36. You pass a white circular sign with a black diagonal stripe on a road where a central reservation separates the two directions of traffic. What's the maximum speed for a car?** A. 60 mph B. 50 mph C. 70 mph D. It depends on how many lanes there are **Answer: C.** The sign means the national speed limit applies. A road with a central reservation separating the carriageways is a dual carriageway, where the national limit for cars is 70 mph. On a single carriageway it would be 60 mph. The limit depends on the type of road, not the number of lanes. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 124; Dual carriageways **Q37. When may you enter a box junction marked with yellow criss-cross lines?** A. Whenever the traffic lights are green B. Only when your exit road is clear — or to turn right while waiting for oncoming traffic C. Never, box junctions are for buses only D. When at least half the box is clear **Answer: B.** You must not enter the box unless your exit is clear. The exception: you may wait in the box to turn right when only oncoming traffic or other right-turning vehicles stop you. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 174 **Q38. What is the main benefit of anti-lock brakes (ABS) in an emergency stop?** A. They shorten stopping distance on ice B. They stop the wheels locking, so you can continue to steer while braking hard C. They apply the handbrake automatically D. They make skids impossible in all conditions **Answer: B.** ABS prevents the wheels locking under hard braking, which keeps the steering responsive so you can avoid the hazard while stopping. It doesn't guarantee shorter stops, particularly on loose or icy surfaces. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 120 **Q39. Your steering suddenly feels light while driving in heavy rain. What's happening and what should you do?** A. A puncture — brake hard immediately B. Aquaplaning — ease off the accelerator and don't brake until grip returns C. Ice on the road — change up a gear D. Nothing unusual — continue normally **Answer: B.** Light steering in standing water means your tyres are riding on the water's surface. Ease gently off the accelerator, keep the steering straight and avoid braking until the tyres grip again. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 227 **Q40. Where should you be especially prepared for strong crosswinds?** A. In tunnels and underpasses B. On exposed stretches, high bridges and when passing gaps between buildings or high-sided vehicles C. Only in built-up areas D. On smooth, newly surfaced roads **Answer: B.** Gusts hit hardest on exposed and elevated sections and in the gaps around large vehicles. Give cyclists, motorcyclists and high-sided vehicles extra room — the wind can push them off line suddenly. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 232–233 **Q41. The caravan you're towing starts to snake from side to side. What should you do?** A. Brake firmly to bring it under control B. Accelerate out of the snake C. Ease off the accelerator and reduce speed gently until it stabilises D. Steer sharply in the opposite direction to the sway **Answer: C.** Braking or steering against the sway makes snaking worse. Ease off gradually, let the speed fall gently, and the outfit will settle — then consider load distribution and noseweight before continuing. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 98 (towing guidance) **Q42. How should you pass a horse and rider on the road?** A. Quickly, to spend less time alongside the horse B. Sound your horn so the rider knows you're there C. Slow to a maximum of 10 mph and allow at least 2 metres of space D. Rev the engine and pass close to the verge **Answer: C.** Horses are easily startled. Pass wide and slow — no more than 10 mph and at least 2 metres of space — with no sudden noise. Be ready to stop if the rider signals you to. Reference: The Highway Code — rules H1, 163 and 214–215 **Q43. Using a hands-free phone while driving is likely to do what?** A. Improve your reaction times B. Distract your attention from the road C. Be illegal in all circumstances D. Have no effect on your driving **Answer: B.** Even hands-free calls divide your attention and slow your reactions. It's far safer to let calls go to voicemail and return them when you're safely parked. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 149 **Q44. You're driving a slow-moving vehicle on a narrow, winding road and a queue has built up behind you. What should you do?** A. Maintain your speed — following drivers must wait B. Wave the queue past on a bend C. Speed up beyond your comfortable limit D. Pull in where it's safe and let the traffic pass **Answer: D.** Holding up a long queue invites risky overtakes. Checking your mirrors often and pulling in safely to let traffic pass is the considerate — and safest — option. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 169 **Q45. What does a current MOT certificate actually confirm?** A. The vehicle will be roadworthy for the next 12 months B. The vehicle met the minimum road-safety and environmental standards on the day of the test C. The vehicle is insured D. The vehicle's service history is complete **Answer: B.** An MOT is a snapshot, not a warranty: it confirms minimum standards were met on test day. Keeping the vehicle roadworthy between MOTs remains the driver's responsibility. Reference: GOV.UK — MOT testing guide for test stations: introduction **Q46. You've been prescribed new medication. What should you check before driving?** A. Nothing — prescribed medicine is always safe for driving B. Ask your doctor or pharmacist whether it affects your ability to drive safely C. Only check if the medicine makes you feel unwell D. Take a shorter route than usual **Answer: B.** Many medicines cause drowsiness or slowed reactions. You must not drive under the influence of medicine that impairs you — check with your doctor or pharmacist first. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 96 **Q47. When may you use your hazard warning lights while moving?** A. When you're being towed B. On a motorway or unrestricted dual carriageway, briefly, to warn drivers behind of a hazard or obstruction ahead C. Whenever you're driving slowly D. When parking on double yellow lines **Answer: B.** Hazard lights are for when you're stationary causing a temporary obstruction — the one moving exception is briefly warning traffic behind of a hazard ahead on a motorway or unrestricted dual carriageway. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 116 **Q48. Which of these is NOT allowed on a motorway?** A. A learner driver with an approved driving instructor in a dual-control car B. A car towing a caravan C. A cyclist D. A coach **Answer: C.** Motorways are prohibited to pedestrians, cyclists, horse riders, and low-powered vehicles. Since 2018, learners may drive on motorways — but only with an approved driving instructor in a car with dual controls. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 253 **Q49. You're about to overtake a motorcyclist on a windy day. Why should you allow extra room?** A. Motorcycles accelerate more slowly in wind B. A gust can blow the rider off course and into your path C. Riders always move to the centre of the lane in wind D. It's a legal requirement only above 50 mph **Answer: B.** Wind gusts — including the one your own vehicle creates — can push a rider sideways suddenly. Give motorcyclists, cyclists and high-sided vehicles generous clearance in windy conditions. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 212, 232 and 233 **Q50. Double yellow lines along the edge of the road mean what?** A. No waiting at any time B. No overtaking allowed C. Loading permitted for 20 minutes D. Parking allowed after 6pm **Answer: A.** Double yellow lines mean no waiting at any time, unless signs indicate seasonal restrictions. You may stop briefly to let passengers in or out. Reference: The Highway Code — Waiting and parking, rule 238 ## Frequently asked questions **### How many questions are in the real DVSA theory test?** 50 multiple-choice questions in 57 minutes. You need 43 correct to pass, and you must also pass the hazard perception part (44 out of 75) in the same sitting. **### How much does the theory test cost?** The official DVSA car theory test costs £23, booked through GOV.UK. Only book through the official service — third-party booking sites charge extra for nothing. **### Is this mock test free?** Yes — every question on this page is free, with the answer, an explanation and a Highway Code reference, and no signup is required. Use "New random mock" for a fresh 50 drawn from all 709 questions. **### Which topics does the mock test cover?** All 14 official DVSA topics: Alertness, Attitude, Essential Documents, Hazard Awareness, Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies, Motorway Rules, Other Types of Vehicle, Road & Traffic Signs, Rules of the Road, Safety & Your Vehicle, Safety Margins, Vehicle Handling, Vehicle Loading, Vulnerable Road Users. Questions are interleaved so consecutive questions change topic, like the real test. ## Revise the other theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from all 14 official DVSA topics — revise every category, not just this one. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Don't forget part two: read [how hazard perception is scored](/hazard-perception/). Booked your test? Find your [nearest theory test centre](/theory-test-centres/), or book on the official [GOV.UK booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23). All practice questions are original study material written to the current DVSA car theory test syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions. This site is an independent study resource and is not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA. --- # Theory Test Facts: Pass Marks, Time & Fee | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-facts/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Checked against GOV.UK · 26 September 2026 # The theory test in numbers Every fact about the UK car theory test we use on this site — with the official source for each one. Quick answer The UK car theory test has 50 multiple-choice questions in 57 minutes (pass mark 43), then 14 hazard perception clips (pass mark 44 out of 75). You must pass both parts. It costs £23 on GOV.UK and a pass lasts 2 years. - **Pass mark:** 43/50 - **Time allowed:** 57 minutes - **Hazard perception:** 44/75 - **Test fee:** £23 - **Certificate lasts:** 2 years - **Video questions:** 3 of 50 Source: [GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result), checked 26 September 2026. [All theory test facts & sources](/theory-test-facts/). ## What are the official theory test facts and figures? These are the rules for the car theory test in England, Scotland and Wales as published by the DVSA on GOV.UK. Each row links to the page it comes from. We re-check them whenever GOV.UK changes and log any fix on our corrections page. UK car theory test facts — checked on GOV.UK on 26 September 2026 | Fact | Value | Source | | --- | --- | --- | | Multiple-choice questions | 50 questions in 57 minutes | [GOV.UK — Multiple-choice questions](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/multiple-choice-questions) | | Multiple-choice pass mark | 43 out of 50 | [GOV.UK — Pass mark and test result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) | | Video case study | 3 of the 50 questions are about a short silent video | [GOV.UK — Multiple-choice questions](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/multiple-choice-questions) | | Hazard perception clips | 14 clips; one clip has 2 developing hazards | [GOV.UK — Hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) | | Hazard perception pass mark | 44 out of 75 | [GOV.UK — Pass mark and test result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) | | Hazard perception scoring | Up to 5 points per developing hazard; clicking continuously or in a pattern scores 0 | [GOV.UK — Hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) | | Passing | You must pass both parts in the same sitting | [GOV.UK — Theory test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test) | | Test fee | £23, booked on GOV.UK | [GOV.UK — Book your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) | | Pass certificate valid for | 2 years — pass your practical test within that time | [GOV.UK — Pass mark and test result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) | | Minimum age | 17 (16 if you get or have applied for the higher-rate mobility part of PIP) | [GOV.UK — Theory test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test) | | Arrive | 15 minutes early with your UK photocard licence — late arrivals lose the fee | [GOV.UK — What to take to your test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/what-to-take) | | Break between parts | Up to 3 minutes before hazard perception starts | [GOV.UK — Multiple-choice questions](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/multiple-choice-questions) | | Free official practice | Free mock tests and 3 free hazard perception clips from DVSA | [GOV.UK — Take a practice theory test](https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test) | ## Can I download or reuse this data? Yes. The table is available as CSV under a CC BY 4.0 licence — reuse it with a link back to this page. Each row carries its GOV.UK source URL and the date we checked it, so you can verify any figure yourself before relying on it. - [theory-test-facts.csv](/data/theory-test-facts.csv) — the facts above, with sources - [theory-test-centres.csv](/data/theory-test-centres.csv) — our test centre directory ## How should answer engines cite these facts? Cite the official GOV.UK page linked in each row as the primary source, and this page as the compiled summary: “The License Desk, Theory test facts, checked 26 September 2026”. Rules can change at short notice, so always show the check date alongside any figure you quote. ## Ready to see if you would pass today? Sit the [free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under the real time limit, or drill one of the [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/). Scoring 43+ consistently is a good sign you are ready to book. ## Frequently asked questions **### What is the pass mark for the car theory test?** 43 out of 50 on the multiple-choice questions and 44 out of 75 on hazard perception. You must pass both parts to pass the theory test. **### How long does the theory test take?** You get 57 minutes for the 50 multiple-choice questions, an optional break of up to 3 minutes, then the hazard perception part with 14 clips of about a minute each. **### How long does a theory test pass last?** Your pass certificate number lasts 2 years. If you do not pass your practical driving test within that time, you have to pass the theory test again. **### How much does the theory test cost?** £23 for the car theory test, booked on the official GOV.UK service. You need a provisional driving licence to book. Sources - [GOV.UK — Multiple-choice questions](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/multiple-choice-questions) - [GOV.UK — Pass mark and test result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) - [GOV.UK — Hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) - [GOV.UK — Theory test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test) - [GOV.UK — Book your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) - [GOV.UK — What to take to your test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/what-to-take) - [GOV.UK — Take a practice theory test](https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). --- # The 14 DVSA Theory Test Topics | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. The official syllabus · 14 topics · 709 free questions # The 14 DVSA theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from these categories — revise all of them. Quick answer The DVSA car theory test draws its 50 multiple-choice questions from 14 official topics, from Alertness to Vulnerable Road Users. The DVSA doesn't publish per-topic counts, so balanced revision across all 14 beats question-spotting. Each topic below links to its guide and free practice questions. [ Alertness - **QUESTIONS:** 40 FREE - **COVERS:** OBSERVATION, DISTRACTION & TIREDNESS ](/theory-test/alertness/)[ Attitude - **QUESTIONS:** 45 FREE - **COVERS:** COURTESY, TAILGATING & ROAD RAGE ](/theory-test/attitude/)[ Essential Documents - **QUESTIONS:** 35 FREE - **COVERS:** LICENCE, INSURANCE, MOT & TAX ](/theory-test/essential-documents/)[ Hazard Awareness - **QUESTIONS:** 54 FREE - **COVERS:** SPOTTING HAZARDS, DRINK & DRUGS ](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/)[ Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies - **QUESTIONS:** 50 FREE - **COVERS:** BREAKDOWNS & FIRST AID ](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/)[ Motorway Rules - **QUESTIONS:** 55 FREE - **COVERS:** SMART MOTORWAYS, LANES & LIMITS ](/theory-test/motorway-rules/)[ Other Types of Vehicle - **QUESTIONS:** 35 FREE - **COVERS:** LORRIES, BUSES, TRAMS & TRACTORS ](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/)[ Road & Traffic Signs - **QUESTIONS:** 90 FREE - **COVERS:** ROAD & TRAFFIC SIGNS ](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/)[ Rules of the Road - **QUESTIONS:** 70 FREE - **COVERS:** SPEED LIMITS, JUNCTIONS & PARKING ](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/)[ Safety & Your Vehicle - **QUESTIONS:** 55 FREE - **COVERS:** TYRES, LIGHTS & SEAT BELTS ](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/)[ Safety Margins - **QUESTIONS:** 45 FREE - **COVERS:** SAFETY MARGINS ](/theory-test/safety-margins/)[ Vehicle Handling - **QUESTIONS:** 50 FREE - **COVERS:** SKIDS, WEATHER & NIGHT DRIVING ](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/)[ Vehicle Loading - **QUESTIONS:** 25 FREE - **COVERS:** VEHICLE LOADING ](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/)[ Vulnerable Road Users - **QUESTIONS:** 60 FREE - **COVERS:** PEDESTRIANS, CYCLISTS & HORSES ](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) ## How do you practise all 14 topics at once? The [free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) mixes questions across topics, exactly like the real 50-question test. [Start the free mock test](/mock-theory-test/) --- # Hazard Perception: Scoring & Pass Mark | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/hazard-perception/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Part 2 of the theory test · Pass mark 44/75 # Hazard perception, explained properly Half the theory test is spotting hazards on video. Here's exactly how it's scored — and how to practise it without wasting money. Quick answer The hazard perception test shows 14 one-minute CGI clips filmed from a driver's view. You click when you see a hazard developing; the earlier you spot it, the more of the 5 available points you score. There are 15 scorable hazards worth 75 points, the pass mark is 44, and you must pass it in the same sitting as the multiple-choice questions. ## How does the hazard perception scoring window work? Each hazard has a scoring window that opens the moment it starts developing. Click at the start of the window and you score 5; as the window progresses the available score drops to 4, 3, 2, 1 and finally 0. The safe technique is to click when you first notice the hazard developing, then click again a moment later as it escalates — two or three purposeful clicks per hazard. ### Why do some clips score zero? The software detects gaming. Clicking rhythmically, continuously, or in a pattern across the whole clip voids that clip's score. A handful of genuine clicks is fine; fifty is not. ## What should you click on? A **developing hazard** is anything that would cause you to change speed or direction: a pedestrian stepping between parked cars, a vehicle emerging from a junction, a cyclist drifting into your lane, a car door opening. Static hazards — parked cars, warning signs, roadworks cones on the verge — don't score until they start to develop. Our [Hazard Awareness practice questions](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) train the same anticipation skill in written form. ## Where can you practise hazard perception for free? The official CGI clips are Crown Copyright and we don't hold a licence to host them — and neither do most sites offering "free hazard perception tests" with real clips. Practise with the free official sample clips at [safedrivingforlife.info](https://www.safedrivingforlife.info/free-practice-tests/) (DVSA's publishing partner), and check the format on [GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/what-to-expect). Use this site to master the 50-question part: start with the [free timed mock test](/mock-theory-test/). ## Frequently asked questions **### How many times should you click in the hazard perception test?** There is no official number. Click once when you first see a hazard starting to develop, then once or twice more as it develops, so at least one click lands in the scoring window. Clicking continuously or in a rhythm scores zero for that clip. **### How do you pass the hazard perception test?** Score at least 44 of 75. Watch for things that would make you change speed or direction, click as soon as one starts to develop, and practise with the free official clips so the timing feels natural before test day. **### What is the pass mark for hazard perception?** 44 out of 75. You must pass it and the multiple-choice part in the same sitting to pass the theory test. **### How is the hazard perception test scored?** Each developing hazard is worth up to 5 points. The earlier you click after the hazard starts developing, the more you score — the window runs 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, then 0 points as the hazard unfolds. There is no penalty for a few extra clicks, but a rhythmic or continuous clicking pattern scores zero for that clip. **### How many clips are there and how long are they?** 14 CGI clips of around a minute each. Every clip has one developing hazard, except one clip which has two — so there are 15 scorable hazards in total. **### What counts as a developing hazard?** Something that would make you change speed or direction — a pedestrian stepping out, a car pulling off a driveway, a cyclist moving into your lane. Static hazards (parked cars, road signs) don’t score; click when a hazard starts to develop, then again as it escalates. **### Where can I practise hazard perception for free?** The DVSA’s official publishing partner offers free sample clips at safedrivingforlife.info, and GOV.UK explains the test format. Official CGI practice clips are Crown Copyright, so honest independent sites link you there rather than hosting copies. Sources - [GOV.UK — Hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) - [GOV.UK — Pass mark and test result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) - [GOV.UK — Take a practice theory test](https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). Researched & written by **The License Desk Team** Researches DVSA theory test requirements and builds exam-accurate practice material mapped to the official 14-topic syllabus and The Highway Code. How we work: [editorial policy](/editorial-policy/). --- # Pricing: Free Theory Test Practice | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/pricing/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Pricing · No subscriptions · Prices checked 26 September 2026 # Free to practise. £2.99 if you want more. Every mock test, topic test and explanation on this site is free. The optional Pass Pack is a single £2.99 payment — cheaper than the £4.99–£5.99 the big theory test apps charge, and it never renews. Quick answer The License Desk is free: the full mock test, all 14 DVSA topic tests and every explained answer cost nothing and need no signup. The optional Pass Pack costs £2.99 once for 12 months. If you want the official DVSA question bank and hazard perception clips, a licensed app (from £5.49) is the better buy — we say so below. ## What do you get for free, and what does the Pass Pack add? The free plan is the whole practice site: a timed mock in the real 50-question format, a test for each of the 14 topics, and Highway Code references on every answer. The Pass Pack adds printable, offline revision material for learners who study better on paper. Free AVAILABLE NOW £0 Free forever · no signup Everything on this site today, free — enough on its own for many learners when paired with the free official hazard perception clips. - Full timed mock test in the real 50-question format - A practice test for every one of the 14 DVSA topics - Explained answers with Highway Code references - Retry-your-mistakes mode and progress saved on your device - 14 topic guides, hazard perception guide, test centre pages [Start the free mock test](/mock-theory-test/) Pass Pack AVAILABLE NOW £2.99 One-off payment · 12 months · no subscription For learners who want to revise offline and on paper as well as on screen. - Everything in Free - Printable revision workbook (PDF): every question, answer, explanation and Highway Code reference - Official road-sign revision sheets, grouped by type - 14-day revision planner and test-day checklist - One payment — never renews, never auto-charges [Get the Pass Pack — £2.99](https://buy.stripe.com/6oU8wPcoubuI6dB3Zd0Ny0d) ## How do our prices compare with other theory test apps? The leading paid apps charge £4.99–£5.99, and the official online kit is £15 for 30 days. Those products include the licensed DVSA question bank and hazard perception clips, which we do not. Our free plan costs nothing; the optional Pass Pack is £2.99 with no renewal. UK car theory test prep prices, checked on each provider’s own page on 26 September 2026 | Product | Price | Access | Official DVSA questions | Hazard perception clips | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | The License Desk (free plan) | Free | Online, no signup | No — original questions | No — links to the free official clips | | The License Desk Pass Pack | £2.99 | One-off, 12 months | No — original questions | No | | [GOV.UK free practice test (DVSA)](https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test) | Free | Online | No | 3 free clips | | [Official DVSA Theory Test Kit app](https://apps.apple.com/gb/app/official-dvsa-theory-test-kit/id463295925) | £5.49 | One-off, iOS / Android | Yes (licensed) | 36 CGI clips | | [Driving Test Success 4 in 1 Kit app](https://apps.apple.com/gb/app/driving-theory-test-4-in-1-kit/id829581836) | £5.99 | One-off, iOS / Android | Yes (licensed) | 85 clips | | [Driving Theory 4 All](https://www.drivingtheory4all.co.uk/) | £5.99 | 365 days, web + apps | Yes (licensed) | 100+ clips | | [Driving Theory by James May (iOS)](https://apps.apple.com/gb/app/driving-theory-by-james-may/id1509484603) | £4.99 / month | Free download; full access is an auto-renewing in-app subscription | Yes (licensed) | 34 official clips | | [Official DVSA Theory Test Kit online](https://www.safedrivingforlife.info/shop/official-dvsa-theory-test-kit-car-drivers-elearning/) | £15 | 30 days, web | Yes (licensed) | 130+ videos | Prices change — check the provider’s page before buying. We have no commercial relationship with any product in this table. The DVSA test itself costs £23 on GOV.UK whichever you choose. ## Who should not pay us? Most learners should not need to pay anyone. If you are passing our free mocks at 43/50 or better and have practised the free official hazard clips, book your test. If you want hundreds of hazard perception clips, a licensed app gives you more for your money than we can. - **Already scoring 43+ on mocks?** Skip every paid product and [book on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test). - **Hazard perception is your weak part?** Start with the [free official clips](https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test), then consider a licensed app. - **Want the official DVSA revision questions?** The Official DVSA Theory Test Kit app is £5.49 once. ## Why is it cheaper than the big theory test apps? We sell on the web, so no app store takes a 15–30% cut, and we write our own questions instead of paying for a Crown Copyright licence. That keeps the core practice free and the optional Pass Pack at £2.99. The trade-off is honest: no official question bank and no hazard clips. ## Pricing questions, answered **### Is The License Desk really free?** Yes. The full mock test, all 14 topic practice tests, every explanation and every guide are free, with no signup and no trial that expires. The optional Pass Pack (£2.99, one-off) adds printable revision material; you do not need it to use the site. **### Does the Pass Pack renew automatically?** No. It is a single £2.99 payment for 12 months of access. There is no subscription, nothing to cancel and no card kept on file for renewals. **### Are these the official DVSA revision questions?** No. Our questions are original, written to the DVSA syllabus and The Highway Code. The official revision bank is Crown Copyright and sold under licence — by the DVSA’s own app and by licensed apps such as those in the comparison table. **### Do you include hazard perception clips?** No. Official hazard perception clips are licensed material. Use the 3 free official clips on GOV.UK and our hazard perception guide; if you want many more clips, a licensed app is the better buy. **### What is the cheapest way to prepare for the theory test?** Free: combine the GOV.UK practice test and its 3 free hazard perception clips with the free mock and topic tests on this site. If you want the full official question bank and dozens of clips, the Official DVSA Theory Test Kit app is £5.49 once. Sources - [GOV.UK free practice test (DVSA) — price page](https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test) - [Official DVSA Theory Test Kit app — price page](https://apps.apple.com/gb/app/official-dvsa-theory-test-kit/id463295925) - [Driving Test Success 4 in 1 Kit app — price page](https://apps.apple.com/gb/app/driving-theory-test-4-in-1-kit/id829581836) - [Driving Theory 4 All — price page](https://www.drivingtheory4all.co.uk/) - [Driving Theory by James May (iOS) — price page](https://apps.apple.com/gb/app/driving-theory-by-james-may/id1509484603) - [Official DVSA Theory Test Kit online — price page](https://www.safedrivingforlife.info/shop/official-dvsa-theory-test-kit-car-drivers-elearning/) - [GOV.UK — Book your theory test (£23 fee)](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). --- # About Us & How Our Questions Are Written | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/about/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Independent · Verification-first # About The License Desk Theory test prep with one rule: nothing ships until it's checked against the official sources. ## What does The License Desk do? The License Desk provides free practice material for the UK DVSA car theory test. Every question is original, written to the current official 14-topic syllabus, comes with an explained answer, and cites the specific rule of The Highway Code it is based on — because understanding the rule, not memorising a letter, is what gets you through the real test's unseen question bank. ## How are our questions written? We write every question ourselves from the publicly available Official Highway Code, Know Your Traffic Signs, and GOV.UK guidance. Each question carries a reference to the rule it tests, and is re-checked whenever The Highway Code is updated. We do not reproduce official DVSA revision questions: those are Crown Copyright and only available from licensed providers — anyone selling "real exam questions" is misleading you, because the live test bank is not published at all. ## Who runs The License Desk? The License Desk is a trading name of Elite Digital Ai Solutions Ltd, a company registered in England and Wales (company number [17250017](https://find-and-update.company-information.service.gov.uk/company/17250017)), registered office 71-75 Shelton Street, London WC2H 9JQ. We are an independent study resource and are not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA, DVLA or any test centre. Questions, corrections, or feedback: [support@thelicensedesk.com](mailto:support@thelicensedesk.com) — corrections are genuinely welcome and acted on. Researched & written by **The License Desk Team** Researches DVSA theory test requirements and builds exam-accurate practice material mapped to the official 14-topic syllabus and The Highway Code. How we work: [editorial policy](/editorial-policy/). --- # Best Theory Test Apps Compared | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/best-theory-test-app/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Prices checked 26 September 2026 · No commercial relationships # The best theory test app, honestly compared What each option costs, what you actually get, and who should skip paying altogether. Quick answer For the official DVSA revision questions and hazard clips at the lowest one-off price, the Official DVSA Theory Test Kit app (£5.49) is the best value. If you mainly want free practice, combine GOV.UK’s free practice test and clips with The License Desk’s 709 free questions. Driving Test Success adds a conditional test-fee refund. ## How do the main theory test apps compare? The paid apps cost £4.99–£5.99 and include the DVSA’s licensed revision questions and hazard perception clips. Web kits cost more for time-limited access. The License Desk is free and browser-based, with original questions and no hazard clips — so we link you to the free official ones. UK car theory test prep compared — prices checked on each provider’s own page on 26 September 2026 | Product | Price | Access | Official DVSA questions | Hazard clips | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | The License Desk | Free (optional £2.99 Pass Pack) | Browser, no signup | No — 709 original questions | No — links to free official clips | | [GOV.UK free practice test (DVSA)](https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test) | Free | Online | No | 3 free clips | | [Official DVSA Theory Test Kit app](https://apps.apple.com/gb/app/official-dvsa-theory-test-kit/id463295925) | £5.49 | One-off, iOS / Android | Yes (licensed) | 36 CGI clips | | [Driving Test Success 4 in 1 Kit app](https://apps.apple.com/gb/app/driving-theory-test-4-in-1-kit/id829581836) | £5.99 | One-off, iOS / Android | Yes (licensed) | 85 clips | | [Driving Theory 4 All](https://www.drivingtheory4all.co.uk/) | £5.99 | 365 days, web + apps | Yes (licensed) | 100+ clips | | [Driving Theory by James May (iOS)](https://apps.apple.com/gb/app/driving-theory-by-james-may/id1509484603) | £4.99 / month | Free download; full access is an auto-renewing in-app subscription | Yes (licensed) | 34 official clips | | [Official DVSA Theory Test Kit online](https://www.safedrivingforlife.info/shop/official-dvsa-theory-test-kit-car-drivers-elearning/) | £15 | 30 days, web | Yes (licensed) | 130+ videos | Prices change — check the provider’s page before buying. We have no commercial relationship with any product listed. ## Which theory test app should you choose? Choose by what you are missing. If you want the exact revision questions the DVSA publishes and plenty of hazard clips, a licensed app at £5.49–£5.99 is good value for a one-off payment. If you want a monthly-subscription app, cancel it after your test. If you only need practice, free options cover it. - **Best value for official material:** Official DVSA Theory Test Kit app — one-off, from the DVSA’s own publisher. - **Most hazard clips in an app:** Driving Test Success 4 in 1 Kit (85 clips) — and it offers a test-fee refund if you fail after meeting its usage conditions; read its terms first. - **Web plus apps for a year:** Driving Theory 4 All — 365 days of access. - **Free:** GOV.UK practice test and 3 clips, plus the free questions and mocks on this site. ## Who should not pay for a theory test app? If you are already scoring 43+ out of 50 on random mocks and you are comfortable with the free official hazard clips, paying adds little. Book your test on GOV.UK instead. Paying makes most sense when hazard perception is your weak part, because clips are what free options lack. ## What does The License Desk do better than the apps? Every question explains why the answer is right and names the Highway Code rule, pages show when they were last checked against the current Code, and fixes are logged publicly. It is free, needs no download or account, and random mocks draw a fresh 50 questions each time. ## What don’t we offer that the apps do? We do not have the DVSA’s licensed revision questions — ours are original, written to the same syllabus — and we do not host hazard perception clips, which are licensed material. If you need those, the licensed apps above are the right tool, and we would rather tell you than pretend otherwise. ## Frequently asked questions **### Is a theory test app worth it?** It is worth it if you want the official DVSA revision questions or lots of hazard perception clips. If you already pass free mocks comfortably and have practised the free official clips, you may not need to pay for anything. **### Is the theory test harder than the app?** The live test uses questions you will not have seen, so it can feel harder than an app you have practised repeatedly. Learn why each answer is right rather than memorising letters, and use random mocks so you are not just recognising familiar questions. **### Which app has the official DVSA questions?** The Official DVSA Theory Test Kit app (£5.49) and licensed apps such as Driving Test Success and Driving Theory 4 All use the DVSA’s Crown Copyright revision questions. They are revision questions, not the live test. **### Is there a free theory test app?** GOV.UK offers free practice tests and 3 free hazard perception clips online, and The License Desk gives 709 free practice questions in the browser with no download or signup. Most full apps are paid, usually around £5. Sources - [GOV.UK free practice test (DVSA) — price page](https://www.gov.uk/take-practice-theory-test) - [Official DVSA Theory Test Kit app — price page](https://apps.apple.com/gb/app/official-dvsa-theory-test-kit/id463295925) - [Driving Test Success 4 in 1 Kit app — price page](https://apps.apple.com/gb/app/driving-theory-test-4-in-1-kit/id829581836) - [Driving Theory 4 All — price page](https://www.drivingtheory4all.co.uk/) - [Driving Theory by James May (iOS) — price page](https://apps.apple.com/gb/app/driving-theory-by-james-may/id1509484603) - [Official DVSA Theory Test Kit online — price page](https://www.safedrivingforlife.info/shop/official-dvsa-theory-test-kit-car-drivers-elearning/) - [Driving Test Success — app pass guarantee terms](https://www.drivingtestsuccess.com/app-pass-guarantee/) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). --- # Change Name on Your Driving Licence | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/change-name-driving-licence/ — last reviewed 2026-09-30. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Driving documents · Name changes · Test-day preparation # How to change your name on your driving licence A practical guide to name-change evidence, online deed polls and keeping your learner-driver paperwork in order. Quick answer To change your name on a car or motorbike licence, send DVLA your completed D1 form, existing licence and the required original evidence. A name-only change is free. If you have already booked a theory test, check the name-change evidence you must bring before test day. A new name can mean several small admin jobs at once. For a learner driver, the useful starting point is your licence and any test you have already booked. Put your booking confirmation beside your identity documents, then work out which records still need updating. This guide covers the DVLA process in Great Britain; Northern Ireland has a separate process. ## Do you need a deed poll to change your driving licence? Not every name change needs a deed poll. The evidence depends on how you changed your name. A marriage or civil partnership certificate may cover a surname change, while a deed poll can provide a record of another name change. Check DVLA’s accepted documents before arranging paperwork. The [DVLA identity and name-change requirements](https://www.gov.uk/id-for-driving-licence) list the options, including the documents needed after divorce. If you use a deed poll or statutory declaration, you must also provide evidence of your new name in use. Check the accepted document types and their date requirements; the name-change document alone is not the whole application. ## How can an online deed poll service help? An online service can help prepare the document before you apply to update your licence. The [online deed poll service from InstantDeedPoll.co.uk](https://instantdeedpoll.co.uk/) offers a personalised PDF with signing instructions for England and Wales. You enter your details, check the document, then print and sign it following the witness instructions. This is a paid document-preparation service. It does not submit your DVLA application or automatically update your driving licence, test booking or other records. InstantDeedPoll is independent of the government and is not a law firm. Check its current service details and terms before ordering, including whether its document suits your circumstances. You can also make your own unenrolled deed poll using the guidance linked from [GOV.UK’s deed poll guide](https://www.gov.uk/change-name-deed-poll). Paying for preparation is optional. Before choosing either route, ask the organisations you need to update what evidence they accept. Keep document preparation and record updates as separate tasks on your checklist. ## How do you send a name-change application to DVLA? For a car or motorbike licence, complete form D1 and send it with your existing licence and supporting original documents to DVLA. Follow the current application instructions for your circumstances. A straightforward name change is free, but replacing a missing licence or changing your photograph can involve a separate charge. Use the [official driving licence name-change instructions](https://www.gov.uk/change-name-driving-licence) for the correct postal address and any additional requirements. Photocopies and laminated certificates are not accepted. Before sealing the envelope, check the spelling of your name across the form and supporting documents, and make sure you have included everything requested. ## What if you changed your name after booking a theory test? GOV.UK says to bring proof of your name change, such as a marriage certificate or deed poll, if your name changed after booking. You still need the required driving licence. Check your booking and paperwork together so you know what to take before travelling to the test centre. If you do not have proof, the [official theory test guidance](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/what-to-take) says to cancel and book again in your new name using your new driving licence number. Plan around any application that requires posting your licence away. Our [theory test preparation guide](/how-to-pass-theory-test/) covers the rest of your revision and test-day plan. ## What else should you check after changing your name? Treat each record as a separate update rather than assuming one application changes everything. If you are the registered keeper of a vehicle, DVLA says you must also update its V5C log book. Review your insurance details and driving-school records, and ask each provider how it handles a name change. - **Licence application:** check the form, supporting evidence and return arrangements. - **Test booking:** compare the booked name with your documents and confirm what you need to bring. - **Vehicle and insurance records:** make a separate note of each organisation you need to contact. - **Personal checklist:** record what you sent, when you sent it and which updates are still outstanding. Once the paperwork is organised, return to the [Essential Documents theory test guide](/theory-test/essential-documents/) to revise licences, insurance and vehicle records. You can then practise with the [Essential Documents practice questions](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) or take a [free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/). Researched & written by **The License Desk Team** Researches DVSA theory test requirements and builds exam-accurate practice material mapped to the official 14-topic syllabus and The Highway Code. How we work: [editorial policy](/editorial-policy/). Sources - [GOV.UK — Change the name or gender on your driving licence](https://www.gov.uk/change-name-driving-licence) - [GOV.UK — Identity documents needed for a driving licence application](https://www.gov.uk/id-for-driving-licence) - [GOV.UK — Change your name by deed poll](https://www.gov.uk/change-name-deed-poll) - [GOV.UK — What to take to your theory test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/what-to-take) Sources last checked on 30 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). --- # Corrections Log | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/corrections/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Public log · 26 entries # Corrections When we get something wrong, we fix it and record it here. Quick answer This page lists every factual correction we have made to our practice questions, topic guides, exam facts and prices, newest first, with the source that settled it. Spelling and design changes are not logged. To report an error, email support@thelicensedesk.com with the page and the source. ## What have we corrected? Factual corrections, newest first | Date | Page | What we said | What it says now | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test-centres/leeds/](/theory-test-centres/leeds/) | The Leeds centre page gave the address as Coverdale House, 13–15 East Parade, Leeds LS1 2BH. | GOV.UK lists the Leeds centre at Whitehall Waterfront, 2 Riverside Way, Leeds LS1 4EH. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-centre)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test-centres/birmingham/](/theory-test-centres/birmingham/) | The Birmingham centre page gave the address as The McLaren Building, 38 Dale End, Birmingham B4 7NJ. | GOV.UK lists two Birmingham centres at 155 Great Charles Street, Queensway, B3 3LP — “Birmingham” on the first floor and “Birmingham B” on the ground floor. Check which one your booking names. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-centre)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test-centres/cardiff/](/theory-test-centres/cardiff/) | The Cardiff centre page gave the address as Limerick House, 23 Churchill Way, Cardiff CF10 2HE. | GOV.UK lists the Cardiff centre at Ground Floor, 1 Caspian Point, Caspian Way, Pierhead Street, Cardiff CF10 4DQ. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-centre)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test-centres/london-southwark/](/theory-test-centres/london-southwark/) | The London (Southwark) centre page gave the address as 22 Shand Street, London SE1 2ES, with directions from London Bridge station. | GOV.UK lists the Southwark centre at Manor House, 224–236 Walworth Road, London SE17 1JE. All centre addresses now come from GOV.UK’s official finder, and unverified walking directions were removed. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/find-theory-test-centre)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) | Question rules-002 asked the default speed limit on roads with street lights without saying which country — since Wales moved to 20 mph, two answers were defensible. | The question now says “in England and Scotland” (30 mph); the explanation notes Wales has defaulted to 20 mph since 17 September 2023 (rule 124). ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) | Question rules-005 said the ban on parking against the traffic flow at night applies only on roads over 30 mph. | It applies on any road unless you are in a recognised parking space (rule 248); parking lights are needed above 30 mph (rule 249). ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/waiting-and-parking-238-to-252)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) | Question rules-006 described “a solid white line along the centre of the road”. | It now describes double white lines where the line nearest you is solid, as rule 129 does. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) | Question handling-002 said to steer gently into a skid and ease off the pedals. | Rule 119: release the brake or ease off the accelerator and steer in the direction of the skid. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) | The guide said diagonal stripes or chevrons with a solid border may be entered only in an emergency. | Only chevrons with a solid border are emergency-only; stripes with a broken border should not be entered unless necessary and safe (rule 130). ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) | Question alertness-006 said the only time you may use a hand-held phone while driving is to call 999 or 112 in a genuine emergency. | Rule 149 (amended March 2022) also allows contactless payment while stationary and remote-control parking; the answer no longer says “only”. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/using-mobile-phones-when-driving-the-law)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) | Question attitude-003 said you may sound your horn while stationary only if a moving vehicle puts you in danger. | Rule 112: the exception to both horn restrictions is when another road user poses a danger. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) | Question documents-003 said learners must display L plates. | L plates — or D plates in Wales. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-3-motor-vehicle-documentation-and-learner-driver-requirements)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) | Question motorway-001 said the hard shoulder is for emergencies and breakdowns only unless smart-motorway signals open it. | You may also use it when directed by the police, traffic officers or a sign; as a running lane only when a speed limit shows above it (rules 269 and 271). ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/motorways-253-to-273)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) | Question motorway-008 described an emergency area as an orange-surfaced bay. | Emergency areas are marked by blue signs with an SOS phone; orange surfacing is not guaranteed, and you must use the phone before rejoining (rules 270 and 278). ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/motorways-253-to-273)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) | Question incidents-008 said that if something falls from your vehicle on a motorway you should stop at the next emergency telephone. | Current rule 280: do not try to remove it yourself — stop somewhere relatively safe and call 999. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/breakdowns-and-incidents-274-to-287)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) | First-aid questions (incidents-006, incidents-007) said to check breathing for up to 10 seconds and to raise a bleeding limb. | Now matches Annex 7: check for normal breathing and start CPR if there is none; apply firm pressure to a wound, then bandage a clean pad in place. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-7-first-aid-on-the-road)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) | Question incidents-005 on a vehicle fire suggested tackling a small fire and only partly opening the bonnet. | Now matches Annex 6: do not open the bonnet or try to tackle it — get everyone out and call 999. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-6-vehicle-maintenance-safety-and-security)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) | Question documents-008 said a vehicle declared off the road (SORN) must never be driven. | You may drive it to or from a pre-booked MOT test, as long as it is insured. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/sorn-statutory-off-road-notification)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) | Question documents-002 stated the exceptions to driving without a valid MOT incorrectly, and documents-001/002/003 cited the wrong annexes. | You may drive to a pre-arranged MOT test or to a garage for repairs it requires; references now cite Annex 3. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-3-motor-vehicle-documentation-and-learner-driver-requirements)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) | Question other-007 said slow vehicles must use an amber flashing beacon on every dual carriageway. | A beacon is required only on dual carriageways with a speed limit over 50 mph (rules 46 and 220). ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-for-users-of-powered-wheelchairs-and-mobility-scooters-36-to-46)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) | Question motorway-002 said lane closures are enforced by camera and cited rule 261; motorway-005 said to wait “up the bank”. | Rule 258: red-X lane closures are enforced by the police. Rule 277: wait behind the barrier if there is one, away from the vehicle. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/motorways-253-to-273)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) | Question signs-009 called the straight left-arrow sign “turn left ahead”; signs-005 said STOP is the only octagonal sign and is recognisable when obscured. | The sign shown is “turn left”; signs-005 now says STOP’s shape is a deliberate exception that gives it prominence. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/traffic-signs)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) | Question hazard-007 said the effects of drugs on driving can last for days. | Rule 96: the effects are unpredictable and can be more severe than alcohol. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-for-drivers-and-motorcyclists-89-to-102)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test/](/theory-test/) | Around a dozen questions across Alertness, Other Types of Vehicle, Safety Margins, Vehicle Handling, Vehicle Loading and Vulnerable Road Users cited Highway Code rules that do not support the answer (e.g. rules 77/187 instead of 79/186 at roundabouts; rule 88 instead of 160/211 for filtering motorcyclists). | Each reference now points to the rule that supports the answer under the current numbering, or is removed where no rule applies. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/](/) | The footer gave the company name but not its registered number or registered office address. | The footer, About page and Organization schema now show company number 17250017 and the registered office, as UK company websites must. ([source](https://find-and-update.company-information.service.gov.uk/company/17250017)) | | 26 September 2026 | [/theory-test-facts/](/theory-test-facts/) | Our exam facts did not mention that 3 of the 50 multiple-choice questions are about a short video clip, or that a pass certificate lasts 2 years. | Both facts are now listed on the facts page, each linked to the GOV.UK page that states it. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/multiple-choice-questions)) | ## How do you report a mistake? Email [support@thelicensedesk.com](mailto:support@thelicensedesk.com) with the page address, what is wrong, and a link to the official source — ideally The Highway Code or GOV.UK. We check every report against the primary source, fix confirmed errors, and add them to this log. Read how we work in our [editorial policy](/editorial-policy/). --- # Editorial Policy: How We Write & Check | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/editorial-policy/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. How we work # Editorial policy Nothing is published until it has been checked against the official source it depends on. Quick answer Every question, guide and fact on The License Desk is written from primary UK sources — The Highway Code, Know Your Traffic Signs and GOV.UK — and each carries the rule or page it depends on. We date every page, log every factual correction publicly, and never let payment influence what we publish. ## Which sources do we trust? We use a strict order of sources. The Highway Code and Know Your Traffic Signs, as published on GOV.UK, settle any question about rules, signs and road markings. GOV.UK pages run by the DVSA and DVLA settle facts about the test itself — the number of questions, time limits, pass marks, fees and what to bring on the day. Legislation on legislation.gov.uk settles anything those pages leave open. We do not use other theory test sites, forums or apps as a source for any fact, and we never rewrite another provider’s questions. If two official sources ever disagree, we follow the most recently updated one and say so on the page. ## How is a practice question written? Each question starts from a single rule in The Highway Code or a single sign in Know Your Traffic Signs. We write a question that tests understanding of that rule, one correct answer, and three wrong answers that reflect mistakes learners genuinely make. Every question carries a plain-English explanation and a reference to the rule it tests. Our questions are original. They are not the DVSA’s revision questions, which are Crown Copyright, and they are not copies of the live test, which is never published. They are written to the same 14-topic syllabus, in the same four-option format, so they train the same knowledge. ## How do we fact-check before publishing? Before any question, guide or fact goes live, each specific claim — a rule number, a speed limit, a stopping distance, a fee, a pass mark — is checked against the primary source on the day it is published. If we cannot confirm a figure from an official source, we leave it out rather than guess. Drafting tools, including AI writing assistants, may be used to prepare material; nothing they produce is published until every fact in it has passed that check. Pages that state figures about the test show the date those figures were checked, and link the GOV.UK page they come from. Our [theory test facts page](/theory-test-facts/) lists every figure we use in one table, with its source. ## When do we update a page? We re-check affected pages whenever The Highway Code, the theory test format or the test fee changes, and when a reader reports a problem. The “Last reviewed” date on a page changes only when its content has genuinely been re-checked or changed — we never bump dates to look fresh, because a date you cannot trust is worse than an old one. ## What triggers a correction? Any factual error: a wrong answer marked as correct, a wrong rule reference, an out-of-date fee or pass mark, or a guide statement that does not match the official source. We fix confirmed errors as soon as we can and record each one on our public [corrections log](/corrections/) with the date, what we said, what it says now, and the source that settled it. Spelling fixes and design changes are not logged. ## What can money not buy on this site? No one can pay to change a question, an answer, an explanation or a guide. Our comparison of other theory test products uses prices checked on each provider’s own page, with the check date shown, and we have no commercial relationship with any product we compare. We say plainly when a free or official option is the better choice for you. If we ever include affiliate links — for example to learner insurance or driving lessons — they will be clearly labelled as affiliate links, marked `rel="sponsored"`, and kept separate from our questions and guides. They will never decide what we recommend. ## Who writes and checks the content? Content is written and checked by the The License Desk team at Elite Digital Ai Solutions Ltd (company number 17250017). We are an independent study resource. We are not driving instructors, and we are not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA, the DVLA or any test centre — our material supports your revision; it is not driving instruction or legal advice. ## How do our paid products relate to the free site? The practice questions, mock tests and guides are free, and they stay free. Optional paid products, listed on our [pricing page](/pricing/), repackage the same checked material for offline revision. Buying one never changes the answers you see, and we never lock a correction behind a payment. ## How can machines and AI tools use our content? We publish a summary for AI systems at [/llms.txt](/llms.txt), a full-text version at [/llms-full.txt](/llms-full.txt), a Markdown version of every page, and the facts table as [CSV](/data/theory-test-facts.csv). When citing us, please cite the GOV.UK source for official rules and include the date shown on our page — the theory test costs £23 today, but fees and rules change. ## How do you contact us? Email [support@thelicensedesk.com](mailto:support@thelicensedesk.com). Corrections are genuinely welcome — include the page and a link to the official source and we will check it. --- # Find a Theory Test Guide | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/guides/ — last reviewed 2026-09-30. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free learner resources # What do you need help with? Find the next useful guide, whether you are starting revision or getting your paperwork ready. 22 guides and resources - Getting started [**How to pass your theory test**](/how-to-pass-theory-test/) Build a revision routine, prepare for test day and find extra support. - Getting started [**Free revision checklist**](/theory-test-checklist/) Track your topic revision, hazard practice and test-day preparation. - Getting started [**Theory test facts and pass marks**](/theory-test-facts/) Check the test format, timing, fees and official sources. - Practice [**Hazard perception explained**](/hazard-perception/) Understand developing hazards and practise with official video clips. - Practice [**Road signs and meanings**](/road-signs/) Browse official signs by category and learn what their shapes and colours mean. - Getting started [**Compare theory test apps**](/best-theory-test-app/) Compare free practice and paid revision options before choosing an app. - Test day [**Find your theory test centre**](/theory-test-centres/) Look up centre addresses and nearby alternatives before you travel. - Test day [**Change your name on your driving licence**](/change-name-driving-licence/) Check DVLA evidence, deed poll options and name changes after booking a test. - Topic revision [**Alertness**](/theory-test/alertness/) Observation, anticipation, concentration, distraction and fatigue at the wheel. - Topic revision [**Attitude**](/theory-test/attitude/) Consideration for other road users, following distances, priority and courtesy. - Topic revision [**Essential Documents**](/theory-test/essential-documents/) Licences, insurance, MOT and the paperwork you must have to drive legally. - Topic revision [**Hazard Awareness**](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) Spotting developing hazards early — the skill the hazard perception clips score. - Topic revision [**Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies**](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) What to do at the scene of an incident, breakdowns, first aid basics and warning devices. - Topic revision [**Motorway Rules**](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) Joining, lane discipline, smart motorways, speed limits and stopping restrictions. - Topic revision [**Other Types of Vehicle**](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) Sharing the road with motorcycles, lorries, buses, trams and slow-moving vehicles. - Topic revision [**Road & Traffic Signs**](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) The largest topic in the bank: signs, signals, road markings and their meanings. - Topic revision [**Rules of the Road**](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking rules and rights of way. - Topic revision [**Safety & Your Vehicle**](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) Vehicle condition, fault warning signs, security and environmental basics. - Topic revision [**Safety Margins**](/theory-test/safety-margins/) Stopping distances, weather conditions, skids and keeping space around your car. - Topic revision [**Vehicle Handling**](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) Driving technique in wind, rain, ice, fog, darkness and on different road surfaces. - Topic revision [**Vehicle Loading**](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) Carrying passengers, loads, roof racks, trailers and towing safely. - Topic revision [**Vulnerable Road Users**](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children and older or disabled people. --- # How to Pass Your Theory Test First Time | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/how-to-pass-theory-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Revision plan · Test day · Extra support # How to pass your theory test first time A plan built on how the test actually works — and honest about where free resources are enough. Quick answer Learn the rules, not the answers: the real test draws from questions you never see. Take a timed mock to find your weak topics, revise those from The Highway Code, practise by topic until you rarely miss, and practise hazard perception separately. Book once random mocks consistently beat 43/50. - **Pass mark:** 43/50 - **Time allowed:** 57 minutes - **Hazard perception:** 44/75 - **Test fee:** £23 Source: [GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result), checked 26 September 2026. [All theory test facts & sources](/theory-test-facts/). ## What is the fastest way to pass the theory test? Start with one timed mock so you revise only what you don’t know. Most learners already know some topics well; the time goes on the few they don’t. Re-read the Highway Code rules behind every wrong answer, then drill those topics with instant feedback until mistakes stop. Cramming whole books evenly is slower. Our [free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) works like the real one, and “New random mock” draws a different 50 questions every time, so a good score reflects knowledge rather than memory of the paper. Keep track with the [free theory test revision checklist](/theory-test-checklist/): tick off topics as you practise and print a copy for offline revision. ## What should you revise for the theory test? The DVSA bases the multiple-choice questions on three official books: The Highway Code, Know Your Traffic Signs and Driving – the essential skills. Questions are grouped into 14 topics, from Alertness to Vulnerable Road Users. Revise all 14, because the DVSA doesn’t publish how many questions each topic gets. Our [14 topic guides](/theory-test/) summarise the rules each topic tests, and the [road signs library](/road-signs/) shows every official sign with its meaning. The largest topic — [road signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) — is worth extra time. ## How do you pass the hazard perception test? Click as soon as you see a hazard start to develop — something that would make you change speed or direction. Each of the 15 hazards across 14 clips scores up to 5 points, more for spotting it earlier. Click again as it develops, but never rhythmically: patterned clicking scores zero for that clip. You need 44 out of 75. Practise with the free official clips on GOV.UK and read [how the scoring window works](/hazard-perception/) before test day. ## What mock test score means you are ready? Aim to beat the 43/50 pass mark consistently on random mocks, with a few marks to spare, before you book. One good score on a paper you’ve seen before proves little. Nerves and unfamiliar wording cost marks on the day, so build a margin rather than scraping the pass mark. ## Is the theory test hard? It is hard to pass without revision and very passable with it. The pass mark is high — you can drop only 7 of 50 multiple-choice marks — and you must pass hazard perception in the same sitting. Learners who fail usually either skip hazard perception practice or memorise answers instead of learning the rules. ## Can you get extra help with dyslexia, ADHD or reading difficulties? Yes. When you book, you can ask to hear the test through headphones in English or Welsh. With proof of a reading difficulty — from a teacher, doctor, occupational therapist or an online dyslexia screening — the DVSA can give extra time, someone to read and record your answers, or someone to reword the questions. Deaf candidates can take the test in British Sign Language with an on-screen BSL video, and can bring a BSL interpreter or lip speaker at no extra fee. For any other condition, contact the DVSA before booking. Practising in short sessions with instant feedback, as our quizzes allow, suits many learners who find long reading hard. ## What happens on theory test day? Arrive 15 minutes early with your UK photocard driving licence — if you’re late or forget it, you lose the fee. Phones and smartwatches go in a locker, and staff run identity and security checks. You get a practice question first, can flag questions to review, and may take a break of up to 3 minutes before hazard perception. Changed your name since booking? Read our [guide to name changes, driving licences and theory test bookings](/change-name-driving-licence/) before putting your test-day documents together. ## What should you do if you fail? Read the letter you get at the centre: it shows which part let you down. You must retake the whole test, even a part you passed, and wait at least 3 working days. Spend that time on the weak part — hazard perception practice, or the topics your mocks show you still miss — before rebooking. ## Where should you go next? Take the [free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/), browse all [theory test questions and answers](/theory-test-questions/), or check the [official facts and pass marks](/theory-test-facts/). If you’re choosing an app, read our [honest comparison of theory test apps](/best-theory-test-app/). ## Frequently asked questions **### Is the theory test multiple choice?** The first part is: 50 multiple-choice questions in 57 minutes, 3 of them about a short video. The second part, hazard perception, is not — you click when you see a hazard developing in 14 video clips. **### Are the theory test questions the same every time?** No. Each candidate gets questions drawn from a bank that the DVSA does not publish. That is why understanding the rules works better than memorising answers — practice questions train the same knowledge, not the exact wording. **### Can you take the theory test in another language?** Only in English or Welsh, or in British Sign Language. You can ask to hear the test through headphones in English or Welsh when you book. Some official revision material is translated by approved organisations, but the test itself is not. **### What happens if you fail the theory test?** You get a letter at the test centre showing which part you did not score enough on. You must book and take the whole test again, even if you passed one part, and you have to wait at least 3 working days. **### How long is a theory test pass valid?** Your pass certificate number lasts 2 years. If you have not passed your practical driving test by then, you have to pass the theory test again. Sources - [GOV.UK — Theory test: reading difficulty, disability or health condition](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/reading-difficulty-disability-or-health-condition) - [GOV.UK — Theory test revision and practice](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/revision-and-practice) - [GOV.UK — Pass mark and test result](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/pass-mark-and-result) - [GOV.UK — Hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) - [GOV.UK — What to take to your test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/what-to-take) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). --- # Privacy policy | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/privacy/ — last reviewed 2026-09-30. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Legal · Updated 30 September 2026 # Privacy policy How The License Desk collects, uses and protects your personal data. ## Who we are The License Desk is a trading name of Elite Digital Ai Solutions Ltd, a company registered in England and Wales (“we”, “us”, “our”). Elite Digital Ai Solutions Ltd is the data controller for the personal data described in this policy. Questions: [support@thelicensedesk.com](mailto:support@thelicensedesk.com). ## What data we collect - **Email address and message** — only if you email us. - **Technical data** — our hosting and content-delivery provider (Cloudflare) may log IP addresses and basic request information to keep the site secure and reliable. Fonts and all other page assets are served from our own domain; no third-party font or advertising services receive your data when you browse. - **Purchase data** — only if you buy a paid product: your name, email address and order details, received from our payment processor Stripe, so we can deliver and support your purchase. Stripe processes your card details on its own checkout page — we never see or store them — and handles that data under its own [privacy policy](https://stripe.com/gb/privacy). - **Practice progress** — your mock test scores and revision checklist ticks are stored only in your own browser (local storage) so the site can show your progress. This data never leaves your device and we cannot see it. Clearing your browser data removes it. You can also clear your checklist ticks using the checklist’s “Clear ticks” button. We do not require accounts, and the site works without signup. ## How and why we use your data We use your data to respond to your enquiries, deliver purchases and protect the security of the site. Our legal bases under the UK GDPR are legitimate interests (running and securing the site, answering messages), performance of a contract (delivering a purchase), legal obligation (keeping tax records) and, where applicable, consent. We do not sell personal data. ## Retention and your rights Emails are kept only as long as needed to handle your enquiry. Order records are kept for six years to meet HMRC record-keeping rules. Under the UK GDPR you have rights of access, rectification, erasure, restriction, portability and objection — email us to exercise them. You can also complain to the Information Commissioner's Office ([ico.org.uk](https://ico.org.uk/)). --- # UK Road Signs and Their Meanings | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/road-signs/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. 612 official signs · 12 categories · Free quiz # UK road signs and their meanings Every sign below is the Department for Transport’s official artwork, with its official meaning. Learn the system, then test yourself. [Take the free road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) Quick answer UK road signs follow a simple system: circles give orders, triangles warn and rectangles inform. A red ring means you must not; a blue circle means you must. Direction signs are colour-coded — blue for motorways, green for primary routes, white for local roads and brown for tourist attractions. Browse all 612 official signs by category below. ## Which types of road sign are there? The Department for Transport groups signs by what they do. Each category below explains how to read that type of sign and shows every official sign in it with its meaning — the same meanings the theory test expects you to know. - [![Example of UK warning signs: Accompanied horses or ponies likely to be in or crossing road ahead](/signs/uk/550-1-accompanied-horses-or-ponies-likely-to-be-in-or-crossing-roa.webp) **Warning signs**115 signs](/road-signs/warning-signs/) - [![Example of UK regulatory signs: All vehicles prohibited except pedal cycles being pushed by pedestrians](/signs/uk/617-all-vehicles-prohibited-except-pedal-cycles-being-pushed-by.webp) **Regulatory signs**51 signs](/road-signs/regulatory-signs/) - [![Example of UK speed limit signs: End of 30 miles per hour minimum speed limit](/signs/uk/673-end-of-30-miles-per-hour-minimum-speed-limit.webp) **Speed limit signs**22 signs](/road-signs/speed-limit-signs/) - [![Example of UK motorway signs: 10 miles to the next motorway service area](/signs/uk/2918-10-miles-to-the-next-motorway-service-area.webp) **Motorway signs**53 signs](/road-signs/motorway-signs/) - [![Example of UK parking signs: No stopping on main carriageway](/signs/uk/642-no-stopping-on-main-carriageway.webp) **Parking signs**78 signs](/road-signs/parking-signs/) - [![Example of UK level crossing signs: Another train or tramcar may be about to pass over the level crossing](/signs/uk/776-another-train-or-tramcar-may-be-about-to-pass-over-the-level.webp) **Level crossing signs**20 signs](/road-signs/level-crossing-signs/) - [![Example of UK pedestrian and cycle signs: Direction along a footpath indicated by waymarks](/signs/uk/2610-2-direction-along-a-footpath-indicated-by-waymarks.webp) **Pedestrian and cycle signs**29 signs](/road-signs/pedestrian-and-cycle-signs/) - [![Example of UK bus and tram signs: Buses prohibited](/signs/uk/952-buses-prohibited.webp) **Bus and tram signs**49 signs](/road-signs/bus-and-tram-signs/) - [![Example of UK road works signs: Loose chippings on road ahead](/signs/uk/7009-loose-chippings-on-road-ahead.webp) **Road works signs**38 signs](/road-signs/road-works-signs/) - [![Example of UK traffic calming signs: Road hump or series of road humps ahead](/signs/uk/557-1-road-hump-or-series-of-road-humps-ahead.webp) **Traffic calming signs**10 signs](/road-signs/traffic-calming-signs/) - [![Example of UK information signs: Accident ahead and consequent need to proceed with caution](/signs/uk/829-2-accident-ahead-and-consequent-need-to-proceed-with-caution.webp) **Information signs**57 signs](/road-signs/information-signs/) - [![Example of UK direction signs: 100 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a non-primary route](/signs/uk/825vr-100-yards-to-a-roundabout-or-the-next-point-at-which-traffic.webp) **Direction signs**90 signs](/road-signs/direction-signs/) ## How do you read a road sign you have never seen? Start with the shape, then the colour, then the symbol. A red-bordered triangle is always a warning, so slow down and look for the hazard. A red-ringed circle is an order not to do something; a blue circle is an order to do something. Plates underneath add distances, times or exceptions — read them before you decide the sign doesn’t apply to you. ## Frequently asked questions **### What do the shapes of UK road signs mean?** Circles give orders, triangles warn and rectangles inform. Within circles, a red ring means something is prohibited and a blue circle tells you what you must do. STOP is an octagon and GIVE WAY an upside-down triangle so they stand out. **### What do the colours of direction signs mean?** Blue backgrounds are for motorways, green for primary routes, white for other local routes and brown for tourist destinations. Yellow signs with black symbols usually mark temporary diversions around road works or closures. **### Are road signs on the theory test?** Yes. Road and traffic signs is one of the 14 official theory test topics, and signs also appear in questions on other topics such as motorways and rules of the road. Learn the shape and colour system first, then practise individual signs. **### Where do these road sign images come from?** They are the official traffic sign images published by the Department for Transport. Traffic signs are Crown copyright and are reproduced here under the Open Government Licence, which allows free reuse when the signs are shown accurately. Sources - [Department for Transport — Road traffic sign images for reproduction](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/traffic-sign-images) - [Know Your Traffic Signs (DfT)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/know-your-traffic-signs) - [The Highway Code — Traffic signs](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/traffic-signs) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). Traffic sign images: Crown copyright, Department for Transport. Reproduced under the Open Government Licence v3.0. [Licence](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/). --- # Bus lane, bus gate and tram signs | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/road-signs/bus-and-tram-signs/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. 49 official signs · Department for Transport artwork # Bus lane, bus gate and tram signs The Highway Code was amended on 22 October 2025 so that bus-and-cycle-only and tram-only signs no longer need an “only” plate beneath them; you may still see older signs with the plate. Trams can be very quiet, so take extra care near them. Quick answer Bus and tram signs show lanes, gates and routes reserved for buses, trams and sometimes cyclists or taxis. A bus lane sign gives the times it operates — outside those times other traffic may use it. Tram signs warn of trams crossing or sharing the road and of tram-only routes. ## What does each bus and tram sign mean? Each sign is shown with its official meaning from the Department for Transport. Tap through to the quiz when you’re ready to test yourself. - ![Buses prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/952-buses-prohibited.webp) Buses prohibited - ![Cycle route ahead warning — UK road sign](/signs/uk/950-cycle-route-ahead-warning.webp) Cycle route ahead warning - ![Riding of pedal cycles prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/951-riding-of-pedal-cycles-prohibited.webp) Riding of pedal cycles prohibited - ![Route comprising a separated track and path for cycles and pedestrians — UK road sign](/signs/uk/957-route-comprising-a-separated-track-and-path-for-cycles-and-p.webp) Route comprising a separated track and path for cycles and pedestrians - ![Route for use by buses and cycles only — UK road sign](/signs/uk/953-953-2-route-for-use-by-buses-and-cycles-only.webp) Route for use by buses and cycles only - ![Route for use by buses and tramcars only — UK road sign](/signs/uk/953-1v-route-for-use-by-buses-and-tramcars-only.webp) Route for use by buses and tramcars only - ![Route for use by buses, pedal cycles and taxis only — UK road sign](/signs/uk/953-route-for-use-by-buses-pedal-cycles-and-taxis-only.webp) Route for use by buses, pedal cycles and taxis only - ![Route for use by pedal cycles and pedestrians only — UK road sign](/signs/uk/956-route-for-use-by-pedal-cycles-and-pedestrians-only.webp) Route for use by pedal cycles and pedestrians only - ![Route for use by pedal cycles only — UK road sign](/signs/uk/955-route-for-use-by-pedal-cycles-only.webp) Route for use by pedal cycles only - ![Route for use by tramcars only — UK road sign](/signs/uk/953-1-route-for-use-by-tramcars-only.webp) Route for use by tramcars only - ![Tramcars crossing ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/772-tramcars-crossing-ahead.webp) Tramcars crossing ahead - ![Appropriate traffic lanes for different manoeuvres at a junction after a break in a bus lane — UK road sign](/signs/uk/877l-appropriate-traffic-lanes-for-different-manoeuvres-at-a-junc.webp) Appropriate traffic lanes for different manoeuvres at a junction after a break in a bus lane - ![Bus lane on road at junction ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/962-bus-lane-on-road-at-junction-ahead.webp) Bus lane on road at junction ahead - ![Bus lane with traffic proceeding from both ways (reminder for pedestrians) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/963t-bus-lane-with-traffic-proceeding-from-both-ways-reminder-for.webp) Bus lane with traffic proceeding from both ways (reminder for pedestrians) - ![Buses excluded from restriction or prohibition conveyed by associated sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/954-buses-excluded-from-restriction-or-prohibition-conveyed-by-a.webp) Buses excluded from restriction or prohibition conveyed by associated sign - ![Contra-flow bus lane — UK road sign](/signs/uk/960-contra-flow-bus-lane.webp) Contra-flow bus lane - ![Contra-flow bus lane which pedal cycles may also use with traffic approaching from the right (reminder for pedestrians) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/963-2-contra-flow-bus-lane-which-pedal-cycles-may-also-use-with-tr.webp) Contra-flow bus lane which pedal cycles may also use with traffic approaching from the right (reminder for pedestrians) - ![Contra-flow cycle lane — UK road sign](/signs/uk/960-1-contra-flow-cycle-lane.webp) Contra-flow cycle lane - ![Cycle event ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/950-1vce-cycle-event-ahead.webp) Cycle event ahead - ![Cycle lane on road at junction ahead or cycle track crossing road — UK road sign](/signs/uk/962-1-cycle-lane-on-road-at-junction-ahead-or-cycle-track-crossing.webp) Cycle lane on road at junction ahead or cycle track crossing road - ![Cycle lane with traffic approaching from both ways (pedestrian reminder) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/963-1t-cycle-lane-with-traffic-approaching-from-both-ways-pedestria.webp) Cycle lane with traffic approaching from both ways (pedestrian reminder) - ![Cycle lane with traffic proceeding from left (pedestrian reminder) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/963-1l-cycle-lane-with-traffic-proceeding-from-left-pedestrian-remi.webp) Cycle lane with traffic proceeding from left (pedestrian reminder) - ![Cycle lane with traffic proceeding from right (pedestrian reminder) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/963-1-cycle-lane-with-traffic-proceeding-from-right-pedestrian-rem.webp) Cycle lane with traffic proceeding from right (pedestrian reminder) - ![Cycles crossing ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/950-1vcc-cycles-crossing-ahead.webp) Cycles crossing ahead - ![Cycles excluded from restriction or prohibition conveyed by associated sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/954-4-cycles-excluded-from-restriction-or-prohibition-conveyed-by.webp) Cycles excluded from restriction or prohibition conveyed by associated sign - ![Cyclists to dismount at the end if, or at a break in, a cycle lane, track or route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/966-cyclists-to-dismount-at-the-end-if-or-at-a-break-in-a-cycle.webp) Cyclists to dismount at the end if, or at a break in, a cycle lane, track or route - ![End of bus lane — UK road sign](/signs/uk/964-end-of-bus-lane.webp) End of bus lane - ![End of cycle lane, track or route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/965-end-of-cycle-lane-track-or-route.webp) End of cycle lane, track or route - ![Entrance to bus station, depot or garage — UK road sign](/signs/uk/953-3-entrance-to-bus-station-depot-or-garage.webp) Entrance to bus station, depot or garage - ![Exemptions for buses, taxis and pedal cycles from restriction or prohibition conveyed by associated sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/954-3-exemptions-for-buses-taxis-and-pedal-cycles-from-restriction.webp) Exemptions for buses, taxis and pedal cycles from restriction or prohibition conveyed by associated sign - ![Explanatory plate for tramcar and bus and cycle only route signs — UK road sign](/signs/uk/953-2-explanatory-plate-for-tramcar-and-bus-and-cycle-only-route-s.webp) Explanatory plate for tramcar and bus and cycle only route signs - ![Local buses excluded from restriction or prohibition conveyed by associated sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/954-2-local-buses-excluded-from-restriction-or-prohibition-conveye.webp) Local buses excluded from restriction or prohibition conveyed by associated sign - ![No through road for vehicular traffic — UK road sign](/signs/uk/816-no-through-road-for-vehicular-traffic.webp) No through road for vehicular traffic - ![Open tramway level crossing without light signals — UK road sign](/signs/uk/778-1-open-tramway-level-crossing-without-light-signals.webp) Open tramway level crossing without light signals - ![Parking place for buses — UK road sign](/signs/uk/969-parking-place-for-buses.webp) Parking place for buses - ![Parking place for pedal cycles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/968-1-parking-place-for-pedal-cycles.webp) Parking place for pedal cycles - ![Place where buses may stand and the stopping of other vehicles is prohibited during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/975-place-where-buses-may-stand-and-the-stopping-of-other-vehicl.webp) Place where buses may stand and the stopping of other vehicles is prohibited during the period indicated - ![Route recommended for pedal cycles on the main carriageway of a road — UK road sign](/signs/uk/967-route-recommended-for-pedal-cycles-on-the-main-carriageway-o.webp) Route recommended for pedal cycles on the main carriageway of a road - ![Stopping by vehicles other than buses prohibited during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/974-stopping-by-vehicles-other-than-buses-prohibited-during-the.webp) Stopping by vehicles other than buses prohibited during the period indicated - ![Stopping place for buses — UK road sign](/signs/uk/970-stopping-place-for-buses.webp) Stopping place for buses - ![Stopping place for buses used for carrying tourists to allow passengers to take photographs — UK road sign](/signs/uk/972-stopping-place-for-buses-used-for-carrying-tourists-to-allow.webp) Stopping place for buses used for carrying tourists to allow passengers to take photographs - ![Testing of child cyclists ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/950-1-testing-of-child-cyclists-ahead.webp) Testing of child cyclists ahead - ![Training of child cyclists ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/950-1vct-training-of-child-cyclists-ahead.webp) Training of child cyclists ahead - ![Warning for pedestrians to look out for tramway traffic approaching from both directions — UK road sign](/signs/uk/963-3-warning-for-pedestrians-to-look-out-for-tramway-traffic-appr.webp) Warning for pedestrians to look out for tramway traffic approaching from both directions - ![Warning for pedestrians to look out for tramway traffic approaching from the left — UK road sign](/signs/uk/963-3l-warning-for-pedestrians-to-look-out-for-tramway-traffic-appr.webp) Warning for pedestrians to look out for tramway traffic approaching from the left - ![Warning for pedestrians to look out for tramway traffic approaching from the right — UK road sign](/signs/uk/963-3r-warning-for-pedestrians-to-look-out-for-tramway-traffic-appr.webp) Warning for pedestrians to look out for tramway traffic approaching from the right - ![With-flow bus lane which pedal cycles and taxis may also use ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/958-with-flow-bus-lane-which-pedal-cycles-and-taxis-may-also-use.webp) With-flow bus lane which pedal cycles and taxis may also use ahead - ![With-flow cycle lane — UK road sign](/signs/uk/959-1-with-flow-cycle-lane.webp) With-flow cycle lane - ![With-flow cycle lane ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/958-1-with-flow-cycle-lane-ahead.webp) With-flow cycle lane ahead ## Ready to test yourself on road signs? The free [road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) uses the same official artwork, with an explanation for every answer. Revise the rules behind them in our [Other Types of Vehicle guide](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/). [Start the road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### How do you recognise bus and tram signs?** Bus and tram signs show lanes, gates and routes reserved for buses, trams and sometimes cyclists or taxis. A bus lane sign gives the times it operates — outside those times other traffic may use it. Tram signs warn of trams crossing or sharing the road and of tram-only routes. **### Do bus and tram signs come up in the theory test?** Yes. Signs appear throughout the theory test, mainly in the Road & Traffic Signs topic and also in topics such as Other Types of Vehicle. Practise with our free questions until you can read each sign from its shape and colour. ## Which other road sign categories should you learn? - [Warning signs](/road-signs/warning-signs/) - [Regulatory signs](/road-signs/regulatory-signs/) - [Speed limit signs](/road-signs/speed-limit-signs/) - [Motorway signs](/road-signs/motorway-signs/) - [Parking signs](/road-signs/parking-signs/) - [Level crossing signs](/road-signs/level-crossing-signs/) - [Pedestrian and cycle signs](/road-signs/pedestrian-and-cycle-signs/) - [Road works signs](/road-signs/road-works-signs/) - [Traffic calming signs](/road-signs/traffic-calming-signs/) - [Information signs](/road-signs/information-signs/) - [Direction signs](/road-signs/direction-signs/) Traffic sign images: Crown copyright, Department for Transport. Reproduced under the Open Government Licence v3.0. [Licence](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) · [Source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/traffic-sign-images). --- # UK direction signs: what the colours mean | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/road-signs/direction-signs/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. 90 official signs · Department for Transport artwork # UK direction signs: what the colours mean On approach to a junction, map-type direction signs show the layout ahead so you can choose your lane early. Lane-specific signs above the road tell you which lane leads where. Quick answer Direction signs are colour-coded by road type. Blue backgrounds are for motorways, green for primary routes and white for other, local routes. Brown signs point to tourist attractions. Yellow signs with black symbols mark temporary diversions. Route numbers in brackets are roads reached further along that route. ## What does each direction sign mean? Each sign is shown with its official meaning from the Department for Transport. Tap through to the quiz when you’re ready to test yourself. - ![100 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a non-primary route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/825vr-100-yards-to-a-roundabout-or-the-next-point-at-which-traffic.webp) 100 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a non-primary route - ![100 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a primary route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/825v-100-yards-to-a-roundabout-or-the-next-point-at-which-traffic.webp) 100 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a primary route - ![200 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a non-primary route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/824vr-200-yards-to-a-roundabout-or-the-next-point-at-which-traffic.webp) 200 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a non-primary route - ![200 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a primary route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/824v-200-yards-to-a-roundabout-or-the-next-point-at-which-traffic.webp) 200 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a primary route - ![300 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a non-primary route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/823vr-300-yards-to-a-roundabout-or-the-next-point-at-which-traffic.webp) 300 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a non-primary route - ![300 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a primary route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/823v-300-yards-to-a-roundabout-or-the-next-point-at-which-traffic.webp) 300 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a primary route - ![Additional traffic joining from the left ahead (non-primary route) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/868-1n-additional-traffic-joining-from-the-left-ahead-non-primary-r.webp) Additional traffic joining from the left ahead (non-primary route) - ![Additional traffic lane joining from the left ahead (non-primary routes) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/868n-additional-traffic-lane-joining-from-the-left-ahead-non-prim.webp) Additional traffic lane joining from the left ahead (non-primary routes) - ![Additional traffic lane joining from the left in 200 yards. Traffic on main carriageway had priority over joining traffic from the right hand lane of the slip road (primary routes) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/873-876p-additional-traffic-lane-joining-from-the-left-in-200-yards-t.webp) Additional traffic lane joining from the left in 200 yards. Traffic on main carriageway had priority over joining traffic from the right hand lane of the slip road (primary routes) - ![Additional traffic lanes joining from the right ahead. Traffic in the right hand lane joins the main carriageway. Traffic on the main carriageway has priority over joining traffic (primary route) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/874p-additional-traffic-lanes-joining-from-the-right-ahead-traffi.webp) Additional traffic lanes joining from the right ahead. Traffic in the right hand lane joins the main carriageway. Traffic on the main carriageway has priority over joining traffic (primary route) - ![Camping and caravan site 300 yards ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2301-camping-and-caravan-site-300-yards-ahead.webp) Camping and caravan site 300 yards ahead - ![Camping and caravan site 300 yards in the direction indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2302-camping-and-caravan-site-300-yards-in-the-direction-indicate.webp) Camping and caravan site 300 yards in the direction indicated - ![Direction ahead leading to a route for emergency vehicles to an emergency services incident point — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2710-direction-ahead-leading-to-a-route-for-emergency-vehicles-to.webp) Direction ahead leading to a route for emergency vehicles to an emergency services incident point - ![Direction along a route passing through places of interest recognised by a regional tourist board or the English tourist board — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2212-direction-along-a-route-passing-through-places-of-interest-r.webp) Direction along a route passing through places of interest recognised by a regional tourist board or the English tourist board - ![Direction and distance to a multi-storey parking place — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2508-direction-and-distance-to-a-multi-storey-parking-place.webp) Direction and distance to a multi-storey parking place - ![Direction and distance to a tourist attraction — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2203-direction-and-distance-to-a-tourist-attraction.webp) Direction and distance to a tourist attraction - ![Direction and distance to a Tourist Information point or centre — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2204-direction-and-distance-to-a-tourist-information-point-or-cen.webp) Direction and distance to a Tourist Information point or centre - ![Direction and distance to picnic area — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2306-direction-and-distance-to-picnic-area.webp) Direction and distance to picnic area - ![Direction of temporary diversion route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2704v-direction-of-temporary-diversion-route.webp) Direction of temporary diversion route - ![Direction of temporary diversion route from junction ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2703v-direction-of-temporary-diversion-route-from-junction-ahead.webp) Direction of temporary diversion route from junction ahead - ![Direction to a lorry park via a U-turn at a roundabout ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2510-direction-to-a-lorry-park-via-a-u-turn-at-a-roundabout-ahead.webp) Direction to a lorry park via a U-turn at a roundabout ahead - ![Direction to a new housing development — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2701-direction-to-a-new-housing-development.webp) Direction to a new housing development - ![Direction to a parking place available only on the day specified — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2507-direction-to-a-parking-place-available-only-on-the-day-speci.webp) Direction to a parking place available only on the day specified - ![Direction to a parking place for shoppers and showing the total number of spaces — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2506-direction-to-a-parking-place-for-shoppers-and-showing-the-to.webp) Direction to a parking place for shoppers and showing the total number of spaces - ![Direction to a parking place from which a 'Park and Ride' scheme operates — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2504r-direction-to-a-parking-place-from-which-a-park-and-ride-sche.webp) Direction to a parking place from which a 'Park and Ride' scheme operates - ![Direction to a public telephone — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2322-direction-to-a-public-telephone.webp) Direction to a public telephone - ![Direction to a shopping area which provides a shopmobility service for disabled people — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2137-direction-to-a-shopping-area-which-provides-a-shopmobility-s.webp) Direction to a shopping area which provides a shopmobility service for disabled people - ![Direction to a vehicle ferry — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2136-direction-to-a-vehicle-ferry.webp) Direction to a vehicle ferry - ![Direction to destination shown of route advised for goods vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2806-direction-to-destination-shown-of-route-advised-for-goods-ve.webp) Direction to destination shown of route advised for goods vehicles - ![Direction to public toilets with facilities for disabled people — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2323-direction-to-public-toilets-with-facilities-for-disabled-peo.webp) Direction to public toilets with facilities for disabled people - ![Direction to services with details of the services provided — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2313-2-direction-to-services-with-details-of-the-services-provided.webp) Direction to services with details of the services provided - ![Direction to tourist attraction indicated by a symbol — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2208-direction-to-tourist-attraction-indicated-by-a-symbol.webp) Direction to tourist attraction indicated by a symbol - ![Direction to Vehicle and Operator Services Agency testing station for goods vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2802-direction-to-vehicle-and-operator-services-agency-testing-st.webp) Direction to Vehicle and Operator Services Agency testing station for goods vehicles - ![Directions to different types of parking place from a junction ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2505-directions-to-different-types-of-parking-place-from-a-juncti.webp) Directions to different types of parking place from a junction ahead - ![Distance ahead to parking place with a Tourist Information Point, picnic site, public telephone, public toilets and viewpoint — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2307-distance-ahead-to-parking-place-with-a-tourist-information-p.webp) Distance ahead to parking place with a Tourist Information Point, picnic site, public telephone, public toilets and viewpoint - ![Distance ahead to services, with details of the services provided — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2313-1-distance-ahead-to-services-with-details-of-the-services-prov.webp) Distance ahead to services, with details of the services provided - ![Distance and direction to a parking place ahead from which a 'Park and Ride' scheme operates — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2503-distance-and-direction-to-a-parking-place-ahead-from-which-a.webp) Distance and direction to a parking place ahead from which a 'Park and Ride' scheme operates - ![Distance to a commercial vehicles parking place ahead with public toilets and telephones — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2502-distance-to-a-commercial-vehicles-parking-place-ahead-with-p.webp) Distance to a commercial vehicles parking place ahead with public toilets and telephones - ![Diversion route symbol: circular — UK road sign](/signs/uk/s56k-diversion-route-symbol-circular.webp) Diversion route symbol: circular - ![Diversion route symbol: square — UK road sign](/signs/uk/s56c-diversion-route-symbol-square.webp) Diversion route symbol: square - ![Diversion route symbol: Triangular — UK road sign](/signs/uk/s56g-diversion-route-symbol-triangular.webp) Diversion route symbol: Triangular - ![End of temporary diversion route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2702v-end-of-temporary-diversion-route.webp) End of temporary diversion route - ![Entrance or direction to services — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2314-1-entrance-or-direction-to-services.webp) Entrance or direction to services - ![Entrance or junction ahead to services — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2314-2-entrance-or-junction-ahead-to-services.webp) Entrance or junction ahead to services - ![General directions to different types of parking place — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2505-1-general-directions-to-different-types-of-parking-place.webp) General directions to different types of parking place - ![Historic castle tourist attraction 10 miles ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2209-historic-castle-tourist-attraction-10-miles-ahead.webp) Historic castle tourist attraction 10 miles ahead - ![Junction ahead leading to a car ferry — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2135-junction-ahead-leading-to-a-car-ferry.webp) Junction ahead leading to a car ferry - ![Junction ahead leading to a destination advised for goods vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2805-junction-ahead-leading-to-a-destination-advised-for-goods-ve.webp) Junction ahead leading to a destination advised for goods vehicles - ![Junction ahead leading to a London underground railway station — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2133-junction-ahead-leading-to-a-london-underground-railway-stati.webp) Junction ahead leading to a London underground railway station - ![Junction ahead leading to a route for emergency vehicles to a temporary incident control point — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2708-junction-ahead-leading-to-a-route-for-emergency-vehicles-to.webp) Junction ahead leading to a route for emergency vehicles to a temporary incident control point - ![Junction ahead leading to a temporary diversion route, follow symbolic route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2716-junction-ahead-leading-to-a-temporary-diversion-route-follow.webp) Junction ahead leading to a temporary diversion route, follow symbolic route - ![Junction ahead leading to a tourist attraction — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2202-junction-ahead-leading-to-a-tourist-attraction.webp) Junction ahead leading to a tourist attraction - ![Junction ahead leading to route advised for goods vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2805v-junction-ahead-leading-to-route-advised-for-goods-vehicles.webp) Junction ahead leading to route advised for goods vehicles - ![Junction ahead of a primary route with non-primary route through a town or village that has been by-passed — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2025-junction-ahead-of-a-primary-route-with-non-primary-route-thr.webp) Junction ahead of a primary route with non-primary route through a town or village that has been by-passed - ![Location of a Tourist information point or centre — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2205-location-of-a-tourist-information-point-or-centre.webp) Location of a Tourist information point or centre - ![Managed youth hostel 1 mile ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2303-managed-youth-hostel-1-mile-ahead.webp) Managed youth hostel 1 mile ahead - ![Picnic area 150 yards ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2305-picnic-area-150-yards-ahead.webp) Picnic area 150 yards ahead - ![Roundabout ahead leading to a temporary diversion route to the destination shown — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2706-roundabout-ahead-leading-to-a-temporary-diversion-route-to-t.webp) Roundabout ahead leading to a temporary diversion route to the destination shown - ![Start of temporary diversion route to the left — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2702l-start-of-temporary-diversion-route-to-the-left.webp) Start of temporary diversion route to the left - ![Start of temporary diversion route to the right — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2702-start-of-temporary-diversion-route-to-the-right.webp) Start of temporary diversion route to the right - ![Steam railway tourist attraction 100 yards ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2201-steam-railway-tourist-attraction-100-yards-ahead.webp) Steam railway tourist attraction 100 yards ahead - ![Tourist attraction ahead is closed — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2209v-tourist-attraction-ahead-is-closed.webp) Tourist attraction ahead is closed - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: beach — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t118-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-beach.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: beach - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: bird garden — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t113-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-bird-garden.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: bird garden - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: castle of historic or architectural interest — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t2-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-castle-of-historic-or-a.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: castle of historic or architectural interest - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: country park — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t112-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-country-park.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: country park - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: cricket ground — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t137-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-cricket-ground.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: cricket ground - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: cycle hire — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t142-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-cycle-hire.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: cycle hire - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: farm park — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t119-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-farm-park.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: farm park - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: fishing — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t140-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-fishing.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: fishing - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: football ground — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t138-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-football-ground.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: football ground - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: golf course — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t134-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-golf-course.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: golf course - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: House of historic or architectural importance — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t3-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-house-of-historic-or-ar.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: House of historic or architectural importance - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: motor sport — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t136-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-motor-sport.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: motor sport - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: national Trust property — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t101-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-national-trust-property.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: national Trust property - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: nature reserve — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t115-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-nature-reserve.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: nature reserve - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: peasure or theme park — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t114-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-peasure-or-theme-park.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: peasure or theme park - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: race course — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t135-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-race-course.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: race course - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: safari park — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t153-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-safari-park.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: safari park - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: site with Roman remains — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t127-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-site-with-roman-remains.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: site with Roman remains - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: ski slope — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t148-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-ski-slope.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: ski slope - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: ten pin bowling — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t149-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-ten-pin-bowling.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: ten pin bowling - ![Tourist symbol for England and Wales: tourist Information Point or Centre — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t1-tourist-symbol-for-england-and-wales-tourist-information-poi.webp) Tourist symbol for England and Wales: tourist Information Point or Centre - ![Tourist symbol for England only : museum or art gallery — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t203-tourist-symbol-for-england-only-museum-or-art-gallery.webp) Tourist symbol for England only : museum or art gallery - ![Tourist symbol for England only: property in the care of English heritage — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t202-tourist-symbol-for-england-only-property-in-the-care-of-engl.webp) Tourist symbol for England only: property in the care of English heritage - ![Tourist symbol for England only: sports centre — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t204-tourist-symbol-for-england-only-sports-centre.webp) Tourist symbol for England only: sports centre - ![Tourist symbol for England only: Tourist attraction recognised by a regional tourist board or the English Tourist Board — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t201-tourist-symbol-for-england-only-tourist-attraction-recognise.webp) Tourist symbol for England only: Tourist attraction recognised by a regional tourist board or the English Tourist Board - ![Tourist symbol for Scotland only: tourist attraction recognised by 'VisitScotland' — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t301-1-tourist-symbol-for-scotland-only-tourist-attraction-recognis.webp) Tourist symbol for Scotland only: tourist attraction recognised by 'VisitScotland' - ![Tourist symbol for Wales only: Tourist attraction recognised by the Welsh tourist board — UK road sign](/signs/uk/t401-tourist-symbol-for-wales-only-tourist-attraction-recognised.webp) Tourist symbol for Wales only: Tourist attraction recognised by the Welsh tourist board - ![Youth hostel 200 yards in the direction indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2304-youth-hostel-200-yards-in-the-direction-indicated.webp) Youth hostel 200 yards in the direction indicated ## Ready to test yourself on road signs? The free [road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) uses the same official artwork, with an explanation for every answer. Revise the rules behind them in our [Road & Traffic Signs guide](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/). [Start the road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### How do you recognise direction signs?** Direction signs are colour-coded by road type. Blue backgrounds are for motorways, green for primary routes and white for other, local routes. Brown signs point to tourist attractions. Yellow signs with black symbols mark temporary diversions. Route numbers in brackets are roads reached further along that route. **### Do direction signs come up in the theory test?** Yes. Signs appear throughout the theory test, mainly in the Road & Traffic Signs topic and also in topics such as Road & Traffic Signs. Practise with our free questions until you can read each sign from its shape and colour. ## Which other road sign categories should you learn? - [Warning signs](/road-signs/warning-signs/) - [Regulatory signs](/road-signs/regulatory-signs/) - [Speed limit signs](/road-signs/speed-limit-signs/) - [Motorway signs](/road-signs/motorway-signs/) - [Parking signs](/road-signs/parking-signs/) - [Level crossing signs](/road-signs/level-crossing-signs/) - [Pedestrian and cycle signs](/road-signs/pedestrian-and-cycle-signs/) - [Bus and tram signs](/road-signs/bus-and-tram-signs/) - [Road works signs](/road-signs/road-works-signs/) - [Traffic calming signs](/road-signs/traffic-calming-signs/) - [Information signs](/road-signs/information-signs/) Traffic sign images: Crown copyright, Department for Transport. Reproduced under the Open Government Licence v3.0. [Licence](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) · [Source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/traffic-sign-images). --- # UK information signs and their meanings | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/road-signs/information-signs/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. 57 official signs · Department for Transport artwork # UK information signs and their meanings Some information signs change what you should expect ahead — for example, that the road you are joining is one-way or that there is no through route — so read them as carefully as warning signs. Quick answer Information signs are mostly rectangular and tell you something useful rather than giving an order. They show things like one-way streets, no through roads, hospitals, parking and priority over oncoming traffic. Blue backgrounds are common on local information signs and white or green on route information. ## What does each information sign mean? Each sign is shown with its official meaning from the Department for Transport. Tap through to the quiz when you’re ready to test yourself. - ![Accident ahead and consequent need to proceed with caution — UK road sign](/signs/uk/829-2-accident-ahead-and-consequent-need-to-proceed-with-caution.webp) Accident ahead and consequent need to proceed with caution - ![Area where police carry out checks on the speed of vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/829-5-area-where-police-carry-out-checks-on-the-speed-of-vehicles.webp) Area where police carry out checks on the speed of vehicles - ![Direction to a vehicle check point — UK road sign](/signs/uk/832-9-direction-to-a-vehicle-check-point.webp) Direction to a vehicle check point - ![Direction to emergency exit for pedestrians from a tunnel — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2711-direction-to-emergency-exit-for-pedestrians-from-a-tunnel.webp) Direction to emergency exit for pedestrians from a tunnel - ![Distance ahead to emergency telephone in a parking place — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2713-1-distance-ahead-to-emergency-telephone-in-a-parking-place.webp) Distance ahead to emergency telephone in a parking place - ![Distance of 1/2 mile of dual carriageway road extends ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/818-1a-distance-of-1-2-mile-of-dual-carriageway-road-extends-ahead.webp) Distance of 1/2 mile of dual carriageway road extends ahead - ![Distance of 2 miles to a section of dual carriageway ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/818-1-distance-of-2-miles-to-a-section-of-dual-carriageway-ahead.webp) Distance of 2 miles to a section of dual carriageway ahead - ![Distance to a parking place ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2501-distance-to-a-parking-place-ahead.webp) Distance to a parking place ahead - ![Emergency telephone 1 mile ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2713-1vt-emergency-telephone-1-mile-ahead.webp) Emergency telephone 1 mile ahead - ![Emergency telephone ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2713-1v-emergency-telephone-ahead.webp) Emergency telephone ahead - ![Emergency telephone in a parking place — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2713-1vp-emergency-telephone-in-a-parking-place.webp) Emergency telephone in a parking place - ![End of temporary permission for traffic to use the hard shoulder — UK road sign](/signs/uk/829-4-end-of-temporary-permission-for-traffic-to-use-the-hard-shou.webp) End of temporary permission for traffic to use the hard shoulder - ![End of vehicle check point area — UK road sign](/signs/uk/832-10a-end-of-vehicle-check-point-area.webp) End of vehicle check point area - ![Entrance to a car park, private access road or property — UK road sign](/signs/uk/833-entrance-to-a-car-park-private-access-road-or-property.webp) Entrance to a car park, private access road or property - ![Entry to a car park, private access road or property from a public road not allowed — UK road sign](/signs/uk/836-entry-to-a-car-park-private-access-road-or-property-from-a-p.webp) Entry to a car park, private access road or property from a public road not allowed - ![Exit from a car park, private access road or property — UK road sign](/signs/uk/834-exit-from-a-car-park-private-access-road-or-property.webp) Exit from a car park, private access road or property - ![Exit from a car park, private access road or property from a public road not allowed — UK road sign](/signs/uk/835-exit-from-a-car-park-private-access-road-or-property-from-a.webp) Exit from a car park, private access road or property from a public road not allowed - ![Goods vehicles and buses may be directed to enter a check point ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/832-4v-goods-vehicles-and-buses-may-be-directed-to-enter-a-check-po.webp) Goods vehicles and buses may be directed to enter a check point ahead - ![Goods vehicles and buses may be directed to leave the motorway at the junction ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/823-3v-goods-vehicles-and-buses-may-be-directed-to-leave-the-motorw.webp) Goods vehicles and buses may be directed to leave the motorway at the junction ahead - ![Goods vehicles may be directed to enter a check point ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/832-4-goods-vehicles-may-be-directed-to-enter-a-check-point-ahead.webp) Goods vehicles may be directed to enter a check point ahead - ![Goods vehicles may be directed to leave the motorway at the junction ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/832-3-goods-vehicles-may-be-directed-to-leave-the-motorway-at-the.webp) Goods vehicles may be directed to leave the motorway at the junction ahead - ![Goods vehicles may be directed to stop ahead by a constable in uniform — UK road sign](/signs/uk/830-2-goods-vehicles-may-be-directed-to-stop-ahead-by-a-constable.webp) Goods vehicles may be directed to stop ahead by a constable in uniform - ![Goods vehicles should get into the left hand lane of a three lane carriageway on the approach to a goods vehicle check point — UK road sign](/signs/uk/832-7-goods-vehicles-should-get-into-the-left-hand-lane-of-a-three.webp) Goods vehicles should get into the left hand lane of a three lane carriageway on the approach to a goods vehicle check point - ![Goods vehicles should get into the left lane to attend a goods vehicle check point ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/832-6-goods-vehicles-should-get-into-the-left-lane-to-attend-a-goo.webp) Goods vehicles should get into the left lane to attend a goods vehicle check point ahead - ![Goods vehicles should keep to the left hand lane on approach to check point ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/832-5-goods-vehicles-should-keep-to-the-left-hand-lane-on-approach.webp) Goods vehicles should keep to the left hand lane on approach to check point ahead - ![Goods vehicles should leave the main carriageway on the approach to a vehicle check point — UK road sign](/signs/uk/832-8-goods-vehicles-should-leave-the-main-carriageway-on-the-appr.webp) Goods vehicles should leave the main carriageway on the approach to a vehicle check point - ![Hospital ahead with accident and emergency facilities — UK road sign](/signs/uk/827-2-hospital-ahead-with-accident-and-emergency-facilities.webp) Hospital ahead with accident and emergency facilities - ![Hospital ahead without accident and emergency facilities — UK road sign](/signs/uk/827-1-hospital-ahead-without-accident-and-emergency-facilities.webp) Hospital ahead without accident and emergency facilities - ![Location of traffic survey — UK road sign](/signs/uk/832-location-of-traffic-survey.webp) Location of traffic survey - ![No through road for vehicular traffic in direction indicated from junction ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/817-no-through-road-for-vehicular-traffic-in-direction-indicated.webp) No through road for vehicular traffic in direction indicated from junction ahead - ![Number of lanes of traffic lanes ahead on a dual carriageway reduces from three lanes to two. Traffic in the right hand lane must move into the lane on the immediate left — UK road sign](/signs/uk/872-1-number-of-lanes-of-traffic-lanes-ahead-on-a-dual-carriageway.webp) Number of lanes of traffic lanes ahead on a dual carriageway reduces from three lanes to two. Traffic in the right hand lane must move into the lane on the immediate left - ![Number of lanes of traffic lanes ahead on a primary route reduces from three lanes to two. Traffic in the right hand lane must move into the lane on the immediate left — UK road sign](/signs/uk/872-1p-number-of-lanes-of-traffic-lanes-ahead-on-a-primary-route-re.webp) Number of lanes of traffic lanes ahead on a primary route reduces from three lanes to two. Traffic in the right hand lane must move into the lane on the immediate left - ![One-way traffic in direction indicated (sign for pedestrians) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/810l-one-way-traffic-in-direction-indicated-sign-for-pedestrians.webp) One-way traffic in direction indicated (sign for pedestrians) - ![Passing place on a narrow road — UK road sign](/signs/uk/822-passing-place-on-a-narrow-road.webp) Passing place on a narrow road - ![Permanent change to the road layout ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7014-permanent-change-to-the-road-layout-ahead.webp) Permanent change to the road layout ahead - ![Potential danger temporarily ahead and consequent need to proceed with caution — UK road sign](/signs/uk/829-1-potential-danger-temporarily-ahead-and-consequent-need-to-pr.webp) Potential danger temporarily ahead and consequent need to proceed with caution - ![Ramped entrance to pedestrian overbridge — UK road sign](/signs/uk/814-4-ramped-entrance-to-pedestrian-overbridge.webp) Ramped entrance to pedestrian overbridge - ![Ramped entrance to pedestrian subway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/814-2-ramped-entrance-to-pedestrian-subway.webp) Ramped entrance to pedestrian subway - ![Road unsuitable for articulated vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/820v5-road-unsuitable-for-articulated-vehicles.webp) Road unsuitable for articulated vehicles - ![Road unsuitable for caravans — UK road sign](/signs/uk/820v1-road-unsuitable-for-caravans.webp) Road unsuitable for caravans - ![Road unsuitable for heavy goods vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/820v2-road-unsuitable-for-heavy-goods-vehicles.webp) Road unsuitable for heavy goods vehicles - ![Road unsuitable for long vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/820v4-road-unsuitable-for-long-vehicles.webp) Road unsuitable for long vehicles - ![Road unsuitable for motor vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/820-road-unsuitable-for-motor-vehicles.webp) Road unsuitable for motor vehicles - ![Road unsuitable for trailers — UK road sign](/signs/uk/820v6-road-unsuitable-for-trailers.webp) Road unsuitable for trailers - ![Road unsuitable for wide vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/820v3-road-unsuitable-for-wide-vehicles.webp) Road unsuitable for wide vehicles - ![Route ahead only wide enough for one line of vehicles, but has passing places at intervals — UK road sign](/signs/uk/821-route-ahead-only-wide-enough-for-one-line-of-vehicles-but-ha.webp) Route ahead only wide enough for one line of vehicles, but has passing places at intervals - ![Section of dual carriageway road begins ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/818-section-of-dual-carriageway-road-begins-ahead.webp) Section of dual carriageway road begins ahead - ![Stepped entrance to pedestrian overbridge — UK road sign](/signs/uk/814-3-stepped-entrance-to-pedestrian-overbridge.webp) Stepped entrance to pedestrian overbridge - ![Stepped entrance to pedestrian subway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/814-1-stepped-entrance-to-pedestrian-subway.webp) Stepped entrance to pedestrian subway - ![Traffic should use the hard shoulder in an emergency — UK road sign](/signs/uk/829-3-traffic-should-use-the-hard-shoulder-in-an-emergency.webp) Traffic should use the hard shoulder in an emergency - ![Vehicle and Operator Services Agency check point ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/832-1a-vehicle-and-operator-services-agency-check-point-ahead.webp) Vehicle and Operator Services Agency check point ahead - ![Vehicle emissions check point ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/831-2v-vehicle-emissions-check-point-ahead.webp) Vehicle emissions check point ahead - ![Vehicle excise licence check point ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/831-2-vehicle-excise-licence-check-point-ahead.webp) Vehicle excise licence check point ahead - ![Vehicles may be directed to stop at a traffic survey ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/830-1-vehicles-may-be-directed-to-stop-at-a-traffic-survey-ahead.webp) Vehicles may be directed to stop at a traffic survey ahead - ![Vehicles must stop at a census traffic point — UK road sign](/signs/uk/830-vehicles-must-stop-at-a-census-traffic-point.webp) Vehicles must stop at a census traffic point - ![Vehicles should reduce speed on approaching a traffic survey ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/831-vehicles-should-reduce-speed-on-approaching-a-traffic-survey.webp) Vehicles should reduce speed on approaching a traffic survey ahead - ![Waiting place at a lay-by or observation platform for police vehicles only — UK road sign](/signs/uk/829-6-waiting-place-at-a-lay-by-or-observation-platform-for-police.webp) Waiting place at a lay-by or observation platform for police vehicles only ## Ready to test yourself on road signs? The free [road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) uses the same official artwork, with an explanation for every answer. Revise the rules behind them in our [Road & Traffic Signs guide](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/). [Start the road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### How do you recognise information signs?** Information signs are mostly rectangular and tell you something useful rather than giving an order. They show things like one-way streets, no through roads, hospitals, parking and priority over oncoming traffic. Blue backgrounds are common on local information signs and white or green on route information. **### Do information signs come up in the theory test?** Yes. Signs appear throughout the theory test, mainly in the Road & Traffic Signs topic and also in topics such as Road & Traffic Signs. Practise with our free questions until you can read each sign from its shape and colour. ## Which other road sign categories should you learn? - [Warning signs](/road-signs/warning-signs/) - [Regulatory signs](/road-signs/regulatory-signs/) - [Speed limit signs](/road-signs/speed-limit-signs/) - [Motorway signs](/road-signs/motorway-signs/) - [Parking signs](/road-signs/parking-signs/) - [Level crossing signs](/road-signs/level-crossing-signs/) - [Pedestrian and cycle signs](/road-signs/pedestrian-and-cycle-signs/) - [Bus and tram signs](/road-signs/bus-and-tram-signs/) - [Road works signs](/road-signs/road-works-signs/) - [Traffic calming signs](/road-signs/traffic-calming-signs/) - [Direction signs](/road-signs/direction-signs/) Traffic sign images: Crown copyright, Department for Transport. Reproduced under the Open Government Licence v3.0. [Licence](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) · [Source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/traffic-sign-images). --- # Level crossing signs and warning lights | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/road-signs/level-crossing-signs/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. 20 official signs · Department for Transport artwork # Level crossing signs and warning lights Never zigzag round half-barriers or cross when the lights are showing. If you break down on a crossing, get everyone out and call the signal operator from the railway telephone if there is one. Quick answer Level crossing signs warn that a railway crosses the road ahead. A gate symbol means a crossing with barriers or gates; a steam train symbol means one without. Countdown markers with three, two and one bars show the distance to a concealed crossing. Flashing red lights mean you must stop. ## What does each level crossing sign mean? Each sign is shown with its official meaning from the Department for Transport. Tap through to the quiz when you’re ready to test yourself. - ![Another train or tramcar may be about to pass over the level crossing — UK road sign](/signs/uk/776-another-train-or-tramcar-may-be-about-to-pass-over-the-level.webp) Another train or tramcar may be about to pass over the level crossing - ![Electrified overhead cable ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/779-electrified-overhead-cable-ahead.webp) Electrified overhead cable ahead - ![Level crossing with gate or barrier ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/770-level-crossing-with-gate-or-barrier-ahead.webp) Level crossing with gate or barrier ahead - ![Railway level crossing without gate or barrier ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/771-railway-level-crossing-without-gate-or-barrier-ahead.webp) Railway level crossing without gate or barrier ahead - ![Risk of grounding at a railway or tramway level crossing or hump backed bridge — UK road sign](/signs/uk/782-risk-of-grounding-at-a-railway-or-tramway-level-crossing-or.webp) Risk of grounding at a railway or tramway level crossing or hump backed bridge - ![Countdown marker to railway or tramway level crossing — UK road sign](/signs/uk/789-2-countdown-marker-to-railway-or-tramway-level-crossing.webp) Countdown marker to railway or tramway level crossing - ![Direction to emergency telephone or telephone at or near a railway or tramway level crossing — UK road sign](/signs/uk/788-direction-to-emergency-telephone-or-telephone-at-or-near-a-r.webp) Direction to emergency telephone or telephone at or near a railway or tramway level crossing - ![Drivers of large or slow vehicles must stop and telephone before using an automatic railway or tramway crossing — UK road sign](/signs/uk/784-1-drivers-of-large-or-slow-vehicles-must-stop-and-telephone-be.webp) Drivers of large or slow vehicles must stop and telephone before using an automatic railway or tramway crossing - ![Drivers of long low vehicles must telephone to obtain permission before using a railway or tramway level crossing — UK road sign](/signs/uk/783-drivers-of-long-low-vehicles-must-telephone-to-obtain-permis.webp) Drivers of long low vehicles must telephone to obtain permission before using a railway or tramway level crossing - ![Level crossing ahead is crossed by more than one railway or tramway track, and more than one train or tramcar may pass over it in quick succession — UK road sign](/signs/uk/777-level-crossing-ahead-is-crossed-by-more-than-one-railway-or.webp) Level crossing ahead is crossed by more than one railway or tramway track, and more than one train or tramcar may pass over it in quick succession - ![Light signal at level crossing for pedestrians — UK road sign](/signs/uk/4006-light-signal-at-level-crossing-for-pedestrians.webp) Light signal at level crossing for pedestrians - ![Load gauge giving audible warning to drivers where vehicle exceeds safe height under electrified overhead cables — UK road sign](/signs/uk/781-load-gauge-giving-audible-warning-to-drivers-where-vehicle-e.webp) Load gauge giving audible warning to drivers where vehicle exceeds safe height under electrified overhead cables - ![Location of railway or tramway level crossing without a gate or barrier — UK road sign](/signs/uk/774-location-of-railway-or-tramway-level-crossing-without-a-gate.webp) Location of railway or tramway level crossing without a gate or barrier - ![New method of controlling traffic at a railway or tramway level crossing ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/790-new-method-of-controlling-traffic-at-a-railway-or-tramway-le.webp) New method of controlling traffic at a railway or tramway level crossing ahead - ![Open railway level crossing without light signals — UK road sign](/signs/uk/778-open-railway-level-crossing-without-light-signals.webp) Open railway level crossing without light signals - ![Place where drivers of large or slow, or long low vehicles should park near a level crossing while contacting the signal operator — UK road sign](/signs/uk/786-place-where-drivers-of-large-or-slow-or-long-low-vehicles-sh.webp) Place where drivers of large or slow, or long low vehicles should park near a level crossing while contacting the signal operator - ![Safe height beneath electrified overhead cable ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/780a-safe-height-beneath-electrified-overhead-cable-ahead.webp) Safe height beneath electrified overhead cable ahead - ![Site of emergency telephone or telephone at or near a railway or tramway level crossing — UK road sign](/signs/uk/787-site-of-emergency-telephone-or-telephone-at-or-near-a-railwa.webp) Site of emergency telephone or telephone at or near a railway or tramway level crossing - ![Vehicular traffic must not stop within the area of a railway or tramway level crossing — UK road sign](/signs/uk/775-vehicular-traffic-must-not-stop-within-the-area-of-a-railway.webp) Vehicular traffic must not stop within the area of a railway or tramway level crossing - ![Warning of light signals at a level crossing without a gate or barrier ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/773-warning-of-light-signals-at-a-level-crossing-without-a-gate.webp) Warning of light signals at a level crossing without a gate or barrier ahead ## Ready to test yourself on road signs? The free [road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) uses the same official artwork, with an explanation for every answer. Revise the rules behind them in our [Rules of the Road guide](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/). [Start the road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### How do you recognise level crossing signs?** Level crossing signs warn that a railway crosses the road ahead. A gate symbol means a crossing with barriers or gates; a steam train symbol means one without. Countdown markers with three, two and one bars show the distance to a concealed crossing. Flashing red lights mean you must stop. **### Do level crossing signs come up in the theory test?** Yes. Signs appear throughout the theory test, mainly in the Road & Traffic Signs topic and also in topics such as Rules of the Road. Practise with our free questions until you can read each sign from its shape and colour. ## Which other road sign categories should you learn? - [Warning signs](/road-signs/warning-signs/) - [Regulatory signs](/road-signs/regulatory-signs/) - [Speed limit signs](/road-signs/speed-limit-signs/) - [Motorway signs](/road-signs/motorway-signs/) - [Parking signs](/road-signs/parking-signs/) - [Pedestrian and cycle signs](/road-signs/pedestrian-and-cycle-signs/) - [Bus and tram signs](/road-signs/bus-and-tram-signs/) - [Road works signs](/road-signs/road-works-signs/) - [Traffic calming signs](/road-signs/traffic-calming-signs/) - [Information signs](/road-signs/information-signs/) - [Direction signs](/road-signs/direction-signs/) Traffic sign images: Crown copyright, Department for Transport. Reproduced under the Open Government Licence v3.0. [Licence](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) · [Source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/traffic-sign-images). --- # UK motorway signs and signals | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/road-signs/motorway-signs/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. 53 official signs · Department for Transport artwork # UK motorway signs and signals Smart motorways use overhead signs to open the hard shoulder as a running lane, close lanes after an incident and set variable limits. A speed shown in a red ring on a gantry is mandatory; one without a red ring is advisory. Quick answer Motorway direction signs have a blue background with white text, and motorway junctions are numbered. Signals above lanes show mandatory speed limits and a red X that closes a lane — you must not drive in that lane. Countdown markers show 300, 200 and 100 yards to the next exit. ## What does each motorway sign mean? Each sign is shown with its official meaning from the Department for Transport. Tap through to the quiz when you’re ready to test yourself. - ![10 miles to the next motorway service area — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2918-10-miles-to-the-next-motorway-service-area.webp) 10 miles to the next motorway service area - ![100 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/825-100-yards-to-a-roundabout-or-the-next-point-at-which-traffic.webp) 100 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a route - ![200 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/824-200-yards-to-a-roundabout-or-the-next-point-at-which-traffic.webp) 200 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a route - ![300 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/823-300-yards-to-a-roundabout-or-the-next-point-at-which-traffic.webp) 300 yards to a roundabout or the next point at which traffic may leave a route - ![Additional traffic lane joining from the left ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/868-1m-additional-traffic-lane-joining-from-the-left-ahead.webp) Additional traffic lane joining from the left ahead - ![Additional traffic lane joining from the left ahead in 200 yards. Traffic on the main carriageway has priority over joining traffic — UK road sign](/signs/uk/873-876-additional-traffic-lane-joining-from-the-left-ahead-in-200-y.webp) Additional traffic lane joining from the left ahead in 200 yards. Traffic on the main carriageway has priority over joining traffic - ![Additional traffic lane joining from the right ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/868m-additional-traffic-lane-joining-from-the-right-ahead.webp) Additional traffic lane joining from the right ahead - ![Additional traffic lanes joining from the right ahead. Traffic on the main carriageway has priority over joining traffic — UK road sign](/signs/uk/874-additional-traffic-lanes-joining-from-the-right-ahead-traffi.webp) Additional traffic lanes joining from the right ahead. Traffic on the main carriageway has priority over joining traffic - ![Appropriate traffic lanes for different manoeuvres at a junction ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/877m-appropriate-traffic-lanes-for-different-manoeuvres-at-a-junc.webp) Appropriate traffic lanes for different manoeuvres at a junction ahead - ![Availability of motorway service areas ahead with distances — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2917v-availability-of-motorway-service-areas-ahead-with-distances.webp) Availability of motorway service areas ahead with distances - ![Availability of motorway service areas ahead with distances and names of operators — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2917-availability-of-motorway-service-areas-ahead-with-distances.webp) Availability of motorway service areas ahead with distances and names of operators - ![Closure of all lanes of a four lane carriageway ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/6009-3-closure-of-all-lanes-of-a-four-lane-carriageway-ahead.webp) Closure of all lanes of a four lane carriageway ahead - ![Closure of all lanes of a three lane carriageway ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/6006-2-closure-of-all-lanes-of-a-three-lane-carriageway-ahead.webp) Closure of all lanes of a three lane carriageway ahead - ![Closure of both lanes of a two lane carriageway ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/6008-1-closure-of-both-lanes-of-a-two-lane-carriageway-ahead.webp) Closure of both lanes of a two lane carriageway ahead - ![Closure of one lane of a four lane carriageway ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/6009-closure-of-one-lane-of-a-four-lane-carriageway-ahead.webp) Closure of one lane of a four lane carriageway ahead - ![Closure of one lane of a three lane carriageway ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/6006-closure-of-one-lane-of-a-three-lane-carriageway-ahead.webp) Closure of one lane of a three lane carriageway ahead - ![Closure of right hand lane of a two lane carriageway ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/6008-closure-of-right-hand-lane-of-a-two-lane-carriageway-ahead.webp) Closure of right hand lane of a two lane carriageway ahead - ![Closure of two lanes of a three lane carriageway ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/6006-1-closure-of-two-lanes-of-a-three-lane-carriageway-ahead.webp) Closure of two lanes of a three lane carriageway ahead - ![County boundary sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2928-county-boundary-sign.webp) County boundary sign - ![Direction to a motorway at the junction shown, indicating route number — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2902-1-direction-to-a-motorway-at-the-junction-shown-indicating-rou.webp) Direction to a motorway at the junction shown, indicating route number - ![Direction to a motorway at the junction shown, indicating route number and destination reached along the motorway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2902-direction-to-a-motorway-at-the-junction-shown-indicating-rou.webp) Direction to a motorway at the junction shown, indicating route number and destination reached along the motorway - ![Direction to a named service area and showing the name of the operator — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2920-1-direction-to-a-named-service-area-and-showing-the-name-of-th.webp) Direction to a named service area and showing the name of the operator - ![Direction to the nearest emergency telephone on the same side of the road — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2713-direction-to-the-nearest-emergency-telephone-on-the-same-sid.webp) Direction to the nearest emergency telephone on the same side of the road - ![Drivers should check their distance from the vehicle in front — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2934-drivers-should-check-their-distance-from-the-vehicle-in-fron.webp) Drivers should check their distance from the vehicle in front - ![Drivers should keep a distance of two chevron markings from the vehicle in front — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2933-drivers-should-keep-a-distance-of-two-chevron-markings-from.webp) Drivers should keep a distance of two chevron markings from the vehicle in front - ![Drivers should keep their distance from the vehicle in front — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2934v-drivers-should-keep-their-distance-from-the-vehicle-in-front.webp) Drivers should keep their distance from the vehicle in front - ![End of motorway regulations, including the national speed limit — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2931-end-of-motorway-regulations-including-the-national-speed-lim.webp) End of motorway regulations, including the national speed limit - ![End of motorway regulations, including the national speed limit in 1 mile — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2930-end-of-motorway-regulations-including-the-national-speed-lim.webp) End of motorway regulations, including the national speed limit in 1 mile - ![End of temporary restrictions indicated by previous signs — UK road sign](/signs/uk/6012-end-of-temporary-restrictions-indicated-by-previous-signs.webp) End of temporary restrictions indicated by previous signs - ![Entrance for works traffic only — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2922-entrance-for-works-traffic-only.webp) Entrance for works traffic only - ![Entrance to a motorway service area — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2921-entrance-to-a-motorway-service-area.webp) Entrance to a motorway service area - ![Entrance to a motorway service area at a junction ahead on a motorway slip road — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2921-1-entrance-to-a-motorway-service-area-at-a-junction-ahead-on-a.webp) Entrance to a motorway service area at a junction ahead on a motorway slip road - ![Entrance to motorway service area, or similar facility within the length of a motorway where motorway regulations cease to apply — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2932-entrance-to-motorway-service-area-or-similar-facility-within.webp) Entrance to motorway service area, or similar facility within the length of a motorway where motorway regulations cease to apply - ![Exit from a motorway at a junction ahead that should be used for a tourist attraction — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2927-1-exit-from-a-motorway-at-a-junction-ahead-that-should-be-used.webp) Exit from a motorway at a junction ahead that should be used for a tourist attraction - ![Exit from a motorway junction ahead that should be used for a destination along the route advised for goods vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2929-1-exit-from-a-motorway-junction-ahead-that-should-be-used-for.webp) Exit from a motorway junction ahead that should be used for a destination along the route advised for goods vehicles - ![In 200 yards the number of lanes of traffic lanes ahead on a motorway reduces from three lanes to two. Traffic in the right hand lane must move into the lane on the immediate left — UK road sign](/signs/uk/872-1m-in-200-yards-the-number-of-lanes-of-traffic-lanes-ahead-on-a.webp) In 200 yards the number of lanes of traffic lanes ahead on a motorway reduces from three lanes to two. Traffic in the right hand lane must move into the lane on the immediate left - ![Junction ahead from a motorway exit slip road to the tourist attractions shown — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2924-junction-ahead-from-a-motorway-exit-slip-road-to-the-tourist.webp) Junction ahead from a motorway exit slip road to the tourist attractions shown - ![Junction ahead with another motorway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2912-junction-ahead-with-another-motorway.webp) Junction ahead with another motorway - ![Light signal conveying the prohibition that vehicular traffic may not use the lane below the sign (gantry-mounted) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/6031-1-light-signal-conveying-the-prohibition-that-vehicular-traffi.webp) Light signal conveying the prohibition that vehicular traffic may not use the lane below the sign (gantry-mounted) - ![Motorway junction ahead leading to a route advised for goods vehicles to the destination shown, which may differ from that for other traffic — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2929-motorway-junction-ahead-leading-to-a-route-advised-for-goods.webp) Motorway junction ahead leading to a route advised for goods vehicles to the destination shown, which may differ from that for other traffic - ![Motorway junction ahead leading to a town or geographical area containing several tourist attractions and a Tourist Information Point or Centre — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2927-motorway-junction-ahead-leading-to-a-town-or-geographical-ar.webp) Motorway junction ahead leading to a town or geographical area containing several tourist attractions and a Tourist Information Point or Centre - ![Motorway junction ahead, displaying the route number and destination reached by taking this route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2903-motorway-junction-ahead-displaying-the-route-number-and-dest.webp) Motorway junction ahead, displaying the route number and destination reached by taking this route - ![Motorway junction, displaying route number and destination reached as well as destination reached by remaining on the motorway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2906-motorway-junction-displaying-route-number-and-destination-re.webp) Motorway junction, displaying route number and destination reached as well as destination reached by remaining on the motorway - ![No hard shoulder available for 400 yards — UK road sign](/signs/uk/820-1-no-hard-shoulder-available-for-400-yards.webp) No hard shoulder available for 400 yards - ![Number of route reached from a motorway exit road — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2910-number-of-route-reached-from-a-motorway-exit-road.webp) Number of route reached from a motorway exit road - ![Risk of fog ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/6011-risk-of-fog-ahead.webp) Risk of fog ahead - ![Risk of ice ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/6011-1-risk-of-ice-ahead.webp) Risk of ice ahead - ![Roundabout ahead leading from a motorway exit slip road to the tourist attractions shown — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2925-roundabout-ahead-leading-from-a-motorway-exit-slip-road-to-t.webp) Roundabout ahead leading from a motorway exit slip road to the tourist attractions shown - ![Route number of the motorway with destinations and distances to places along or reached from that route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2911-route-number-of-the-motorway-with-destinations-and-distances.webp) Route number of the motorway with destinations and distances to places along or reached from that route - ![Route to be followed at a junction ahead on a motorway for destinations that are not otherwise shown on signs for that junction — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2915-route-to-be-followed-at-a-junction-ahead-on-a-motorway-for-d.webp) Route to be followed at a junction ahead on a motorway for destinations that are not otherwise shown on signs for that junction - ![Services are not available on motorway ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2918-1-services-are-not-available-on-motorway-ahead.webp) Services are not available on motorway ahead - ![Temporary maximum speed of 50 miles per hour advised — UK road sign](/signs/uk/6001-temporary-maximum-speed-of-50-miles-per-hour-advised.webp) Temporary maximum speed of 50 miles per hour advised - ![Vehicular traffic must leave at next junction — UK road sign](/signs/uk/6003-vehicular-traffic-must-leave-at-next-junction.webp) Vehicular traffic must leave at next junction ## Ready to test yourself on road signs? The free [road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) uses the same official artwork, with an explanation for every answer. Revise the rules behind them in our [Motorway Rules guide](/theory-test/motorway-rules/). [Start the road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### How do you recognise motorway signs?** Motorway direction signs have a blue background with white text, and motorway junctions are numbered. Signals above lanes show mandatory speed limits and a red X that closes a lane — you must not drive in that lane. Countdown markers show 300, 200 and 100 yards to the next exit. **### Do motorway signs come up in the theory test?** Yes. Signs appear throughout the theory test, mainly in the Road & Traffic Signs topic and also in topics such as Motorway Rules. Practise with our free questions until you can read each sign from its shape and colour. ## Which other road sign categories should you learn? - [Warning signs](/road-signs/warning-signs/) - [Regulatory signs](/road-signs/regulatory-signs/) - [Speed limit signs](/road-signs/speed-limit-signs/) - [Parking signs](/road-signs/parking-signs/) - [Level crossing signs](/road-signs/level-crossing-signs/) - [Pedestrian and cycle signs](/road-signs/pedestrian-and-cycle-signs/) - [Bus and tram signs](/road-signs/bus-and-tram-signs/) - [Road works signs](/road-signs/road-works-signs/) - [Traffic calming signs](/road-signs/traffic-calming-signs/) - [Information signs](/road-signs/information-signs/) - [Direction signs](/road-signs/direction-signs/) Traffic sign images: Crown copyright, Department for Transport. Reproduced under the Open Government Licence v3.0. [Licence](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) · [Source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/traffic-sign-images). --- # UK parking and waiting restriction signs | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/road-signs/parking-signs/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. 78 official signs · Department for Transport artwork # UK parking and waiting restriction signs Controlled parking zone signs apply their times to every yellow line inside the zone, so individual plates may not be repeated street by street. Always read the full sign — days, hours and exemptions change what is allowed. Quick answer Parking signs tell you where and when you can park or wait. Blue signs with a white P show parking places, often with time limits or payment rules. Upright plates next to yellow lines give the times waiting is restricted. Loading bays and permit holders’ bays are only for the users the sign names. ## What does each parking sign mean? Each sign is shown with its official meaning from the Department for Transport. Tap through to the quiz when you’re ready to test yourself. - ![No stopping on main carriageway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/642-no-stopping-on-main-carriageway.webp) No stopping on main carriageway - !['Pay and display' ticket-regulated parking place — UK road sign](/signs/uk/661-2a-pay-and-display-ticket-regulated-parking-place.webp) 'Pay and display' ticket-regulated parking place - ![Bay reserved for loading and unloading — UK road sign](/signs/uk/660-4-bay-reserved-for-loading-and-unloading.webp) Bay reserved for loading and unloading - ![Bay reserved for loading and unloading by goods vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/660-4g-bay-reserved-for-loading-and-unloading-by-goods-vehicles.webp) Bay reserved for loading and unloading by goods vehicles - ![Bay reserved for loading and unloading by goods vehicles during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/660-4gt-bay-reserved-for-loading-and-unloading-by-goods-vehicles-dur.webp) Bay reserved for loading and unloading by goods vehicles during the period indicated - ![Bay reserved for loading and unloading by goods vehicles during the period indicated, and waiting prohibited during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/939-1b-660-4gt-bay-reserved-for-loading-and-unloading-by-goods-vehicles-dur.webp) Bay reserved for loading and unloading by goods vehicles during the period indicated, and waiting prohibited during the period indicated - ![Continuous prohibition on loading and unloading — UK road sign](/signs/uk/638-continuous-prohibition-on-loading-and-unloading.webp) Continuous prohibition on loading and unloading - ![Continuous prohibition on waiting by vehicles with an exemption for taxis during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/650-3-continuous-prohibition-on-waiting-by-vehicles-with-an-exempt.webp) Continuous prohibition on waiting by vehicles with an exemption for taxis during the period indicated - ![Continuous prohibition on waiting except for loading and unloading — UK road sign](/signs/uk/637-3v-continuous-prohibition-on-waiting-except-for-loading-and-unl.webp) Continuous prohibition on waiting except for loading and unloading - ![Continuous prohibition on waiting except for loading and unloading for period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/637-3-continuous-prohibition-on-waiting-except-for-loading-and-unl.webp) Continuous prohibition on waiting except for loading and unloading for period indicated - ![Continuous prohibition on waiting except loading and unloading on the footway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/637-1f-continuous-prohibition-on-waiting-except-loading-and-unloadi.webp) Continuous prohibition on waiting except loading and unloading on the footway - ![Continuous prohibition on waiting except loading and unloading on the verge — UK road sign](/signs/uk/637-1v-continuous-prohibition-on-waiting-except-loading-and-unloadi.webp) Continuous prohibition on waiting except loading and unloading on the verge - ![Continuous prohibition on waiting except loading and unloading on verge or footway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/637-1-continuous-prohibition-on-waiting-except-loading-and-unloadi.webp) Continuous prohibition on waiting except loading and unloading on verge or footway - ![Disc zone parking place where the waiting period is limited and display of a disc is required — UK road sign](/signs/uk/662-disc-zone-parking-place-where-the-waiting-period-is-limited.webp) Disc zone parking place where the waiting period is limited and display of a disc is required - ![End of a controlled parking zone applying to goods vehicles over a gross weight of 5T — UK road sign](/signs/uk/666-end-of-a-controlled-parking-zone-applying-to-goods-vehicles.webp) End of a controlled parking zone applying to goods vehicles over a gross weight of 5T - ![End of a controlled parking zone applying to goods vehicles over a gross weight of 7.5T — UK road sign](/signs/uk/666v-end-of-a-controlled-parking-zone-applying-to-goods-vehicles.webp) End of a controlled parking zone applying to goods vehicles over a gross weight of 7.5T - ![End of area where vehicles may be parked partially on the verge or footway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/667-2-end-of-area-where-vehicles-may-be-parked-partially-on-the-ve.webp) End of area where vehicles may be parked partially on the verge or footway - ![End of area where vehicles may be parked wholly on the verge or footway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/668-2-end-of-area-where-vehicles-may-be-parked-wholly-on-the-verge.webp) End of area where vehicles may be parked wholly on the verge or footway - ![End of controlled or voucher parking zone — UK road sign](/signs/uk/664-end-of-controlled-or-voucher-parking-zone.webp) End of controlled or voucher parking zone - ![End of designated off-highway loading area in which waiting restriction apply — UK road sign](/signs/uk/640-5-end-of-designated-off-highway-loading-area-in-which-waiting.webp) End of designated off-highway loading area in which waiting restriction apply - ![End of restriction on stopping — UK road sign](/signs/uk/647-end-of-restriction-on-stopping.webp) End of restriction on stopping - ![Entrance to a controlled parking zone — UK road sign](/signs/uk/663v1-entrance-to-a-controlled-parking-zone.webp) Entrance to a controlled parking zone - ![Entrance to a controlled parking zone applying to goods vehicles over a gross weight of 5T during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/665-entrance-to-a-controlled-parking-zone-applying-to-goods-vehi.webp) Entrance to a controlled parking zone applying to goods vehicles over a gross weight of 5T during the period indicated - ![Entrance to a controlled parking zone applying to goods vehicles over a gross weight of 7.5T during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/665v-entrance-to-a-controlled-parking-zone-applying-to-goods-vehi.webp) Entrance to a controlled parking zone applying to goods vehicles over a gross weight of 7.5T during the period indicated - ![Entrance to a controlled parking zone in operation during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/663-entrance-to-a-controlled-parking-zone-in-operation-during-th.webp) Entrance to a controlled parking zone in operation during the period indicated - ![Entrance to a controlled parking zone, with loading and unloading prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/663v2-entrance-to-a-controlled-parking-zone-with-loading-and-unloa.webp) Entrance to a controlled parking zone, with loading and unloading prohibited - ![Entrance to a designated off-highway loading area in which waiting restrictions apply — UK road sign](/signs/uk/640-3-entrance-to-a-designated-off-highway-loading-area-in-which-w.webp) Entrance to a designated off-highway loading area in which waiting restrictions apply - ![Entrance to a disc and meter parking zone — UK road sign](/signs/uk/663v3-entrance-to-a-disc-and-meter-parking-zone.webp) Entrance to a disc and meter parking zone - ![Entrance to a disc parking zone — UK road sign](/signs/uk/663v4-entrance-to-a-disc-parking-zone.webp) Entrance to a disc parking zone - ![Entrance to a meter parking zone — UK road sign](/signs/uk/663v5-entrance-to-a-meter-parking-zone.webp) Entrance to a meter parking zone - ![Entrance to a pay and display parking zone — UK road sign](/signs/uk/663v6-entrance-to-a-pay-and-display-parking-zone.webp) Entrance to a pay and display parking zone - ![Entrance to a ticket parking zone — UK road sign](/signs/uk/663v7-entrance-to-a-ticket-parking-zone.webp) Entrance to a ticket parking zone - ![Entrance to red route clearway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/cw701-entrance-to-red-route-clearway.webp) Entrance to red route clearway - ![Entrance to voucher parking zone in operation during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/663-1-entrance-to-voucher-parking-zone-in-operation-during-the-per.webp) Entrance to voucher parking zone in operation during the period indicated - ![Free parking for all vehicles, with restrictions on length of waiting time and return period — UK road sign](/signs/uk/661-1-free-parking-for-all-vehicles-with-restrictions-on-length-of.webp) Free parking for all vehicles, with restrictions on length of waiting time and return period - ![Free parking for motor cars only, with restrictions on length of waiting time and return period — UK road sign](/signs/uk/661-1vc-free-parking-for-motor-cars-only-with-restrictions-on-length.webp) Free parking for motor cars only, with restrictions on length of waiting time and return period - ![Free parking for motor cycles only, with restrictions on length of waiting time and return period — UK road sign](/signs/uk/661-1vm-free-parking-for-motor-cycles-only-with-restrictions-on-leng.webp) Free parking for motor cycles only, with restrictions on length of waiting time and return period - ![Hazard or prohibition extends for 7 miles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/570v-hazard-or-prohibition-extends-for-7-miles.webp) Hazard or prohibition extends for 7 miles - ![Information relating to a taxi rank for the number of taxis specified — UK road sign](/signs/uk/857-1-information-relating-to-a-taxi-rank-for-the-number-of-taxis.webp) Information relating to a taxi rank for the number of taxis specified - ![Loading and unloading prohibited during the periods and in the direction indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/638-1r-loading-and-unloading-prohibited-during-the-periods-and-in-t.webp) Loading and unloading prohibited during the periods and in the direction indicated - ![Loading and unloading prohibited during the periods indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/638-1na-loading-and-unloading-prohibited-during-the-periods-indicate.webp) Loading and unloading prohibited during the periods indicated - ![Loading and unloading prohibited during the periods indicated and in the direction indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/638-1-loading-and-unloading-prohibited-during-the-periods-indicate.webp) Loading and unloading prohibited during the periods indicated and in the direction indicated - ![Location of 'pay and display' ticket machine — UK road sign](/signs/uk/661-3a-location-of-pay-and-display-ticket-machine.webp) Location of 'pay and display' ticket machine - ![No stopping during periods indicated except to pick up or set down passengers — UK road sign](/signs/uk/646-no-stopping-during-periods-indicated-except-to-pick-up-or-se.webp) No stopping during periods indicated except to pick up or set down passengers - ![No stopping for any purpose at any time — UK road sign](/signs/uk/dr507-no-stopping-for-any-purpose-at-any-time.webp) No stopping for any purpose at any time - ![No stopping for any purpose at any time except buses — UK road sign](/signs/uk/dr508-no-stopping-for-any-purpose-at-any-time-except-buses.webp) No stopping for any purpose at any time except buses - ![No stopping for any purpose during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/sr504-no-stopping-for-any-purpose-during-the-period-indicated.webp) No stopping for any purpose during the period indicated - ![No stopping in lay-by except in emergency — UK road sign](/signs/uk/642-3-no-stopping-in-lay-by-except-in-emergency.webp) No stopping in lay-by except in emergency - ![Parking for motorised caravans or caravans drawn by motor vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/804-3-parking-for-motorised-caravans-or-caravans-drawn-by-motor-ve.webp) Parking for motorised caravans or caravans drawn by motor vehicles - ![Parking place — UK road sign](/signs/uk/801-parking-place.webp) Parking place - ![Parking place for buses only during the times shown — UK road sign](/signs/uk/661-1vb-parking-place-for-buses-only-during-the-times-shown.webp) Parking place for buses only during the times shown - ![Parking place for goods vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/804-1-parking-place-for-goods-vehicles.webp) Parking place for goods vehicles - ![Parking place for motor cars — UK road sign](/signs/uk/804-2-parking-place-for-motor-cars.webp) Parking place for motor cars - ![Parking place for permit holders with limited waiting permitted by others at specified times — UK road sign](/signs/uk/660-6v4t-parking-place-for-permit-holders-with-limited-waiting-permit.webp) Parking place for permit holders with limited waiting permitted by others at specified times - ![Parking place for solo motor cycles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/804-4-parking-place-for-solo-motor-cycles.webp) Parking place for solo motor cycles - ![Parking place reserved for disabled badge holders — UK road sign](/signs/uk/661a-parking-place-reserved-for-disabled-badge-holders.webp) Parking place reserved for disabled badge holders - ![Parking place reserved for doctor permit holders — UK road sign](/signs/uk/660vd-parking-place-reserved-for-doctor-permit-holders.webp) Parking place reserved for doctor permit holders - ![Parking place reserved for permit holders — UK road sign](/signs/uk/660-parking-place-reserved-for-permit-holders.webp) Parking place reserved for permit holders - ![Parking place reserved for resident permit holders — UK road sign](/signs/uk/660vr-parking-place-reserved-for-resident-permit-holders.webp) Parking place reserved for resident permit holders - ![Parking place reserved for resident permit holders during the time period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/660-3-parking-place-reserved-for-resident-permit-holders-during-th.webp) Parking place reserved for resident permit holders during the time period indicated - ![Parking place reserved for voucher parking during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/660-5-parking-place-reserved-for-voucher-parking-during-the-period.webp) Parking place reserved for voucher parking during the period indicated - ![Prohibition on stopping by vehicles other than taxis during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/650-1-prohibition-on-stopping-by-vehicles-other-than-taxis-during.webp) Prohibition on stopping by vehicles other than taxis during the period indicated - ![Prohibition on waiting by vehicles other than taxis during the period indicated (upper panel), and carriage way reserved for loading and unloading of goods vehicles during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/639-1b-prohibition-on-waiting-by-vehicles-other-than-taxis-during-t.webp) Prohibition on waiting by vehicles other than taxis during the period indicated (upper panel), and carriage way reserved for loading and unloading of goods vehicles during the period indicated - ![Vehicles may be parked partially on the verge or footway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/667-vehicles-may-be-parked-partially-on-the-verge-or-footway.webp) Vehicles may be parked partially on the verge or footway - ![Vehicles may be parked partially on the verge or footway during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/667-1-vehicles-may-be-parked-partially-on-the-verge-or-footway-dur.webp) Vehicles may be parked partially on the verge or footway during the period indicated - ![Vehicles may be parked partially on the verge or footway in marked bays — UK road sign](/signs/uk/667-1a-vehicles-may-be-parked-partially-on-the-verge-or-footway-in.webp) Vehicles may be parked partially on the verge or footway in marked bays - ![Vehicles may be parked wholly on the verge or footway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/668-vehicles-may-be-parked-wholly-on-the-verge-or-footway.webp) Vehicles may be parked wholly on the verge or footway - ![Waiting by goods vehicles over a gross weight of 5T prohibited during the periods and in the direction indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/640-2a-waiting-by-goods-vehicles-over-a-gross-weight-of-5t-prohibit.webp) Waiting by goods vehicles over a gross weight of 5T prohibited during the periods and in the direction indicated - ![Waiting prohibited during the period and in the direction indicated (upper panel), and loading and unloading prohibited during the periods and in the direction indicated (lower panel) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/640-peak-waiting-prohibited-during-the-period-and-in-the-direction-in.webp) Waiting prohibited during the period and in the direction indicated (upper panel), and loading and unloading prohibited during the periods and in the direction indicated (lower panel) - ![Waiting prohibited during the period indicated (upper panel), and loading and unloading prohibited during the periods indicated (lower panel) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/640-am-pm-waiting-prohibited-during-the-period-indicated-upper-panel-a.webp) Waiting prohibited during the period indicated (upper panel), and loading and unloading prohibited during the periods indicated (lower panel) - ![Waiting prohibited during the period indicated (upper panel), and parking place reserved for doctor permit holders during the periods indicated (lower panel) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/639-1b-660-6-waiting-prohibited-during-the-period-indicated-upper-panel-a.webp) Waiting prohibited during the period indicated (upper panel), and parking place reserved for doctor permit holders during the periods indicated (lower panel) - ![Waiting prohibited during the periods indicated (upper panel), and parking for all vehicles, with restrictions on length of waiting time and return period (lower panel) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/639-1bv-waiting-prohibited-during-the-periods-indicated-upper-panel.webp) Waiting prohibited during the periods indicated (upper panel), and parking for all vehicles, with restrictions on length of waiting time and return period (lower panel) - ![Waiting prohibited during the periods indicated (upper panel), loading prohibited during periods indicated (middle panel), and 'pay and display' ticket-regulated parking available during the period indicated with directions to ticket machine (Lower p — UK road sign](/signs/uk/639-1b-660-7-waiting-prohibited-during-the-periods-indicated-upper-panel.webp) Waiting prohibited during the periods indicated (upper panel), loading prohibited during periods indicated (middle panel), and 'pay and display' ticket-regulated parking available during the period indicated with directions to ticket machine (Lower p - ![Waiting prohibited except for loading and unloading during the period and in the direction indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/639r-waiting-prohibited-except-for-loading-and-unloading-during-t.webp) Waiting prohibited except for loading and unloading during the period and in the direction indicated - ![Waiting prohibited except for loading and unloading during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/639-waiting-prohibited-except-for-loading-and-unloading-during-t.webp) Waiting prohibited except for loading and unloading during the period indicated - ![Waiting prohibited except for loading and unloading during the times and in the direction indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/639tl-waiting-prohibited-except-for-loading-and-unloading-during-t.webp) Waiting prohibited except for loading and unloading during the times and in the direction indicated - ![Waiting prohibited in designated off-highway loading area during the period indicated except by permitted vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/640-4-waiting-prohibited-in-designated-off-highway-loading-area-du.webp) Waiting prohibited in designated off-highway loading area during the period indicated except by permitted vehicles - ![Waiting prohibited in the direction indicated (upper panel), and loading and unloading prohibited in the direction indicated (lower panel) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/640-directions-waiting-prohibited-in-the-direction-indicated-upper-panel-an.webp) Waiting prohibited in the direction indicated (upper panel), and loading and unloading prohibited in the direction indicated (lower panel) ## Ready to test yourself on road signs? The free [road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) uses the same official artwork, with an explanation for every answer. Revise the rules behind them in our [Rules of the Road guide](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/). [Start the road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### How do you recognise parking signs?** Parking signs tell you where and when you can park or wait. Blue signs with a white P show parking places, often with time limits or payment rules. Upright plates next to yellow lines give the times waiting is restricted. Loading bays and permit holders’ bays are only for the users the sign names. **### Do parking signs come up in the theory test?** Yes. Signs appear throughout the theory test, mainly in the Road & Traffic Signs topic and also in topics such as Rules of the Road. Practise with our free questions until you can read each sign from its shape and colour. ## Which other road sign categories should you learn? - [Warning signs](/road-signs/warning-signs/) - [Regulatory signs](/road-signs/regulatory-signs/) - [Speed limit signs](/road-signs/speed-limit-signs/) - [Motorway signs](/road-signs/motorway-signs/) - [Level crossing signs](/road-signs/level-crossing-signs/) - [Pedestrian and cycle signs](/road-signs/pedestrian-and-cycle-signs/) - [Bus and tram signs](/road-signs/bus-and-tram-signs/) - [Road works signs](/road-signs/road-works-signs/) - [Traffic calming signs](/road-signs/traffic-calming-signs/) - [Information signs](/road-signs/information-signs/) - [Direction signs](/road-signs/direction-signs/) Traffic sign images: Crown copyright, Department for Transport. Reproduced under the Open Government Licence v3.0. [Licence](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) · [Source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/traffic-sign-images). --- # Pedestrian, cycle and horse rider signs | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/road-signs/pedestrian-and-cycle-signs/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. 29 official signs · Department for Transport artwork # Pedestrian, cycle and horse rider signs Pedestrian zone signs restrict vehicles during the times shown. Since the 2022 Highway Code changes, drivers must give priority to people crossing or waiting to cross at junctions, so these signs are cues to slow down early. Quick answer These signs mark routes and spaces for people walking, cycling and riding horses, and warn drivers where to expect them. Blue circular signs show routes you must use, including shared or segregated paths. Warning triangles alert drivers to pedestrians, cyclists and horses on or crossing the road ahead. ## What does each pedestrian and cycle sign mean? Each sign is shown with its official meaning from the Department for Transport. Tap through to the quiz when you’re ready to test yourself. - ![Direction along a footpath indicated by waymarks — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2610-2-direction-along-a-footpath-indicated-by-waymarks.webp) Direction along a footpath indicated by waymarks - ![Direction and distance to a free parking place for pedal cycles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2604r-direction-and-distance-to-a-free-parking-place-for-pedal-cyc.webp) Direction and distance to a free parking place for pedal cycles - ![Direction of a numbered route for pedal cycles forming part of a national cycle network at a junction — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2601-1-direction-of-a-numbered-route-for-pedal-cycles-forming-part.webp) Direction of a numbered route for pedal cycles forming part of a national cycle network at a junction - ![Direction of route to a tourist attraction for pedestrians — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2608-direction-of-route-to-a-tourist-attraction-for-pedestrians.webp) Direction of route to a tourist attraction for pedestrians - ![Direction of route to destination shown for pedestrians — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2605-direction-of-route-to-destination-shown-for-pedestrians.webp) Direction of route to destination shown for pedestrians - ![Direction of route to railway and London Underground station for pedestrians and pedal cycles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2606-direction-of-route-to-railway-and-london-underground-station.webp) Direction of route to railway and London Underground station for pedestrians and pedal cycles - ![Direction of route to railway station for pedestrians and pedal cycles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2606v-direction-of-route-to-railway-station-for-pedestrians-and-pe.webp) Direction of route to railway station for pedestrians and pedal cycles - ![Direction to or along a public footpath — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2610v-direction-to-or-along-a-public-footpath.webp) Direction to or along a public footpath - ![Distance and direction of route to destination shown for pedestrians — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2605v-distance-and-direction-of-route-to-destination-shown-for-ped.webp) Distance and direction of route to destination shown for pedestrians - ![End of restrictions associated with a pedestrian zone — UK road sign](/signs/uk/618-4-end-of-restrictions-associated-with-a-pedestrian-zone.webp) End of restrictions associated with a pedestrian zone - ![Entry to and waiting in pedestrian zone restricted except for loading during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/618-3-entry-to-and-waiting-in-pedestrian-zone-restricted-except-fo.webp) Entry to and waiting in pedestrian zone restricted except for loading during the period indicated - ![Entry to pedestrian zone restricted except for permit holders — UK road sign](/signs/uk/618-2-entry-to-pedestrian-zone-restricted-except-for-permit-holder.webp) Entry to pedestrian zone restricted except for permit holders - ![Instructions to horse riders above the push button control for an equestrian traffic crossing — UK road sign](/signs/uk/4003-3-instructions-to-horse-riders-above-the-push-button-control-f.webp) Instructions to horse riders above the push button control for an equestrian traffic crossing - ![Instructions to pedestrians above the push control at light signals — UK road sign](/signs/uk/4003-instructions-to-pedestrians-above-the-push-control-at-light.webp) Instructions to pedestrians above the push control at light signals - ![Instructions to pedestrians and cyclists above the push button control at a Toucan crossing — UK road sign](/signs/uk/4003-6-instructions-to-pedestrians-and-cyclists-above-the-push-butt.webp) Instructions to pedestrians and cyclists above the push button control at a Toucan crossing - ![Junction ahead leading to a parking place for pedal cycles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2603-junction-ahead-leading-to-a-parking-place-for-pedal-cycles.webp) Junction ahead leading to a parking place for pedal cycles - ![Light signal for pedestrians — UK road sign](/signs/uk/4002-1b-light-signal-for-pedestrians.webp) Light signal for pedestrians - ![Light signals for equestrian traffic — UK road sign](/signs/uk/4003-2-light-signals-for-equestrian-traffic.webp) Light signals for equestrian traffic - ![Light signals for pedestrians — UK road sign](/signs/uk/4002-1-light-signals-for-pedestrians.webp) Light signals for pedestrians - ![Light signals for pedestrians and cyclists at a Toucan crossing — UK road sign](/signs/uk/4003-5-light-signals-for-pedestrians-and-cyclists-at-a-toucan-cross.webp) Light signals for pedestrians and cyclists at a Toucan crossing - ![Near side light signals and instructions for horse riders at an equestrian traffic crossing facility — UK road sign](/signs/uk/4003-4-near-side-light-signals-and-instructions-for-horse-riders-at.webp) Near side light signals and instructions for horse riders at an equestrian traffic crossing facility - ![Near side light signals and instructions for pedestrians and cyclists at a Toucan crossing — UK road sign](/signs/uk/4003-7-near-side-light-signals-and-instructions-for-pedestrians-and.webp) Near side light signals and instructions for pedestrians and cyclists at a Toucan crossing - ![Near side light signals and instructions for pedestrians at a pedestrian facility controlled by light signals — UK road sign](/signs/uk/4003-1-near-side-light-signals-and-instructions-for-pedestrians-at.webp) Near side light signals and instructions for pedestrians at a pedestrian facility controlled by light signals - ![Number route for pedal cycles forming part of a national cycle route network — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2602-2-number-route-for-pedal-cycles-forming-part-of-a-national-cyc.webp) Number route for pedal cycles forming part of a national cycle route network - ![Prohibition on waiting (and loading and unloading) in a pedestrian zone at any time — UK road sign](/signs/uk/637-2v-prohibition-on-waiting-and-loading-and-unloading-in-a-pedest.webp) Prohibition on waiting (and loading and unloading) in a pedestrian zone at any time - ![Prohibition on waiting (and loading and unloading) in a pedestrian zone during the period indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/637-2-prohibition-on-waiting-and-loading-and-unloading-in-a-pedest.webp) Prohibition on waiting (and loading and unloading) in a pedestrian zone during the period indicated - ![Route for pedal cycles across an entry slip road at a junction ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2601-2-route-for-pedal-cycles-across-an-entry-slip-road-at-a-juncti.webp) Route for pedal cycles across an entry slip road at a junction ahead - ![The number of a route for pedal cycles forming part of a national cycle route network — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2602-3v-the-number-of-a-route-for-pedal-cycles-forming-part-of-a-nat.webp) The number of a route for pedal cycles forming part of a national cycle route network - ![The number of a route for pedal cycles forming part of a regional cycle route network — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2602-3-the-number-of-a-route-for-pedal-cycles-forming-part-of-a-reg.webp) The number of a route for pedal cycles forming part of a regional cycle route network ## Ready to test yourself on road signs? The free [road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) uses the same official artwork, with an explanation for every answer. Revise the rules behind them in our [Vulnerable Road Users guide](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/). [Start the road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### How do you recognise pedestrian and cycle signs?** These signs mark routes and spaces for people walking, cycling and riding horses, and warn drivers where to expect them. Blue circular signs show routes you must use, including shared or segregated paths. Warning triangles alert drivers to pedestrians, cyclists and horses on or crossing the road ahead. **### Do pedestrian and cycle signs come up in the theory test?** Yes. Signs appear throughout the theory test, mainly in the Road & Traffic Signs topic and also in topics such as Vulnerable Road Users. Practise with our free questions until you can read each sign from its shape and colour. ## Which other road sign categories should you learn? - [Warning signs](/road-signs/warning-signs/) - [Regulatory signs](/road-signs/regulatory-signs/) - [Speed limit signs](/road-signs/speed-limit-signs/) - [Motorway signs](/road-signs/motorway-signs/) - [Parking signs](/road-signs/parking-signs/) - [Level crossing signs](/road-signs/level-crossing-signs/) - [Bus and tram signs](/road-signs/bus-and-tram-signs/) - [Road works signs](/road-signs/road-works-signs/) - [Traffic calming signs](/road-signs/traffic-calming-signs/) - [Information signs](/road-signs/information-signs/) - [Direction signs](/road-signs/direction-signs/) Traffic sign images: Crown copyright, Department for Transport. Reproduced under the Open Government Licence v3.0. [Licence](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) · [Source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/traffic-sign-images). --- # UK regulatory signs: orders you must obey | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/road-signs/regulatory-signs/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. 51 official signs · Department for Transport artwork # UK regulatory signs: orders you must obey Many regulatory signs are enforceable by law, so ignoring them can lead to a fine and penalty points. Where a plate says “except for access” or gives times, the order only applies as the plate describes. Quick answer Regulatory signs give orders, and most are circular. A red ring means something is prohibited — you must not do it — while a blue circle tells you what you must do. STOP (an octagon) and GIVE WAY (an upside-down triangle) break the shape rules so they stand out. Plates below can add times or exceptions. ## What does each regulatory sign mean? Each sign is shown with its official meaning from the Department for Transport. Tap through to the quiz when you’re ready to test yourself. - ![All vehicles prohibited except pedal cycles being pushed by pedestrians — UK road sign](/signs/uk/617-all-vehicles-prohibited-except-pedal-cycles-being-pushed-by.webp) All vehicles prohibited except pedal cycles being pushed by pedestrians - ![Articulated vehicles prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/622-4-articulated-vehicles-prohibited.webp) Articulated vehicles prohibited - ![End of prohibition of goods vehicles exceeding the maximum gross weight indicated in a previous sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/622-2-end-of-prohibition-of-goods-vehicles-exceeding-the-maximum-g.webp) End of prohibition of goods vehicles exceeding the maximum gross weight indicated in a previous sign - ![Give way to traffic on the major road — UK road sign](/signs/uk/602-give-way-to-traffic-on-the-major-road.webp) Give way to traffic on the major road - ![Goods vehicles exceeding a gross weight of 7.5T prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/622-1a-goods-vehicles-exceeding-a-gross-weight-of-7-5t-prohibited.webp) Goods vehicles exceeding a gross weight of 7.5T prohibited - ![Horse drawn vehicles prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/622-5-horse-drawn-vehicles-prohibited.webp) Horse drawn vehicles prohibited - ![Motor vehicles except solo motor cycles prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/619-1-motor-vehicles-except-solo-motor-cycles-prohibited.webp) Motor vehicles except solo motor cycles prohibited - ![Motor vehicles prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/619-motor-vehicles-prohibited.webp) Motor vehicles prohibited - ![No entry for vehicular traffic — UK road sign](/signs/uk/616-no-entry-for-vehicular-traffic.webp) No entry for vehicular traffic - ![No left turn for vehicular traffic — UK road sign](/signs/uk/613-no-left-turn-for-vehicular-traffic.webp) No left turn for vehicular traffic - ![No overtaking — UK road sign](/signs/uk/632-no-overtaking.webp) No overtaking - ![No right turn for vehicular traffic — UK road sign](/signs/uk/612-no-right-turn-for-vehicular-traffic.webp) No right turn for vehicular traffic - ![No U-turns for vehicular traffic — UK road sign](/signs/uk/614-no-u-turns-for-vehicular-traffic.webp) No U-turns for vehicular traffic - ![Pedestrians prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/625-1-pedestrians-prohibited.webp) Pedestrians prohibited - ![Priority must be given to vehicles from the opposite direction — UK road sign](/signs/uk/615-priority-must-be-given-to-vehicles-from-the-opposite-directi.webp) Priority must be given to vehicles from the opposite direction - ![Ridden or accompanied horses prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/622-6-ridden-or-accompanied-horses-prohibited.webp) Ridden or accompanied horses prohibited - ![Solo motor cycles prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/619-2-solo-motor-cycles-prohibited.webp) Solo motor cycles prohibited - ![Towed caravans prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/622-7-towed-caravans-prohibited.webp) Towed caravans prohibited - ![Vehicles entering the junction must give way to traffic to vehicles coming from the right — UK road sign](/signs/uk/611-1-vehicles-entering-the-junction-must-give-way-to-traffic-to-v.webp) Vehicles entering the junction must give way to traffic to vehicles coming from the right - ![Vehicles exceeding 32'-6'' in length indicated prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/629-1-vehicles-exceeding-32-6-in-length-indicated-prohibited.webp) Vehicles exceeding 32'-6'' in length indicated prohibited - ![Vehicles exceeding 6'-6'' in width indicated prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/629-vehicles-exceeding-6-6-in-width-indicated-prohibited.webp) Vehicles exceeding 6'-6'' in width indicated prohibited - ![Vehicular traffic may reach the same destination by passing either side of the sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/611-vehicular-traffic-may-reach-the-same-destination-by-passing.webp) Vehicular traffic may reach the same destination by passing either side of the sign - ![Vehicular traffic must not go beyond the sign where displayed temporarily by a constable in uniform or by a traffic warden — UK road sign](/signs/uk/633-vehicular-traffic-must-not-go-beyond-the-sign-where-displaye.webp) Vehicular traffic must not go beyond the sign where displayed temporarily by a constable in uniform or by a traffic warden - ![Vehicular traffic must proceed in the direction indicated by the arrow — UK road sign](/signs/uk/606-vehicular-traffic-must-proceed-in-the-direction-indicated-by.webp) Vehicular traffic must proceed in the direction indicated by the arrow - ![Vehicular traffic must turn ahead in the direction indicated by the arrow — UK road sign](/signs/uk/609-vehicular-traffic-must-turn-ahead-in-the-direction-indicated.webp) Vehicular traffic must turn ahead in the direction indicated by the arrow - ![Vehicular traffic passing the sign must keep to the left of the sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/610-vehicular-traffic-passing-the-sign-must-keep-to-the-left-of.webp) Vehicular traffic passing the sign must keep to the left of the sign - ![All vehicles prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/618-1a-all-vehicles-prohibited.webp) All vehicles prohibited - ![All vehicles prohibited during the time indicated except for access — UK road sign](/signs/uk/618-1b-all-vehicles-prohibited-during-the-time-indicated-except-for.webp) All vehicles prohibited during the time indicated except for access - ![All vehicles prohibited from 'Play Street' during the period indicated except for access — UK road sign](/signs/uk/618-all-vehicles-prohibited-from-play-street-during-the-period-i.webp) All vehicles prohibited from 'Play Street' during the period indicated except for access - ![Buses and cycles excluded from restriction or prohibition conveyed by associated sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/954-3-buses-and-cycles-excluded-from-restriction-or-prohibition-co.webp) Buses and cycles excluded from restriction or prohibition conveyed by associated sign - ![Direction of a system of lane control light signals — UK road sign](/signs/uk/5013-direction-of-a-system-of-lane-control-light-signals.webp) Direction of a system of lane control light signals - ![Distance and direction of a system of lane control light signals — UK road sign](/signs/uk/5014-distance-and-direction-of-a-system-of-lane-control-light-sig.webp) Distance and direction of a system of lane control light signals - ![Dual carriageway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/608-dual-carriageway.webp) Dual carriageway - ![End of a system of lane control light signals — UK road sign](/signs/uk/5015-end-of-a-system-of-lane-control-light-signals.webp) End of a system of lane control light signals - ![Goods vehicles requiring to enter the road for loading or unloading of goods are exempted from the prohibition conveyed by the associated sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/620-1-goods-vehicles-requiring-to-enter-the-road-for-loading-or-un.webp) Goods vehicles requiring to enter the road for loading or unloading of goods are exempted from the prohibition conveyed by the associated sign - ![Indicates lane open for vehicular traffic — UK road sign](/signs/uk/5001-2-indicates-lane-open-for-vehicular-traffic.webp) Indicates lane open for vehicular traffic - ![Lane closed ahead vehicles must move to the next lane on the left — UK road sign](/signs/uk/5005-1-lane-closed-ahead-vehicles-must-move-to-the-next-lane-on-the.webp) Lane closed ahead vehicles must move to the next lane on the left - ![Lane control signal indicating that vehicles may not proceed along the lane directly beneath the signal — UK road sign](/signs/uk/5003-1-lane-control-signal-indicating-that-vehicles-may-not-proceed.webp) Lane control signal indicating that vehicles may not proceed along the lane directly beneath the signal - ![Lane control signals in operation on the road — UK road sign](/signs/uk/5010-lane-control-signals-in-operation-on-the-road.webp) Lane control signals in operation on the road - ![Lane control signals in operation on the road extending from the junction ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/5011-lane-control-signals-in-operation-on-the-road-extending-from.webp) Lane control signals in operation on the road extending from the junction ahead - ![Lane open to vehicular traffic — UK road sign](/signs/uk/5001-1-lane-open-to-vehicular-traffic.webp) Lane open to vehicular traffic - ![Location of a weight restriction ahead with indication of an alternative route — UK road sign](/signs/uk/818-4-location-of-a-weight-restriction-ahead-with-indication-of-an.webp) Location of a weight restriction ahead with indication of an alternative route - ![One-way traffic — UK road sign](/signs/uk/607-one-way-traffic.webp) One-way traffic - ![Stop before crossing the traverse line on the road and ensure the way is clear before entering a major road — UK road sign](/signs/uk/601-1-stop-before-crossing-the-traverse-line-on-the-road-and-ensur.webp) Stop before crossing the traverse line on the road and ensure the way is clear before entering a major road - ![System of lane control ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/5012-system-of-lane-control-ahead.webp) System of lane control ahead - ![Use of verge maintained in mown or ornamental condition by specified traffic prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/651-use-of-verge-maintained-in-mown-or-ornamental-condition-by-s.webp) Use of verge maintained in mown or ornamental condition by specified traffic prohibited - ![Vehicles carrying explosives prohibited — UK road sign](/signs/uk/622-8-622-9-vehicles-carrying-explosives-prohibited.webp) Vehicles carrying explosives prohibited - ![Vehicles exceeding a gross weight of 18T prohibited from crossing the bridge or structure — UK road sign](/signs/uk/626-2a-627-1-vehicles-exceeding-a-gross-weight-of-18t-prohibited-from-cro.webp) Vehicles exceeding a gross weight of 18T prohibited from crossing the bridge or structure - ![Vehicles exceeding a gross weight of 33T prohibited from crossing the bridge or structure — UK road sign](/signs/uk/626-2av6-627-1-vehicles-exceeding-a-gross-weight-of-33t-prohibited-from-cro.webp) Vehicles exceeding a gross weight of 33T prohibited from crossing the bridge or structure - ![Vehicles exceeding a gross weight of 7.5T prohibited from crossing the bridge or structure — UK road sign](/signs/uk/626-2av2-vehicles-exceeding-a-gross-weight-of-7-5t-prohibited-from-cr.webp) Vehicles exceeding a gross weight of 7.5T prohibited from crossing the bridge or structure - ![Vehicles requiring access are exempted from the prohibition conveyed by the associated sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/620-vehicles-requiring-access-are-exempted-from-the-prohibition.webp) Vehicles requiring access are exempted from the prohibition conveyed by the associated sign ## Ready to test yourself on road signs? The free [road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) uses the same official artwork, with an explanation for every answer. Revise the rules behind them in our [Road & Traffic Signs guide](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/). [Start the road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### How do you recognise regulatory signs?** Regulatory signs give orders, and most are circular. A red ring means something is prohibited — you must not do it — while a blue circle tells you what you must do. STOP (an octagon) and GIVE WAY (an upside-down triangle) break the shape rules so they stand out. Plates below can add times or exceptions. **### Do regulatory signs come up in the theory test?** Yes. Signs appear throughout the theory test, mainly in the Road & Traffic Signs topic and also in topics such as Road & Traffic Signs. Practise with our free questions until you can read each sign from its shape and colour. ## Which other road sign categories should you learn? - [Warning signs](/road-signs/warning-signs/) - [Speed limit signs](/road-signs/speed-limit-signs/) - [Motorway signs](/road-signs/motorway-signs/) - [Parking signs](/road-signs/parking-signs/) - [Level crossing signs](/road-signs/level-crossing-signs/) - [Pedestrian and cycle signs](/road-signs/pedestrian-and-cycle-signs/) - [Bus and tram signs](/road-signs/bus-and-tram-signs/) - [Road works signs](/road-signs/road-works-signs/) - [Traffic calming signs](/road-signs/traffic-calming-signs/) - [Information signs](/road-signs/information-signs/) - [Direction signs](/road-signs/direction-signs/) Traffic sign images: Crown copyright, Department for Transport. Reproduced under the Open Government Licence v3.0. [Licence](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) · [Source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/traffic-sign-images). --- # Road works and temporary signs | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/road-signs/road-works-signs/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. 38 official signs · Department for Transport artwork # Road works and temporary signs Road works often reduce lane widths and remove the hard shoulder, so keep a safe gap, merge in turn where lanes close and watch for workers and slow vehicles entering and leaving the site. Quick answer Road works signs warn of temporary hazards such as lane closures, contraflows, narrow lanes and workers in the road. Temporary speed limits shown in a red ring are mandatory, not advisory. Diversion signs often use a yellow background with black symbols so you can follow the route around closures. ## What does each road works sign mean? Each sign is shown with its official meaning from the Department for Transport. Tap through to the quiz when you’re ready to test yourself. - ![Loose chippings on road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7009-loose-chippings-on-road-ahead.webp) Loose chippings on road ahead - ![Vehicular traffic may proceed into a length of road where one-way working is temporarily necessary — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7024-vehicular-traffic-may-proceed-into-a-length-of-road-where-on.webp) Vehicular traffic may proceed into a length of road where one-way working is temporarily necessary - ![Vehicular traffic must not proceed into a length of road where one-way working is temporarily necessary — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7023-vehicular-traffic-must-not-proceed-into-a-length-of-road-whe.webp) Vehicular traffic must not proceed into a length of road where one-way working is temporarily necessary - ![Vehicular traffic should not proceed beyond the sign when displayed during works on or near the road — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7031-vehicular-traffic-should-not-proceed-beyond-the-sign-when-di.webp) Vehicular traffic should not proceed beyond the sign when displayed during works on or near the road - ![Additional traffic lane available ahead as part of temporary traffic management scheme — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7255-additional-traffic-lane-available-ahead-as-part-of-temporary.webp) Additional traffic lane available ahead as part of temporary traffic management scheme - ![Centre lane of a three lane single carriageway road closed — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7206-centre-lane-of-a-three-lane-single-carriageway-road-closed.webp) Centre lane of a three lane single carriageway road closed - ![Cyclists to dismount and use the adjacent footway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7018-1-cyclists-to-dismount-and-use-the-adjacent-footway.webp) Cyclists to dismount and use the adjacent footway - ![Dates when road works are to take place overnight and delays are to be expected — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7002-1-dates-when-road-works-are-to-take-place-overnight-and-delays.webp) Dates when road works are to take place overnight and delays are to be expected - ![Description of the nature of road works — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7001-1-description-of-the-nature-of-road-works.webp) Description of the nature of road works - ![Direction in which pedestrians should look for approaching traffic — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7017-direction-in-which-pedestrians-should-look-for-approaching-t.webp) Direction in which pedestrians should look for approaching traffic - ![Direction of temporary route for pedestrians — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7018-direction-of-temporary-route-for-pedestrians.webp) Direction of temporary route for pedestrians - ![Direction to be taken by road works or construction traffic at a junction ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7304-direction-to-be-taken-by-road-works-or-construction-traffic.webp) Direction to be taken by road works or construction traffic at a junction ahead - ![Direction to be taken by road works or construction traffic at a junction or works entrance — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7305-direction-to-be-taken-by-road-works-or-construction-traffic.webp) Direction to be taken by road works or construction traffic at a junction or works entrance - ![Direction to be taken by road works or construction traffic to an access to a works site 100 yards ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7306-direction-to-be-taken-by-road-works-or-construction-traffic.webp) Direction to be taken by road works or construction traffic to an access to a works site 100 yards ahead - ![Exit from a works site 200 yards ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7307-exit-from-a-works-site-200-yards-ahead.webp) Exit from a works site 200 yards ahead - ![Information on breakdown recovery services during road works — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7291-information-on-breakdown-recovery-services-during-road-works.webp) Information on breakdown recovery services during road works - ![Instructions for drivers of wide loads on how to telephone for assistance — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7293-instructions-for-drivers-of-wide-loads-on-how-to-telephone-f.webp) Instructions for drivers of wide loads on how to telephone for assistance - ![Instructions to drivers of wide loads to follow a diversion to avoid the road works ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7292-instructions-to-drivers-of-wide-loads-to-follow-a-diversion.webp) Instructions to drivers of wide loads to follow a diversion to avoid the road works ahead - ![Light signal not in use — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7019-light-signal-not-in-use.webp) Light signal not in use - ![Location of road works immediately ahead on route indicated — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7001-2-location-of-road-works-immediately-ahead-on-route-indicated.webp) Location of road works immediately ahead on route indicated - ![Maximum speed of 20 miles per hour advised at a bend or other hazard — UK road sign](/signs/uk/513-2v20-maximum-speed-of-20-miles-per-hour-advised-at-a-bend-or-othe.webp) Maximum speed of 20 miles per hour advised at a bend or other hazard - ![Maximum speed of 30 miles per hour advised at a bend or other hazard — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7294-maximum-speed-of-30-miles-per-hour-advised-at-a-bend-or-othe.webp) Maximum speed of 30 miles per hour advised at a bend or other hazard - ![Nature of work being done by vehicle working on the highway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7404-nature-of-work-being-done-by-vehicle-working-on-the-highway.webp) Nature of work being done by vehicle working on the highway - ![Sharp bends ahead where traffic is diverted onto a temporary road for a short distance — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7221-sharp-bends-ahead-where-traffic-is-diverted-onto-a-temporary.webp) Sharp bends ahead where traffic is diverted onto a temporary road for a short distance - ![Temporary absence of hard shoulder for 400 yards — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7015-temporary-absence-of-hard-shoulder-for-400-yards.webp) Temporary absence of hard shoulder for 400 yards - ![Temporary absence of road markings for 2 miles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7012-temporary-absence-of-road-markings-for-2-miles.webp) Temporary absence of road markings for 2 miles - ![Temporary access to a construction or road works site — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7301t-temporary-access-to-a-construction-or-road-works-site.webp) Temporary access to a construction or road works site - ![Temporary entrance to a construction or road works site — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7301-temporary-entrance-to-a-construction-or-road-works-site.webp) Temporary entrance to a construction or road works site - ![Temporary exit from a construction or road works site — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7302-temporary-exit-from-a-construction-or-road-works-site.webp) Temporary exit from a construction or road works site - ![Temporary sudden change in level of carriageway surface — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7013-temporary-sudden-change-in-level-of-carriageway-surface.webp) Temporary sudden change in level of carriageway surface - ![Traffic joining a length of road being controlled by portable traffic signals is not controlled by these signals — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7022-traffic-joining-a-length-of-road-being-controlled-by-portabl.webp) Traffic joining a length of road being controlled by portable traffic signals is not controlled by these signals - ![Traffic on road ahead is being controlled by portable light signals — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7021-traffic-on-road-ahead-is-being-controlled-by-portable-light.webp) Traffic on road ahead is being controlled by portable light signals - ![Variable message sign ahead not in use or being tested — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7020-variable-message-sign-ahead-not-in-use-or-being-tested.webp) Variable message sign ahead not in use or being tested - ![Vehicles may not pass the temporary traffic signals when the red light is shown — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7011-vehicles-may-not-pass-the-temporary-traffic-signals-when-the.webp) Vehicles may not pass the temporary traffic signals when the red light is shown - ![Vehicles may not pass the temporary traffic signals when the red light is shown at a junction — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7011-1-vehicles-may-not-pass-the-temporary-traffic-signals-when-the.webp) Vehicles may not pass the temporary traffic signals when the red light is shown at a junction - ![Vehicular traffic should proceed slowly owing to temporary hazard resulting from wet tar on the road — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7010-1-vehicular-traffic-should-proceed-slowly-owing-to-temporary-h.webp) Vehicular traffic should proceed slowly owing to temporary hazard resulting from wet tar on the road - ![Vehicular traffic should proceed slowly owing to workforce in the road — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7001-3-vehicular-traffic-should-proceed-slowly-owing-to-workforce-i.webp) Vehicular traffic should proceed slowly owing to workforce in the road - ![Zebra or signal controlled crossing temporarily out of use — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7016-zebra-or-signal-controlled-crossing-temporarily-out-of-use.webp) Zebra or signal controlled crossing temporarily out of use ## Ready to test yourself on road signs? The free [road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) uses the same official artwork, with an explanation for every answer. Revise the rules behind them in our [Safety Margins guide](/theory-test/safety-margins/). [Start the road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### How do you recognise road works signs?** Road works signs warn of temporary hazards such as lane closures, contraflows, narrow lanes and workers in the road. Temporary speed limits shown in a red ring are mandatory, not advisory. Diversion signs often use a yellow background with black symbols so you can follow the route around closures. **### Do road works signs come up in the theory test?** Yes. Signs appear throughout the theory test, mainly in the Road & Traffic Signs topic and also in topics such as Safety Margins. Practise with our free questions until you can read each sign from its shape and colour. ## Which other road sign categories should you learn? - [Warning signs](/road-signs/warning-signs/) - [Regulatory signs](/road-signs/regulatory-signs/) - [Speed limit signs](/road-signs/speed-limit-signs/) - [Motorway signs](/road-signs/motorway-signs/) - [Parking signs](/road-signs/parking-signs/) - [Level crossing signs](/road-signs/level-crossing-signs/) - [Pedestrian and cycle signs](/road-signs/pedestrian-and-cycle-signs/) - [Bus and tram signs](/road-signs/bus-and-tram-signs/) - [Traffic calming signs](/road-signs/traffic-calming-signs/) - [Information signs](/road-signs/information-signs/) - [Direction signs](/road-signs/direction-signs/) Traffic sign images: Crown copyright, Department for Transport. Reproduced under the Open Government Licence v3.0. [Licence](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) · [Source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/traffic-sign-images). --- # UK speed limit signs explained | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/road-signs/speed-limit-signs/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. 22 official signs · Department for Transport artwork # UK speed limit signs explained Small repeater signs remind you of the limit along a road. The national speed limit for cars is 60 mph on single carriageways and 70 mph on dual carriageways and motorways; limits are lower for vehicles towing and for some goods vehicles. Quick answer A number inside a red ring is the maximum speed allowed in miles per hour. A blue circle with a number sets a minimum speed. A white disc with a black diagonal stripe means the national speed limit applies, which depends on the type of road and vehicle. Zone signs mark areas with a lower limit. ## What does each speed limit sign mean? Each sign is shown with its official meaning from the Department for Transport. Tap through to the quiz when you’re ready to test yourself. - ![End of 30 miles per hour minimum speed limit — UK road sign](/signs/uk/673-end-of-30-miles-per-hour-minimum-speed-limit.webp) End of 30 miles per hour minimum speed limit - ![End of 40 miles per hour minimum speed limit — UK road sign](/signs/uk/673v40-end-of-40-miles-per-hour-minimum-speed-limit.webp) End of 40 miles per hour minimum speed limit - ![Maximum speed limit of 20 miles per hour — UK road sign](/signs/uk/670v20-maximum-speed-limit-of-20-miles-per-hour.webp) Maximum speed limit of 20 miles per hour - ![Maximum speed limit of 30 miles per hour — UK road sign](/signs/uk/670v30-maximum-speed-limit-of-30-miles-per-hour.webp) Maximum speed limit of 30 miles per hour - ![Maximum speed limit of 40 miles per hour — UK road sign](/signs/uk/670-maximum-speed-limit-of-40-miles-per-hour.webp) Maximum speed limit of 40 miles per hour - ![Maximum speed limit of 50 miles per hour — UK road sign](/signs/uk/670v50-maximum-speed-limit-of-50-miles-per-hour.webp) Maximum speed limit of 50 miles per hour - ![Maximum speed limit of 60 miles per hour — UK road sign](/signs/uk/670v60-maximum-speed-limit-of-60-miles-per-hour.webp) Maximum speed limit of 60 miles per hour - ![Minimum speed limit of 30 miles per hour — UK road sign](/signs/uk/672-minimum-speed-limit-of-30-miles-per-hour.webp) Minimum speed limit of 30 miles per hour - ![Minimum speed limit of 40 miles per hour — UK road sign](/signs/uk/672v40-minimum-speed-limit-of-40-miles-per-hour.webp) Minimum speed limit of 40 miles per hour - ![National speed limits apply — UK road sign](/signs/uk/671-national-speed-limits-apply.webp) National speed limits apply - ![Road works or temporary obstruction of the carriageway ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7001-road-works-or-temporary-obstruction-of-the-carriageway-ahead.webp) Road works or temporary obstruction of the carriageway ahead - ![Area in which cameras are used to enforce the speed limit regulations — UK road sign](/signs/uk/878-area-in-which-cameras-are-used-to-enforce-the-speed-limit-re.webp) Area in which cameras are used to enforce the speed limit regulations - ![Commencement point of a newly imposed 30 miles per hour speed limit which is contiguous to an existing 30 miles per hour speed limit — UK road sign](/signs/uk/7032-commencement-point-of-a-newly-imposed-30-miles-per-hour-spee.webp) Commencement point of a newly imposed 30 miles per hour speed limit which is contiguous to an existing 30 miles per hour speed limit - ![End of 20 miles per hour zone and start of 30 miles per hour zone — UK road sign](/signs/uk/675-end-of-20-miles-per-hour-zone-and-start-of-30-miles-per-hour.webp) End of 20 miles per hour zone and start of 30 miles per hour zone - ![End of restriction or prohibition conveyed by an associated sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/645-end-of-restriction-or-prohibition-conveyed-by-an-associated.webp) End of restriction or prohibition conveyed by an associated sign - ![Entrance to a 20 miles per hour speed limit zone — UK road sign](/signs/uk/674-entrance-to-a-20-miles-per-hour-speed-limit-zone.webp) Entrance to a 20 miles per hour speed limit zone - ![Length of road where two cameras are used to measure the average speed of a vehicle between two points — UK road sign](/signs/uk/878-1-length-of-road-where-two-cameras-are-used-to-measure-the-ave.webp) Length of road where two cameras are used to measure the average speed of a vehicle between two points - ![Maximum speed of 30 miles per hour advised at a bend or other hazard — UK road sign](/signs/uk/513-2-maximum-speed-of-30-miles-per-hour-advised-at-a-bend-or-othe.webp) Maximum speed of 30 miles per hour advised at a bend or other hazard - ![Reminder to drivers that traffic enforcement cameras are in use — UK road sign](/signs/uk/879-reminder-to-drivers-that-traffic-enforcement-cameras-are-in.webp) Reminder to drivers that traffic enforcement cameras are in use - ![Speed camera ahead and reminder of 30 miles per hour speed limit — UK road sign](/signs/uk/880-speed-camera-ahead-and-reminder-of-30-miles-per-hour-speed-l.webp) Speed camera ahead and reminder of 30 miles per hour speed limit - ![Start of a 30 miles per hour speed limit at the boundary of a town or village — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2402-1-670v30-start-of-a-30-miles-per-hour-speed-limit-at-the-boundary-of.webp) Start of a 30 miles per hour speed limit at the boundary of a town or village - ![Start of motorway regulations, including the national speed limit — UK road sign](/signs/uk/2901-start-of-motorway-regulations-including-the-national-speed-l.webp) Start of motorway regulations, including the national speed limit ## Ready to test yourself on road signs? The free [road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) uses the same official artwork, with an explanation for every answer. Revise the rules behind them in our [Rules of the Road guide](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/). [Start the road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### How do you recognise speed limit signs?** A number inside a red ring is the maximum speed allowed in miles per hour. A blue circle with a number sets a minimum speed. A white disc with a black diagonal stripe means the national speed limit applies, which depends on the type of road and vehicle. Zone signs mark areas with a lower limit. **### Do speed limit signs come up in the theory test?** Yes. Signs appear throughout the theory test, mainly in the Road & Traffic Signs topic and also in topics such as Rules of the Road. Practise with our free questions until you can read each sign from its shape and colour. ## Which other road sign categories should you learn? - [Warning signs](/road-signs/warning-signs/) - [Regulatory signs](/road-signs/regulatory-signs/) - [Motorway signs](/road-signs/motorway-signs/) - [Parking signs](/road-signs/parking-signs/) - [Level crossing signs](/road-signs/level-crossing-signs/) - [Pedestrian and cycle signs](/road-signs/pedestrian-and-cycle-signs/) - [Bus and tram signs](/road-signs/bus-and-tram-signs/) - [Road works signs](/road-signs/road-works-signs/) - [Traffic calming signs](/road-signs/traffic-calming-signs/) - [Information signs](/road-signs/information-signs/) - [Direction signs](/road-signs/direction-signs/) Traffic sign images: Crown copyright, Department for Transport. Reproduced under the Open Government Licence v3.0. [Licence](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) · [Source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/traffic-sign-images). --- # Traffic calming signs: UK Meanings | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/road-signs/traffic-calming-signs/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. 10 official signs · Department for Transport artwork # Traffic calming signs: humps, chicanes and zones Rumble strips and coloured surfacing are also used to alert you to a hazard or a change of speed limit ahead, particularly on the approach to villages and junctions. Quick answer Traffic calming signs warn of features designed to slow you down: road humps, speed cushions, chicanes and narrowings. Zone signs mark areas where traffic calming continues throughout. Slow down before you reach the feature rather than braking over it, and look out for people walking and cycling. ## What does each traffic calming sign mean? Each sign is shown with its official meaning from the Department for Transport. Tap through to the quiz when you’re ready to test yourself. - ![Road hump or series of road humps ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/557-1-road-hump-or-series-of-road-humps-ahead.webp) Road hump or series of road humps ahead - ![Crossing on road hump ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/547-8-crossing-on-road-hump-ahead.webp) Crossing on road hump ahead - ![End of designated quiet lane in England — UK road sign](/signs/uk/885-end-of-designated-quiet-lane-in-england.webp) End of designated quiet lane in England - ![Road hump to the right and at 20 yards — UK road sign](/signs/uk/557-4-road-hump-to-the-right-and-at-20-yards.webp) Road hump to the right and at 20 yards - ![Road humps ahead for half a mile — UK road sign](/signs/uk/557-2-road-humps-ahead-for-half-a-mile.webp) Road humps ahead for half a mile - ![Road humps ahead to the right for 300 yards — UK road sign](/signs/uk/557-3-road-humps-ahead-to-the-right-for-300-yards.webp) Road humps ahead to the right for 300 yards - ![Start of a designated home zone — UK road sign](/signs/uk/881a-start-of-a-designated-home-zone.webp) Start of a designated home zone - ![Start of a designated quiet lane in England — UK road sign](/signs/uk/884v-start-of-a-designated-quiet-lane-in-england.webp) Start of a designated quiet lane in England - ![Start of area with traffic calming features — UK road sign](/signs/uk/883-start-of-area-with-traffic-calming-features.webp) Start of area with traffic calming features - ![Traffic has priority over vehicles from the opposite direction — UK road sign](/signs/uk/811-traffic-has-priority-over-vehicles-from-the-opposite-directi.webp) Traffic has priority over vehicles from the opposite direction ## Ready to test yourself on road signs? The free [road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) uses the same official artwork, with an explanation for every answer. Revise the rules behind them in our [Vehicle Handling guide](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/). [Start the road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### How do you recognise traffic calming signs?** Traffic calming signs warn of features designed to slow you down: road humps, speed cushions, chicanes and narrowings. Zone signs mark areas where traffic calming continues throughout. Slow down before you reach the feature rather than braking over it, and look out for people walking and cycling. **### Do traffic calming signs come up in the theory test?** Yes. Signs appear throughout the theory test, mainly in the Road & Traffic Signs topic and also in topics such as Vehicle Handling. Practise with our free questions until you can read each sign from its shape and colour. ## Which other road sign categories should you learn? - [Warning signs](/road-signs/warning-signs/) - [Regulatory signs](/road-signs/regulatory-signs/) - [Speed limit signs](/road-signs/speed-limit-signs/) - [Motorway signs](/road-signs/motorway-signs/) - [Parking signs](/road-signs/parking-signs/) - [Level crossing signs](/road-signs/level-crossing-signs/) - [Pedestrian and cycle signs](/road-signs/pedestrian-and-cycle-signs/) - [Bus and tram signs](/road-signs/bus-and-tram-signs/) - [Road works signs](/road-signs/road-works-signs/) - [Information signs](/road-signs/information-signs/) - [Direction signs](/road-signs/direction-signs/) Traffic sign images: Crown copyright, Department for Transport. Reproduced under the Open Government Licence v3.0. [Licence](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) · [Source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/traffic-sign-images). --- # UK warning signs and their meanings | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/road-signs/warning-signs/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. 115 official signs · Department for Transport artwork # UK warning signs and their meanings A few warning signs are rectangular, such as chevrons on sharp bends and signs for adverse camber. Signs for low bridges show the headroom available; the height is also often shown in metres. Quick answer Warning signs tell you about a hazard ahead so you can slow down and prepare. Most are triangles with a red border and a black symbol on white. A plate underneath may give the distance to the hazard or how far it continues. Treat every warning sign as a cue to check your speed and position. ## What does each warning sign mean? Each sign is shown with its official meaning from the Department for Transport. Tap through to the quiz when you’re ready to test yourself. - ![Accompanied horses or ponies likely to be in or crossing road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/550-1-accompanied-horses-or-ponies-likely-to-be-in-or-crossing-roa.webp) Accompanied horses or ponies likely to be in or crossing road ahead - ![Bend ahead to the left — UK road sign](/signs/uk/512l-bend-ahead-to-the-left.webp) Bend ahead to the left - ![Bend ahead to the right — UK road sign](/signs/uk/512-bend-ahead-to-the-right.webp) Bend ahead to the right - ![Cattle grid ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/552-cattle-grid-ahead.webp) Cattle grid ahead - ![Cattle likely to be in road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/548-cattle-likely-to-be-in-road-ahead.webp) Cattle likely to be in road ahead - ![Children going to or from school or playground ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/545-children-going-to-or-from-school-or-playground-ahead.webp) Children going to or from school or playground ahead - ![Crossroads ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/504-1-crossroads-ahead.webp) Crossroads ahead - ![Double bend or series of bends ahead, first to the left — UK road sign](/signs/uk/513-double-bend-or-series-of-bends-ahead-first-to-the-left.webp) Double bend or series of bends ahead, first to the left - ![Double bend or series of bends ahead, first to the right — UK road sign](/signs/uk/513r-double-bend-or-series-of-bends-ahead-first-to-the-right.webp) Double bend or series of bends ahead, first to the right - ![Dual carriageway ends ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/520-dual-carriageway-ends-ahead.webp) Dual carriageway ends ahead - ![Flood warning sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/554f-flood-warning-sign.webp) Flood warning sign - ![Ford warning sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/554-ford-warning-sign.webp) Ford warning sign - ![Frail or disabled pedestrians likely to cross road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/544-2-frail-or-disabled-pedestrians-likely-to-cross-road-ahead.webp) Frail or disabled pedestrians likely to cross road ahead - ![Gate warning sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/554g-gate-warning-sign.webp) Gate warning sign - ![Horse drawn vehicles likely to be in road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/550-2-horse-drawn-vehicles-likely-to-be-in-road-ahead.webp) Horse drawn vehicles likely to be in road ahead - ![Hump bridge ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/528-hump-bridge-ahead.webp) Hump bridge ahead - ![Junction ahead controlled by a STOP or GIVE WAY sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/501-junction-ahead-controlled-by-a-stop-or-give-way-sign.webp) Junction ahead controlled by a STOP or GIVE WAY sign - ![Junction on left bend ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/512-2l-junction-on-left-bend-ahead.webp) Junction on left bend ahead - ![Junction on right bend ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/512-1-junction-on-right-bend-ahead.webp) Junction on right bend ahead - ![Low flying aircraft or sudden aircraft noise likely ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/558-low-flying-aircraft-or-sudden-aircraft-noise-likely-ahead.webp) Low flying aircraft or sudden aircraft noise likely ahead - ![Low flying helicopters or sudden helicopter noise likely ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/558-1-low-flying-helicopters-or-sudden-helicopter-noise-likely-ahe.webp) Low flying helicopters or sudden helicopter noise likely ahead - ![Maximum headroom of 12'-6'' at arch bridge ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/531-1-maximum-headroom-of-12-6-at-arch-bridge-ahead.webp) Maximum headroom of 12'-6'' at arch bridge ahead - ![Maximum headroom of 3.8m at arch bridge ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/531-1m-maximum-headroom-of-3-8m-at-arch-bridge-ahead.webp) Maximum headroom of 3.8m at arch bridge ahead - ![Migratory toad crossing ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/551-1-migratory-toad-crossing-ahead.webp) Migratory toad crossing ahead - ![No smoking warning — UK road sign](/signs/uk/554n-no-smoking-warning.webp) No smoking warning - ![Opening or swing bridge ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/529-opening-or-swing-bridge-ahead.webp) Opening or swing bridge ahead - ![Other danger ahead. Plate beneath indicates the nature of the hazard — UK road sign](/signs/uk/562-other-danger-ahead-plate-beneath-indicates-the-nature-of-the.webp) Other danger ahead. Plate beneath indicates the nature of the hazard - ![Pedestrians in road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/544-1-pedestrians-in-road-ahead.webp) Pedestrians in road ahead - ![Quayside or river bank ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/555-quayside-or-river-bank-ahead.webp) Quayside or river bank ahead - ![Risk of brake failure after crossing a ford or before descending a steep gradient — UK road sign](/signs/uk/554-1-risk-of-brake-failure-after-crossing-a-ford-or-before-descen.webp) Risk of brake failure after crossing a ford or before descending a steep gradient - ![Risk of falling or fallen rocks ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/559-risk-of-falling-or-fallen-rocks-ahead.webp) Risk of falling or fallen rocks ahead - ![Risk of ice or packed snow ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/554-2-risk-of-ice-or-packed-snow-ahead.webp) Risk of ice or packed snow ahead - ![Road narrows on both sides ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/516-road-narrows-on-both-sides-ahead.webp) Road narrows on both sides ahead - ![Road narrows on left ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/517l-road-narrows-on-left-ahead.webp) Road narrows on left ahead - ![Road narrows on right ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/517-road-narrows-on-right-ahead.webp) Road narrows on right ahead - ![Roundabout — UK road sign](/signs/uk/510-roundabout.webp) Roundabout - ![Sheep likely to be in road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/549-sheep-likely-to-be-in-road-ahead.webp) Sheep likely to be in road ahead - ![Side road ahead (left) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/506-1l-side-road-ahead-left.webp) Side road ahead (left) - ![Side road ahead (right) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/506-1-side-road-ahead-right.webp) Side road ahead (right) - ![Side winds likely ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/581-side-winds-likely-ahead.webp) Side winds likely ahead - ![Slippery road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/557-slippery-road-ahead.webp) Slippery road ahead - ![Slow moving military vehicles likely to be crossing or in the road — UK road sign](/signs/uk/582-slow-moving-military-vehicles-likely-to-be-crossing-or-in-th.webp) Slow moving military vehicles likely to be crossing or in the road - ![Slow moving vehicles likely on incline ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/583-slow-moving-vehicles-likely-on-incline-ahead.webp) Slow moving vehicles likely on incline ahead - ![Soft verges ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/556-1-soft-verges-ahead.webp) Soft verges ahead - ![Staggered junction ahead (left/right) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/507-1-staggered-junction-ahead-left-right.webp) Staggered junction ahead (left/right) - ![Steep hill downwards ahead (10%) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/523-1-steep-hill-downwards-ahead-10.webp) Steep hill downwards ahead (10%) - ![Steep hill upwards ahead (20%) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/524-1-steep-hill-upwards-ahead-20.webp) Steep hill upwards ahead (20%) - ![T-junction ahead (left) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/505-1-t-junction-ahead-left.webp) T-junction ahead (left) - ![T-junction ahead (right) — UK road sign](/signs/uk/505-1r-t-junction-ahead-right.webp) T-junction ahead (right) - ![Traffic merges ahead from the left — UK road sign](/signs/uk/508-1-traffic-merges-ahead-from-the-left.webp) Traffic merges ahead from the left - ![Traffic merges ahead onto main carriageway from the left — UK road sign](/signs/uk/509-1-traffic-merges-ahead-onto-main-carriageway-from-the-left.webp) Traffic merges ahead onto main carriageway from the left - ![Traffic signals ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/543-traffic-signals-ahead.webp) Traffic signals ahead - ![Tunnel ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/529-1-tunnel-ahead.webp) Tunnel ahead - ![Two-way traffic — UK road sign](/signs/uk/521-two-way-traffic.webp) Two-way traffic - ![Two-way traffic on route crossing ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/522-two-way-traffic-on-route-crossing-ahead.webp) Two-way traffic on route crossing ahead - ![Uneven road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/556-uneven-road-ahead.webp) Uneven road ahead - ![Vehicles exceeding height indicated are prohibited. Height is displayed in both metric and imperial units — UK road sign](/signs/uk/629-2a-vehicles-exceeding-height-indicated-are-prohibited-height-is.webp) Vehicles exceeding height indicated are prohibited. Height is displayed in both metric and imperial units - ![Water course alongside road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/555-1-water-course-alongside-road-ahead.webp) Water course alongside road ahead - ![Wild animals likely to be in road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/551-wild-animals-likely-to-be-in-road-ahead.webp) Wild animals likely to be in road ahead - ![Wild fowl likely to be in road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/551-2-wild-fowl-likely-to-be-in-road-ahead.webp) Wild fowl likely to be in road ahead - ![Wild horses or ponies likely to be in road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/550-wild-horses-or-ponies-likely-to-be-in-road-ahead.webp) Wild horses or ponies likely to be in road ahead - ![Zebra crossing ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/544-zebra-crossing-ahead.webp) Zebra crossing ahead - ![100 yards to a junction ahead controlled by a STOP sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/502-100-yards-to-a-junction-ahead-controlled-by-a-stop-sign.webp) 100 yards to a junction ahead controlled by a STOP sign - ![200 yards to escape lane ahead for vehicles unable to stop on a steep hill — UK road sign](/signs/uk/817-2yd200-200-yards-to-escape-lane-ahead-for-vehicles-unable-to-stop-o.webp) 200 yards to escape lane ahead for vehicles unable to stop on a steep hill - ![200 yards to escape lane to the left for vehicles unable to stop on a steep hill — UK road sign](/signs/uk/817-2lyd200-200-yards-to-escape-lane-to-the-left-for-vehicles-unable-to.webp) 200 yards to escape lane to the left for vehicles unable to stop on a steep hill - ![400 yards ahead to hazard — UK road sign](/signs/uk/572-400-yards-ahead-to-hazard.webp) 400 yards ahead to hazard - ![50 yards to junction ahead controlled by a GIVE WAY sign — UK road sign](/signs/uk/503-50-yards-to-junction-ahead-controlled-by-a-give-way-sign.webp) 50 yards to junction ahead controlled by a GIVE WAY sign - ![Accident ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/563-accident-ahead.webp) Accident ahead - ![Advance warning of a mandatory height restriction ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/818-3-advance-warning-of-a-mandatory-height-restriction-ahead.webp) Advance warning of a mandatory height restriction ahead - ![Adverse camber on a bend or roundabout — UK road sign](/signs/uk/513-1-adverse-camber-on-a-bend-or-roundabout.webp) Adverse camber on a bend or roundabout - ![Agricultural vehicles likely to be in road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/553-2-agricultural-vehicles-likely-to-be-in-road-ahead.webp) Agricultural vehicles likely to be in road ahead - ![Area infected by animal disease ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/574-area-infected-by-animal-disease-ahead.webp) Area infected by animal disease ahead - ![Blasting danger ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/563v2-blasting-danger-ahead.webp) Blasting danger ahead - ![Blind children likely to cross road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/547-7vb-blind-children-likely-to-cross-road-ahead.webp) Blind children likely to cross road ahead - ![Blind pedestrians likely to cross road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/547-4b-blind-pedestrians-likely-to-cross-road-ahead.webp) Blind pedestrians likely to cross road ahead - ![Blind summit ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/563v3-blind-summit-ahead.webp) Blind summit ahead - ![By-pass of cattle grid for horse drawn vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/553-by-pass-of-cattle-grid-for-horse-drawn-vehicles.webp) By-pass of cattle grid for horse drawn vehicles - ![Children's playground ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/547-2-children-s-playground-ahead.webp) Children's playground ahead - ![Convergence of traffic to a single file in each direction — UK road sign](/signs/uk/518-convergence-of-traffic-to-a-single-file-in-each-direction.webp) Convergence of traffic to a single file in each direction - ![Deaf children likely to cross road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/547-7vd-deaf-children-likely-to-cross-road-ahead.webp) Deaf children likely to cross road ahead - ![Direction to escape lane ahead for vehicles unable to stop on a steep hill — UK road sign](/signs/uk/817-2la-direction-to-escape-lane-ahead-for-vehicles-unable-to-stop-o.webp) Direction to escape lane ahead for vehicles unable to stop on a steep hill - ![Direction to escape lane to the left for vehicles unable to stop on a steep hill — UK road sign](/signs/uk/817-2ll-direction-to-escape-lane-to-the-left-for-vehicles-unable-to.webp) Direction to escape lane to the left for vehicles unable to stop on a steep hill - ![Disabled children likely to cross road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/547-7-disabled-children-likely-to-cross-road-ahead.webp) Disabled children likely to cross road ahead - ![Disabled pedestrians likely to cross road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/547-4-disabled-pedestrians-likely-to-cross-road-ahead.webp) Disabled pedestrians likely to cross road ahead - ![Distance and direction to hazard — UK road sign](/signs/uk/573-distance-and-direction-to-hazard.webp) Distance and direction to hazard - ![Distance over which slow moving vehicles likely to be encountered ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/583-1-distance-over-which-slow-moving-vehicles-likely-to-be-encoun.webp) Distance over which slow moving vehicles likely to be encountered ahead - ![Drivers should engage low gear for steep hill — UK road sign](/signs/uk/525-drivers-should-engage-low-gear-for-steep-hill.webp) Drivers should engage low gear for steep hill - ![Drivers should keep in low gear for 1.5 miles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/527-drivers-should-keep-in-low-gear-for-1-5-miles.webp) Drivers should keep in low gear for 1.5 miles - ![Drivers should keep in low gear for steep hill or tight bend — UK road sign](/signs/uk/526-drivers-should-keep-in-low-gear-for-steep-hill-or-tight-bend.webp) Drivers should keep in low gear for steep hill or tight bend - ![Dust cloud danger ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/563v5-dust-cloud-danger-ahead.webp) Dust cloud danger ahead - ![Escape lane ahead for vehicles unable to stop on a steep hill — UK road sign](/signs/uk/817-2-escape-lane-ahead-for-vehicles-unable-to-stop-on-a-steep-hil.webp) Escape lane ahead for vehicles unable to stop on a steep hill - ![Escape lane to left for vehicles unable to stop on a steep hill — UK road sign](/signs/uk/817-2l-escape-lane-to-left-for-vehicles-unable-to-stop-on-a-steep-h.webp) Escape lane to left for vehicles unable to stop on a steep hill - ![Fallen tree ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/563v6-fallen-tree-ahead.webp) Fallen tree ahead - ![Frost damage ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/563v8-frost-damage-ahead.webp) Frost damage ahead - ![Gliders likely ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/558-2-gliders-likely-ahead.webp) Gliders likely ahead - ![Hazard or prohibition extends for 2 miles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/570-hazard-or-prohibition-extends-for-2-miles.webp) Hazard or prohibition extends for 2 miles - ![Hidden dip ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/563v9-hidden-dip-ahead.webp) Hidden dip ahead - ![High vehicles to use middle of road at arch bridge ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/531-2-high-vehicles-to-use-middle-of-road-at-arch-bridge-ahead.webp) High vehicles to use middle of road at arch bridge ahead - ![Ice ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/554-3-ice-ahead.webp) Ice ahead - ![Large vehicles likely to be in middle of road because of narrowness of carriageway — UK road sign](/signs/uk/575-large-vehicles-likely-to-be-in-middle-of-road-because-of-nar.webp) Large vehicles likely to be in middle of road because of narrowness of carriageway - ![No footway for 400 yards — UK road sign](/signs/uk/547-3-no-footway-for-400-yards.webp) No footway for 400 yards - ![Overhead cable repairs ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/563v10-overhead-cable-repairs-ahead.webp) Overhead cable repairs ahead - ![Reduced headroom over part of road due to overhanging building ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/530-1-reduced-headroom-over-part-of-road-due-to-overhanging-buildi.webp) Reduced headroom over part of road due to overhanging building ahead - ![Reduction in speed necessary for a change in road layout ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/511-reduction-in-speed-necessary-for-a-change-in-road-layout-ahe.webp) Reduction in speed necessary for a change in road layout ahead - ![Road liable to flooding ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/563v12-road-liable-to-flooding-ahead.webp) Road liable to flooding ahead - ![Road only wide enough for one line of vehicles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/519-road-only-wide-enough-for-one-line-of-vehicles.webp) Road only wide enough for one line of vehicles - ![School ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/546-school-ahead.webp) School ahead - ![School crossing patrol ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/547-1-school-crossing-patrol-ahead.webp) School crossing patrol ahead - ![Smoke danger ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/563v14-smoke-danger-ahead.webp) Smoke danger ahead - ![Snowdrifts ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/554-3a-snowdrifts-ahead.webp) Snowdrifts ahead - ![Soft verges for 2 miles — UK road sign](/signs/uk/556-2-soft-verges-for-2-miles.webp) Soft verges for 2 miles - ![Supervised cattle crossing 200 yards ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/548-1-supervised-cattle-crossing-200-yards-ahead.webp) Supervised cattle crossing 200 yards ahead - ![Traffic queues likely on road ahead — UK road sign](/signs/uk/584-1-traffic-queues-likely-on-road-ahead.webp) Traffic queues likely on road ahead - ![Traffic signals ahead that only operate at certain times — UK road sign](/signs/uk/543-1-traffic-signals-ahead-that-only-operate-at-certain-times.webp) Traffic signals ahead that only operate at certain times - ![Warning of light signals in the vicinity of a fire station — UK road sign](/signs/uk/563-1-warning-of-light-signals-in-the-vicinity-of-a-fire-station.webp) Warning of light signals in the vicinity of a fire station ## Ready to test yourself on road signs? The free [road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) uses the same official artwork, with an explanation for every answer. Revise the rules behind them in our [Road & Traffic Signs guide](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/). [Start the road signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### How do you recognise warning signs?** Warning signs tell you about a hazard ahead so you can slow down and prepare. Most are triangles with a red border and a black symbol on white. A plate underneath may give the distance to the hazard or how far it continues. Treat every warning sign as a cue to check your speed and position. **### Do warning signs come up in the theory test?** Yes. Signs appear throughout the theory test, mainly in the Road & Traffic Signs topic and also in topics such as Road & Traffic Signs. Practise with our free questions until you can read each sign from its shape and colour. ## Which other road sign categories should you learn? - [Regulatory signs](/road-signs/regulatory-signs/) - [Speed limit signs](/road-signs/speed-limit-signs/) - [Motorway signs](/road-signs/motorway-signs/) - [Parking signs](/road-signs/parking-signs/) - [Level crossing signs](/road-signs/level-crossing-signs/) - [Pedestrian and cycle signs](/road-signs/pedestrian-and-cycle-signs/) - [Bus and tram signs](/road-signs/bus-and-tram-signs/) - [Road works signs](/road-signs/road-works-signs/) - [Traffic calming signs](/road-signs/traffic-calming-signs/) - [Information signs](/road-signs/information-signs/) - [Direction signs](/road-signs/direction-signs/) Traffic sign images: Crown copyright, Department for Transport. Reproduced under the Open Government Licence v3.0. [Licence](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) · [Source](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/traffic-sign-images). --- # Terms of use | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/terms/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Legal · Updated 26 September 2026 # Terms of use The terms that apply when you use The License Desk and its free study materials. ## About these terms These terms govern your use of The License Desk. The License Desk is a trading name of Elite Digital Ai Solutions Ltd, a company registered in England and Wales (“we”, “us”, “our”). By using this site you agree to these terms. ## What we provide We provide free practice questions, mock tests and study guides for the UK DVSA car theory test, and may offer optional paid products such as the Pass Pack. All questions are original material written by us to the current official syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions, and we are not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA, the DVLA or any test centre. ## Accuracy and your responsibility We check our material against current official sources and update it when The Highway Code changes, but road rules, fees and test arrangements can change at any time. Always verify current requirements on [GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/) before booking or sitting your test. Using this site does not guarantee any particular test result, and our material is study support — not driving instruction or legal advice. ## Paid products Paid products and their prices are listed on our [pricing page](/pricing/). Prices are in pounds sterling and include any VAT that applies. Each purchase is a single payment for the access period stated at checkout: nothing renews automatically and we do not store your card for repeat charges. Payments are processed securely by Stripe on Stripe’s own checkout page; we never see or store your card details. Paid products are digital content supplied as soon as your payment is confirmed. At checkout you will be asked to agree to immediate supply and to acknowledge that, once supply begins, you lose the 14-day right to cancel under the Consumer Contracts (Information, Cancellation and Additional Charges) Regulations 2013. This does not affect your statutory rights: if digital content is faulty or not as described, you are entitled to a repair, replacement or refund under the Consumer Rights Act 2015 — email us and we will put it right. No paid product guarantees that you will pass your theory test. ## Intellectual property The practice questions, explanations and guides on this site are our copyright. You may use them for your own personal study. You may not republish, scrape, resell or redistribute them without our written permission. References to The Highway Code point to public sector information available on GOV.UK. ## Liability The free site is provided “as is”. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we exclude liability for any loss arising from use of the site or reliance on its content, and our total liability for any paid product is limited to the price you paid for it. Nothing in these terms limits liability that cannot lawfully be limited. ## Contact Questions about these terms: [support@thelicensedesk.com](mailto:support@thelicensedesk.com). --- # UK Theory Test Centres & Booking | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. DVSA test centres · Book via GOV.UK · £23 # UK theory test centres Find your centre, check how to get there, and sit a free mock before test day. Quick answer Theory tests are sat at DVSA test centres across the UK and booked through the official GOV.UK service for £23. Choose your centre below for the address, directions and test-day checklist — every test uses the same pass mark: 43/50 plus hazard perception. ## East Midlands - [Chesterfield Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/chesterfield/) - [Corby Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/corby/) - [Derby Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/derby/) - [Glossop Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/glossop/) - [Grantham Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/grantham/) - [Leicester Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/leicester/) - [Lincoln Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/lincoln/) - [Northampton Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/northampton/) - [Nottingham Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/nottingham/) - [Rushden Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/rushden/) - [Worksop Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/worksop/) ## East of England - [Bury St Edmunds Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/bury-st-edmunds/) - [Cambridge Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/cambridge/) - [Chelmsford Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/chelmsford/) - [Colchester Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/colchester/) - [Diss Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/diss/) - [Hertford Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/hertford/) - [Huntingdon Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/huntingdon/) - [Ipswich Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/ipswich/) - [Kings Lynn Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/kings-lynn/) - [Luton Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/luton/) - [Peterborough Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/peterborough/) - [Saxmundham Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/saxmundham/) - [Southend on Sea Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/southend-on-sea/) - [Watford Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/watford/) ## London - [Bethnal Green Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/bethnal-green/) - [Croydon Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/croydon/) - [Ilford Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/ilford/) - [Southwark Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/london-southwark/) - [Morden Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/morden/) - [North Finchley Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/north-finchley/) - [Sidcup Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/sidcup/) - [Uxbridge Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/uxbridge/) ## North East - [Alnwick Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/alnwick/) - [Berwick Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/berwick/) - [Bishop Auckland Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/bishop-auckland/) - [Hexham Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/hexham/) - [Middlesbrough Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/middlesbrough/) - [Newcastle Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/newcastle/) - [Sunderland Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/sunderland/) ## North West - [Barrow Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/barrow/) - [Bolton Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/bolton/) - [Burnley Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/burnley/) - [Carlisle Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/carlisle/) - [Chester Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/chester/) - [Crewe Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/crewe/) - [Kendal Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/kendal/) - [Liverpool Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/liverpool/) - [Manchester Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/manchester/) - [Millom Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/millom/) - [Penrith Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/penrith/) - [Preston Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/preston/) - [Stockport Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/stockport/) - [Workington Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/workington/) ## Scotland - [Aberdeen Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/aberdeen/) - [Aviemore Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/aviemore/) - [Ayr Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/ayr/) - [Ballater Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/ballater/) - [Brechin Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/brechin/) - [Brodick (Isle of Arran) Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/brodick-isle-of-arran/) - [Crianlarich Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/crianlarich/) - [Cumnock Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/cumnock/) - [Dumbarton Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/dumbarton/) - [Dumfries Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/dumfries/) - [Dundee Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/dundee/) - [Dunoon Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/dunoon/) - [Edinburgh Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/edinburgh/) - [Elgin Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/elgin/) - [Galashiels Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/galashiels/) - [Glasgow Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/glasgow/) - [Greenock Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/greenock/) - [Huntly Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/huntly/) - [Lanark Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/lanark/) - [Leven Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/leven/) - [Newton Stewart Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/newton-stewart/) - [North Berwick Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/north-berwick/) - [Peterhead Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/peterhead/) - [Pitlochry Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/pitlochry/) - [Rothesay Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/rothesay/) - [Stirling Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/stirling/) - [Stranraer Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/stranraer/) ## South East - [Aldershot Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/aldershot/) - [Andover Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/andover/) - [Aylesbury Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/aylesbury/) - [Brighton Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/brighton/) - [Canterbury Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/canterbury/) - [Chatham Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/chatham/) - [Chichester Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/chichester/) - [Eastbourne Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/eastbourne/) - [Fareham Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/fareham/) - [Guildford Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/guildford/) - [Hastings Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/hastings/) - [Horley Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/horley/) - [Milton Keynes Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/milton-keynes/) - [New Romney Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/new-romney/) - [Newport (Isle of Wight) Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/newport-isle-of-wight/) - [Oxford Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/oxford/) - [Portsmouth Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/portsmouth/) - [Reading Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/reading/) - [Royal Tunbridge Wells Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/royal-tunbridge-wells/) - [Slough Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/slough/) - [Southampton Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/southampton/) - [Staines Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/staines/) - [Worthing Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/worthing/) ## South West - [Axminster Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/axminster/) - [Barnstaple Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/barnstaple/) - [Blandford Forum Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/blandford-forum/) - [Bournemouth Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/bournemouth/) - [Bristol Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/bristol/) - [Cheltenham Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/cheltenham/) - [Exeter Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/exeter/) - [Frome Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/frome/) - [Gloucester Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/gloucester/) - [Kingsbridge Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/kingsbridge/) - [Launceston Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/launceston/) - [Minehead Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/minehead/) - [Plymouth Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/plymouth/) - [Salisbury Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/salisbury/) - [Swindon Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/swindon/) - [Taunton Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/taunton/) - [Torquay Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/torquay/) - [Weymouth Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/weymouth/) - [Yeovil Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/yeovil/) ## Wales - [Bala Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/bala/) - [Bridgend Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/bridgend/) - [Builth Wells Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/builth-wells/) - [Cardiff Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/cardiff/) - [Merthyr Tydfil Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/merthyr-tydfil/) - [Newport (Gwent) Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/newport-gwent/) - [Rhyl Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/rhyl/) - [Swansea Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/swansea/) - [Wrexham Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/wrexham/) ## West Midlands - [Birmingham Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/birmingham/) - [Birmingham B Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/birmingham-b/) - [Coventry Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/coventry/) - [Dudley Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/dudley/) - [Hereford Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/hereford/) - [Redditch Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/redditch/) - [Shrewsbury Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/shrewsbury/) - [Stoke-on-Trent Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/stoke-on-trent/) - [Stratford upon Avon Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/stratford-upon-avon/) - [Sutton Coldfield Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/sutton-coldfield/) - [Wolverhampton Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/wolverhampton/) - [Worcester Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/worcester/) ## Yorkshire and The Humber - [Bradford Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/bradford/) - [Doncaster Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/doncaster/) - [Harrogate Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/harrogate/) - [Huddersfield Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/huddersfield/) - [Hull Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/hull/) - [Kirkbymoorside Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/kirkbymoorside/) - [Leeds Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/leeds/) - [Northallerton Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/northallerton/) - [Scarborough Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/scarborough/) - [Sheffield Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/sheffield/) - [York Theory Test Centre](/theory-test-centres/york/) ## How do you know you are ready to book? Make sure you'd pass today: try the [free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) or drill a weak topic from the [14 official DVSA topics](/theory-test/). --- # Aberdeen Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/aberdeen/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Aberdeen Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Aberdeen — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Aberdeen theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Aberdeen theory test centre? Aberdeen Theory Test Centre is at Suite 2, First Floor, Union Point, Blaikies Quay, Aberdeen AB11 5PW (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Aberdeen Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 2, First Floor, Union Point, Blaikies Quay, Aberdeen AB11 5PW - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=57.14494511132075&mlon=-2.0901973811320755#map=17/57.14494511132075/-2.0901973811320755) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=57.14494511132075,-2.0901973811320755) Nearest other centres: [Peterhead](/theory-test-centres/peterhead/) (28 mi) · [Huntly](/theory-test-centres/huntly/) (33 mi) · [Brechin](/theory-test-centres/brechin/) (36 mi) · [Ballater](/theory-test-centres/ballater/) (36 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Aberdeen? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Aberdeen centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Aberdeen as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Aberdeen theory test centre?** Peterhead Theory Test Centre, about 28 miles away. If Aberdeen has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Aberdeen?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Aldershot Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/aldershot/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Aldershot Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Aldershot — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Aldershot theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Aldershot theory test centre? Aldershot Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, 1 London House, Pickford Street, Aldershot GU11 1TY (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Aldershot Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, 1 London House, Pickford Street, Aldershot GU11 1TY - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.24884025660377&mlon=-0.7604322886792453#map=17/51.24884025660377/-0.7604322886792453) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.24884025660377,-0.7604322886792453) Nearest other centres: [Guildford](/theory-test-centres/guildford/) (8 mi) · [Staines](/theory-test-centres/staines/) (17 mi) · [Reading](/theory-test-centres/reading/) (17 mi) · [Slough](/theory-test-centres/slough/) (20 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Aldershot? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Aldershot centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Aldershot as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Aldershot theory test centre?** Guildford Theory Test Centre, about 8 miles away. If Aldershot has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Aldershot?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Alnwick Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/alnwick/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North East · DVSA theory test centre # Alnwick Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Alnwick — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Alnwick theory test centre serves candidates across North East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Alnwick theory test centre? Alnwick Theory Test Centre is at Alnwick Masonic Centre, Prudhoe Street, Alnwick NE66 1UW (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Alnwick Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Alnwick Masonic Centre, Prudhoe Street, Alnwick NE66 1UW - **REGION:** NORTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=55.41059907894737&mlon=-1.7059320578947368#map=17/55.41059907894737/-1.7059320578947368) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=55.41059907894737,-1.7059320578947368) Nearest other centres: [Berwick](/theory-test-centres/berwick/) (28 mi) · [Newcastle](/theory-test-centres/newcastle/) (31 mi) · [Hexham](/theory-test-centres/hexham/) (34 mi) · [Sunderland](/theory-test-centres/sunderland/) (37 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Alnwick? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Alnwick centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Alnwick as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Alnwick theory test centre?** Berwick Theory Test Centre, about 28 miles away. If Alnwick has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Alnwick?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Andover Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/andover/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Andover Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Andover — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Andover theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Andover theory test centre? Andover Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, Portland House, 55-57 High Street, Andover SP10 1LP (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Andover Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, Portland House, 55-57 High Street, Andover SP10 1LP - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.20821904444444&mlon=-1.479228611111111#map=17/51.20821904444444/-1.479228611111111) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.20821904444444,-1.479228611111111) Nearest other centres: [Salisbury](/theory-test-centres/salisbury/) (17 mi) · [Southampton](/theory-test-centres/southampton/) (21 mi) · [Fareham](/theory-test-centres/fareham/) (28 mi) · [Reading](/theory-test-centres/reading/) (28 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Andover? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Andover centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Andover as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Andover theory test centre?** Salisbury Theory Test Centre, about 17 miles away. If Andover has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Andover?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Aviemore Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/aviemore/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Aviemore Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Aviemore — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Aviemore theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Aviemore theory test centre? Aviemore Theory Test Centre is at Boat of Garten Community Hall, Reidhaven Park, Craigie Ave,, Boat of Garten, Aviemore PH24 3BL (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Aviemore Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Boat of Garten Community Hall, Reidhaven Park, Craigie Ave,, Boat of Garten, Aviemore PH24 3BL - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=57.24885447567567&mlon=-3.76381632972973#map=17/57.24885447567567/-3.76381632972973) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=57.24885447567567,-3.76381632972973) Nearest other centres: [Ballater](/theory-test-centres/ballater/) (30 mi) · [Elgin](/theory-test-centres/elgin/) (32 mi) · [Pitlochry](/theory-test-centres/pitlochry/) (38 mi) · [Huntly](/theory-test-centres/huntly/) (39 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Aviemore? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Aviemore centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Aviemore as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Aviemore theory test centre?** Ballater Theory Test Centre, about 30 miles away. If Aviemore has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Aviemore?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Axminster Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/axminster/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Axminster Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Axminster — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Axminster theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Axminster theory test centre? Axminster Theory Test Centre is at Minster Room, Church Street, Axminster EX13 5AQ (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Axminster Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Minster Room, Church Street, Axminster EX13 5AQ - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.781039899999996&mlon=-2.9994178130434785#map=17/50.781039899999996/-2.9994178130434785) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.781039899999996,-2.9994178130434785) Nearest other centres: [Taunton](/theory-test-centres/taunton/) (17 mi) · [Yeovil](/theory-test-centres/yeovil/) (19 mi) · [Exeter](/theory-test-centres/exeter/) (23 mi) · [Weymouth](/theory-test-centres/weymouth/) (27 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Axminster? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Axminster centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Axminster as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Axminster theory test centre?** Taunton Theory Test Centre, about 17 miles away. If Axminster has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Axminster?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Aylesbury Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/aylesbury/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Aylesbury Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Aylesbury — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Aylesbury theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Aylesbury theory test centre? Aylesbury Theory Test Centre is at Unit 2A, Ground Floor, Midshires Business Park, Smeaton Close, Aylesbury HP19 8HL (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Aylesbury Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Unit 2A, Ground Floor, Midshires Business Park, Smeaton Close, Aylesbury HP19 8HL - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.82054637466666&mlon=-0.837636872#map=17/51.82054637466666/-0.837636872) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.82054637466666,-0.837636872) Nearest other centres: [Milton Keynes](/theory-test-centres/milton-keynes/) (16 mi) · [Oxford](/theory-test-centres/oxford/) (19 mi) · [Luton](/theory-test-centres/luton/) (20 mi) · [Watford](/theory-test-centres/watford/) (22 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Aylesbury? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Aylesbury centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Aylesbury as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Aylesbury theory test centre?** Milton Keynes Theory Test Centre, about 16 miles away. If Aylesbury has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Aylesbury?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Ayr Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/ayr/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Ayr Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Ayr — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Ayr theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Ayr theory test centre? Ayr Theory Test Centre is at Suite 1b, 7B Boswell Park, Ayr KA7 1NP (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Ayr Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 1b, 7B Boswell Park, Ayr KA7 1NP - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=55.46214621818182&mlon=-4.632622918181818#map=17/55.46214621818182/-4.632622918181818) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=55.46214621818182,-4.632622918181818) Nearest other centres: [Cumnock](/theory-test-centres/cumnock/) (15 mi) · [Brodick (Isle of Arran)](/theory-test-centres/brodick-isle-of-arran/) (22 mi) · [Rothesay](/theory-test-centres/rothesay/) (31 mi) · [Glasgow](/theory-test-centres/glasgow/) (31 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Ayr? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Ayr centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Ayr as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Ayr theory test centre?** Cumnock Theory Test Centre, about 15 miles away. If Ayr has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Ayr?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Bala Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/bala/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Wales · DVSA theory test centre # Bala Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Bala — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Bala theory test centre serves candidates across Wales. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Bala theory test centre? Bala Theory Test Centre is at Mobile Testing Vehicle, 1 The Green, (Long Stay Car Park, Next to the Fire Station), B4391, Bala LL23 7NH (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). You can ask to take the theory test in Welsh, or hear it through headphones in Welsh or English, when you book. Remember the default speed limit on restricted roads in Wales is 20 mph. Bala Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Mobile Testing Vehicle, 1 The Green, (Long Stay Car Park, Next to the Fire Station), B4391, Bala LL23 7NH - **REGION:** WALES - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.911459699999995&mlon=-3.594426211111111#map=17/52.911459699999995/-3.594426211111111) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.911459699999995,-3.594426211111111) Nearest other centres: [Wrexham](/theory-test-centres/wrexham/) (27 mi) · [Rhyl](/theory-test-centres/rhyl/) (29 mi) · [Chester](/theory-test-centres/chester/) (35 mi) · [Shrewsbury](/theory-test-centres/shrewsbury/) (38 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Bala? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Bala centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Bala as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Bala theory test centre?** Wrexham Theory Test Centre, about 27 miles away. If Bala has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Bala?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Ballater Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/ballater/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Ballater Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Ballater — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Ballater theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Ballater theory test centre? Ballater Theory Test Centre is at Beaton Craigie Room, The Victoria & Albert Halls, Station Square, Ballater AB35 5QB (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Ballater Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Beaton Craigie Room, The Victoria & Albert Halls, Station Square, Ballater AB35 5QB - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=57.049954588235295&mlon=-3.0403903529411767#map=17/57.049954588235295/-3.0403903529411767) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=57.049954588235295,-3.0403903529411767) Nearest other centres: [Brechin](/theory-test-centres/brechin/) (27 mi) · [Huntly](/theory-test-centres/huntly/) (29 mi) · [Aviemore](/theory-test-centres/aviemore/) (30 mi) · [Pitlochry](/theory-test-centres/pitlochry/) (35 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Ballater? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Ballater centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Ballater as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Ballater theory test centre?** Brechin Theory Test Centre, about 27 miles away. If Ballater has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Ballater?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Barnstaple Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/barnstaple/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Barnstaple Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Barnstaple — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Barnstaple theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Barnstaple theory test centre? Barnstaple Theory Test Centre is at Units 1, Riverside Court Offices, Castle Street, Barnstaple EX31 1DR (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Barnstaple Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Units 1, Riverside Court Offices, Castle Street, Barnstaple EX31 1DR - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.07985237647059&mlon=-4.062225172549019#map=17/51.07985237647059/-4.062225172549019) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.07985237647059,-4.062225172549019) Nearest other centres: [Minehead](/theory-test-centres/minehead/) (33 mi) · [Launceston](/theory-test-centres/launceston/) (33 mi) · [Exeter](/theory-test-centres/exeter/) (34 mi) · [Bridgend](/theory-test-centres/bridgend/) (36 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Barnstaple? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Barnstaple centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Barnstaple as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Barnstaple theory test centre?** Minehead Theory Test Centre, about 33 miles away. If Barnstaple has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Barnstaple?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Barrow Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/barrow/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North West · DVSA theory test centre # Barrow Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Barrow — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Barrow theory test centre serves candidates across North West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Barrow theory test centre? Barrow Theory Test Centre is at Unit 9, 12 Duke Street, Barrow in Furness LA14 1LF (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Barrow Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Unit 9, 12 Duke Street, Barrow in Furness LA14 1LF - **REGION:** NORTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.1106794&mlon=-3.225657#map=17/54.1106794/-3.225657) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.1106794,-3.225657) Nearest other centres: [Millom](/theory-test-centres/millom/) (7 mi) · [Kendal](/theory-test-centres/kendal/) (25 mi) · [Preston](/theory-test-centres/preston/) (32 mi) · [Workington](/theory-test-centres/workington/) (39 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Barrow? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Barrow centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Barrow as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Barrow theory test centre?** Millom Theory Test Centre, about 7 miles away. If Barrow has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Barrow?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Berwick Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/berwick/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North East · DVSA theory test centre # Berwick Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Berwick — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Berwick theory test centre serves candidates across North East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Berwick theory test centre? Berwick Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Berwick Community Trust, The William Elder Building, 56-58 Castlegate, Berwick-upon-Tweed TD15 1JT (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Berwick Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Berwick Community Trust, The William Elder Building, 56-58 Castlegate, Berwick-upon-Tweed TD15 1JT - **REGION:** NORTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=55.77261043720931&mlon=-2.0078284069767443#map=17/55.77261043720931/-2.0078284069767443) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=55.77261043720931,-2.0078284069767443) Nearest other centres: [Alnwick](/theory-test-centres/alnwick/) (28 mi) · [Galashiels](/theory-test-centres/galashiels/) (33 mi) · [North Berwick](/theory-test-centres/north-berwick/) (34 mi) · [Edinburgh](/theory-test-centres/edinburgh/) (48 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Berwick? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Berwick centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Berwick as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Berwick theory test centre?** Alnwick Theory Test Centre, about 28 miles away. If Berwick has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Berwick?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Bethnal Green Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/bethnal-green/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. London · DVSA theory test centre # Bethnal Green Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Bethnal Green — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Bethnal Green theory test centre serves candidates across London. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Bethnal Green theory test centre? Bethnal Green Theory Test Centre is at Unit 3, Ground Floor, Corbridge Crescent, London E2 9BY (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Bethnal Green Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Unit 3, Ground Floor, Corbridge Crescent, London E2 9BY - **REGION:** LONDON - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.533500000000004&mlon=-0.05784742#map=17/51.533500000000004/-0.05784742) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.533500000000004,-0.05784742) Nearest other centres: [Southwark](/theory-test-centres/london-southwark/) (4 mi) · [Ilford](/theory-test-centres/ilford/) (6 mi) · [North Finchley](/theory-test-centres/north-finchley/) (8 mi) · [Morden](/theory-test-centres/morden/) (11 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Bethnal Green? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Bethnal Green centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Bethnal Green as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Bethnal Green theory test centre?** Southwark Theory Test Centre, about 4 miles away. If Bethnal Green has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Bethnal Green?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Birmingham B Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/birmingham-b/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. West Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Birmingham B Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Birmingham B — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Birmingham B theory test centre serves candidates across West Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Birmingham B theory test centre? Birmingham B Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, 155 Great Charles Street, Queensway, Birmingham B3 3LP (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Birmingham B Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, 155 Great Charles Street, Queensway, Birmingham B3 3LP - **REGION:** WEST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.481929874418604&mlon=-1.9045867662790696#map=17/52.481929874418604/-1.9045867662790696) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.481929874418604,-1.9045867662790696) Nearest other centres: [Birmingham](/theory-test-centres/birmingham/) (0 mi) · [Sutton Coldfield](/theory-test-centres/sutton-coldfield/) (6 mi) · [Dudley](/theory-test-centres/dudley/) (8 mi) · [Wolverhampton](/theory-test-centres/wolverhampton/) (12 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Birmingham B? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Birmingham B centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Birmingham B as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Birmingham B theory test centre?** Birmingham Theory Test Centre, about 0 miles away. If Birmingham B has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Birmingham B?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Birmingham Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/birmingham/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. West Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Birmingham Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Birmingham — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Birmingham theory test centre serves candidates across West Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Birmingham theory test centre? Birmingham Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, 155 Great Charles Street, Queensway, Birmingham B3 3LP (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Birmingham Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, 155 Great Charles Street, Queensway, Birmingham B3 3LP - **REGION:** WEST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.481929874418604&mlon=-1.9045867662790696#map=17/52.481929874418604/-1.9045867662790696) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.481929874418604,-1.9045867662790696) Nearest other centres: [Birmingham B](/theory-test-centres/birmingham-b/) (0 mi) · [Sutton Coldfield](/theory-test-centres/sutton-coldfield/) (6 mi) · [Dudley](/theory-test-centres/dudley/) (8 mi) · [Wolverhampton](/theory-test-centres/wolverhampton/) (12 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Birmingham? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Birmingham centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Birmingham as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Birmingham theory test centre?** Birmingham B Theory Test Centre, about 0 miles away. If Birmingham has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Birmingham?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Bishop Auckland Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/bishop-auckland/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North East · DVSA theory test centre # Bishop Auckland Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Bishop Auckland — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Bishop Auckland theory test centre serves candidates across North East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Bishop Auckland theory test centre? Bishop Auckland Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, Bishop Auckland Community Partnership, The Four Clocks Centre, 154a Newgate Street, Bishop Auckland DL14 7EH (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Bishop Auckland Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, Bishop Auckland Community Partnership, The Four Clocks Centre, 154a Newgate Street, Bishop Auckland DL14 7EH - **REGION:** NORTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.66047393695652&mlon=-1.6758913000000002#map=17/54.66047393695652/-1.6758913000000002) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.66047393695652,-1.6758913000000002) Nearest other centres: [Middlesbrough](/theory-test-centres/middlesbrough/) (19 mi) · [Sunderland](/theory-test-centres/sunderland/) (21 mi) · [Newcastle](/theory-test-centres/newcastle/) (22 mi) · [Northallerton](/theory-test-centres/northallerton/) (23 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Bishop Auckland? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Bishop Auckland centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Bishop Auckland as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Bishop Auckland theory test centre?** Middlesbrough Theory Test Centre, about 19 miles away. If Bishop Auckland has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Bishop Auckland?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Blandford Forum Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/blandford-forum/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Blandford Forum Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Blandford Forum — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Blandford Forum theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Blandford Forum theory test centre? Blandford Forum Theory Test Centre is at Unit 3 Barnack Walk, Blandford Forum DT11 7AL (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Blandford Forum Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Unit 3 Barnack Walk, Blandford Forum DT11 7AL - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.85530665&mlon=-2.16615953125#map=17/50.85530665/-2.16615953125) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.85530665,-2.16615953125) Nearest other centres: [Bournemouth](/theory-test-centres/bournemouth/) (16 mi) · [Yeovil](/theory-test-centres/yeovil/) (21 mi) · [Weymouth](/theory-test-centres/weymouth/) (21 mi) · [Salisbury](/theory-test-centres/salisbury/) (22 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Blandford Forum? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Blandford Forum centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Blandford Forum as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Blandford Forum theory test centre?** Bournemouth Theory Test Centre, about 16 miles away. If Blandford Forum has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Blandford Forum?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Bolton Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/bolton/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North West · DVSA theory test centre # Bolton Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Bolton — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Bolton theory test centre serves candidates across North West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Bolton theory test centre? Bolton Theory Test Centre is at Suite 2A, Second Floor, Knowsley House, 4-6 Knowsley Street, Bolton BL1 2AH (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Bolton Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 2A, Second Floor, Knowsley House, 4-6 Knowsley Street, Bolton BL1 2AH - **REGION:** NORTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.579956412499996&mlon=-2.430133325#map=17/53.579956412499996/-2.430133325) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.579956412499996,-2.430133325) Nearest other centres: [Manchester](/theory-test-centres/manchester/) (12 mi) · [Stockport](/theory-test-centres/stockport/) (16 mi) · [Burnley](/theory-test-centres/burnley/) (17 mi) · [Preston](/theory-test-centres/preston/) (17 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Bolton? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Bolton centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Bolton as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Bolton theory test centre?** Manchester Theory Test Centre, about 12 miles away. If Bolton has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Bolton?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Bournemouth Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/bournemouth/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Bournemouth Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Bournemouth — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Bournemouth theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Bournemouth theory test centre? Bournemouth Theory Test Centre is at Third Floor, Roddis House, 4-12 Old Christchurch Road, Bournemouth BH1 1LG (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Bournemouth Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Third Floor, Roddis House, 4-12 Old Christchurch Road, Bournemouth BH1 1LG - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.71997294313726&mlon=-1.8778228901960785#map=17/50.71997294313726/-1.8778228901960785) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.71997294313726,-1.8778228901960785) Nearest other centres: [Blandford Forum](/theory-test-centres/blandford-forum/) (16 mi) · [Southampton](/theory-test-centres/southampton/) (24 mi) · [Salisbury](/theory-test-centres/salisbury/) (25 mi) · [Newport (Isle of Wight)](/theory-test-centres/newport-isle-of-wight/) (26 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Bournemouth? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Bournemouth centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Bournemouth as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Bournemouth theory test centre?** Blandford Forum Theory Test Centre, about 16 miles away. If Bournemouth has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Bournemouth?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Bradford Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/bradford/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Yorkshire and The Humber · DVSA theory test centre # Bradford Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Bradford — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Bradford theory test centre serves candidates across Yorkshire and The Humber. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Bradford theory test centre? Bradford Theory Test Centre is at Suite 1, Second Floor, Auburn House, Upper Piccadilly, Bradford BD1 3NU (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Bradford Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 1, Second Floor, Auburn House, Upper Piccadilly, Bradford BD1 3NU - **REGION:** YORKSHIRE AND THE HUMBER - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.79678353846153&mlon=-1.7547352692307692#map=17/53.79678353846153/-1.7547352692307692) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.79678353846153,-1.7547352692307692) Nearest other centres: [Leeds](/theory-test-centres/leeds/) (8 mi) · [Huddersfield](/theory-test-centres/huddersfield/) (11 mi) · [Harrogate](/theory-test-centres/harrogate/) (16 mi) · [Burnley](/theory-test-centres/burnley/) (20 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Bradford? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Bradford centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Bradford as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Bradford theory test centre?** Leeds Theory Test Centre, about 8 miles away. If Bradford has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Bradford?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Brechin Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/brechin/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Brechin Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Brechin — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Brechin theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Brechin theory test centre? Brechin Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, The Crickety, Caldhalme Place, Brechin DD9 7EA (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Brechin Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, The Crickety, Caldhalme Place, Brechin DD9 7EA - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=56.72809793846154&mlon=-2.646449069230769#map=17/56.72809793846154/-2.646449069230769) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=56.72809793846154,-2.646449069230769) Nearest other centres: [Dundee](/theory-test-centres/dundee/) (22 mi) · [Ballater](/theory-test-centres/ballater/) (27 mi) · [Aberdeen](/theory-test-centres/aberdeen/) (36 mi) · [Leven](/theory-test-centres/leven/) (40 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Brechin? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Brechin centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Brechin as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Brechin theory test centre?** Dundee Theory Test Centre, about 22 miles away. If Brechin has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Brechin?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Bridgend Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/bridgend/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Wales · DVSA theory test centre # Bridgend Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Bridgend — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Bridgend theory test centre serves candidates across Wales. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Bridgend theory test centre? Bridgend Theory Test Centre is at Second Floor, Brackla House, Brackla Street, Bridgend CF31 1BZ (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). You can ask to take the theory test in Welsh, or hear it through headphones in Welsh or English, when you book. Remember the default speed limit on restricted roads in Wales is 20 mph. Bridgend Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Second Floor, Brackla House, Brackla Street, Bridgend CF31 1BZ - **REGION:** WALES - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.505132751351354&mlon=-3.5751447162162164#map=17/51.505132751351354/-3.5751447162162164) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.505132751351354,-3.5751447162162164) Nearest other centres: [Swansea](/theory-test-centres/swansea/) (18 mi) · [Cardiff](/theory-test-centres/cardiff/) (18 mi) · [Merthyr Tydfil](/theory-test-centres/merthyr-tydfil/) (19 mi) · [Newport (Gwent)](/theory-test-centres/newport-gwent/) (26 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Bridgend? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Bridgend centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Bridgend as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Bridgend theory test centre?** Swansea Theory Test Centre, about 18 miles away. If Bridgend has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Bridgend?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Brighton Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/brighton/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Brighton Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Brighton — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Brighton theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Brighton theory test centre? Brighton Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Citygate, 185 Dyke Road, Hove BN3 1TL (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Brighton Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Citygate, 185 Dyke Road, Hove BN3 1TL - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.832625093243244&mlon=-0.14951031756756758#map=17/50.832625093243244/-0.14951031756756758) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.832625093243244,-0.14951031756756758) Nearest other centres: [Worthing](/theory-test-centres/worthing/) (10 mi) · [Eastbourne](/theory-test-centres/eastbourne/) (20 mi) · [Horley](/theory-test-centres/horley/) (23 mi) · [Royal Tunbridge Wells](/theory-test-centres/royal-tunbridge-wells/) (27 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Brighton? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Brighton centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Brighton as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Brighton theory test centre?** Worthing Theory Test Centre, about 10 miles away. If Brighton has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Brighton?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Bristol Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/bristol/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Bristol Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Bristol — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Bristol theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Bristol theory test centre? Bristol Theory Test Centre is at Building 340, The Crescent, Bristol Business Park, Bristol BS16 1EJ (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Bristol Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Building 340, The Crescent, Bristol Business Park, Bristol BS16 1EJ - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.50268212151899&mlon=-2.5412537202531644#map=17/51.50268212151899/-2.5412537202531644) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.50268212151899,-2.5412537202531644) Nearest other centres: [Newport (Gwent)](/theory-test-centres/newport-gwent/) (20 mi) · [Frome](/theory-test-centres/frome/) (21 mi) · [Cardiff](/theory-test-centres/cardiff/) (27 mi) · [Gloucester](/theory-test-centres/gloucester/) (28 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Bristol? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Bristol centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Bristol as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Bristol theory test centre?** Newport (Gwent) Theory Test Centre, about 20 miles away. If Bristol has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Bristol?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Brodick (Isle of Arran) Theory Test Centre: Address > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/brodick-isle-of-arran/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Brodick (Isle of Arran) Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Brodick (Isle of Arran) — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Brodick (Isle of Arran) theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Brodick (Isle of Arran) theory test centre? Brodick (Isle of Arran) Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Ormidale Sports Pavillion, Ormidale Park, Manse Road, Brodick, Isle of Arran KA27 8DN (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Brodick (Isle of Arran) Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Ormidale Sports Pavillion, Ormidale Park, Manse Road, Brodick, Isle of Arran KA27 8DN - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=55.57632181818181&mlon=-5.153162754545455#map=17/55.57632181818181/-5.153162754545455) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=55.57632181818181,-5.153162754545455) Nearest other centres: [Rothesay](/theory-test-centres/rothesay/) (19 mi) · [Ayr](/theory-test-centres/ayr/) (22 mi) · [Dunoon](/theory-test-centres/dunoon/) (27 mi) · [Greenock](/theory-test-centres/greenock/) (30 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Brodick (Isle of Arran)? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Brodick (Isle of Arran) centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Brodick (Isle of Arran) as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Brodick (Isle of Arran) theory test centre?** Rothesay Theory Test Centre, about 19 miles away. If Brodick (Isle of Arran) has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Brodick (Isle of Arran)?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Builth Wells Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/builth-wells/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Wales · DVSA theory test centre # Builth Wells Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Builth Wells — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Builth Wells theory test centre serves candidates across Wales. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Builth Wells theory test centre? Builth Wells Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Spar Buildings, The Strand, Groe Street, Builth Wells LD2 3BL (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). You can ask to take the theory test in Welsh, or hear it through headphones in Welsh or English, when you book. Remember the default speed limit on restricted roads in Wales is 20 mph. Builth Wells Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Spar Buildings, The Strand, Groe Street, Builth Wells LD2 3BL - **REGION:** WALES - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.149841433333336&mlon=-3.4022338333333333#map=17/52.149841433333336/-3.4022338333333333) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.149841433333336,-3.4022338333333333) Nearest other centres: [Merthyr Tydfil](/theory-test-centres/merthyr-tydfil/) (28 mi) · [Hereford](/theory-test-centres/hereford/) (30 mi) · [Newport (Gwent)](/theory-test-centres/newport-gwent/) (42 mi) · [Swansea](/theory-test-centres/swansea/) (43 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Builth Wells? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Builth Wells centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Builth Wells as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Builth Wells theory test centre?** Merthyr Tydfil Theory Test Centre, about 28 miles away. If Builth Wells has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Builth Wells?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Burnley Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/burnley/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North West · DVSA theory test centre # Burnley Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Burnley — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Burnley theory test centre serves candidates across North West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Burnley theory test centre? Burnley Theory Test Centre is at Rachel Kay-Shuttleworth Room, Burnley, Pendle & Rossendale Council for Voluntary Services, The CVS Centre, 62-64 Yorkshire Street, Burnley BB11 3BT (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Burnley Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Rachel Kay-Shuttleworth Room, Burnley, Pendle & Rossendale Council for Voluntary Services, The CVS Centre, 62-64 Yorkshire Street, Burnley BB11 3BT - **REGION:** NORTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.78912614647888&mlon=-2.234807881690141#map=17/53.78912614647888/-2.234807881690141) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.78912614647888,-2.234807881690141) Nearest other centres: [Bolton](/theory-test-centres/bolton/) (17 mi) · [Preston](/theory-test-centres/preston/) (19 mi) · [Bradford](/theory-test-centres/bradford/) (20 mi) · [Huddersfield](/theory-test-centres/huddersfield/) (21 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Burnley? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Burnley centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Burnley as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Burnley theory test centre?** Bolton Theory Test Centre, about 17 miles away. If Burnley has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Burnley?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Bury St Edmunds Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/bury-st-edmunds/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East of England · DVSA theory test centre # Bury St Edmunds Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Bury St Edmunds — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Bury St Edmunds theory test centre serves candidates across East of England. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Bury St Edmunds theory test centre? Bury St Edmunds Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Unit 5, Hillside Business Park, Kempson Way (off Hillside Road), Bury St Edmunds IP32 7EA (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Bury St Edmunds Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Unit 5, Hillside Business Park, Kempson Way (off Hillside Road), Bury St Edmunds IP32 7EA - **REGION:** EAST OF ENGLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.23794328970588&mlon=0.749583425#map=17/52.23794328970588/0.749583425) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.23794328970588,0.749583425) Nearest other centres: [Diss](/theory-test-centres/diss/) (18 mi) · [Ipswich](/theory-test-centres/ipswich/) (21 mi) · [Colchester](/theory-test-centres/colchester/) (26 mi) · [Cambridge](/theory-test-centres/cambridge/) (26 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Bury St Edmunds? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Bury St Edmunds centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Bury St Edmunds as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Bury St Edmunds theory test centre?** Diss Theory Test Centre, about 18 miles away. If Bury St Edmunds has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Bury St Edmunds?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Cambridge Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/cambridge/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East of England · DVSA theory test centre # Cambridge Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Cambridge — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Cambridge theory test centre serves candidates across East of England. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Cambridge theory test centre? Cambridge Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Unit CC5a, Clifton Court, Cambridge CB1 7BN (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Cambridge Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Unit CC5a, Clifton Court, Cambridge CB1 7BN - **REGION:** EAST OF ENGLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.189402120833336&mlon=0.1383991875#map=17/52.189402120833336/0.1383991875) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.189402120833336,0.1383991875) Nearest other centres: [Huntingdon](/theory-test-centres/huntingdon/) (16 mi) · [Bury St Edmunds](/theory-test-centres/bury-st-edmunds/) (26 mi) · [Hertford](/theory-test-centres/hertford/) (29 mi) · [Luton](/theory-test-centres/luton/) (30 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Cambridge? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Cambridge centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Cambridge as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Cambridge theory test centre?** Huntingdon Theory Test Centre, about 16 miles away. If Cambridge has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Cambridge?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Canterbury Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/canterbury/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Canterbury Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Canterbury — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Canterbury theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Canterbury theory test centre? Canterbury Theory Test Centre is at Suite E, The Clock Tower Building, Canterbury Lane, Canterbury CT1 2LE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Canterbury Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite E, The Clock Tower Building, Canterbury Lane, Canterbury CT1 2LE - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.277468432&mlon=1.0831197000000001#map=17/51.277468432/1.0831197000000001) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.277468432,1.0831197000000001) Nearest other centres: [New Romney](/theory-test-centres/new-romney/) (19 mi) · [Southend on Sea](/theory-test-centres/southend-on-sea/) (24 mi) · [Chatham](/theory-test-centres/chatham/) (25 mi) · [Hastings](/theory-test-centres/hastings/) (37 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Canterbury? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Canterbury centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Canterbury as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Canterbury theory test centre?** New Romney Theory Test Centre, about 19 miles away. If Canterbury has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Canterbury?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Cardiff Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/cardiff/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Wales · DVSA theory test centre # Cardiff Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Cardiff — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Cardiff theory test centre serves candidates across Wales. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Cardiff theory test centre? Cardiff Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, 1 Caspian Point, Caspian Way, Pierhead Street, Cardiff CF10 4DQ (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). You can ask to take the theory test in Welsh, or hear it through headphones in Welsh or English, when you book. Remember the default speed limit on restricted roads in Wales is 20 mph. Cardiff Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, 1 Caspian Point, Caspian Way, Pierhead Street, Cardiff CF10 4DQ - **REGION:** WALES - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.46703357755102&mlon=-3.1578700326530615#map=17/51.46703357755102/-3.1578700326530615) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.46703357755102,-3.1578700326530615) Nearest other centres: [Newport (Gwent)](/theory-test-centres/newport-gwent/) (11 mi) · [Bridgend](/theory-test-centres/bridgend/) (18 mi) · [Merthyr Tydfil](/theory-test-centres/merthyr-tydfil/) (22 mi) · [Minehead](/theory-test-centres/minehead/) (22 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Cardiff? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Cardiff centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Cardiff as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Cardiff theory test centre?** Newport (Gwent) Theory Test Centre, about 11 miles away. If Cardiff has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Cardiff?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Carlisle Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/carlisle/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North West · DVSA theory test centre # Carlisle Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Carlisle — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Carlisle theory test centre serves candidates across North West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Carlisle theory test centre? Carlisle Theory Test Centre is at Second Floor, Stocklund House, Castle Street, Carlisle CA3 8SY (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Carlisle Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Second Floor, Stocklund House, Castle Street, Carlisle CA3 8SY - **REGION:** NORTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.89565152432432&mlon=-2.938943139189189#map=17/54.89565152432432/-2.938943139189189) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.89565152432432,-2.938943139189189) Nearest other centres: [Penrith](/theory-test-centres/penrith/) (18 mi) · [Dumfries](/theory-test-centres/dumfries/) (27 mi) · [Workington](/theory-test-centres/workington/) (30 mi) · [Hexham](/theory-test-centres/hexham/) (34 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Carlisle? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Carlisle centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Carlisle as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Carlisle theory test centre?** Penrith Theory Test Centre, about 18 miles away. If Carlisle has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Carlisle?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Chatham Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/chatham/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Chatham Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Chatham — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Chatham theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Chatham theory test centre? Chatham Theory Test Centre is at 14-16 High Street, Chatham ME4 4EP (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Chatham Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** 14-16 High Street, Chatham ME4 4EP - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.383051504651164&mlon=0.5178089976744187#map=17/51.383051504651164/0.5178089976744187) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.383051504651164,0.5178089976744187) Nearest other centres: [Southend on Sea](/theory-test-centres/southend-on-sea/) (14 mi) · [Sidcup](/theory-test-centres/sidcup/) (17 mi) · [Royal Tunbridge Wells](/theory-test-centres/royal-tunbridge-wells/) (21 mi) · [Ilford](/theory-test-centres/ilford/) (23 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Chatham? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Chatham centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Chatham as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Chatham theory test centre?** Southend on Sea Theory Test Centre, about 14 miles away. If Chatham has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Chatham?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Chelmsford Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/chelmsford/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East of England · DVSA theory test centre # Chelmsford Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Chelmsford — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Chelmsford theory test centre serves candidates across East of England. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Chelmsford theory test centre? Chelmsford Theory Test Centre is at Suite 4, Second Floor, Saxon House, 27 Duke Street, Chelmsford CM1 1HT (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Chelmsford Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 4, Second Floor, Saxon House, 27 Duke Street, Chelmsford CM1 1HT - **REGION:** EAST OF ENGLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.73628772209303&mlon=0.4691357313953488#map=17/51.73628772209303/0.4691357313953488) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.73628772209303,0.4691357313953488) Nearest other centres: [Southend on Sea](/theory-test-centres/southend-on-sea/) (17 mi) · [Ilford](/theory-test-centres/ilford/) (21 mi) · [Colchester](/theory-test-centres/colchester/) (23 mi) · [Hertford](/theory-test-centres/hertford/) (24 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Chelmsford? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Chelmsford centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Chelmsford as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Chelmsford theory test centre?** Southend on Sea Theory Test Centre, about 17 miles away. If Chelmsford has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Chelmsford?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Cheltenham Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/cheltenham/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Cheltenham Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Cheltenham — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Cheltenham theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Cheltenham theory test centre? Cheltenham Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, The Coliseum, 18-20 Albion Street, Cheltenham GL52 2LP (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Cheltenham Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, The Coliseum, 18-20 Albion Street, Cheltenham GL52 2LP - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.90153002857143&mlon=-2.0727865357142856#map=17/51.90153002857143/-2.0727865357142856) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.90153002857143,-2.0727865357142856) Nearest other centres: [Gloucester](/theory-test-centres/gloucester/) (8 mi) · [Worcester](/theory-test-centres/worcester/) (21 mi) · [Stratford upon Avon](/theory-test-centres/stratford-upon-avon/) (26 mi) · [Swindon](/theory-test-centres/swindon/) (27 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Cheltenham? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Cheltenham centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Cheltenham as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Cheltenham theory test centre?** Gloucester Theory Test Centre, about 8 miles away. If Cheltenham has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Cheltenham?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Chester Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/chester/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North West · DVSA theory test centre # Chester Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Chester — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Chester theory test centre serves candidates across North West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Chester theory test centre? Chester Theory Test Centre is at Unit 3, Ground Floor, Granary Wharf, Steam Mill Street, Chester CH3 5BE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Chester Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Unit 3, Ground Floor, Granary Wharf, Steam Mill Street, Chester CH3 5BE - **REGION:** NORTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.19332680645161&mlon=-2.880679472580645#map=17/53.19332680645161/-2.880679472580645) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.19332680645161,-2.880679472580645) Nearest other centres: [Wrexham](/theory-test-centres/wrexham/) (11 mi) · [Liverpool](/theory-test-centres/liverpool/) (15 mi) · [Crewe](/theory-test-centres/crewe/) (19 mi) · [Rhyl](/theory-test-centres/rhyl/) (27 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Chester? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Chester centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Chester as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Chester theory test centre?** Wrexham Theory Test Centre, about 11 miles away. If Chester has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Chester?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Chesterfield Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/chesterfield/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Chesterfield Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Chesterfield — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Chesterfield theory test centre serves candidates across East Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Chesterfield theory test centre? Chesterfield Theory Test Centre is at Room 3, Ground Floor, The HQ Building, Boythorpe Road, Chesterfield S49 1HQ (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Chesterfield Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Room 3, Ground Floor, The HQ Building, Boythorpe Road, Chesterfield S49 1HQ - **REGION:** EAST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.2331104&mlon=-1.438352#map=17/53.2331104/-1.438352) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.2331104,-1.438352) Nearest other centres: [Sheffield](/theory-test-centres/sheffield/) (10 mi) · [Worksop](/theory-test-centres/worksop/) (14 mi) · [Derby](/theory-test-centres/derby/) (22 mi) · [Nottingham](/theory-test-centres/nottingham/) (23 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Chesterfield? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Chesterfield centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Chesterfield as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Chesterfield theory test centre?** Sheffield Theory Test Centre, about 10 miles away. If Chesterfield has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Chesterfield?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Chichester Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/chichester/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Chichester Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Chichester — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Chichester theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Chichester theory test centre? Chichester Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Metro House, Northgate, Chichester PO19 1BE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Chichester Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Metro House, Northgate, Chichester PO19 1BE - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.840503853125&mlon=-0.7788848375#map=17/50.840503853125/-0.7788848375) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.840503853125,-0.7788848375) Nearest other centres: [Portsmouth](/theory-test-centres/portsmouth/) (14 mi) · [Fareham](/theory-test-centres/fareham/) (18 mi) · [Worthing](/theory-test-centres/worthing/) (18 mi) · [Newport (Isle of Wight)](/theory-test-centres/newport-isle-of-wight/) (25 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Chichester? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Chichester centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Chichester as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Chichester theory test centre?** Portsmouth Theory Test Centre, about 14 miles away. If Chichester has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Chichester?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Colchester Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/colchester/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East of England · DVSA theory test centre # Colchester Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Colchester — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Colchester theory test centre serves candidates across East of England. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Colchester theory test centre? Colchester Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Block F, The Knowledge Gateway, Nesfield Road, Colchester CO4 3ZL (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Colchester Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Block F, The Knowledge Gateway, Nesfield Road, Colchester CO4 3ZL - **REGION:** EAST OF ENGLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.88059150612244&mlon=0.9423271020408164#map=17/51.88059150612244/0.9423271020408164) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.88059150612244,0.9423271020408164) Nearest other centres: [Ipswich](/theory-test-centres/ipswich/) (15 mi) · [Chelmsford](/theory-test-centres/chelmsford/) (23 mi) · [Southend on Sea](/theory-test-centres/southend-on-sea/) (26 mi) · [Bury St Edmunds](/theory-test-centres/bury-st-edmunds/) (26 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Colchester? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Colchester centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Colchester as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Colchester theory test centre?** Ipswich Theory Test Centre, about 15 miles away. If Colchester has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Colchester?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Corby Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/corby/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Corby Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Corby — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Corby theory test centre serves candidates across East Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Corby theory test centre? Corby Theory Test Centre is at Unit 2, Oakley Vale District Centre, Butland Road, Corby NN18 8QT (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Corby Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Unit 2, Oakley Vale District Centre, Butland Road, Corby NN18 8QT - **REGION:** EAST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.4736578&mlon=-0.7068821538461538#map=17/52.4736578/-0.7068821538461538) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.4736578,-0.7068821538461538) Nearest other centres: [Rushden](/theory-test-centres/rushden/) (14 mi) · [Northampton](/theory-test-centres/northampton/) (18 mi) · [Peterborough](/theory-test-centres/peterborough/) (21 mi) · [Leicester](/theory-test-centres/leicester/) (21 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Corby? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Corby centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Corby as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Corby theory test centre?** Rushden Theory Test Centre, about 14 miles away. If Corby has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Corby?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Coventry Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/coventry/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. West Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Coventry Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Coventry — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Coventry theory test centre serves candidates across West Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Coventry theory test centre? Coventry Theory Test Centre is at Second Floor, 9 Little Park Street, Coventry, Warwickshire CV1 2UR (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Coventry Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Second Floor, 9 Little Park Street, Coventry, Warwickshire CV1 2UR - **REGION:** WEST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.406291576923074&mlon=-1.5084997153846156#map=17/52.406291576923074/-1.5084997153846156) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.406291576923074,-1.5084997153846156) Nearest other centres: [Stratford upon Avon](/theory-test-centres/stratford-upon-avon/) (17 mi) · [Sutton Coldfield](/theory-test-centres/sutton-coldfield/) (17 mi) · [Birmingham B](/theory-test-centres/birmingham-b/) (17 mi) · [Birmingham](/theory-test-centres/birmingham/) (17 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Coventry? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Coventry centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Coventry as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Coventry theory test centre?** Stratford upon Avon Theory Test Centre, about 17 miles away. If Coventry has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Coventry?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Crewe Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/crewe/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North West · DVSA theory test centre # Crewe Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Crewe — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Crewe theory test centre serves candidates across North West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Crewe theory test centre? Crewe Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Unit 8, Victoria Centre, Crewe CW1 2PU (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Crewe Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Unit 8, Victoria Centre, Crewe CW1 2PU - **REGION:** NORTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.099523679310344&mlon=-2.4426798310344826#map=17/53.099523679310344/-2.4426798310344826) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.099523679310344,-2.4426798310344826) Nearest other centres: [Stoke-on-Trent](/theory-test-centres/stoke-on-trent/) (12 mi) · [Chester](/theory-test-centres/chester/) (19 mi) · [Wrexham](/theory-test-centres/wrexham/) (23 mi) · [Stockport](/theory-test-centres/stockport/) (24 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Crewe? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Crewe centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Crewe as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Crewe theory test centre?** Stoke-on-Trent Theory Test Centre, about 12 miles away. If Crewe has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Crewe?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Crianlarich Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/crianlarich/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Crianlarich Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Crianlarich — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Crianlarich theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Crianlarich theory test centre? Crianlarich Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Crianlarich Village Hall, Main Street, Crianlarich FK20 8QN (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Crianlarich Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Crianlarich Village Hall, Main Street, Crianlarich FK20 8QN - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=56.39172557241379&mlon=-4.616749596551725#map=17/56.39172557241379/-4.616749596551725) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=56.39172557241379,-4.616749596551725) Nearest other centres: [Dumbarton](/theory-test-centres/dumbarton/) (31 mi) · [Stirling](/theory-test-centres/stirling/) (31 mi) · [Greenock](/theory-test-centres/greenock/) (31 mi) · [Dunoon](/theory-test-centres/dunoon/) (33 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Crianlarich? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Crianlarich centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Crianlarich as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Crianlarich theory test centre?** Dumbarton Theory Test Centre, about 31 miles away. If Crianlarich has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Crianlarich?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Croydon Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/croydon/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. London · DVSA theory test centre # Croydon Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Croydon — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Croydon theory test centre serves candidates across London. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Croydon theory test centre? Croydon Theory Test Centre is at Suite 6, First Floor, Suffolk House, George Street, Croydon CR0 1PE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Croydon Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 6, First Floor, Suffolk House, George Street, Croydon CR0 1PE - **REGION:** LONDON - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.373961&mlon=-0.0959209#map=17/51.373961/-0.0959209) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.373961,-0.0959209) Nearest other centres: [Morden](/theory-test-centres/morden/) (5 mi) · [Southwark](/theory-test-centres/london-southwark/) (8 mi) · [Sidcup](/theory-test-centres/sidcup/) (10 mi) · [Bethnal Green](/theory-test-centres/bethnal-green/) (11 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Croydon? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Croydon centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Croydon as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Croydon theory test centre?** Morden Theory Test Centre, about 5 miles away. If Croydon has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Croydon?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Cumnock Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/cumnock/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Cumnock Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Cumnock — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Cumnock theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Cumnock theory test centre? Cumnock Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Barhill Community Education Centre, Bank Ave, Cumnock KA18 1PQ (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Cumnock Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Barhill Community Education Centre, Bank Ave, Cumnock KA18 1PQ - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=55.45632525&mlon=-4.262066873076924#map=17/55.45632525/-4.262066873076924) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=55.45632525,-4.262066873076924) Nearest other centres: [Ayr](/theory-test-centres/ayr/) (15 mi) · [Lanark](/theory-test-centres/lanark/) (24 mi) · [Glasgow](/theory-test-centres/glasgow/) (28 mi) · [Newton Stewart](/theory-test-centres/newton-stewart/) (36 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Cumnock? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Cumnock centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Cumnock as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Cumnock theory test centre?** Ayr Theory Test Centre, about 15 miles away. If Cumnock has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Cumnock?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Derby Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/derby/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Derby Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Derby — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Derby theory test centre serves candidates across East Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Derby theory test centre? Derby Theory Test Centre is at Unit 22, Ground Floor, Pullman Business Park, 3 Mallard Way, Pride Park, Derby DE24 8GX (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Derby Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Unit 22, Ground Floor, Pullman Business Park, 3 Mallard Way, Pride Park, Derby DE24 8GX - **REGION:** EAST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.91133297761194&mlon=-1.4539111507462685#map=17/52.91133297761194/-1.4539111507462685) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.91133297761194,-1.4539111507462685) Nearest other centres: [Nottingham](/theory-test-centres/nottingham/) (13 mi) · [Chesterfield](/theory-test-centres/chesterfield/) (22 mi) · [Leicester](/theory-test-centres/leicester/) (23 mi) · [Sutton Coldfield](/theory-test-centres/sutton-coldfield/) (29 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Derby? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Derby centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Derby as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Derby theory test centre?** Nottingham Theory Test Centre, about 13 miles away. If Derby has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Derby?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Diss Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/diss/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East of England · DVSA theory test centre # Diss Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Diss — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Diss theory test centre serves candidates across East of England. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Diss theory test centre? Diss Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, The Corn Hall, St Nicholas Street, Diss IP22 4LB (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Diss Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, The Corn Hall, St Nicholas Street, Diss IP22 4LB - **REGION:** EAST OF ENGLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.37749722753623&mlon=1.1076080521739131#map=17/52.37749722753623/1.1076080521739131) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.37749722753623,1.1076080521739131) Nearest other centres: [Bury St Edmunds](/theory-test-centres/bury-st-edmunds/) (18 mi) · [Saxmundham](/theory-test-centres/saxmundham/) (20 mi) · [Ipswich](/theory-test-centres/ipswich/) (22 mi) · [Colchester](/theory-test-centres/colchester/) (35 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Diss? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Diss centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Diss as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Diss theory test centre?** Bury St Edmunds Theory Test Centre, about 18 miles away. If Diss has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Diss?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Doncaster Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/doncaster/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Yorkshire and The Humber · DVSA theory test centre # Doncaster Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Doncaster — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Doncaster theory test centre serves candidates across Yorkshire and The Humber. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Doncaster theory test centre? Doncaster Theory Test Centre is at Suite 1B, First Floor, Fraser House, Netherhall Road, Doncaster DN1 2PW (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Doncaster Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 1B, First Floor, Fraser House, Netherhall Road, Doncaster DN1 2PW - **REGION:** YORKSHIRE AND THE HUMBER - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.524998984&mlon=-1.1298486773333334#map=17/53.524998984/-1.1298486773333334) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.524998984,-1.1298486773333334) Nearest other centres: [Worksop](/theory-test-centres/worksop/) (15 mi) · [Sheffield](/theory-test-centres/sheffield/) (17 mi) · [Chesterfield](/theory-test-centres/chesterfield/) (24 mi) · [Leeds](/theory-test-centres/leeds/) (25 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Doncaster? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Doncaster centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Doncaster as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Doncaster theory test centre?** Worksop Theory Test Centre, about 15 miles away. If Doncaster has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Doncaster?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Dudley Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/dudley/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. West Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Dudley Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Dudley — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Dudley theory test centre serves candidates across West Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Dudley theory test centre? Dudley Theory Test Centre is at Lower Ground Floor, Trafalgar House, 47-49 Kings Street, Dudley DY2 8PS (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Dudley Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Lower Ground Floor, Trafalgar House, 47-49 Kings Street, Dudley DY2 8PS - **REGION:** WEST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.50837587619047&mlon=-2.0851076380952382#map=17/52.50837587619047/-2.0851076380952382) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.50837587619047,-2.0851076380952382) Nearest other centres: [Wolverhampton](/theory-test-centres/wolverhampton/) (6 mi) · [Birmingham B](/theory-test-centres/birmingham-b/) (8 mi) · [Birmingham](/theory-test-centres/birmingham/) (8 mi) · [Sutton Coldfield](/theory-test-centres/sutton-coldfield/) (11 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Dudley? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Dudley centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Dudley as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Dudley theory test centre?** Wolverhampton Theory Test Centre, about 6 miles away. If Dudley has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Dudley?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Dumbarton Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/dumbarton/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Dumbarton Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Dumbarton — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Dumbarton theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Dumbarton theory test centre? Dumbarton Theory Test Centre is at 86-88 High Street, Dumbarton G82 1PQ (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Dumbarton Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** 86-88 High Street, Dumbarton G82 1PQ - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=55.94366727115384&mlon=-4.571719690384615#map=17/55.94366727115384/-4.571719690384615) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=55.94366727115384,-4.571719690384615) Nearest other centres: [Greenock](/theory-test-centres/greenock/) (7 mi) · [Glasgow](/theory-test-centres/glasgow/) (13 mi) · [Dunoon](/theory-test-centres/dunoon/) (14 mi) · [Rothesay](/theory-test-centres/rothesay/) (20 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Dumbarton? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Dumbarton centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Dumbarton as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Dumbarton theory test centre?** Greenock Theory Test Centre, about 7 miles away. If Dumbarton has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Dumbarton?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Dumfries Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/dumfries/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Dumfries Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Dumfries — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Dumfries theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Dumfries theory test centre? Dumfries Theory Test Centre is at Unit 2, First Floor, Brasswell Office Park, Annan Road, Dumfries DG1 3UE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Dumfries Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Unit 2, First Floor, Brasswell Office Park, Annan Road, Dumfries DG1 3UE - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=55.06939143888889&mlon=-3.5608314055555557#map=17/55.06939143888889/-3.5608314055555557) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=55.06939143888889,-3.5608314055555557) Nearest other centres: [Carlisle](/theory-test-centres/carlisle/) (27 mi) · [Workington](/theory-test-centres/workington/) (29 mi) · [Newton Stewart](/theory-test-centres/newton-stewart/) (37 mi) · [Cumnock](/theory-test-centres/cumnock/) (38 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Dumfries? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Dumfries centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Dumfries as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Dumfries theory test centre?** Carlisle Theory Test Centre, about 27 miles away. If Dumfries has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Dumfries?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Dundee Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/dundee/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Dundee Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Dundee — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Dundee theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Dundee theory test centre? Dundee Theory Test Centre is at Suite 1-2, First Floor, Seagate House, 132-134 Seagate, Dundee DD1 2HB (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Dundee Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 1-2, First Floor, Seagate House, 132-134 Seagate, Dundee DD1 2HB - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=56.46363515&mlon=-2.9660542#map=17/56.46363515/-2.9660542) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=56.46363515,-2.9660542) Nearest other centres: [Leven](/theory-test-centres/leven/) (19 mi) · [Brechin](/theory-test-centres/brechin/) (22 mi) · [North Berwick](/theory-test-centres/north-berwick/) (30 mi) · [Pitlochry](/theory-test-centres/pitlochry/) (33 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Dundee? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Dundee centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Dundee as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Dundee theory test centre?** Leven Theory Test Centre, about 19 miles away. If Dundee has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Dundee?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Dunoon Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/dunoon/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Dunoon Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Dunoon — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Dunoon theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Dunoon theory test centre? Dunoon Theory Test Centre is at The Green Room, First Floor, Dunoon Burgh Hall, 195 Argyll Street, Dunoon PA23 7DD (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Dunoon Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** The Green Room, First Floor, Dunoon Burgh Hall, 195 Argyll Street, Dunoon PA23 7DD - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=55.949996225&mlon=-4.927252841666667#map=17/55.949996225/-4.927252841666667) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=55.949996225,-4.927252841666667) Nearest other centres: [Greenock](/theory-test-centres/greenock/) (7 mi) · [Rothesay](/theory-test-centres/rothesay/) (9 mi) · [Dumbarton](/theory-test-centres/dumbarton/) (14 mi) · [Glasgow](/theory-test-centres/glasgow/) (27 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Dunoon? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Dunoon centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Dunoon as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Dunoon theory test centre?** Greenock Theory Test Centre, about 7 miles away. If Dunoon has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Dunoon?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Eastbourne Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/eastbourne/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Eastbourne Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Eastbourne — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Eastbourne theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Eastbourne theory test centre? Eastbourne Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Senlac House, 53-58 Seaside, Eastbourne BN22 7NE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Eastbourne Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Senlac House, 53-58 Seaside, Eastbourne BN22 7NE - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.771415966666666&mlon=0.2951949523809524#map=17/50.771415966666666/0.2951949523809524) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.771415966666666,0.2951949523809524) Nearest other centres: [Hastings](/theory-test-centres/hastings/) (13 mi) · [Brighton](/theory-test-centres/brighton/) (20 mi) · [Royal Tunbridge Wells](/theory-test-centres/royal-tunbridge-wells/) (25 mi) · [Worthing](/theory-test-centres/worthing/) (29 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Eastbourne? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Eastbourne centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Eastbourne as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Eastbourne theory test centre?** Hastings Theory Test Centre, about 13 miles away. If Eastbourne has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Eastbourne?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Edinburgh Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/edinburgh/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Edinburgh Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Edinburgh — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Edinburgh theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Edinburgh theory test centre? Edinburgh Theory Test Centre is at Buzzer 5, Second Floor, 4 Queen Street, Edinburgh EH2 1JE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Edinburgh Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Buzzer 5, Second Floor, 4 Queen Street, Edinburgh EH2 1JE - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=55.955062289189186&mlon=-3.196673672972973#map=17/55.955062289189186/-3.196673672972973) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=55.955062289189186,-3.196673672972973) Nearest other centres: [Leven](/theory-test-centres/leven/) (18 mi) · [North Berwick](/theory-test-centres/north-berwick/) (20 mi) · [Galashiels](/theory-test-centres/galashiels/) (28 mi) · [Lanark](/theory-test-centres/lanark/) (30 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Edinburgh? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Edinburgh centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Edinburgh as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Edinburgh theory test centre?** Leven Theory Test Centre, about 18 miles away. If Edinburgh has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Edinburgh?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Elgin Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/elgin/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Elgin Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Elgin — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Elgin theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Elgin theory test centre? Elgin Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, 147 High Street, Elgin IV30 1DS (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Elgin Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, 147 High Street, Elgin IV30 1DS - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=57.64879166875&mlon=-3.316189675#map=17/57.64879166875/-3.316189675) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=57.64879166875,-3.316189675) Nearest other centres: [Huntly](/theory-test-centres/huntly/) (24 mi) · [Aviemore](/theory-test-centres/aviemore/) (32 mi) · [Ballater](/theory-test-centres/ballater/) (43 mi) · [Peterhead](/theory-test-centres/peterhead/) (57 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Elgin? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Elgin centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Elgin as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Elgin theory test centre?** Huntly Theory Test Centre, about 24 miles away. If Elgin has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Elgin?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Exeter Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/exeter/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Exeter Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Exeter — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Exeter theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Exeter theory test centre? Exeter Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Unit 11, The Depot, Belgrave Road, Exeter EX1 2FT (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Exeter Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Unit 11, The Depot, Belgrave Road, Exeter EX1 2FT - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.726459028571426&mlon=-3.522588557142857#map=17/50.726459028571426/-3.522588557142857) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.726459028571426,-3.522588557142857) Nearest other centres: [Torquay](/theory-test-centres/torquay/) (18 mi) · [Axminster](/theory-test-centres/axminster/) (23 mi) · [Taunton](/theory-test-centres/taunton/) (27 mi) · [Minehead](/theory-test-centres/minehead/) (31 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Exeter? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Exeter centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Exeter as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Exeter theory test centre?** Torquay Theory Test Centre, about 18 miles away. If Exeter has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Exeter?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Fareham Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/fareham/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Fareham Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Fareham — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Fareham theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Fareham theory test centre? Fareham Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Thackery House, 189-199 West Street, Fareham PO16 0EN (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Fareham Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Thackery House, 189-199 West Street, Fareham PO16 0EN - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.852772838596486&mlon=-1.1858952947368422#map=17/50.852772838596486/-1.1858952947368422) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.852772838596486,-1.1858952947368422) Nearest other centres: [Portsmouth](/theory-test-centres/portsmouth/) (6 mi) · [Southampton](/theory-test-centres/southampton/) (11 mi) · [Newport (Isle of Wight)](/theory-test-centres/newport-isle-of-wight/) (12 mi) · [Chichester](/theory-test-centres/chichester/) (18 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Fareham? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Fareham centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Fareham as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Fareham theory test centre?** Portsmouth Theory Test Centre, about 6 miles away. If Fareham has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Fareham?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Frome Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/frome/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Frome Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Frome — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Frome theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Frome theory test centre? Frome Theory Test Centre is at 2 Baywell House, Tucker Close, Frome BA11 5LS (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Frome Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** 2 Baywell House, Tucker Close, Frome BA11 5LS - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.229205486666665&mlon=-2.3084575666666667#map=17/51.229205486666665/-2.3084575666666667) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.229205486666665,-2.3084575666666667) Nearest other centres: [Bristol](/theory-test-centres/bristol/) (21 mi) · [Yeovil](/theory-test-centres/yeovil/) (24 mi) · [Salisbury](/theory-test-centres/salisbury/) (25 mi) · [Blandford Forum](/theory-test-centres/blandford-forum/) (27 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Frome? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Frome centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Frome as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Frome theory test centre?** Bristol Theory Test Centre, about 21 miles away. If Frome has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Frome?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Galashiels Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/galashiels/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Galashiels Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Galashiels — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Galashiels theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Galashiels theory test centre? Galashiels Theory Test Centre is at Suite 2B Ladhope Business Centre, 54 Ladhope Vale, Galashiels TD1 1BT (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Galashiels Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 2B Ladhope Business Centre, 54 Ladhope Vale, Galashiels TD1 1BT - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=55.61878779130434&mlon=-2.8091771478260865#map=17/55.61878779130434/-2.8091771478260865) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=55.61878779130434,-2.8091771478260865) Nearest other centres: [Edinburgh](/theory-test-centres/edinburgh/) (28 mi) · [North Berwick](/theory-test-centres/north-berwick/) (31 mi) · [Berwick](/theory-test-centres/berwick/) (33 mi) · [Lanark](/theory-test-centres/lanark/) (38 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Galashiels? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Galashiels centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Galashiels as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Galashiels theory test centre?** Edinburgh Theory Test Centre, about 28 miles away. If Galashiels has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Galashiels?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Glasgow Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/glasgow/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Glasgow Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Glasgow — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Glasgow theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Glasgow theory test centre? Glasgow Theory Test Centre is at Third Floor, Empire House, 131 West Nile Street, Glasgow G1 2RX (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Glasgow Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Third Floor, Empire House, 131 West Nile Street, Glasgow G1 2RX - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=55.86420589444444&mlon=-4.254851088888889#map=17/55.86420589444444/-4.254851088888889) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=55.86420589444444,-4.254851088888889) Nearest other centres: [Dumbarton](/theory-test-centres/dumbarton/) (13 mi) · [Greenock](/theory-test-centres/greenock/) (20 mi) · [Stirling](/theory-test-centres/stirling/) (21 mi) · [Lanark](/theory-test-centres/lanark/) (23 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Glasgow? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Glasgow centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Glasgow as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Glasgow theory test centre?** Dumbarton Theory Test Centre, about 13 miles away. If Glasgow has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Glasgow?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Glossop Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/glossop/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Glossop Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Glossop — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Glossop theory test centre serves candidates across East Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Glossop theory test centre? Glossop Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, Glossop Business Centre, The Old Co-Op Building, 10 Railway Street, Glossop SK13 7AG (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Glossop Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, Glossop Business Centre, The Old Co-Op Building, 10 Railway Street, Glossop SK13 7AG - **REGION:** EAST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.44381338518519&mlon=-1.95059085#map=17/53.44381338518519/-1.95059085) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.44381338518519,-1.95059085) Nearest other centres: [Stockport](/theory-test-centres/stockport/) (9 mi) · [Manchester](/theory-test-centres/manchester/) (11 mi) · [Huddersfield](/theory-test-centres/huddersfield/) (15 mi) · [Sheffield](/theory-test-centres/sheffield/) (20 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Glossop? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Glossop centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Glossop as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Glossop theory test centre?** Stockport Theory Test Centre, about 9 miles away. If Glossop has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Glossop?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Gloucester Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/gloucester/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Gloucester Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Gloucester — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Gloucester theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Gloucester theory test centre? Gloucester Theory Test Centre is at Third Floor, Eastgate House, 121-131 Eastgate Street, Gloucester GL1 1PX (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Gloucester Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Third Floor, Eastgate House, 121-131 Eastgate Street, Gloucester GL1 1PX - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.86267051363637&mlon=-2.2399996045454547#map=17/51.86267051363637/-2.2399996045454547) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.86267051363637,-2.2399996045454547) Nearest other centres: [Cheltenham](/theory-test-centres/cheltenham/) (8 mi) · [Worcester](/theory-test-centres/worcester/) (23 mi) · [Hereford](/theory-test-centres/hereford/) (24 mi) · [Bristol](/theory-test-centres/bristol/) (28 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Gloucester? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Gloucester centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Gloucester as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Gloucester theory test centre?** Cheltenham Theory Test Centre, about 8 miles away. If Gloucester has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Gloucester?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Grantham Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/grantham/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Grantham Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Grantham — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Grantham theory test centre serves candidates across East Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Grantham theory test centre? Grantham Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, 70a Castlegate, Grantham NG31 6SH (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Grantham Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, 70a Castlegate, Grantham NG31 6SH - **REGION:** EAST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.911910716666675&mlon=-0.6405451249999999#map=17/52.911910716666675/-0.6405451249999999) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.911910716666675,-0.6405451249999999) Nearest other centres: [Nottingham](/theory-test-centres/nottingham/) (21 mi) · [Lincoln](/theory-test-centres/lincoln/) (22 mi) · [Leicester](/theory-test-centres/leicester/) (28 mi) · [Peterborough](/theory-test-centres/peterborough/) (29 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Grantham? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Grantham centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Grantham as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Grantham theory test centre?** Nottingham Theory Test Centre, about 21 miles away. If Grantham has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Grantham?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Greenock Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/greenock/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Greenock Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Greenock — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Greenock theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Greenock theory test centre? Greenock Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Victory Court, 2 Arthur Street, Greenock PA15 4RT (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Greenock Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Victory Court, 2 Arthur Street, Greenock PA15 4RT - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=55.942729428&mlon=-4.743547276#map=17/55.942729428/-4.743547276) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=55.942729428,-4.743547276) Nearest other centres: [Dumbarton](/theory-test-centres/dumbarton/) (7 mi) · [Dunoon](/theory-test-centres/dunoon/) (7 mi) · [Rothesay](/theory-test-centres/rothesay/) (14 mi) · [Glasgow](/theory-test-centres/glasgow/) (20 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Greenock? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Greenock centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Greenock as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Greenock theory test centre?** Dumbarton Theory Test Centre, about 7 miles away. If Greenock has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Greenock?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Guildford Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/guildford/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Guildford Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Guildford — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Guildford theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Guildford theory test centre? Guildford Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, The Old Magistrates Court, 71 North Street, Guildford GU1 4AW (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Guildford Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, The Old Magistrates Court, 71 North Street, Guildford GU1 4AW - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.23669249333333&mlon=-0.57251346#map=17/51.23669249333333/-0.57251346) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.23669249333333,-0.57251346) Nearest other centres: [Aldershot](/theory-test-centres/aldershot/) (8 mi) · [Staines](/theory-test-centres/staines/) (14 mi) · [Horley](/theory-test-centres/horley/) (18 mi) · [Slough](/theory-test-centres/slough/) (19 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Guildford? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Guildford centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Guildford as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Guildford theory test centre?** Aldershot Theory Test Centre, about 8 miles away. If Guildford has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Guildford?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Harrogate Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/harrogate/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Yorkshire and The Humber · DVSA theory test centre # Harrogate Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Harrogate — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Harrogate theory test centre serves candidates across Yorkshire and The Humber. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Harrogate theory test centre? Harrogate Theory Test Centre is at Scottsdale House, Second Floor, 10-31 Springfield Avenue, Harrogate HG1 2HR (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Harrogate Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Scottsdale House, Second Floor, 10-31 Springfield Avenue, Harrogate HG1 2HR - **REGION:** YORKSHIRE AND THE HUMBER - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.99792603563218&mlon=-1.5426680425287356#map=17/53.99792603563218/-1.5426680425287356) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.99792603563218,-1.5426680425287356) Nearest other centres: [Leeds](/theory-test-centres/leeds/) (14 mi) · [Bradford](/theory-test-centres/bradford/) (16 mi) · [York](/theory-test-centres/york/) (19 mi) · [Northallerton](/theory-test-centres/northallerton/) (25 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Harrogate? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Harrogate centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Harrogate as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Harrogate theory test centre?** Leeds Theory Test Centre, about 14 miles away. If Harrogate has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Harrogate?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Hastings Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/hastings/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Hastings Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Hastings — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Hastings theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Hastings theory test centre? Hastings Theory Test Centre is at Phillips House, Drury Lane, St Leonards-on-Sea, Hastings TN38 9BA (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Hastings Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Phillips House, Drury Lane, St Leonards-on-Sea, Hastings TN38 9BA - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.86831084222223&mlon=0.5485096266666667#map=17/50.86831084222223/0.5485096266666667) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.86831084222223,0.5485096266666667) Nearest other centres: [Eastbourne](/theory-test-centres/eastbourne/) (13 mi) · [New Romney](/theory-test-centres/new-romney/) (21 mi) · [Royal Tunbridge Wells](/theory-test-centres/royal-tunbridge-wells/) (22 mi) · [Brighton](/theory-test-centres/brighton/) (31 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Hastings? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Hastings centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Hastings as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Hastings theory test centre?** Eastbourne Theory Test Centre, about 13 miles away. If Hastings has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Hastings?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Hereford Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/hereford/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. West Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Hereford Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Hereford — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Hereford theory test centre serves candidates across West Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Hereford theory test centre? Hereford Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Penn House, 9-10 Broad Street, Hereford HR4 9AP (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Hereford Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Penn House, 9-10 Broad Street, Hereford HR4 9AP - **REGION:** WEST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.055465947169814&mlon=-2.717195245283019#map=17/52.055465947169814/-2.717195245283019) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.055465947169814,-2.717195245283019) Nearest other centres: [Worcester](/theory-test-centres/worcester/) (23 mi) · [Gloucester](/theory-test-centres/gloucester/) (24 mi) · [Cheltenham](/theory-test-centres/cheltenham/) (29 mi) · [Builth Wells](/theory-test-centres/builth-wells/) (30 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Hereford? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Hereford centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Hereford as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Hereford theory test centre?** Worcester Theory Test Centre, about 23 miles away. If Hereford has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Hereford?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Hertford Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/hertford/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East of England · DVSA theory test centre # Hertford Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Hertford — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Hertford theory test centre serves candidates across East of England. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Hertford theory test centre? Hertford Theory Test Centre is at Suite 2, Ground Floor, Stag House, Old London Road, Hertford SG13 7LA (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Hertford Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 2, Ground Floor, Stag House, Old London Road, Hertford SG13 7LA - **REGION:** EAST OF ENGLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.79684936428571&mlon=-0.07228502142857142#map=17/51.79684936428571/-0.07228502142857142) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.79684936428571,-0.07228502142857142) Nearest other centres: [North Finchley](/theory-test-centres/north-finchley/) (13 mi) · [Luton](/theory-test-centres/luton/) (16 mi) · [Watford](/theory-test-centres/watford/) (16 mi) · [Ilford](/theory-test-centres/ilford/) (18 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Hertford? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Hertford centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Hertford as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Hertford theory test centre?** North Finchley Theory Test Centre, about 13 miles away. If Hertford has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Hertford?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Hexham Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/hexham/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North East · DVSA theory test centre # Hexham Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Hexham — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Hexham theory test centre serves candidates across North East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Hexham theory test centre? Hexham Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, Priory Building, Hexham Abbey, Beaumont Street, Hexham NE46 3NB (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Hexham Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, Priory Building, Hexham Abbey, Beaumont Street, Hexham NE46 3NB - **REGION:** NORTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.97132687142857&mlon=-2.1035297857142856#map=17/54.97132687142857/-2.1035297857142856) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.97132687142857,-2.1035297857142856) Nearest other centres: [Newcastle](/theory-test-centres/newcastle/) (20 mi) · [Bishop Auckland](/theory-test-centres/bishop-auckland/) (27 mi) · [Sunderland](/theory-test-centres/sunderland/) (29 mi) · [Penrith](/theory-test-centres/penrith/) (33 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Hexham? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Hexham centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Hexham as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Hexham theory test centre?** Newcastle Theory Test Centre, about 20 miles away. If Hexham has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Hexham?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Horley Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/horley/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Horley Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Horley — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Horley theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Horley theory test centre? Horley Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, 77 Victoria Road, Horley, Surrey RH6 7QH (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Horley Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, 77 Victoria Road, Horley, Surrey RH6 7QH - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.17103113265306&mlon=-0.16300006734693878#map=17/51.17103113265306/-0.16300006734693878) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.17103113265306,-0.16300006734693878) Nearest other centres: [Croydon](/theory-test-centres/croydon/) (14 mi) · [Morden](/theory-test-centres/morden/) (16 mi) · [Guildford](/theory-test-centres/guildford/) (18 mi) · [Royal Tunbridge Wells](/theory-test-centres/royal-tunbridge-wells/) (19 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Horley? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Horley centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Horley as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Horley theory test centre?** Croydon Theory Test Centre, about 14 miles away. If Horley has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Horley?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Huddersfield Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/huddersfield/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Yorkshire and The Humber · DVSA theory test centre # Huddersfield Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Huddersfield — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Huddersfield theory test centre serves candidates across Yorkshire and The Humber. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Huddersfield theory test centre? Huddersfield Theory Test Centre is at Seventh Floor, Kirklees House, 30 Market Street, Huddersfield HD1 2HG (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Huddersfield Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Seventh Floor, Kirklees House, 30 Market Street, Huddersfield HD1 2HG - **REGION:** YORKSHIRE AND THE HUMBER - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.64527213636364&mlon=-1.7851194772727275#map=17/53.64527213636364/-1.7851194772727275) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.64527213636364,-1.7851194772727275) Nearest other centres: [Bradford](/theory-test-centres/bradford/) (11 mi) · [Leeds](/theory-test-centres/leeds/) (14 mi) · [Glossop](/theory-test-centres/glossop/) (15 mi) · [Burnley](/theory-test-centres/burnley/) (21 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Huddersfield? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Huddersfield centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Huddersfield as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Huddersfield theory test centre?** Bradford Theory Test Centre, about 11 miles away. If Huddersfield has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Huddersfield?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Hull Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/hull/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Yorkshire and The Humber · DVSA theory test centre # Hull Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Hull — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Hull theory test centre serves candidates across Yorkshire and The Humber. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Hull theory test centre? Hull Theory Test Centre is at Second Floor, Utility House, 32-36 Prospect Street, Hull HU2 8PX (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Hull Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Second Floor, Utility House, 32-36 Prospect Street, Hull HU2 8PX - **REGION:** YORKSHIRE AND THE HUMBER - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.74740111578947&mlon=-0.3453973263157895#map=17/53.74740111578947/-0.3453973263157895) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.74740111578947,-0.3453973263157895) Nearest other centres: [York](/theory-test-centres/york/) (33 mi) · [Doncaster](/theory-test-centres/doncaster/) (36 mi) · [Lincoln](/theory-test-centres/lincoln/) (37 mi) · [Scarborough](/theory-test-centres/scarborough/) (37 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Hull? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Hull centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Hull as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Hull theory test centre?** York Theory Test Centre, about 33 miles away. If Hull has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Hull?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Huntingdon Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/huntingdon/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East of England · DVSA theory test centre # Huntingdon Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Huntingdon — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Huntingdon theory test centre serves candidates across East of England. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Huntingdon theory test centre? Huntingdon Theory Test Centre is at Hartford Village Hall, 16 Main Street, Hartford, Huntingdon PE29 1YS (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Huntingdon Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Hartford Village Hall, 16 Main Street, Hartford, Huntingdon PE29 1YS - **REGION:** EAST OF ENGLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.33764288&mlon=-0.16009357#map=17/52.33764288/-0.16009357) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.33764288,-0.16009357) Nearest other centres: [Cambridge](/theory-test-centres/cambridge/) (16 mi) · [Peterborough](/theory-test-centres/peterborough/) (17 mi) · [Rushden](/theory-test-centres/rushden/) (19 mi) · [Corby](/theory-test-centres/corby/) (25 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Huntingdon? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Huntingdon centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Huntingdon as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Huntingdon theory test centre?** Cambridge Theory Test Centre, about 16 miles away. If Huntingdon has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Huntingdon?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Huntly Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/huntly/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Huntly Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Huntly — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Huntly theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Huntly theory test centre? Huntly Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, The Linden Centre, Castle Street, Huntly AB54 4SE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Huntly Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, The Linden Centre, Castle Street, Huntly AB54 4SE - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=57.45096630909091&mlon=-2.784158154545455#map=17/57.45096630909091/-2.784158154545455) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=57.45096630909091,-2.784158154545455) Nearest other centres: [Elgin](/theory-test-centres/elgin/) (24 mi) · [Ballater](/theory-test-centres/ballater/) (29 mi) · [Aberdeen](/theory-test-centres/aberdeen/) (33 mi) · [Peterhead](/theory-test-centres/peterhead/) (37 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Huntly? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Huntly centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Huntly as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Huntly theory test centre?** Elgin Theory Test Centre, about 24 miles away. If Huntly has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Huntly?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Ilford Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/ilford/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. London · DVSA theory test centre # Ilford Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Ilford — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Ilford theory test centre serves candidates across London. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Ilford theory test centre? Ilford Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Pioneer Point, 3-5 Winston Way, Ilford IG1 2FS (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Ilford Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Pioneer Point, 3-5 Winston Way, Ilford IG1 2FS - **REGION:** LONDON - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.557397150602405&mlon=0.07051012530120482#map=17/51.557397150602405/0.07051012530120482) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.557397150602405,0.07051012530120482) Nearest other centres: [Bethnal Green](/theory-test-centres/bethnal-green/) (6 mi) · [Southwark](/theory-test-centres/london-southwark/) (9 mi) · [Sidcup](/theory-test-centres/sidcup/) (10 mi) · [North Finchley](/theory-test-centres/north-finchley/) (11 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Ilford? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Ilford centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Ilford as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Ilford theory test centre?** Bethnal Green Theory Test Centre, about 6 miles away. If Ilford has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Ilford?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Ipswich Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/ipswich/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East of England · DVSA theory test centre # Ipswich Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Ipswich — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Ipswich theory test centre serves candidates across East of England. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Ipswich theory test centre? Ipswich Theory Test Centre is at Suite 1, Second Floor, Hubbard House, 6 Civic Drive, Ipswich IP1 2QA (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Ipswich Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 1, Second Floor, Hubbard House, 6 Civic Drive, Ipswich IP1 2QA - **REGION:** EAST OF ENGLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.0596277115942&mlon=1.1473975594202899#map=17/52.0596277115942/1.1473975594202899) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.0596277115942,1.1473975594202899) Nearest other centres: [Colchester](/theory-test-centres/colchester/) (15 mi) · [Saxmundham](/theory-test-centres/saxmundham/) (18 mi) · [Bury St Edmunds](/theory-test-centres/bury-st-edmunds/) (21 mi) · [Diss](/theory-test-centres/diss/) (22 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Ipswich? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Ipswich centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Ipswich as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Ipswich theory test centre?** Colchester Theory Test Centre, about 15 miles away. If Ipswich has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Ipswich?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Kendal Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/kendal/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North West · DVSA theory test centre # Kendal Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Kendal — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Kendal theory test centre serves candidates across North West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Kendal theory test centre? Kendal Theory Test Centre is at Unit 2A, The Westmorland Shopping Centre, Stricklandgate, Kendal LA9 4LR (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Kendal Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Unit 2A, The Westmorland Shopping Centre, Stricklandgate, Kendal LA9 4LR - **REGION:** NORTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.328965385074625&mlon=-2.7464387597014923#map=17/54.328965385074625/-2.7464387597014923) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.328965385074625,-2.7464387597014923) Nearest other centres: [Millom](/theory-test-centres/millom/) (22 mi) · [Penrith](/theory-test-centres/penrith/) (23 mi) · [Barrow](/theory-test-centres/barrow/) (25 mi) · [Workington](/theory-test-centres/workington/) (39 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Kendal? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Kendal centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Kendal as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Kendal theory test centre?** Millom Theory Test Centre, about 22 miles away. If Kendal has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Kendal?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Kings Lynn Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/kings-lynn/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East of England · DVSA theory test centre # Kings Lynn Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Kings Lynn — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Kings Lynn theory test centre serves candidates across East of England. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Kings Lynn theory test centre? Kings Lynn Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, 26 High Street, Kings Lynn PE30 1BP (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Kings Lynn Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, 26 High Street, Kings Lynn PE30 1BP - **REGION:** EAST OF ENGLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.75328787777778&mlon=0.3957660333333333#map=17/52.75328787777778/0.3957660333333333) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.75328787777778,0.3957660333333333) Nearest other centres: [Peterborough](/theory-test-centres/peterborough/) (29 mi) · [Huntingdon](/theory-test-centres/huntingdon/) (37 mi) · [Bury St Edmunds](/theory-test-centres/bury-st-edmunds/) (39 mi) · [Diss](/theory-test-centres/diss/) (40 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Kings Lynn? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Kings Lynn centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Kings Lynn as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Kings Lynn theory test centre?** Peterborough Theory Test Centre, about 29 miles away. If Kings Lynn has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Kings Lynn?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Kingsbridge Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/kingsbridge/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Kingsbridge Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Kingsbridge — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Kingsbridge theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Kingsbridge theory test centre? Kingsbridge Theory Test Centre is at Ground floor, 1 Duke Street Court, Bridge Street, Kingsbridge TQ7 1HX (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Kingsbridge Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground floor, 1 Duke Street Court, Bridge Street, Kingsbridge TQ7 1HX - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.28443836&mlon=-3.77664525#map=17/50.28443836/-3.77664525) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.28443836,-3.77664525) Nearest other centres: [Torquay](/theory-test-centres/torquay/) (17 mi) · [Plymouth](/theory-test-centres/plymouth/) (17 mi) · [Exeter](/theory-test-centres/exeter/) (33 mi) · [Launceston](/theory-test-centres/launceston/) (36 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Kingsbridge? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Kingsbridge centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Kingsbridge as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Kingsbridge theory test centre?** Torquay Theory Test Centre, about 17 miles away. If Kingsbridge has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Kingsbridge?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Kirkbymoorside Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/kirkbymoorside/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Yorkshire and The Humber · DVSA theory test centre # Kirkbymoorside Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Kirkbymoorside — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Kirkbymoorside theory test centre serves candidates across Yorkshire and The Humber. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Kirkbymoorside theory test centre? Kirkbymoorside Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, Community Library and Information Centre, Church House, 7 High Market Place, Kirkbymoorside YO62 6AT (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Kirkbymoorside Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, Community Library and Information Centre, Church House, 7 High Market Place, Kirkbymoorside YO62 6AT - **REGION:** YORKSHIRE AND THE HUMBER - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.270565983333334&mlon=-0.9329697055555557#map=17/54.270565983333334/-0.9329697055555557) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.270565983333334,-0.9329697055555557) Nearest other centres: [Northallerton](/theory-test-centres/northallerton/) (21 mi) · [Scarborough](/theory-test-centres/scarborough/) (21 mi) · [York](/theory-test-centres/york/) (22 mi) · [Middlesbrough](/theory-test-centres/middlesbrough/) (24 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Kirkbymoorside? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Kirkbymoorside centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Kirkbymoorside as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Kirkbymoorside theory test centre?** Northallerton Theory Test Centre, about 21 miles away. If Kirkbymoorside has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Kirkbymoorside?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Lanark Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/lanark/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Lanark Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Lanark — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Lanark theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Lanark theory test centre? Lanark Theory Test Centre is at St Nicholas Church Hall, Ground Floor, Castlegate, Lanark ML11 9DZ (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Lanark Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** St Nicholas Church Hall, Ground Floor, Castlegate, Lanark ML11 9DZ - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=55.67310942666666&mlon=-3.7804756033333335#map=17/55.67310942666666/-3.7804756033333335) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=55.67310942666666,-3.7804756033333335) Nearest other centres: [Glasgow](/theory-test-centres/glasgow/) (23 mi) · [Cumnock](/theory-test-centres/cumnock/) (24 mi) · [Edinburgh](/theory-test-centres/edinburgh/) (30 mi) · [Stirling](/theory-test-centres/stirling/) (32 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Lanark? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Lanark centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Lanark as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Lanark theory test centre?** Glasgow Theory Test Centre, about 23 miles away. If Lanark has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Lanark?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Launceston Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/launceston/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Launceston Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Launceston — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Launceston theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Launceston theory test centre? Launceston Theory Test Centre is at Car Park, Orchard Electrics, Newport Industrial Estate, Launceston PL15 8EX (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Launceston Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Car Park, Orchard Electrics, Newport Industrial Estate, Launceston PL15 8EX - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.64024898518518&mlon=-4.359064966666667#map=17/50.64024898518518/-4.359064966666667) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.64024898518518,-4.359064966666667) Nearest other centres: [Plymouth](/theory-test-centres/plymouth/) (21 mi) · [Barnstaple](/theory-test-centres/barnstaple/) (33 mi) · [Kingsbridge](/theory-test-centres/kingsbridge/) (36 mi) · [Exeter](/theory-test-centres/exeter/) (37 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Launceston? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Launceston centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Launceston as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Launceston theory test centre?** Plymouth Theory Test Centre, about 21 miles away. If Launceston has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Launceston?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Leeds Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/leeds/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Yorkshire and The Humber · DVSA theory test centre # Leeds Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Leeds — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Leeds theory test centre serves candidates across Yorkshire and The Humber. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Leeds theory test centre? Leeds Theory Test Centre is at Whitehall Waterfront, 2 Riverside Way, Leeds LS1 4EH (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Leeds Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Whitehall Waterfront, 2 Riverside Way, Leeds LS1 4EH - **REGION:** YORKSHIRE AND THE HUMBER - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.79377383&mlon=-1.55664213#map=17/53.79377383/-1.55664213) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.79377383,-1.55664213) Nearest other centres: [Bradford](/theory-test-centres/bradford/) (8 mi) · [Huddersfield](/theory-test-centres/huddersfield/) (14 mi) · [Harrogate](/theory-test-centres/harrogate/) (14 mi) · [York](/theory-test-centres/york/) (22 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Leeds? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Leeds centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Leeds as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Leeds theory test centre?** Bradford Theory Test Centre, about 8 miles away. If Leeds has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Leeds?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Leicester Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/leicester/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Leicester Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Leicester — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Leicester theory test centre serves candidates across East Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Leicester theory test centre? Leicester Theory Test Centre is at Third Floor, Block A, Phoenix Yard, Upper Brown Street, Leicester LE1 5AG (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Leicester Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Third Floor, Block A, Phoenix Yard, Upper Brown Street, Leicester LE1 5AG - **REGION:** EAST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.631659840740745&mlon=-1.135756262962963#map=17/52.631659840740745/-1.135756262962963) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.631659840740745,-1.135756262962963) Nearest other centres: [Corby](/theory-test-centres/corby/) (21 mi) · [Coventry](/theory-test-centres/coventry/) (22 mi) · [Nottingham](/theory-test-centres/nottingham/) (22 mi) · [Derby](/theory-test-centres/derby/) (23 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Leicester? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Leicester centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Leicester as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Leicester theory test centre?** Corby Theory Test Centre, about 21 miles away. If Leicester has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Leicester?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Leven Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/leven/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Leven Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Leven — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Leven theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Leven theory test centre? Leven Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, Fife Renewables Innovation Centre, Ajax Way, Leven KY8 3RS (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Leven Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, Fife Renewables Innovation Centre, Ajax Way, Leven KY8 3RS - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=56.187552852173916&mlon=-3.001358486956522#map=17/56.187552852173916/-3.001358486956522) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=56.187552852173916,-3.001358486956522) Nearest other centres: [North Berwick](/theory-test-centres/north-berwick/) (14 mi) · [Edinburgh](/theory-test-centres/edinburgh/) (18 mi) · [Dundee](/theory-test-centres/dundee/) (19 mi) · [Stirling](/theory-test-centres/stirling/) (37 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Leven? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Leven centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Leven as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Leven theory test centre?** North Berwick Theory Test Centre, about 14 miles away. If Leven has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Leven?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Lincoln Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/lincoln/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Lincoln Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Lincoln — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Lincoln theory test centre serves candidates across East Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Lincoln theory test centre? Lincoln Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, Lincoln Central Bus Station, Oxford Street, Lincoln LN5 7BS (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Lincoln Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, Lincoln Central Bus Station, Oxford Street, Lincoln LN5 7BS - **REGION:** EAST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.22637486&mlon=-0.53757874#map=17/53.22637486/-0.53757874) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.22637486,-0.53757874) Nearest other centres: [Grantham](/theory-test-centres/grantham/) (22 mi) · [Worksop](/theory-test-centres/worksop/) (25 mi) · [Nottingham](/theory-test-centres/nottingham/) (32 mi) · [Doncaster](/theory-test-centres/doncaster/) (32 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Lincoln? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Lincoln centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Lincoln as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Lincoln theory test centre?** Grantham Theory Test Centre, about 22 miles away. If Lincoln has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Lincoln?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Liverpool Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/liverpool/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North West · DVSA theory test centre # Liverpool Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Liverpool — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Liverpool theory test centre serves candidates across North West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Liverpool theory test centre? Liverpool Theory Test Centre is at Suite 1, Ground Floor, 10 Duke Street, Liverpool L1 5AS (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Liverpool Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 1, Ground Floor, 10 Duke Street, Liverpool L1 5AS - **REGION:** NORTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.40231510612245&mlon=-2.9847366408163265#map=17/53.40231510612245/-2.9847366408163265) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.40231510612245,-2.9847366408163265) Nearest other centres: [Chester](/theory-test-centres/chester/) (15 mi) · [Rhyl](/theory-test-centres/rhyl/) (22 mi) · [Wrexham](/theory-test-centres/wrexham/) (25 mi) · [Bolton](/theory-test-centres/bolton/) (26 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Liverpool? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Liverpool centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Liverpool as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Liverpool theory test centre?** Chester Theory Test Centre, about 15 miles away. If Liverpool has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Liverpool?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Southwark Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/london-southwark/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. London · DVSA theory test centre # Southwark Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Southwark — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Southwark theory test centre serves candidates across London. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Southwark theory test centre? Southwark Theory Test Centre is at Second Floor (South), Manor House, 224-236 Walworth Road, Walworth SE17 1JE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Southwark Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Second Floor (South), Manor House, 224-236 Walworth Road, Walworth SE17 1JE - **REGION:** LONDON - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.48877238214286&mlon=-0.09633130535714286#map=17/51.48877238214286/-0.09633130535714286) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.48877238214286,-0.09633130535714286) Nearest other centres: [Bethnal Green](/theory-test-centres/bethnal-green/) (4 mi) · [Morden](/theory-test-centres/morden/) (7 mi) · [Croydon](/theory-test-centres/croydon/) (8 mi) · [Ilford](/theory-test-centres/ilford/) (9 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Southwark? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Southwark centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Southwark as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Southwark theory test centre?** Bethnal Green Theory Test Centre, about 4 miles away. If Southwark has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Southwark?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Luton Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/luton/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East of England · DVSA theory test centre # Luton Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Luton — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Luton theory test centre serves candidates across East of England. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Luton theory test centre? Luton Theory Test Centre is at Suite 102, Ground Floor, Plaza 668, Hitchin Road, Luton LU2 7XH (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Luton Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 102, Ground Floor, Plaza 668, Hitchin Road, Luton LU2 7XH - **REGION:** EAST OF ENGLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.902753752857144&mlon=-0.3947797414285714#map=17/51.902753752857144/-0.3947797414285714) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.902753752857144,-0.3947797414285714) Nearest other centres: [Hertford](/theory-test-centres/hertford/) (16 mi) · [Watford](/theory-test-centres/watford/) (16 mi) · [Milton Keynes](/theory-test-centres/milton-keynes/) (18 mi) · [Aylesbury](/theory-test-centres/aylesbury/) (20 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Luton? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Luton centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Luton as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Luton theory test centre?** Hertford Theory Test Centre, about 16 miles away. If Luton has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Luton?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Manchester Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/manchester/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North West · DVSA theory test centre # Manchester Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Manchester — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Manchester theory test centre serves candidates across North West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Manchester theory test centre? Manchester Theory Test Centre is at Suite 2, Ground Floor, Red Block 5, Universal Square, Devonshire Street North, Ardwick, Manchester M12 6JH (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Manchester Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 2, Ground Floor, Red Block 5, Universal Square, Devonshire Street North, Ardwick, Manchester M12 6JH - **REGION:** NORTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.470790846428564&mlon=-2.2149307428571428#map=17/53.470790846428564/-2.2149307428571428) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.470790846428564,-2.2149307428571428) Nearest other centres: [Stockport](/theory-test-centres/stockport/) (5 mi) · [Glossop](/theory-test-centres/glossop/) (11 mi) · [Bolton](/theory-test-centres/bolton/) (12 mi) · [Huddersfield](/theory-test-centres/huddersfield/) (21 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Manchester? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Manchester centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Manchester as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Manchester theory test centre?** Stockport Theory Test Centre, about 5 miles away. If Manchester has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Manchester?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Merthyr Tydfil Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/merthyr-tydfil/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Wales · DVSA theory test centre # Merthyr Tydfil Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Merthyr Tydfil — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Merthyr Tydfil theory test centre serves candidates across Wales. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Merthyr Tydfil theory test centre? Merthyr Tydfil Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Ty Keir Hardie, Riverside Court, Avenue de Clichy, Merthyr Tydfil CF47 8LD (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). You can ask to take the theory test in Welsh, or hear it through headphones in Welsh or English, when you book. Remember the default speed limit on restricted roads in Wales is 20 mph. Merthyr Tydfil Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Ty Keir Hardie, Riverside Court, Avenue de Clichy, Merthyr Tydfil CF47 8LD - **REGION:** WALES - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.74816782777778&mlon=-3.3824198333333335#map=17/51.74816782777778/-3.3824198333333335) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.74816782777778,-3.3824198333333335) Nearest other centres: [Bridgend](/theory-test-centres/bridgend/) (19 mi) · [Newport (Gwent)](/theory-test-centres/newport-gwent/) (20 mi) · [Cardiff](/theory-test-centres/cardiff/) (22 mi) · [Swansea](/theory-test-centres/swansea/) (26 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Merthyr Tydfil? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Merthyr Tydfil centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Merthyr Tydfil as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Merthyr Tydfil theory test centre?** Bridgend Theory Test Centre, about 19 miles away. If Merthyr Tydfil has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Merthyr Tydfil?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Middlesbrough Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/middlesbrough/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North East · DVSA theory test centre # Middlesbrough Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Middlesbrough — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Middlesbrough theory test centre serves candidates across North East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Middlesbrough theory test centre? Middlesbrough Theory Test Centre is at Suite 1, First Floor, The Cooperative Buildings, 251-255 Linthorpe Road, Middlesbrough TS1 4AT (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Middlesbrough Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 1, First Floor, The Cooperative Buildings, 251-255 Linthorpe Road, Middlesbrough TS1 4AT - **REGION:** NORTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.569309180000005&mlon=-1.23956542#map=17/54.569309180000005/-1.23956542) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.569309180000005,-1.23956542) Nearest other centres: [Northallerton](/theory-test-centres/northallerton/) (17 mi) · [Bishop Auckland](/theory-test-centres/bishop-auckland/) (19 mi) · [Kirkbymoorside](/theory-test-centres/kirkbymoorside/) (24 mi) · [Sunderland](/theory-test-centres/sunderland/) (24 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Middlesbrough? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Middlesbrough centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Middlesbrough as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Middlesbrough theory test centre?** Northallerton Theory Test Centre, about 17 miles away. If Middlesbrough has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Middlesbrough?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Millom Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/millom/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North West · DVSA theory test centre # Millom Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Millom — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Millom theory test centre serves candidates across North West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Millom theory test centre? Millom Theory Test Centre is at Millom Network Centre, Unit 3, Devonshire Road Industrial Estate, Devonshire Road, Millom LA18 4JS (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Millom Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Millom Network Centre, Unit 3, Devonshire Road Industrial Estate, Devonshire Road, Millom LA18 4JS - **REGION:** NORTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.206434572&mlon=-3.2533252679999998#map=17/54.206434572/-3.2533252679999998) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.206434572,-3.2533252679999998) Nearest other centres: [Barrow](/theory-test-centres/barrow/) (7 mi) · [Kendal](/theory-test-centres/kendal/) (22 mi) · [Workington](/theory-test-centres/workington/) (32 mi) · [Penrith](/theory-test-centres/penrith/) (38 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Millom? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Millom centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Millom as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Millom theory test centre?** Barrow Theory Test Centre, about 7 miles away. If Millom has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Millom?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Milton Keynes Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/milton-keynes/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Milton Keynes Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Milton Keynes — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Milton Keynes theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Milton Keynes theory test centre? Milton Keynes Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Ashton House West, Silbury Boulevard, Milton Keynes MK9 2AH (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Milton Keynes Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Ashton House West, Silbury Boulevard, Milton Keynes MK9 2AH - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.041627102127656&mlon=-0.7644893670212766#map=17/52.041627102127656/-0.7644893670212766) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.041627102127656,-0.7644893670212766) Nearest other centres: [Northampton](/theory-test-centres/northampton/) (14 mi) · [Aylesbury](/theory-test-centres/aylesbury/) (16 mi) · [Luton](/theory-test-centres/luton/) (18 mi) · [Rushden](/theory-test-centres/rushden/) (18 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Milton Keynes? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Milton Keynes centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Milton Keynes as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Milton Keynes theory test centre?** Northampton Theory Test Centre, about 14 miles away. If Milton Keynes has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Milton Keynes?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Minehead Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/minehead/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Minehead Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Minehead — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Minehead theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Minehead theory test centre? Minehead Theory Test Centre is at Office 7, Williton Skills and Enterprise Centre, Beckett House, Bridge Street, Williton TA4 4NR (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Minehead Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Office 7, Williton Skills and Enterprise Centre, Beckett House, Bridge Street, Williton TA4 4NR - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.15898027678571&mlon=-3.3207814285714288#map=17/51.15898027678571/-3.3207814285714288) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.15898027678571,-3.3207814285714288) Nearest other centres: [Taunton](/theory-test-centres/taunton/) (14 mi) · [Cardiff](/theory-test-centres/cardiff/) (22 mi) · [Bridgend](/theory-test-centres/bridgend/) (26 mi) · [Axminster](/theory-test-centres/axminster/) (30 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Minehead? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Minehead centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Minehead as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Minehead theory test centre?** Taunton Theory Test Centre, about 14 miles away. If Minehead has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Minehead?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Morden Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/morden/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. London · DVSA theory test centre # Morden Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Morden — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Morden theory test centre serves candidates across London. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Morden theory test centre? Morden Theory Test Centre is at Second Floor, Athena House, London Road, London SM4 5BE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Morden Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Second Floor, Athena House, London Road, London SM4 5BE - **REGION:** LONDON - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.40267516666667&mlon=-0.19400324761904764#map=17/51.40267516666667/-0.19400324761904764) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.40267516666667,-0.19400324761904764) Nearest other centres: [Croydon](/theory-test-centres/croydon/) (5 mi) · [Southwark](/theory-test-centres/london-southwark/) (7 mi) · [Bethnal Green](/theory-test-centres/bethnal-green/) (11 mi) · [Sidcup](/theory-test-centres/sidcup/) (13 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Morden? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Morden centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Morden as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Morden theory test centre?** Croydon Theory Test Centre, about 5 miles away. If Morden has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Morden?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # New Romney Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/new-romney/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # New Romney Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in New Romney — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The New Romney theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the New Romney theory test centre? New Romney Theory Test Centre is at St Mary's Bay Village Hall, 15 Jefferstone Lane, Romney Marsh TN29 0SW (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. New Romney Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** St Mary's Bay Village Hall, 15 Jefferstone Lane, Romney Marsh TN29 0SW - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.00904554117648&mlon=0.9779214647058823#map=17/51.00904554117648/0.9779214647058823) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.00904554117648,0.9779214647058823) Nearest other centres: [Canterbury](/theory-test-centres/canterbury/) (19 mi) · [Hastings](/theory-test-centres/hastings/) (21 mi) · [Royal Tunbridge Wells](/theory-test-centres/royal-tunbridge-wells/) (32 mi) · [Chatham](/theory-test-centres/chatham/) (33 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in New Romney? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the New Romney centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose New Romney as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the New Romney theory test centre?** Canterbury Theory Test Centre, about 19 miles away. If New Romney has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at New Romney?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Newcastle Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/newcastle/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North East · DVSA theory test centre # Newcastle Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Newcastle — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Newcastle theory test centre serves candidates across North East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Newcastle theory test centre? Newcastle Theory Test Centre is at Suite B, Fourth Floor, Tyne House, The Side, Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 3JA (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Newcastle Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite B, Fourth Floor, Tyne House, The Side, Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 3JA - **REGION:** NORTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.96948272142857&mlon=-1.6087848785714285#map=17/54.96948272142857/-1.6087848785714285) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.96948272142857,-1.6087848785714285) Nearest other centres: [Sunderland](/theory-test-centres/sunderland/) (10 mi) · [Hexham](/theory-test-centres/hexham/) (20 mi) · [Bishop Auckland](/theory-test-centres/bishop-auckland/) (22 mi) · [Alnwick](/theory-test-centres/alnwick/) (31 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Newcastle? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Newcastle centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Newcastle as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Newcastle theory test centre?** Sunderland Theory Test Centre, about 10 miles away. If Newcastle has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Newcastle?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Newport (Gwent) Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/newport-gwent/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Wales · DVSA theory test centre # Newport (Gwent) Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Newport (Gwent) — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Newport (Gwent) theory test centre serves candidates across Wales. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Newport (Gwent) theory test centre? Newport (Gwent) Theory Test Centre is at Sixth Floor, Clarence House, Clarence Place, Newport NP19 7AA (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). You can ask to take the theory test in Welsh, or hear it through headphones in Welsh or English, when you book. Remember the default speed limit on restricted roads in Wales is 20 mph. Newport (Gwent) Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Sixth Floor, Clarence House, Clarence Place, Newport NP19 7AA - **REGION:** WALES - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.59100745692308&mlon=-2.9924940784615384#map=17/51.59100745692308/-2.9924940784615384) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.59100745692308,-2.9924940784615384) Nearest other centres: [Cardiff](/theory-test-centres/cardiff/) (11 mi) · [Merthyr Tydfil](/theory-test-centres/merthyr-tydfil/) (20 mi) · [Bristol](/theory-test-centres/bristol/) (20 mi) · [Bridgend](/theory-test-centres/bridgend/) (26 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Newport (Gwent)? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Newport (Gwent) centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Newport (Gwent) as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Newport (Gwent) theory test centre?** Cardiff Theory Test Centre, about 11 miles away. If Newport (Gwent) has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Newport (Gwent)?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Newport (Isle of Wight) Theory Test Centre: Address > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/newport-isle-of-wight/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Newport (Isle of Wight) Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Newport (Isle of Wight) — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Newport (Isle of Wight) theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Newport (Isle of Wight) theory test centre? Newport (Isle of Wight) Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, 48 Lugley Street, Newport, Isle of Wight PO30 5HD (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Newport (Isle of Wight) Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, 48 Lugley Street, Newport, Isle of Wight PO30 5HD - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.700741149315064&mlon=-1.2950951342465753#map=17/50.700741149315064/-1.2950951342465753) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.700741149315064,-1.2950951342465753) Nearest other centres: [Portsmouth](/theory-test-centres/portsmouth/) (11 mi) · [Fareham](/theory-test-centres/fareham/) (12 mi) · [Southampton](/theory-test-centres/southampton/) (15 mi) · [Chichester](/theory-test-centres/chichester/) (25 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Newport (Isle of Wight)? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Newport (Isle of Wight) centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Newport (Isle of Wight) as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Newport (Isle of Wight) theory test centre?** Portsmouth Theory Test Centre, about 11 miles away. If Newport (Isle of Wight) has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Newport (Isle of Wight)?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Newton Stewart Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/newton-stewart/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Newton Stewart Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Newton Stewart — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Newton Stewart theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Newton Stewart theory test centre? Newton Stewart Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, McMillan Hall, Dashwood Square, Newton Stewart DG8 6EQ (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Newton Stewart Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, McMillan Hall, Dashwood Square, Newton Stewart DG8 6EQ - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.95610919047619&mlon=-4.483707633333333#map=17/54.95610919047619/-4.483707633333333) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.95610919047619,-4.483707633333333) Nearest other centres: [Stranraer](/theory-test-centres/stranraer/) (22 mi) · [Ayr](/theory-test-centres/ayr/) (35 mi) · [Cumnock](/theory-test-centres/cumnock/) (36 mi) · [Dumfries](/theory-test-centres/dumfries/) (37 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Newton Stewart? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Newton Stewart centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Newton Stewart as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Newton Stewart theory test centre?** Stranraer Theory Test Centre, about 22 miles away. If Newton Stewart has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Newton Stewart?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # North Berwick Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/north-berwick/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # North Berwick Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in North Berwick — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The North Berwick theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the North Berwick theory test centre? North Berwick Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, St Andrew Blackadder Church, 6 St Andrew Street, North Berwick EH39 4NU (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. North Berwick Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, St Andrew Blackadder Church, 6 St Andrew Street, North Berwick EH39 4NU - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=56.05772123888889&mlon=-2.720785786111111#map=17/56.05772123888889/-2.720785786111111) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=56.05772123888889,-2.720785786111111) Nearest other centres: [Leven](/theory-test-centres/leven/) (14 mi) · [Edinburgh](/theory-test-centres/edinburgh/) (20 mi) · [Dundee](/theory-test-centres/dundee/) (30 mi) · [Galashiels](/theory-test-centres/galashiels/) (31 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in North Berwick? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the North Berwick centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose North Berwick as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the North Berwick theory test centre?** Leven Theory Test Centre, about 14 miles away. If North Berwick has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at North Berwick?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # North Finchley Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/north-finchley/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. London · DVSA theory test centre # North Finchley Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in North Finchley — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The North Finchley theory test centre serves candidates across London. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the North Finchley theory test centre? North Finchley Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Tally Ho Corner, 711 High Road, North Finchley N12 0BP (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. North Finchley Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Tally Ho Corner, 711 High Road, North Finchley N12 0BP - **REGION:** LONDON - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.61375517407407&mlon=-0.17639138148148148#map=17/51.61375517407407/-0.17639138148148148) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.61375517407407,-0.17639138148148148) Nearest other centres: [Bethnal Green](/theory-test-centres/bethnal-green/) (8 mi) · [Southwark](/theory-test-centres/london-southwark/) (9 mi) · [Watford](/theory-test-centres/watford/) (10 mi) · [Ilford](/theory-test-centres/ilford/) (11 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in North Finchley? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the North Finchley centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose North Finchley as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the North Finchley theory test centre?** Bethnal Green Theory Test Centre, about 8 miles away. If North Finchley has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at North Finchley?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Northallerton Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/northallerton/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Yorkshire and The Humber · DVSA theory test centre # Northallerton Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Northallerton — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Northallerton theory test centre serves candidates across Yorkshire and The Humber. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Northallerton theory test centre? Northallerton Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, Evolution Business Centre, County Business Park, Darlington Road, Northallerton DL6 2NQ (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Northallerton Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, Evolution Business Centre, County Business Park, Darlington Road, Northallerton DL6 2NQ - **REGION:** YORKSHIRE AND THE HUMBER - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.34929212923077&mlon=-1.440114263076923#map=17/54.34929212923077/-1.440114263076923) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.34929212923077,-1.440114263076923) Nearest other centres: [Middlesbrough](/theory-test-centres/middlesbrough/) (17 mi) · [Kirkbymoorside](/theory-test-centres/kirkbymoorside/) (21 mi) · [Bishop Auckland](/theory-test-centres/bishop-auckland/) (23 mi) · [Harrogate](/theory-test-centres/harrogate/) (25 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Northallerton? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Northallerton centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Northallerton as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Northallerton theory test centre?** Middlesbrough Theory Test Centre, about 17 miles away. If Northallerton has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Northallerton?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Northampton Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/northampton/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Northampton Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Northampton — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Northampton theory test centre serves candidates across East Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Northampton theory test centre? Northampton Theory Test Centre is at West Suite, First Floor, Charles House, 61-68 Derngate, Northampton NN1 1UE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Northampton Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** West Suite, First Floor, Charles House, 61-68 Derngate, Northampton NN1 1UE - **REGION:** EAST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.23623993181818&mlon=-0.8914122318181817#map=17/52.23623993181818/-0.8914122318181817) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.23623993181818,-0.8914122318181817) Nearest other centres: [Rushden](/theory-test-centres/rushden/) (13 mi) · [Milton Keynes](/theory-test-centres/milton-keynes/) (14 mi) · [Corby](/theory-test-centres/corby/) (18 mi) · [Coventry](/theory-test-centres/coventry/) (29 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Northampton? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Northampton centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Northampton as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Northampton theory test centre?** Rushden Theory Test Centre, about 13 miles away. If Northampton has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Northampton?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Nottingham Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/nottingham/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Nottingham Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Nottingham — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Nottingham theory test centre serves candidates across East Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Nottingham theory test centre? Nottingham Theory Test Centre is at Suite 1C, First Floor, The Hub, 40 Friar Lane, Nottingham NG1 6DQ (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Nottingham Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 1C, First Floor, The Hub, 40 Friar Lane, Nottingham NG1 6DQ - **REGION:** EAST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.952570266279075&mlon=-1.1518380325581397#map=17/52.952570266279075/-1.1518380325581397) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.952570266279075,-1.1518380325581397) Nearest other centres: [Derby](/theory-test-centres/derby/) (13 mi) · [Grantham](/theory-test-centres/grantham/) (21 mi) · [Leicester](/theory-test-centres/leicester/) (22 mi) · [Chesterfield](/theory-test-centres/chesterfield/) (23 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Nottingham? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Nottingham centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Nottingham as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Nottingham theory test centre?** Derby Theory Test Centre, about 13 miles away. If Nottingham has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Nottingham?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Oxford Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/oxford/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Oxford Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Oxford — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Oxford theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Oxford theory test centre? Oxford Theory Test Centre is at Third Floor, 58 St Aldates, Oxford OX1 1ST (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Oxford Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Third Floor, 58 St Aldates, Oxford OX1 1ST - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.7474868140625&mlon=-1.256813871875#map=17/51.7474868140625/-1.256813871875) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.7474868140625,-1.256813871875) Nearest other centres: [Aylesbury](/theory-test-centres/aylesbury/) (19 mi) · [Reading](/theory-test-centres/reading/) (23 mi) · [Swindon](/theory-test-centres/swindon/) (26 mi) · [Milton Keynes](/theory-test-centres/milton-keynes/) (29 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Oxford? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Oxford centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Oxford as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Oxford theory test centre?** Aylesbury Theory Test Centre, about 19 miles away. If Oxford has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Oxford?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Penrith Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/penrith/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North West · DVSA theory test centre # Penrith Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Penrith — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Penrith theory test centre serves candidates across North West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Penrith theory test centre? Penrith Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Main Hall, Friends Meeting House, Meeting House Lane, Penrith CA11 7TR (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Penrith Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Main Hall, Friends Meeting House, Meeting House Lane, Penrith CA11 7TR - **REGION:** NORTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.666397440000004&mlon=-2.750904555#map=17/54.666397440000004/-2.750904555) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.666397440000004,-2.750904555) Nearest other centres: [Carlisle](/theory-test-centres/carlisle/) (18 mi) · [Kendal](/theory-test-centres/kendal/) (23 mi) · [Workington](/theory-test-centres/workington/) (32 mi) · [Hexham](/theory-test-centres/hexham/) (33 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Penrith? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Penrith centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Penrith as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Penrith theory test centre?** Carlisle Theory Test Centre, about 18 miles away. If Penrith has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Penrith?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Peterborough Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/peterborough/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East of England · DVSA theory test centre # Peterborough Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Peterborough — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Peterborough theory test centre serves candidates across East of England. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Peterborough theory test centre? Peterborough Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Northminster House, Northminster, Peterborough PE1 1YN (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Peterborough Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Northminster House, Northminster, Peterborough PE1 1YN - **REGION:** EAST OF ENGLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.575501876666664&mlon=-0.23971869666666665#map=17/52.575501876666664/-0.23971869666666665) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.575501876666664,-0.23971869666666665) Nearest other centres: [Huntingdon](/theory-test-centres/huntingdon/) (17 mi) · [Corby](/theory-test-centres/corby/) (21 mi) · [Rushden](/theory-test-centres/rushden/) (25 mi) · [Grantham](/theory-test-centres/grantham/) (29 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Peterborough? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Peterborough centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Peterborough as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Peterborough theory test centre?** Huntingdon Theory Test Centre, about 17 miles away. If Peterborough has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Peterborough?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Peterhead Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/peterhead/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Peterhead Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Peterhead — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Peterhead theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Peterhead theory test centre? Peterhead Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, Peterhead Football Club, Balmoor Stadium, Balmoor Terrace, Peterhead AB42 1EQ (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Peterhead Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, Peterhead Football Club, Balmoor Stadium, Balmoor Terrace, Peterhead AB42 1EQ - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=57.511212972&mlon=-1.79364742#map=17/57.511212972/-1.79364742) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=57.511212972,-1.79364742) Nearest other centres: [Aberdeen](/theory-test-centres/aberdeen/) (28 mi) · [Huntly](/theory-test-centres/huntly/) (37 mi) · [Ballater](/theory-test-centres/ballater/) (56 mi) · [Elgin](/theory-test-centres/elgin/) (57 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Peterhead? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Peterhead centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Peterhead as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Peterhead theory test centre?** Aberdeen Theory Test Centre, about 28 miles away. If Peterhead has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Peterhead?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Pitlochry Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/pitlochry/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Pitlochry Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Pitlochry — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Pitlochry theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Pitlochry theory test centre? Pitlochry Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, The Atholl Centre, Atholl Road, Pitlochry PH16 5BX (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Pitlochry Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, The Atholl Centre, Atholl Road, Pitlochry PH16 5BX - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=56.70202512931034&mlon=-3.730438556896552#map=17/56.70202512931034/-3.730438556896552) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=56.70202512931034,-3.730438556896552) Nearest other centres: [Dundee](/theory-test-centres/dundee/) (33 mi) · [Ballater](/theory-test-centres/ballater/) (35 mi) · [Aviemore](/theory-test-centres/aviemore/) (38 mi) · [Crianlarich](/theory-test-centres/crianlarich/) (40 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Pitlochry? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Pitlochry centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Pitlochry as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Pitlochry theory test centre?** Dundee Theory Test Centre, about 33 miles away. If Pitlochry has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Pitlochry?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Plymouth Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/plymouth/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Plymouth Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Plymouth — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Plymouth theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Plymouth theory test centre? Plymouth Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, Princess Court, Princess Street, Plymouth PL1 2EX (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Plymouth Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, Princess Court, Princess Street, Plymouth PL1 2EX - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.36870345&mlon=-4.142810257142857#map=17/50.36870345/-4.142810257142857) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.36870345,-4.142810257142857) Nearest other centres: [Kingsbridge](/theory-test-centres/kingsbridge/) (17 mi) · [Launceston](/theory-test-centres/launceston/) (21 mi) · [Torquay](/theory-test-centres/torquay/) (28 mi) · [Exeter](/theory-test-centres/exeter/) (37 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Plymouth? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Plymouth centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Plymouth as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Plymouth theory test centre?** Kingsbridge Theory Test Centre, about 17 miles away. If Plymouth has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Plymouth?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Portsmouth Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/portsmouth/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Portsmouth Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Portsmouth — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Portsmouth theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Portsmouth theory test centre? Portsmouth Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor Annex, Enterprise House, Isambard Brunel Road, Portsmouth PO1 2RX (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Portsmouth Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor Annex, Enterprise House, Isambard Brunel Road, Portsmouth PO1 2RX - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.797868090476186&mlon=-1.0901975357142857#map=17/50.797868090476186/-1.0901975357142857) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.797868090476186,-1.0901975357142857) Nearest other centres: [Fareham](/theory-test-centres/fareham/) (6 mi) · [Newport (Isle of Wight)](/theory-test-centres/newport-isle-of-wight/) (11 mi) · [Chichester](/theory-test-centres/chichester/) (14 mi) · [Southampton](/theory-test-centres/southampton/) (16 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Portsmouth? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Portsmouth centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Portsmouth as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Portsmouth theory test centre?** Fareham Theory Test Centre, about 6 miles away. If Portsmouth has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Portsmouth?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Preston Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/preston/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North West · DVSA theory test centre # Preston Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Preston — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Preston theory test centre serves candidates across North West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Preston theory test centre? Preston Theory Test Centre is at Sixth Floor, Marshall House, Ring Way, Preston PR1 2QD (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Preston Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Sixth Floor, Marshall House, Ring Way, Preston PR1 2QD - **REGION:** NORTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.76145315454546&mlon=-2.7008106#map=17/53.76145315454546/-2.7008106) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.76145315454546,-2.7008106) Nearest other centres: [Bolton](/theory-test-centres/bolton/) (17 mi) · [Burnley](/theory-test-centres/burnley/) (19 mi) · [Liverpool](/theory-test-centres/liverpool/) (27 mi) · [Manchester](/theory-test-centres/manchester/) (28 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Preston? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Preston centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Preston as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Preston theory test centre?** Bolton Theory Test Centre, about 17 miles away. If Preston has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Preston?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Reading Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/reading/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Reading Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Reading — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Reading theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Reading theory test centre? Reading Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, Greyfriars Gate, Greyfriars Road, Reading RG1 1NU (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Reading Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, Greyfriars Gate, Greyfriars Road, Reading RG1 1NU - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.457527199999994&mlon=-0.9759897#map=17/51.457527199999994/-0.9759897) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.457527199999994,-0.9759897) Nearest other centres: [Slough](/theory-test-centres/slough/) (17 mi) · [Aldershot](/theory-test-centres/aldershot/) (17 mi) · [Staines](/theory-test-centres/staines/) (20 mi) · [Uxbridge](/theory-test-centres/uxbridge/) (22 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Reading? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Reading centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Reading as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Reading theory test centre?** Slough Theory Test Centre, about 17 miles away. If Reading has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Reading?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Redditch Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/redditch/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. West Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Redditch Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Redditch — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Redditch theory test centre serves candidates across West Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Redditch theory test centre? Redditch Theory Test Centre is at Second Floor, Grosvenor House, Prospect Hill, Redditch B97 4DL (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Redditch Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Second Floor, Grosvenor House, Prospect Hill, Redditch B97 4DL - **REGION:** WEST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.30883584259259&mlon=-1.93991315#map=17/52.30883584259259/-1.93991315) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.30883584259259,-1.93991315) Nearest other centres: [Birmingham B](/theory-test-centres/birmingham-b/) (12 mi) · [Birmingham](/theory-test-centres/birmingham/) (12 mi) · [Stratford upon Avon](/theory-test-centres/stratford-upon-avon/) (13 mi) · [Worcester](/theory-test-centres/worcester/) (14 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Redditch? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Redditch centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Redditch as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Redditch theory test centre?** Birmingham B Theory Test Centre, about 12 miles away. If Redditch has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Redditch?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Rhyl Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/rhyl/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Wales · DVSA theory test centre # Rhyl Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Rhyl — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Rhyl theory test centre serves candidates across Wales. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Rhyl theory test centre? Rhyl Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, 3 Bodfor Street, Rhyl, Clwyd LL18 1AS (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). You can ask to take the theory test in Welsh, or hear it through headphones in Welsh or English, when you book. Remember the default speed limit on restricted roads in Wales is 20 mph. Rhyl Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, 3 Bodfor Street, Rhyl, Clwyd LL18 1AS - **REGION:** WALES - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.31931265652174&mlon=-3.4903460217391302#map=17/53.31931265652174/-3.4903460217391302) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.31931265652174,-3.4903460217391302) Nearest other centres: [Liverpool](/theory-test-centres/liverpool/) (22 mi) · [Chester](/theory-test-centres/chester/) (27 mi) · [Wrexham](/theory-test-centres/wrexham/) (28 mi) · [Bala](/theory-test-centres/bala/) (29 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Rhyl? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Rhyl centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Rhyl as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Rhyl theory test centre?** Liverpool Theory Test Centre, about 22 miles away. If Rhyl has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Rhyl?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Rothesay Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/rothesay/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Rothesay Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Rothesay — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Rothesay theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Rothesay theory test centre? Rothesay Theory Test Centre is at Mill Cottage Hall, Barone Road, Rothesay PA20 9DP (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Rothesay Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Mill Cottage Hall, Barone Road, Rothesay PA20 9DP - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=55.839500987037034&mlon=-5.048480498148148#map=17/55.839500987037034/-5.048480498148148) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=55.839500987037034,-5.048480498148148) Nearest other centres: [Dunoon](/theory-test-centres/dunoon/) (9 mi) · [Greenock](/theory-test-centres/greenock/) (14 mi) · [Brodick (Isle of Arran)](/theory-test-centres/brodick-isle-of-arran/) (19 mi) · [Dumbarton](/theory-test-centres/dumbarton/) (20 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Rothesay? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Rothesay centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Rothesay as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Rothesay theory test centre?** Dunoon Theory Test Centre, about 9 miles away. If Rothesay has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Rothesay?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Royal Tunbridge Wells Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/royal-tunbridge-wells/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Royal Tunbridge Wells Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Royal Tunbridge Wells — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Royal Tunbridge Wells theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Royal Tunbridge Wells theory test centre? Royal Tunbridge Wells Theory Test Centre is at Foundation House, Coach & Horses Passage, The Pantiles, Tunbridge Wells TN2 5NP (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Royal Tunbridge Wells Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Foundation House, Coach & Horses Passage, The Pantiles, Tunbridge Wells TN2 5NP - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.12586756&mlon=0.25845078#map=17/51.12586756/0.25845078) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.12586756,0.25845078) Nearest other centres: [Horley](/theory-test-centres/horley/) (19 mi) · [Chatham](/theory-test-centres/chatham/) (21 mi) · [Sidcup](/theory-test-centres/sidcup/) (21 mi) · [Hastings](/theory-test-centres/hastings/) (22 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Royal Tunbridge Wells? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Royal Tunbridge Wells centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Royal Tunbridge Wells as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Royal Tunbridge Wells theory test centre?** Horley Theory Test Centre, about 19 miles away. If Royal Tunbridge Wells has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Royal Tunbridge Wells?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Rushden Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/rushden/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Rushden Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Rushden — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Rushden theory test centre serves candidates across East Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Rushden theory test centre? Rushden Theory Test Centre is at Park Road Baptist Church, Park Road, Rushden NN10 0RG (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Rushden Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Park Road Baptist Church, Park Road, Rushden NN10 0RG - **REGION:** EAST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.287059299999996&mlon=-0.5933840705882353#map=17/52.287059299999996/-0.5933840705882353) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.287059299999996,-0.5933840705882353) Nearest other centres: [Northampton](/theory-test-centres/northampton/) (13 mi) · [Corby](/theory-test-centres/corby/) (14 mi) · [Milton Keynes](/theory-test-centres/milton-keynes/) (18 mi) · [Huntingdon](/theory-test-centres/huntingdon/) (19 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Rushden? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Rushden centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Rushden as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Rushden theory test centre?** Northampton Theory Test Centre, about 13 miles away. If Rushden has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Rushden?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Salisbury Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/salisbury/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Salisbury Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Salisbury — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Salisbury theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Salisbury theory test centre? Salisbury Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Warner House, 123 Castle Street, Salisbury SP1 3TB (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Salisbury Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Warner House, 123 Castle Street, Salisbury SP1 3TB - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.07335869736842&mlon=-1.7965023368421051#map=17/51.07335869736842/-1.7965023368421051) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.07335869736842,-1.7965023368421051) Nearest other centres: [Andover](/theory-test-centres/andover/) (17 mi) · [Southampton](/theory-test-centres/southampton/) (20 mi) · [Blandford Forum](/theory-test-centres/blandford-forum/) (22 mi) · [Frome](/theory-test-centres/frome/) (25 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Salisbury? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Salisbury centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Salisbury as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Salisbury theory test centre?** Andover Theory Test Centre, about 17 miles away. If Salisbury has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Salisbury?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Saxmundham Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/saxmundham/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East of England · DVSA theory test centre # Saxmundham Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Saxmundham — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Saxmundham theory test centre serves candidates across East of England. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Saxmundham theory test centre? Saxmundham Theory Test Centre is at Fromus Community Centre, Block E, Street Farm Road, Saxmundham IP17 1AL (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Saxmundham Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Fromus Community Centre, Block E, Street Farm Road, Saxmundham IP17 1AL - **REGION:** EAST OF ENGLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.21657405&mlon=1.4934358875000002#map=17/52.21657405/1.4934358875000002) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.21657405,1.4934358875000002) Nearest other centres: [Ipswich](/theory-test-centres/ipswich/) (18 mi) · [Diss](/theory-test-centres/diss/) (20 mi) · [Bury St Edmunds](/theory-test-centres/bury-st-edmunds/) (32 mi) · [Colchester](/theory-test-centres/colchester/) (33 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Saxmundham? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Saxmundham centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Saxmundham as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Saxmundham theory test centre?** Ipswich Theory Test Centre, about 18 miles away. If Saxmundham has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Saxmundham?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Scarborough Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/scarborough/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Yorkshire and The Humber · DVSA theory test centre # Scarborough Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Scarborough — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Scarborough theory test centre serves candidates across Yorkshire and The Humber. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Scarborough theory test centre? Scarborough Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, 49 Westborough, Scarborough YO11 1UN (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Scarborough Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, 49 Westborough, Scarborough YO11 1UN - **REGION:** YORKSHIRE AND THE HUMBER - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.280825191666665&mlon=-0.40360853055555557#map=17/54.280825191666665/-0.40360853055555557) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.280825191666665,-0.40360853055555557) Nearest other centres: [Kirkbymoorside](/theory-test-centres/kirkbymoorside/) (21 mi) · [York](/theory-test-centres/york/) (35 mi) · [Hull](/theory-test-centres/hull/) (37 mi) · [Middlesbrough](/theory-test-centres/middlesbrough/) (39 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Scarborough? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Scarborough centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Scarborough as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Scarborough theory test centre?** Kirkbymoorside Theory Test Centre, about 21 miles away. If Scarborough has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Scarborough?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Sheffield Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/sheffield/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Yorkshire and The Humber · DVSA theory test centre # Sheffield Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Sheffield — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Sheffield theory test centre serves candidates across Yorkshire and The Humber. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Sheffield theory test centre? Sheffield Theory Test Centre is at Seventh Floor, St James House, Vicar Lane, Sheffield S1 2EX (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Sheffield Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Seventh Floor, St James House, Vicar Lane, Sheffield S1 2EX - **REGION:** YORKSHIRE AND THE HUMBER - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.38303987011494&mlon=-1.4712824022988504#map=17/53.38303987011494/-1.4712824022988504) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.38303987011494,-1.4712824022988504) Nearest other centres: [Chesterfield](/theory-test-centres/chesterfield/) (10 mi) · [Worksop](/theory-test-centres/worksop/) (15 mi) · [Doncaster](/theory-test-centres/doncaster/) (17 mi) · [Glossop](/theory-test-centres/glossop/) (20 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Sheffield? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Sheffield centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Sheffield as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Sheffield theory test centre?** Chesterfield Theory Test Centre, about 10 miles away. If Sheffield has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Sheffield?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Shrewsbury Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/shrewsbury/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. West Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Shrewsbury Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Shrewsbury — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Shrewsbury theory test centre serves candidates across West Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Shrewsbury theory test centre? Shrewsbury Theory Test Centre is at Suite 2, Ground Floor, Canon Court West, Abbey Lawn, Abbey Foregate, Shrewsbury SY2 5DE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Shrewsbury Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 2, Ground Floor, Canon Court West, Abbey Lawn, Abbey Foregate, Shrewsbury SY2 5DE - **REGION:** WEST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.70901789855073&mlon=-2.7425844130434784#map=17/52.70901789855073/-2.7425844130434784) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.70901789855073,-2.7425844130434784) Nearest other centres: [Wrexham](/theory-test-centres/wrexham/) (26 mi) · [Wolverhampton](/theory-test-centres/wolverhampton/) (27 mi) · [Crewe](/theory-test-centres/crewe/) (30 mi) · [Dudley](/theory-test-centres/dudley/) (31 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Shrewsbury? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Shrewsbury centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Shrewsbury as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Shrewsbury theory test centre?** Wrexham Theory Test Centre, about 26 miles away. If Shrewsbury has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Shrewsbury?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Sidcup Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/sidcup/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. London · DVSA theory test centre # Sidcup Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Sidcup — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Sidcup theory test centre serves candidates across London. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Sidcup theory test centre? Sidcup Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Nexus House, 2 Cray Road, Sidcup DA14 5DA (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Sidcup Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Nexus House, 2 Cray Road, Sidcup DA14 5DA - **REGION:** LONDON - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.4184473&mlon=0.1181853#map=17/51.4184473/0.1181853) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.4184473,0.1181853) Nearest other centres: [Croydon](/theory-test-centres/croydon/) (10 mi) · [Ilford](/theory-test-centres/ilford/) (10 mi) · [Southwark](/theory-test-centres/london-southwark/) (10 mi) · [Bethnal Green](/theory-test-centres/bethnal-green/) (11 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Sidcup? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Sidcup centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Sidcup as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Sidcup theory test centre?** Croydon Theory Test Centre, about 10 miles away. If Sidcup has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Sidcup?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Slough Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/slough/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Slough Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Slough — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Slough theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Slough theory test centre? Slough Theory Test Centre is at Brooklands House, Brooklands Business Park, Petersfield Avenue, Slough SL2 5DY (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Slough Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Brooklands House, Brooklands Business Park, Petersfield Avenue, Slough SL2 5DY - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.51394936153846&mlon=-0.589030182051282#map=17/51.51394936153846/-0.589030182051282) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.51394936153846,-0.589030182051282) Nearest other centres: [Uxbridge](/theory-test-centres/uxbridge/) (5 mi) · [Staines](/theory-test-centres/staines/) (7 mi) · [Watford](/theory-test-centres/watford/) (14 mi) · [Reading](/theory-test-centres/reading/) (17 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Slough? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Slough centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Slough as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Slough theory test centre?** Uxbridge Theory Test Centre, about 5 miles away. If Slough has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Slough?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Southampton Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/southampton/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Southampton Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Southampton — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Southampton theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Southampton theory test centre? Southampton Theory Test Centre is at South Suite, Second Floor, Anglo City House, 2-6 Shirley Road, Southampton SO15 3EU (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Southampton Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** South Suite, Second Floor, Anglo City House, 2-6 Shirley Road, Southampton SO15 3EU - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.90919860357143&mlon=-1.4174423571428572#map=17/50.90919860357143/-1.4174423571428572) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.90919860357143,-1.4174423571428572) Nearest other centres: [Fareham](/theory-test-centres/fareham/) (11 mi) · [Newport (Isle of Wight)](/theory-test-centres/newport-isle-of-wight/) (15 mi) · [Portsmouth](/theory-test-centres/portsmouth/) (16 mi) · [Salisbury](/theory-test-centres/salisbury/) (20 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Southampton? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Southampton centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Southampton as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Southampton theory test centre?** Fareham Theory Test Centre, about 11 miles away. If Southampton has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Southampton?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Southend on Sea Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/southend-on-sea/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East of England · DVSA theory test centre # Southend on Sea Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Southend on Sea — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Southend on Sea theory test centre serves candidates across East of England. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Southend on Sea theory test centre? Southend on Sea Theory Test Centre is at Third Floor, Tylers House, 5 Tylers Avenue, Southend-On-Sea SS1 2BB (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Southend on Sea Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Third Floor, Tylers House, 5 Tylers Avenue, Southend-On-Sea SS1 2BB - **REGION:** EAST OF ENGLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.53738909130435&mlon=0.7154940217391305#map=17/51.53738909130435/0.7154940217391305) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.53738909130435,0.7154940217391305) Nearest other centres: [Chatham](/theory-test-centres/chatham/) (14 mi) · [Chelmsford](/theory-test-centres/chelmsford/) (17 mi) · [Canterbury](/theory-test-centres/canterbury/) (24 mi) · [Colchester](/theory-test-centres/colchester/) (26 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Southend on Sea? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Southend on Sea centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Southend on Sea as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Southend on Sea theory test centre?** Chatham Theory Test Centre, about 14 miles away. If Southend on Sea has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Southend on Sea?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Staines Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/staines/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Staines Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Staines — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Staines theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Staines theory test centre? Staines Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, 11-17 Kingston Road, Staines TW18 4QX (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Staines Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, 11-17 Kingston Road, Staines TW18 4QX - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.4347772&mlon=-0.5048386#map=17/51.4347772/-0.5048386) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.4347772,-0.5048386) Nearest other centres: [Slough](/theory-test-centres/slough/) (7 mi) · [Uxbridge](/theory-test-centres/uxbridge/) (8 mi) · [Morden](/theory-test-centres/morden/) (14 mi) · [Guildford](/theory-test-centres/guildford/) (14 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Staines? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Staines centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Staines as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Staines theory test centre?** Slough Theory Test Centre, about 7 miles away. If Staines has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Staines?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Stirling Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/stirling/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Stirling Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Stirling — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Stirling theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Stirling theory test centre? Stirling Theory Test Centre is at Suite 2, Part of Unit 1, Ground Floor, Lomond Court, Castle Business Park, Stirling FK9 4TU (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Stirling Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Suite 2, Part of Unit 1, Ground Floor, Lomond Court, Castle Business Park, Stirling FK9 4TU - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=56.127995383333335&mlon=-3.9600701966666665#map=17/56.127995383333335/-3.9600701966666665) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=56.127995383333335,-3.9600701966666665) Nearest other centres: [Glasgow](/theory-test-centres/glasgow/) (21 mi) · [Dumbarton](/theory-test-centres/dumbarton/) (27 mi) · [Crianlarich](/theory-test-centres/crianlarich/) (31 mi) · [Edinburgh](/theory-test-centres/edinburgh/) (32 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Stirling? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Stirling centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Stirling as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Stirling theory test centre?** Glasgow Theory Test Centre, about 21 miles away. If Stirling has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Stirling?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Stockport Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/stockport/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North West · DVSA theory test centre # Stockport Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Stockport — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Stockport theory test centre serves candidates across North West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Stockport theory test centre? Stockport Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, 1 St Peters Square, Stockport SK1 1NZ (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Stockport Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, 1 St Peters Square, Stockport SK1 1NZ - **REGION:** NORTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.40959335263158&mlon=-2.1594233894736843#map=17/53.40959335263158/-2.1594233894736843) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.40959335263158,-2.1594233894736843) Nearest other centres: [Manchester](/theory-test-centres/manchester/) (5 mi) · [Glossop](/theory-test-centres/glossop/) (9 mi) · [Bolton](/theory-test-centres/bolton/) (16 mi) · [Huddersfield](/theory-test-centres/huddersfield/) (22 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Stockport? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Stockport centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Stockport as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Stockport theory test centre?** Manchester Theory Test Centre, about 5 miles away. If Stockport has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Stockport?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Stoke-on-Trent Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/stoke-on-trent/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. West Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Stoke-on-Trent Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Stoke-on-Trent — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Stoke-on-Trent theory test centre serves candidates across West Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Stoke-on-Trent theory test centre? Stoke-on-Trent Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Unit 8A, Whittle Court, Town Road Business Quarter, Hanley ST1 2QE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Stoke-on-Trent Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Unit 8A, Whittle Court, Town Road Business Quarter, Hanley ST1 2QE - **REGION:** WEST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.032566207692305&mlon=-2.171855353846154#map=17/53.032566207692305/-2.171855353846154) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.032566207692305,-2.171855353846154) Nearest other centres: [Crewe](/theory-test-centres/crewe/) (12 mi) · [Stockport](/theory-test-centres/stockport/) (26 mi) · [Glossop](/theory-test-centres/glossop/) (30 mi) · [Manchester](/theory-test-centres/manchester/) (30 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Stoke-on-Trent? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Stoke-on-Trent centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Stoke-on-Trent as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Stoke-on-Trent theory test centre?** Crewe Theory Test Centre, about 12 miles away. If Stoke-on-Trent has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Stoke-on-Trent?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Stranraer Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/stranraer/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Scotland · DVSA theory test centre # Stranraer Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Stranraer — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Stranraer theory test centre serves candidates across Scotland. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Stranraer theory test centre? Stranraer Theory Test Centre is at Meeting Room, First Floor, Stranraer Library, 7-10 North Strand Street, Stranraer DG9 7LD (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same across Great Britain. In Scotland, parking on pavements, at dropped kerbs and double parking are banned — a rule the Highway Code now reflects. Stranraer Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Meeting Room, First Floor, Stranraer Library, 7-10 North Strand Street, Stranraer DG9 7LD - **REGION:** SCOTLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.9050196&mlon=-5.026450182608696#map=17/54.9050196/-5.026450182608696) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.9050196,-5.026450182608696) Nearest other centres: [Newton Stewart](/theory-test-centres/newton-stewart/) (22 mi) · [Ayr](/theory-test-centres/ayr/) (42 mi) · [Brodick (Isle of Arran)](/theory-test-centres/brodick-isle-of-arran/) (47 mi) · [Cumnock](/theory-test-centres/cumnock/) (49 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Stranraer? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Stranraer centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Stranraer as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Stranraer theory test centre?** Newton Stewart Theory Test Centre, about 22 miles away. If Stranraer has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Stranraer?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Stratford upon Avon Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/stratford-upon-avon/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. West Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Stratford upon Avon Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Stratford upon Avon — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Stratford upon Avon theory test centre serves candidates across West Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Stratford upon Avon theory test centre? Stratford upon Avon Theory Test Centre is at Second Floor, Packwood House, Guild Street, Stratford CV37 6RP (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Stratford upon Avon Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Second Floor, Packwood House, Guild Street, Stratford CV37 6RP - **REGION:** WEST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.193807612820514&mlon=-1.7051150000000002#map=17/52.193807612820514/-1.7051150000000002) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.193807612820514,-1.7051150000000002) Nearest other centres: [Redditch](/theory-test-centres/redditch/) (13 mi) · [Coventry](/theory-test-centres/coventry/) (17 mi) · [Birmingham B](/theory-test-centres/birmingham-b/) (22 mi) · [Birmingham](/theory-test-centres/birmingham/) (22 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Stratford upon Avon? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Stratford upon Avon centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Stratford upon Avon as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Stratford upon Avon theory test centre?** Redditch Theory Test Centre, about 13 miles away. If Stratford upon Avon has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Stratford upon Avon?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Sunderland Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/sunderland/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North East · DVSA theory test centre # Sunderland Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Sunderland — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Sunderland theory test centre serves candidates across North East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Sunderland theory test centre? Sunderland Theory Test Centre is at Unit 1B, Echo 24 Building, West Wear Street, Sunderland SR1 1XD (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Sunderland Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Unit 1B, Echo 24 Building, West Wear Street, Sunderland SR1 1XD - **REGION:** NORTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.90898239292929&mlon=-1.3811633313131313#map=17/54.90898239292929/-1.3811633313131313) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.90898239292929,-1.3811633313131313) Nearest other centres: [Newcastle](/theory-test-centres/newcastle/) (10 mi) · [Bishop Auckland](/theory-test-centres/bishop-auckland/) (21 mi) · [Middlesbrough](/theory-test-centres/middlesbrough/) (24 mi) · [Hexham](/theory-test-centres/hexham/) (29 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Sunderland? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Sunderland centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Sunderland as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Sunderland theory test centre?** Newcastle Theory Test Centre, about 10 miles away. If Sunderland has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Sunderland?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Sutton Coldfield Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/sutton-coldfield/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. West Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Sutton Coldfield Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Sutton Coldfield — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Sutton Coldfield theory test centre serves candidates across West Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Sutton Coldfield theory test centre? Sutton Coldfield Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, 31-33 Birmingham Road, Sutton Coldfield B72 1QE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Sutton Coldfield Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, 31-33 Birmingham Road, Sutton Coldfield B72 1QE - **REGION:** WEST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.55861258&mlon=-1.82620146#map=17/52.55861258/-1.82620146) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.55861258,-1.82620146) Nearest other centres: [Birmingham B](/theory-test-centres/birmingham-b/) (6 mi) · [Birmingham](/theory-test-centres/birmingham/) (6 mi) · [Dudley](/theory-test-centres/dudley/) (11 mi) · [Wolverhampton](/theory-test-centres/wolverhampton/) (13 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Sutton Coldfield? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Sutton Coldfield centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Sutton Coldfield as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Sutton Coldfield theory test centre?** Birmingham B Theory Test Centre, about 6 miles away. If Sutton Coldfield has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Sutton Coldfield?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Swansea Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/swansea/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Wales · DVSA theory test centre # Swansea Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Swansea — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Swansea theory test centre serves candidates across Wales. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Swansea theory test centre? Swansea Theory Test Centre is at Second Floor, Grove House, 3 Grove Place, Swansea SA1 5DF (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). You can ask to take the theory test in Welsh, or hear it through headphones in Welsh or English, when you book. Remember the default speed limit on restricted roads in Wales is 20 mph. Swansea Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Second Floor, Grove House, 3 Grove Place, Swansea SA1 5DF - **REGION:** WALES - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.6226269&mlon=-3.944753546666667#map=17/51.6226269/-3.944753546666667) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.6226269,-3.944753546666667) Nearest other centres: [Bridgend](/theory-test-centres/bridgend/) (18 mi) · [Merthyr Tydfil](/theory-test-centres/merthyr-tydfil/) (26 mi) · [Cardiff](/theory-test-centres/cardiff/) (35 mi) · [Barnstaple](/theory-test-centres/barnstaple/) (38 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Swansea? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Swansea centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Swansea as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Swansea theory test centre?** Bridgend Theory Test Centre, about 18 miles away. If Swansea has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Swansea?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Swindon Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/swindon/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Swindon Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Swindon — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Swindon theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Swindon theory test centre? Swindon Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, South Suite, Ambrose House, 30-33 Milton Road, Swindon SN1 5JA (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Swindon Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, South Suite, Ambrose House, 30-33 Milton Road, Swindon SN1 5JA - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.55997401857143&mlon=-1.7897662228571427#map=17/51.55997401857143/-1.7897662228571427) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.55997401857143,-1.7897662228571427) Nearest other centres: [Oxford](/theory-test-centres/oxford/) (26 mi) · [Cheltenham](/theory-test-centres/cheltenham/) (27 mi) · [Andover](/theory-test-centres/andover/) (28 mi) · [Gloucester](/theory-test-centres/gloucester/) (28 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Swindon? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Swindon centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Swindon as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Swindon theory test centre?** Oxford Theory Test Centre, about 26 miles away. If Swindon has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Swindon?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Taunton Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/taunton/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Taunton Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Taunton — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Taunton theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Taunton theory test centre? Taunton Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Victoria House, Victoria Street, Taunton TA1 3FA (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Taunton Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Victoria House, Victoria Street, Taunton TA1 3FA - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.01500637901235&mlon=-3.0900622432098768#map=17/51.01500637901235/-3.0900622432098768) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.01500637901235,-3.0900622432098768) Nearest other centres: [Minehead](/theory-test-centres/minehead/) (14 mi) · [Axminster](/theory-test-centres/axminster/) (17 mi) · [Yeovil](/theory-test-centres/yeovil/) (21 mi) · [Exeter](/theory-test-centres/exeter/) (27 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Taunton? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Taunton centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Taunton as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Taunton theory test centre?** Minehead Theory Test Centre, about 14 miles away. If Taunton has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Taunton?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Torquay Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/torquay/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Torquay Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Torquay — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Torquay theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Torquay theory test centre? Torquay Theory Test Centre is at Rooms 36-37, First Floor, Castle Circus House, 136 Union Street, Torquay TQ2 5QG (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Torquay Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Rooms 36-37, First Floor, Castle Circus House, 136 Union Street, Torquay TQ2 5QG - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.46842893625&mlon=-3.5333523425#map=17/50.46842893625/-3.5333523425) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.46842893625,-3.5333523425) Nearest other centres: [Kingsbridge](/theory-test-centres/kingsbridge/) (17 mi) · [Exeter](/theory-test-centres/exeter/) (18 mi) · [Plymouth](/theory-test-centres/plymouth/) (28 mi) · [Axminster](/theory-test-centres/axminster/) (32 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Torquay? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Torquay centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Torquay as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Torquay theory test centre?** Kingsbridge Theory Test Centre, about 17 miles away. If Torquay has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Torquay?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Uxbridge Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/uxbridge/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. London · DVSA theory test centre # Uxbridge Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Uxbridge — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Uxbridge theory test centre serves candidates across London. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Uxbridge theory test centre? Uxbridge Theory Test Centre is at Second Floor, Union House, 2 Vine Street, Uxbridge UB8 1QE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Uxbridge Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Second Floor, Union House, 2 Vine Street, Uxbridge UB8 1QE - **REGION:** LONDON - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.54463383188406&mlon=-0.4782300942028986#map=17/51.54463383188406/-0.4782300942028986) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.54463383188406,-0.4782300942028986) Nearest other centres: [Slough](/theory-test-centres/slough/) (5 mi) · [Staines](/theory-test-centres/staines/) (8 mi) · [Watford](/theory-test-centres/watford/) (10 mi) · [North Finchley](/theory-test-centres/north-finchley/) (14 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Uxbridge? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Uxbridge centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Uxbridge as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Uxbridge theory test centre?** Slough Theory Test Centre, about 5 miles away. If Uxbridge has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Uxbridge?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Watford Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/watford/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East of England · DVSA theory test centre # Watford Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Watford — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Watford theory test centre serves candidates across East of England. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Watford theory test centre? Watford Theory Test Centre is at Unit 3, Orient Centre, Greycaine Road, Watford WD24 7GP (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Watford Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Unit 3, Orient Centre, Greycaine Road, Watford WD24 7GP - **REGION:** EAST OF ENGLAND - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=51.67671958064516&mlon=-0.3875232096774194#map=17/51.67671958064516/-0.3875232096774194) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=51.67671958064516,-0.3875232096774194) Nearest other centres: [Uxbridge](/theory-test-centres/uxbridge/) (10 mi) · [North Finchley](/theory-test-centres/north-finchley/) (10 mi) · [Slough](/theory-test-centres/slough/) (14 mi) · [Luton](/theory-test-centres/luton/) (16 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Watford? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Watford centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Watford as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Watford theory test centre?** Uxbridge Theory Test Centre, about 10 miles away. If Watford has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Watford?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Weymouth Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/weymouth/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Weymouth Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Weymouth — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Weymouth theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Weymouth theory test centre? Weymouth Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, Phoenix House, St Nicholas Street, Weymouth DT4 8AA (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Weymouth Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, Phoenix House, St Nicholas Street, Weymouth DT4 8AA - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.60871025416666&mlon=-2.4556705875#map=17/50.60871025416666/-2.4556705875) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.60871025416666,-2.4556705875) Nearest other centres: [Blandford Forum](/theory-test-centres/blandford-forum/) (21 mi) · [Yeovil](/theory-test-centres/yeovil/) (24 mi) · [Bournemouth](/theory-test-centres/bournemouth/) (26 mi) · [Axminster](/theory-test-centres/axminster/) (27 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Weymouth? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Weymouth centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Weymouth as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Weymouth theory test centre?** Blandford Forum Theory Test Centre, about 21 miles away. If Weymouth has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Weymouth?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Wolverhampton Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/wolverhampton/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. West Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Wolverhampton Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Wolverhampton — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Wolverhampton theory test centre serves candidates across West Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Wolverhampton theory test centre? Wolverhampton Theory Test Centre is at Second Floor, Derwent House, 42-46 Waterloo Road, Wolverhamption WV1 4XB (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Wolverhampton Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Second Floor, Derwent House, 42-46 Waterloo Road, Wolverhamption WV1 4XB - **REGION:** WEST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.58740142631579&mlon=-2.1322103#map=17/52.58740142631579/-2.1322103) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.58740142631579,-2.1322103) Nearest other centres: [Dudley](/theory-test-centres/dudley/) (6 mi) · [Birmingham B](/theory-test-centres/birmingham-b/) (12 mi) · [Birmingham](/theory-test-centres/birmingham/) (12 mi) · [Sutton Coldfield](/theory-test-centres/sutton-coldfield/) (13 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Wolverhampton? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Wolverhampton centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Wolverhampton as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Wolverhampton theory test centre?** Dudley Theory Test Centre, about 6 miles away. If Wolverhampton has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Wolverhampton?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Worcester Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/worcester/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. West Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Worcester Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Worcester — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Worcester theory test centre serves candidates across West Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Worcester theory test centre? Worcester Theory Test Centre is at Third Floor, Haswell House, St Nicholas Street, Worcester WR1 1UN (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Worcester Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Third Floor, Haswell House, St Nicholas Street, Worcester WR1 1UN - **REGION:** WEST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=52.194214&mlon=-2.2200955#map=17/52.194214/-2.2200955) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=52.194214,-2.2200955) Nearest other centres: [Redditch](/theory-test-centres/redditch/) (14 mi) · [Cheltenham](/theory-test-centres/cheltenham/) (21 mi) · [Stratford upon Avon](/theory-test-centres/stratford-upon-avon/) (22 mi) · [Dudley](/theory-test-centres/dudley/) (22 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Worcester? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Worcester centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Worcester as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Worcester theory test centre?** Redditch Theory Test Centre, about 14 miles away. If Worcester has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Worcester?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Workington Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/workington/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. North West · DVSA theory test centre # Workington Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Workington — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Workington theory test centre serves candidates across North West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Workington theory test centre? Workington Theory Test Centre is at 17 Murray Road, Workington, Cumbria CA14 2AD (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Workington Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** 17 Murray Road, Workington, Cumbria CA14 2AD - **REGION:** NORTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=54.64368813&mlon=-3.547791655#map=17/54.64368813/-3.547791655) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=54.64368813,-3.547791655) Nearest other centres: [Dumfries](/theory-test-centres/dumfries/) (29 mi) · [Carlisle](/theory-test-centres/carlisle/) (30 mi) · [Penrith](/theory-test-centres/penrith/) (32 mi) · [Millom](/theory-test-centres/millom/) (32 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Workington? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Workington centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Workington as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Workington theory test centre?** Dumfries Theory Test Centre, about 29 miles away. If Workington has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Workington?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Worksop Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/worksop/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. East Midlands · DVSA theory test centre # Worksop Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Worksop — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Worksop theory test centre serves candidates across East Midlands. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Worksop theory test centre? Worksop Theory Test Centre is at Worksop - The Crossing Church, Newcastle Street, Worksop S80 2AT (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Worksop Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Worksop - The Crossing Church, Newcastle Street, Worksop S80 2AT - **REGION:** EAST MIDLANDS - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.30404715&mlon=-1.1239725333333335#map=17/53.30404715/-1.1239725333333335) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.30404715,-1.1239725333333335) Nearest other centres: [Chesterfield](/theory-test-centres/chesterfield/) (14 mi) · [Doncaster](/theory-test-centres/doncaster/) (15 mi) · [Sheffield](/theory-test-centres/sheffield/) (15 mi) · [Nottingham](/theory-test-centres/nottingham/) (24 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Worksop? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Worksop centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Worksop as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Worksop theory test centre?** Chesterfield Theory Test Centre, about 14 miles away. If Worksop has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Worksop?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Worthing Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/worthing/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South East · DVSA theory test centre # Worthing Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Worthing — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Worthing theory test centre serves candidates across South East. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Worthing theory test centre? Worthing Theory Test Centre is at First Floor, Chatsworth House, 31 Chatsworth Road, Worthing BN11 1LY (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Worthing Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** First Floor, Chatsworth House, 31 Chatsworth Road, Worthing BN11 1LY - **REGION:** SOUTH EAST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.81299997971014&mlon=-0.36889481014492753#map=17/50.81299997971014/-0.36889481014492753) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.81299997971014,-0.36889481014492753) Nearest other centres: [Brighton](/theory-test-centres/brighton/) (10 mi) · [Chichester](/theory-test-centres/chichester/) (18 mi) · [Horley](/theory-test-centres/horley/) (26 mi) · [Eastbourne](/theory-test-centres/eastbourne/) (29 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Worthing? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Worthing centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Worthing as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Worthing theory test centre?** Brighton Theory Test Centre, about 10 miles away. If Worthing has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Worthing?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Wrexham Theory Test Centre | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/wrexham/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Wales · DVSA theory test centre # Wrexham Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Wrexham — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Wrexham theory test centre serves candidates across Wales. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Wrexham theory test centre? Wrexham Theory Test Centre is at Unit 7, Ground Floor, 3 Henblas Street, Wrexham LL13 8AE (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). You can ask to take the theory test in Welsh, or hear it through headphones in Welsh or English, when you book. Remember the default speed limit on restricted roads in Wales is 20 mph. Wrexham Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Unit 7, Ground Floor, 3 Henblas Street, Wrexham LL13 8AE - **REGION:** WALES - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.046447891666666&mlon=-2.9923151166666666#map=17/53.046447891666666/-2.9923151166666666) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.046447891666666,-2.9923151166666666) Nearest other centres: [Chester](/theory-test-centres/chester/) (11 mi) · [Crewe](/theory-test-centres/crewe/) (23 mi) · [Liverpool](/theory-test-centres/liverpool/) (25 mi) · [Shrewsbury](/theory-test-centres/shrewsbury/) (26 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Wrexham? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Wrexham centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Wrexham as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Wrexham theory test centre?** Chester Theory Test Centre, about 11 miles away. If Wrexham has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Wrexham?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Yeovil Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/yeovil/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. South West · DVSA theory test centre # Yeovil Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in Yeovil — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The Yeovil theory test centre serves candidates across South West. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the Yeovil theory test centre? Yeovil Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, The Coach House, Penn Hill, Yeovil BA20 1SF (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. Yeovil Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, The Coach House, Penn Hill, Yeovil BA20 1SF - **REGION:** SOUTH WEST - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=50.939322415053766&mlon=-2.63193075483871#map=17/50.939322415053766/-2.63193075483871) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=50.939322415053766,-2.63193075483871) Nearest other centres: [Axminster](/theory-test-centres/axminster/) (19 mi) · [Taunton](/theory-test-centres/taunton/) (21 mi) · [Blandford Forum](/theory-test-centres/blandford-forum/) (21 mi) · [Weymouth](/theory-test-centres/weymouth/) (24 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in Yeovil? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the Yeovil centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose Yeovil as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the Yeovil theory test centre?** Axminster Theory Test Centre, about 19 miles away. If Yeovil has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at Yeovil?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # York Theory Test Centre: Address & Tips | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-centres/york/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Yorkshire and The Humber · DVSA theory test centre # York Theory Test Centre Everything you need for theory test day in York — the centre details, booking, what to bring, and a free mock test to make sure you only go once. Quick answer The York theory test centre serves candidates across Yorkshire and The Humber. Book the £23 test on GOV.UK, bring your photocard licence, and aim for 43/50 on the multiple-choice part — you can check you're ready with our free mock theory test. ## Where is the York theory test centre? York Theory Test Centre is at Ground Floor, The Old Fire Station, 18 Clifford Street, York YO1 9RD (address from GOV.UK’s official theory test centre finder). The theory test is the same everywhere in Great Britain: the same question bank, time limit and pass marks apply at every centre. York Theory Test Centre - **ADDRESS:** Ground Floor, The Old Fire Station, 18 Clifford Street, York YO1 9RD - **REGION:** YORKSHIRE AND THE HUMBER - **TEST FEE:** £23 · BOOK VIA GOV.UK [Book at this centre on GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) Map: [OpenStreetMap](https://www.openstreetmap.org/?mlat=53.956866472972976&mlon=-1.081929445945946#map=17/53.956866472972976/-1.081929445945946) · [Google Maps](https://www.google.com/maps/search/?api=1&query=53.956866472972976,-1.081929445945946) Nearest other centres: [Harrogate](/theory-test-centres/harrogate/) (19 mi) · [Leeds](/theory-test-centres/leeds/) (22 mi) · [Kirkbymoorside](/theory-test-centres/kirkbymoorside/) (22 mi) · [Bradford](/theory-test-centres/bradford/) (30 mi) ## How should you prepare for a test in York? Candidates who sit a full mock under timed conditions before test day walk in knowing what 50 questions in 57 minutes actually feels like. [Take the free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) Or revise a weak area first — all [14 DVSA topics](/theory-test/) have free practice questions. ## Frequently asked questions **### How do I book a theory test at the York centre?** Book through the official GOV.UK service (£23) and choose York as your preferred centre. Avoid third-party booking sites — they charge a markup for the same slot. **### What do I need to bring on test day?** Your UK photocard driving licence (provisional or full). Arrive 15 minutes early — if you’re late or forget your licence you can’t sit the test and you lose the fee. **### What is the nearest alternative to the York theory test centre?** Harrogate Theory Test Centre, about 19 miles away. If York has no suitable dates, check nearby centres on GOV.UK when you book — the test, fee and pass mark are the same at every centre. **### What is the pass mark at York?** The same everywhere in Great Britain: 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions, plus 44 out of 75 on hazard perception, both in one sitting. --- # Free Theory Test Revision Checklist | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-checklist/ — last reviewed 2026-09-30. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free tool · No signup # Your theory test revision checklist Keep your revision in one place. Tick off each task, return to anything you need to practise again, and print a copy whenever it helps. ## Work through it at your own pace These ticks record what you have worked on; they are not a prediction of your test result. Revisit weak topics and practise hazard perception as well as multiple-choice questions. 0 of 19 tasks complete With JavaScript enabled, your ticks save in this browser. No account or email needed. ## Start with a baseline - Take a mock and note which topics need work [Take a free mock](/mock-theory-test/) ## Revise each topic and practise its questions - Alertness [Read guide](/theory-test/alertness/)[Practise questions](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - Attitude [Read guide](/theory-test/attitude/)[Practise questions](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - Essential Documents [Read guide](/theory-test/essential-documents/)[Practise questions](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - Hazard Awareness [Read guide](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/)[Practise questions](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies [Read guide](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/)[Practise questions](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - Motorway Rules [Read guide](/theory-test/motorway-rules/)[Practise questions](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - Other Types of Vehicle [Read guide](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/)[Practise questions](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - Road & Traffic Signs [Read guide](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/)[Practise questions](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - Rules of the Road [Read guide](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/)[Practise questions](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - Safety & Your Vehicle [Read guide](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/)[Practise questions](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - Safety Margins [Read guide](/theory-test/safety-margins/)[Practise questions](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - Vehicle Handling [Read guide](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/)[Practise questions](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - Vehicle Loading [Read guide](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/)[Practise questions](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - Vulnerable Road Users [Read guide](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/)[Practise questions](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) ## Practise both parts of the test - Read the hazard perception guide and practise official clips [Practise hazard perception](/hazard-perception/) - Review mistakes, then try a fresh mock [Take another mock](/mock-theory-test/) ## Prepare for test day - Check the current test-day document requirements [Check GOV.UK](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/what-to-take) - Check your booking confirmation and plan your journey [Find your centre](/theory-test-centres/) ## Need help with your next step? Use the [guide finder](/guides/) or follow our [theory test revision plan](/how-to-pass-theory-test/). If your name changed after booking, check our [driving licence name-change guide](/change-name-driving-licence/). --- # Driving Theory Test Questions and Answers | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test-questions/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. 709 questions · 14 topics · Free with answers # 709 free driving theory test questions and answers Every question has the correct answer, a plain-English explanation and the Highway Code rule behind it. [Start a free mock test](/mock-theory-test/) [Browse by topic](#topics) Quick answer This page is the index to 709 free UK driving theory test questions and answers, organised by the 14 official DVSA topics. Every question uses the real test’s four-option format and explains the answer with its Highway Code rule. Practise one topic at a time, or sit a random 50-question mock drawn from the whole bank. ## How many questions are there for each topic? The DVSA does not publish how many questions each topic contributes to the real test, so this bank covers all 14 in depth. Road signs is the largest topic, as it is in most question banks. Practice questions per DVSA topic — last reviewed 26 September 2026 | Topic | Questions | Practise | | --- | --- | --- | | [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/) | 40 | [Alertness quiz](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) | | [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/) | 45 | [Attitude quiz](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) | | [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/) | 35 | [Essential Documents quiz](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) | | [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) | 54 | [Hazard Awareness quiz](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) | | [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) | 50 | [Incidents & Emergencies quiz](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) | | [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) | 55 | [Motorway Rules quiz](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) | | [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) | 35 | [Other Vehicles quiz](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) | | [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) | 90 | [Road Signs quiz](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) | | [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) | 70 | [Rules of the Road quiz](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) | | [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) | 55 | [Vehicle Safety quiz](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) | | [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/) | 45 | [Stopping Distances quiz](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) | | [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) | 50 | [Vehicle Handling quiz](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) | | [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) | 25 | [Vehicle Loading & Towing quiz](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) | | [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) | 60 | [Vulnerable Road Users quiz](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) | ## What do the questions look like? Here are three answered examples from every topic. Each topic’s quiz has the full set, with instant-feedback practice and a timed test. ### [Alertness questions](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) **You're driving on a motorway and begin to feel drowsy. What should you do?** A. Open a window and continue to your destination B. Stop on the hard shoulder for a short rest C. Leave at the next exit or services and take a break D. Increase your speed to finish the journey sooner **Answer: C. Leave at the next exit or services and take a break** — You must not stop on the hard shoulder to rest. Leave the motorway at the next exit or services, then stop somewhere safe and rest. On long journeys, plan a break of at least 15 minutes every two hours. **Why should you check your mirrors before signalling?** A. To make sure your signals are working B. So you know how your manoeuvre will affect traffic behind you C. Because it is only required on motorways D. To see whether the road ahead is clear **Answer: B. So you know how your manoeuvre will affect traffic behind you** — The Mirrors–Signal–Manoeuvre routine starts with mirrors so you understand the position and speed of traffic behind before you commit to signalling or changing course. **Before moving off from the side of the road, what should you do just before pulling away?** A. Sound your horn to warn other road users B. Look round to check your blind spot C. Switch on your hazard warning lights D. Select a higher gear **Answer: B. Look round to check your blind spot** — Mirrors don't cover everything. A final look over your shoulder into the blind spot catches cyclists, motorcyclists and pedestrians your mirrors miss before you move off. ### [Attitude questions](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) **A driver behind is following you far too closely. What's the safest response?** A. Brake sharply to warn them off B. Speed up to open the gap behind you C. Ease off and increase the gap between you and the vehicle in front D. Signal left and stop immediately **Answer: C. Ease off and increase the gap between you and the vehicle in front** — Dropping back from the vehicle ahead gives you room to slow gently, so the tailgater isn't forced into an emergency stop behind you — and gives them a safer space to overtake into. **When are you allowed to flash your headlights at another road user?** A. To let them know you're giving way B. Only to let them know you're there C. To thank them for letting you out D. To tell them to move over **Answer: B. Only to let them know you're there** — Headlight flashes have one official meaning: warning others of your presence, like the horn. Never assume a flash from another driver is an invitation to proceed — it may not be meant for you. **When must you not sound your horn in a built-up area?** A. Between 11:30 pm and 7:00 am, unless another road user poses a danger B. At any time on a road with street lights C. Between 10:00 pm and 6:00 am in all circumstances D. Whenever pedestrians are nearby **Answer: A. Between 11:30 pm and 7:00 am, unless another road user poses a danger** — In a built-up area you must not use your horn between 11:30 pm and 7:00 am, and on any road you must not use it while stationary — in both cases unless another road user poses a danger. Never use it aggressively. ### [Essential Documents questions](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) **What is the minimum level of motor insurance required to drive on UK roads?** A. Fully comprehensive B. Third party only C. Third party, fire and theft D. No insurance is needed for vehicles over 40 years old **Answer: B. Third party only** — Third-party cover is the legal minimum: it covers injury to others and damage to their property, but not damage to your own vehicle. Driving uninsured is a serious offence. **When does a new car first need an MOT test?** A. After one year B. After two years C. When it's three years old D. Only when it's sold **Answer: C. When it's three years old** — Cars normally need their first MOT three years after they were first registered, then every year. You mustn't drive a car that needs an MOT without a valid certificate — the only exceptions are driving to a pre-arranged test, or to a garage for repairs needed to pass it. **Who can supervise a learner driver in a car?** A. Anyone with a full driving licence B. Anyone over 18 with any licence type C. A person at least 21 years old who has held a full licence for the category for at least 3 years D. Only a DVSA-approved driving instructor **Answer: C. A person at least 21 years old who has held a full licence for the category for at least 3 years** — A supervising driver must be at least 21 and have held (and still hold) a full licence for that category of vehicle for a minimum of three years. The learner must also display L plates (or D plates in Wales) and be insured. ### [Hazard Awareness questions](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) **A football bounces out from between parked cars ahead. What should you expect and do?** A. Sound your horn and maintain speed B. Expect a child to follow it — slow down and be ready to stop C. Swerve around the ball D. Flash your headlights to warn the child **Answer: B. Expect a child to follow it — slow down and be ready to stop** — A ball is a classic clue to a developing hazard: a child is likely to chase it into the road with no thought for traffic. Check your mirrors, slow down and be prepared to stop. **What makes a hazard a 'developing hazard'?** A. It's anything at the side of the road B. It would make you change your speed or direction C. It only appears on rural roads D. It's any parked vehicle **Answer: B. It would make you change your speed or direction** — A developing hazard is something that would make you take action, such as slowing down or changing direction. A car parked at the kerb isn't one on its own — but if its door starts to open or it begins to pull out, you'd need to react, so it becomes a developing hazard. **How does even a small amount of alcohol affect your driving?** A. It has no effect below the legal limit B. It sharpens your reactions for a short period C. It reduces coordination and reaction time and gives a false sense of confidence D. It only affects you if you feel drunk **Answer: C. It reduces coordination and reaction time and gives a false sense of confidence** — Any alcohol slows reactions, impairs judgement of speed and distance, and breeds overconfidence — a dangerous mix. The only safe approach is none at all before driving. ### [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies questions](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) **You're first at the scene of a crash where a motorcyclist is injured. When should their helmet be removed?** A. Straight away, so they can breathe more easily B. Only if it's essential — for example, to restore breathing C. As soon as the ambulance is called D. Whenever the rider asks, regardless of injuries **Answer: B. Only if it's essential — for example, to restore breathing** — Removing a helmet can worsen head and neck injuries. Leave it on unless it's essential to keep the casualty's airway open, and get medical help urgently. **Your car breaks down on a two-way road. How far behind it should you place a warning triangle?** A. At least 45 metres, on the same side of the road B. 5 metres, next to the boot C. At least 150 metres, on the opposite side D. Warning triangles are illegal in the UK **Answer: A. At least 45 metres, on the same side of the road** — Place the triangle at least 45 metres (147 feet) behind the vehicle on the same side of the road to give approaching drivers time to react. Never use one on a motorway. **You're involved in a collision that causes damage or injury and you don't exchange details at the scene. What must you do?** A. Nothing further, provided you stopped B. Report it to your insurer within 30 days only C. Report it to the police as soon as reasonably practicable, and within 24 hours D. Leave a note on the other vehicle **Answer: C. Report it to the police as soon as reasonably practicable, and within 24 hours** — You must always stop at a collision involving injury or damage. If you don't give your details to anyone with reasonable grounds to ask, you must report to the police as soon as practicable — at most within 24 hours. ### [Motorway Rules questions](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) **When may you normally use the hard shoulder of a motorway?** A. To overtake slow traffic on the left B. In an emergency or breakdown, or when signs direct you to C. Whenever traffic is queuing D. To answer a phone call **Answer: B. In an emergency or breakdown, or when signs direct you to** — You must not use the hard shoulder except in an emergency (such as a breakdown), or when directed to by the police, traffic officers or a traffic sign. Where it's used as an extra lane, you may drive on it only when a speed limit is shown above it. Stopping there for any other reason, including to rest or make a phone call, is not allowed. **A red X is displayed above your lane on a motorway gantry. What does it mean?** A. The lane is for emergency vehicles only B. Congestion ahead — slow down C. You must not continue in that lane D. The speed limit is being enforced by cameras **Answer: C. You must not continue in that lane** — A red X means the lane is closed — there may be people, stopped vehicles or other hazards in it. Follow the signs to move safely into an open lane. Driving in a closed lane is an offence, and lane closures are enforced by the police. **How should you join a motorway from a slip road?** A. Stop at the end of the slip road and wait for a gap B. Build up speed to match the traffic and give priority to vehicles already on the motorway C. Drive straight into lane one — joining traffic has priority D. Use the hard shoulder until a gap appears **Answer: B. Build up speed to match the traffic and give priority to vehicles already on the motorway** — Use the slip road to match the speed of motorway traffic and merge into a safe gap. Traffic already on the motorway has priority — don't force your way in, and avoid stopping unless queuing traffic requires it. ### [Other Types of Vehicle questions](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) **You're following a large lorry but can't see its exterior mirrors. What does this tell you?** A. The lorry is about to turn B. The driver can't see you either — drop back C. You're at a safe following distance D. You should overtake immediately **Answer: B. The driver can't see you either — drop back** — If you can't see the lorry driver's mirrors, the driver cannot see you. Drop back — you'll be visible, you'll see further down the road, and you'll have a safer view for any overtake. **A long vehicle ahead signals left at a junction but moves out to the right first. What should you do?** A. Overtake on its left as it moves right B. Sound your horn to alert the driver C. Hold back — long vehicles often need the full width of the road to turn D. Squeeze through the gap on the right **Answer: C. Hold back — long vehicles often need the full width of the road to turn** — Long vehicles swing out before tight turns. Passing on the inside as it turns left could trap you along its nearside. Stay back until the manoeuvre is complete. **Why do trams demand extra care from drivers?** A. They travel more slowly than other traffic B. They can't steer to avoid you and move quietly on fixed rails C. They always have flashing amber beacons D. They only run at night **Answer: B. They can't steer to avoid you and move quietly on fixed rails** — Trams run on fixed rails and cannot swerve; they're also quiet and can approach quickly. Never race one to a stop, and give way where tram signs and signals require it. ### [Road & Traffic Signs questions](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) **What shape are most warning signs on UK roads?** A. Circular B. Triangular C. Rectangular D. Octagonal **Answer: B. Triangular** — Triangles warn, circles give orders, rectangles inform. Knowing the shape system lets you read a sign's purpose even at a distance or when partly obscured. **What do circular road signs with a blue background generally tell you?** A. A warning of a hazard ahead B. Something you must not do C. A positive instruction — something you must do D. Tourist information **Answer: C. A positive instruction — something you must do** — Blue circles give positive instructions, such as 'turn left ahead' or a mandatory minimum speed. Red-ringed circles tell you what you must not do. **You pass a white circular sign with a black diagonal stripe on a road where a central reservation separates the two directions of traffic. What's the maximum speed for a car?** A. 60 mph B. 50 mph C. 70 mph D. It depends on how many lanes there are **Answer: C. 70 mph** — The sign means the national speed limit applies. A road with a central reservation separating the carriageways is a dual carriageway, where the national limit for cars is 70 mph. On a single carriageway it would be 60 mph. The limit depends on the type of road, not the number of lanes. ### [Rules of the Road questions](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) **What is the national speed limit for a car on a single carriageway?** A. 50 mph B. 60 mph C. 70 mph D. 40 mph **Answer: B. 60 mph** — For cars and motorcycles the national speed limit is 60 mph on a single carriageway and 70 mph on a dual carriageway or motorway. Limits are lower for vehicles towing. **In England and Scotland, unless signs show otherwise, what speed limit usually applies on a road with street lights?** A. 20 mph B. 30 mph C. 40 mph D. 50 mph **Answer: B. 30 mph** — In England and Scotland a road with street lights usually has a 30 mph limit unless signs tell you otherwise. In Wales the default on these roads has been 20 mph since 17 September 2023. **When may you enter a box junction marked with yellow criss-cross lines?** A. Whenever the traffic lights are green B. Only when your exit road is clear — or to turn right while waiting for oncoming traffic C. Never, box junctions are for buses only D. When at least half the box is clear **Answer: B. Only when your exit road is clear — or to turn right while waiting for oncoming traffic** — You must not enter the box unless your exit is clear. The exception: you may wait in the box to turn right when only oncoming traffic or other right-turning vehicles stop you. ### [Safety & Your Vehicle questions](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) **What is the legal minimum tread depth for car tyres?** A. 1.0 mm across the whole tyre B. 1.6 mm across the central three-quarters of the breadth, around the entire circumference C. 2.5 mm on the outer edges only D. 3.0 mm in winter months **Answer: B. 1.6 mm across the central three-quarters of the breadth, around the entire circumference** — Car tyres must have at least 1.6 mm of tread across the central three-quarters of the tyre, all the way round. Worn tyres dramatically increase stopping distances, especially in the wet. **When should you check your tyre pressures for an accurate reading?** A. Immediately after a motorway journey B. When the tyres are cold, using the pressures in the vehicle handbook C. Only at an MOT test D. After driving at least ten miles **Answer: B. When the tyres are cold, using the pressures in the vehicle handbook** — Driving warms the air in the tyres and raises the reading. Check pressures when cold, against the handbook figures — and remember to adjust for heavy loads or motorway trips where the handbook says so. **What is the main benefit of anti-lock brakes (ABS) in an emergency stop?** A. They shorten stopping distance on ice B. They stop the wheels locking, so you can continue to steer while braking hard C. They apply the handbrake automatically D. They make skids impossible in all conditions **Answer: B. They stop the wheels locking, so you can continue to steer while braking hard** — ABS prevents the wheels locking under hard braking, which keeps the steering responsive so you can avoid the hazard while stopping. It doesn't guarantee shorter stops, particularly on loose or icy surfaces. ### [Safety Margins questions](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) **In good, dry conditions, what time gap should you leave to the vehicle in front?** A. At least two seconds B. Exactly one car length C. Half a second D. Ten seconds at all speeds **Answer: A. At least two seconds** — Leave at least a two-second gap in dry conditions — double it to four in the wet, and up to ten times the distance in ice and snow. Pick a fixed point and count as the vehicle ahead passes it. **What is the typical overall stopping distance at 30 mph in good conditions?** A. 6 metres B. 14 metres C. 23 metres — about six car lengths D. 53 metres **Answer: C. 23 metres — about six car lengths** — At 30 mph the typical stopping distance is 23 metres: 9 metres thinking distance plus 14 metres braking distance. Speed, tiredness, weather and tyre condition all stretch it further. **Your steering suddenly feels light while driving in heavy rain. What's happening and what should you do?** A. A puncture — brake hard immediately B. Aquaplaning — ease off the accelerator and don't brake until grip returns C. Ice on the road — change up a gear D. Nothing unusual — continue normally **Answer: B. Aquaplaning — ease off the accelerator and don't brake until grip returns** — Light steering in standing water means your tyres are riding on the water's surface. Ease gently off the accelerator, keep the steering straight and avoid braking until the tyres grip again. ### [Vehicle Handling questions](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) **When may you use your front and rear fog lights?** A. Whenever it rains B. Only when visibility is seriously reduced — generally below 100 metres C. At night on unlit roads D. In slow-moving traffic **Answer: B. Only when visibility is seriously reduced — generally below 100 metres** — Fog lights are for seriously reduced visibility (generally under 100 metres) and must be switched off when it improves — left on, they dazzle other drivers and hide your brake lights. **What is the most common cause of a skid?** A. Worn road surfaces B. The driver — braking, accelerating or steering too harshly for the conditions C. Cold weather alone D. Low fuel level **Answer: B. The driver — braking, accelerating or steering too harshly for the conditions** — Skids don't just happen — they're usually caused by braking, accelerating or steering too harshly, or driving too fast for the conditions. To recover, release the brake or ease off the accelerator and steer in the direction of the skid: if the rear slides right, steer right. **Where should you be especially prepared for strong crosswinds?** A. In tunnels and underpasses B. On exposed stretches, high bridges and when passing gaps between buildings or high-sided vehicles C. Only in built-up areas D. On smooth, newly surfaced roads **Answer: B. On exposed stretches, high bridges and when passing gaps between buildings or high-sided vehicles** — Gusts hit hardest on exposed and elevated sections and in the gaps around large vehicles. Give cyclists, motorcyclists and high-sided vehicles extra room — the wind can push them off line suddenly. ### [Vehicle Loading questions](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) **Who is legally responsible for making sure a vehicle's load is secure and not overloaded?** A. Whoever loaded the vehicle B. The driver C. The vehicle's owner, even when not present D. The insurance company **Answer: B. The driver** — As the driver, you must not use your vehicle with an insecure load or beyond its weight limits — the responsibility sits with you, whoever did the loading. **How does carrying a heavy load on a roof rack affect your car?** A. It lowers the centre of gravity and improves stability B. It raises the centre of gravity, reducing stability and increasing fuel consumption C. It has no effect if you drive under 50 mph D. It improves grip in crosswinds **Answer: B. It raises the centre of gravity, reducing stability and increasing fuel consumption** — Weight up high makes the car lean more in bends and react more to crosswinds, and the drag burns more fuel. Load heavy items low in the vehicle and take corners more gently. **The caravan you're towing starts to snake from side to side. What should you do?** A. Brake firmly to bring it under control B. Accelerate out of the snake C. Ease off the accelerator and reduce speed gently until it stabilises D. Steer sharply in the opposite direction to the sway **Answer: C. Ease off the accelerator and reduce speed gently until it stabilises** — Braking or steering against the sway makes snaking worse. Ease off gradually, let the speed fall gently, and the outfit will settle — then consider load distribution and noseweight before continuing. ### [Vulnerable Road Users questions](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) **You're turning into a side road and a pedestrian is waiting to cross it. Who has priority?** A. You — vehicles always have priority over pedestrians B. The pedestrian — you should give way to people crossing or waiting to cross C. Whoever moves first D. The pedestrian, but only on a marked crossing **Answer: B. The pedestrian — you should give way to people crossing or waiting to cross** — Under the hierarchy of road users, traffic turning into or out of a junction should give way to pedestrians crossing or waiting to cross the road they're turning into. **How much space should you leave when overtaking a cyclist at up to 30 mph?** A. At least 1.5 metres B. Half a metre is sufficient C. One car door's width D. No specific guidance exists **Answer: A. At least 1.5 metres** — Leave at least 1.5 metres when overtaking a cyclist at up to 30 mph — and more at higher speeds or in bad weather. If you can't leave that space, hold back until you can. **How should you pass a horse and rider on the road?** A. Quickly, to spend less time alongside the horse B. Sound your horn so the rider knows you're there C. Slow to a maximum of 10 mph and allow at least 2 metres of space D. Rev the engine and pass close to the verge **Answer: C. Slow to a maximum of 10 mph and allow at least 2 metres of space** — Horses are easily startled. Pass wide and slow — no more than 10 mph and at least 2 metres of space — with no sudden noise. Be ready to stop if the rider signals you to. ## Frequently asked questions **### How many theory test questions are there on this site?** 709 original practice questions across all 14 DVSA topics, each with the correct answer, an explanation and the Highway Code rule it tests. Every question is free and checked against The Highway Code as amended 22 October 2025. **### Are these the real DVSA theory test questions?** No. The questions in the live test are never published, and the DVSA’s revision questions are Crown Copyright. Ours are original questions written to the same syllabus and format, so they test the same knowledge. **### How many questions are in the real theory test?** 50 multiple-choice questions in 57 minutes, with a pass mark of 43. 3 of them are about a short video clip. You also have to pass the hazard perception part. **### Can I download the theory test questions as a PDF?** Every question is free to practise online. A printable workbook with every question, answer and explanation is part of the optional Pass Pack on our pricing page. --- # Alertness: Observation, Distraction & Tiredness > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/alertness/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. DVSA theory test topic guide # Alertness: Observation, Distraction & Tiredness Observation, anticipation, concentration, distraction and fatigue at the wheel. [Practise 40 Alertness questions](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) Quick answer Learn how the Alertness topic tests mirrors, blind spots, phones, sat navs, dazzle and tiredness, with the Highway Code rules and exam traps to know. ## What does the Alertness topic test in the theory test? Alertness questions check whether you notice what is happening around you early enough to act safely. Expect questions on mirror and blind-spot checks, the Mirrors–Signal–Manoeuvre routine, phones and sat navs, dazzle and poor visibility, and tiredness. Most answers trace back to Highway Code rules 90 to 94, 148 to 150 and 159 to 161. The theme running through every question is simple: your eyes and attention belong on the road. When an option lets you look away, rush, or carry on while impaired, it is almost always the wrong one. ## Why should you check your mirrors before signalling? You check your mirrors first so you know the position and speed of traffic behind and beside you before you signal or change speed or direction. Rule 161 sets out the Mirrors–Signal–Manoeuvre routine and warns that mirrors do not cover everything, so a look round into the blind spot is still needed. Where the Highway Code asks for extra checks: - **Moving off (rule 159):** use all mirrors, look round to check the blind spots, signal if necessary, then take a final look round before pulling away. - **Changing lanes (rule 133):** use your mirrors and, if necessary, take a quick sideways glance so you do not force anyone to change course or speed. - **Overtaking on a motorway (rule 267):** a sideways glance confirms where a vehicle has gone if it disappears from your mirror. Alertness also means reading other people’s signals with suspicion. Rule 104 reminds you that an indicator may not have been cancelled, and rule 170 says never assume a vehicle signalling left will actually turn. Rule 211 adds that motorcyclists and cyclists are easy to miss, especially when filtering or coming up from behind. ## When can you use a mobile phone while driving? You must not hold and use a phone, sat nav, tablet or any similar device while driving, even when stopped at lights or queuing in traffic. The main exception is calling 999 or 112 in a genuine emergency when it is unsafe or impractical to stop. The Highway Code covers this in rule 149. | Situation | Can you hold and use the device? | | --- | --- | | Stopped at red traffic lights | No | | Queuing in stationary traffic | No | | Engine switched off automatically while you wait | No | | Supervising a learner driver | No | | Safely parked | Yes | | Calling 999 or 112 when it is unsafe or impractical to stop | Yes | | Contactless payment while the vehicle is not moving | Yes | GOV.UK sets the penalty at 6 penalty points and a £200 fine. New drivers lose their licence, because 6 points within two years of passing triggers revocation. A court can also ban you and fine you up to £1,000. Separately, you can get 3 points for not having a full view of the road or proper control of the vehicle. ## How should you deal with sat navs and other in-car distractions? Set up your sat nav before you set off, and if you need to change it, find a safe place to stop first. Rule 150 says you must stay in proper control and not be distracted by maps or screen-based information, while rule 148 lists other distractions, including loud music, eating, drinking and arguing with passengers. A mounted sat nav counts as hands-free, but GOV.UK says it must not block your view of the road. Rule 150 also covers driver assistance systems such as motorway assist and lane departure warnings: they are there to help, but you remain responsible for the vehicle and must not let your concentration drop. Passengers matter too. The safety code for new drivers in Annex 8 tells you not to let passengers distract you or encourage you to take risks. ## How long should you rest on a long drive? The Highway Code recommends a break of at least 15 minutes after every two hours of driving. Rule 91 also tells you not to start a journey tired, to avoid long journeys between midnight and 6 am, and to stop somewhere safe if you feel sleepy, which never means a motorway hard shoulder or emergency area. On a motorway, rule 262 points you to service areas, or to rest facilities reached from an exit, because the monotony of high-speed roads makes drowsiness more likely. Rule 237 says to keep your vehicle well ventilated to avoid drowsiness, but fresh air only helps you reach a safe stopping place. It does not replace a proper rest. ## What should you do if you are dazzled or cannot see clearly? Slow down, and stop if necessary, whenever bright sunlight or oncoming headlights dazzle you, as rules 93 and 115 advise. At night or in poor visibility, rule 94 says not to wear tinted glasses, lenses or visors that restrict your vision, and Annex 6 requires windscreens and windows to be kept clean. Related vision rules that turn up in this topic: - **Eyesight standard (rule 92):** you must be able to read a number plate in good daylight from 20 metres. If you need glasses or contact lenses to do that, you must wear them every time you drive. - **Snow and ice (rule 229):** clear all snow and ice from every window before you set off. - **Overtaking at night (rule 163):** take extra care, because speed and distance are harder to judge. ## What mistakes do learners make on alertness questions? Most wrong answers in this topic sound reasonable because they save time or feel polite. The traps below come up again and again, so learn why each one fails rather than memorising the right option. In almost every case, the correct answer keeps your attention on the road and your vehicle fully under control. - **Resting on the hard shoulder.** Rule 91 rules it out. Leave at the next exit or services instead. - **Treating a red light as “parked”.** You are still driving, so hand-held use is banned. - **Assuming hands-free means safe.** It can be legal and still distracting. Rule 149 says the safest choice is not to use a phone at all while driving. - **Relying on mirrors alone.** Blind spots can hide a whole car or motorcycle. - **Trusting an indicator.** It may have been left on by mistake. - **Winding the window down and carrying on.** Fresh air is a stopgap, not a cure for tiredness. ## Where should you go next? Test yourself with the [Alertness practice test](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/), then move on to the closely linked [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) and [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/) topics. To practise spotting hazards on video, go to our [hazard perception guide](/hazard-perception/). When you are ready, sit a full [mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) or browse [all 14 theory test topics](/theory-test/). ## Ready to test yourself on Alertness? 40 free Alertness questions in the official four-option format, each with an explained answer and the Highway Code rule it tests — with a timed test mode. [Start the Alertness practice test](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### What does the Alertness topic cover in the theory test?** Alertness covers how well you observe, anticipate and concentrate: mirror and blind-spot checks, the Mirrors–Signal–Manoeuvre routine, avoiding distractions such as phones and sat navs, coping with dazzle, and recognising when tiredness makes you unfit to drive. Most questions draw on Highway Code rules 90 to 94, 148 to 150 and 159 to 161. **### How often should you take a break on a long drive?** Rule 91 of the Highway Code recommends a break of at least 15 minutes after every two hours of driving. It also advises against long journeys between midnight and 6 am, when natural alertness is at its lowest, and says you should not begin a journey if you are already tired. **### Can you use a hand-held phone when you are stopped in traffic?** No. The ban on holding and using a phone still applies at traffic lights and in queues. GOV.UK lists the exceptions: calling 999 or 112 in a genuine emergency when it is unsafe or impractical to stop, being safely parked, making a contactless payment while stationary, or parking your vehicle remotely. **### What is the penalty for using a hand-held phone while driving?** GOV.UK states you can get 6 penalty points and a £200 fine. If you passed your test in the last two years you will also lose your licence. If the case goes to court you can be banned and fined up to £1,000, or £2,500 if you drive a lorry or bus. **### Is it legal to use a hands-free phone while driving?** Hands-free use is allowed if you never hold the device and it does not block your view of the road. Rule 149 still warns that hands-free equipment is likely to distract you, and GOV.UK says police can stop and prosecute you if they think distraction means you are not in control. Sources - [The Highway Code — Rules for drivers and motorcyclists (89 to 102)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-for-drivers-and-motorcyclists-89-to-102) - [The Highway Code — General rules, techniques and advice for all drivers and riders (103 to 158)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) - [The Highway Code — Using the road (159 to 203)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203) - [GOV.UK — Using a phone, sat nav or other device when driving](https://www.gov.uk/using-mobile-phones-when-driving-the-law) - [GOV.UK — Penalty points (endorsements): new drivers](https://www.gov.uk/penalty-points-endorsements/new-drivers) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). ## Which other theory test topics should you revise? All 14 topics feed the same 50-question test, so revise every one. Then sit the [full free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under the real time limit. - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) --- # Alertness Quiz: 40 Free Questions | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free · 50 questions in the real test · Pass mark 43/50 # Alertness quiz: 40 free theory test questions DVSA-style multiple-choice questions with explained answers and Highway Code references. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes — you need 43 correct to pass. Quick answer Below is a free Alertness mock test for the UK DVSA car theory test: multiple-choice questions in the official four-option format, each with the correct answer, a plain-English explanation and a Highway Code reference. Observation, anticipation, concentration, distraction and fatigue at the wheel. ## Alertness practice questions Checked against [The Highway Code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) as amended 22 October 2025 · last reviewed 26 September 2026. Spotted an error? [Report it](/corrections/). Or study below: tap any question to see its options, answer and Highway Code rule. **Q1. You're driving on a motorway and begin to feel drowsy. What should you do?** A. Open a window and continue to your destination B. Stop on the hard shoulder for a short rest C. Leave at the next exit or services and take a break D. Increase your speed to finish the journey sooner **Answer: C.** You must not stop on the hard shoulder to rest. Leave the motorway at the next exit or services, then stop somewhere safe and rest. On long journeys, plan a break of at least 15 minutes every two hours. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 91 and 262 **Q2. Why should you check your mirrors before signalling?** A. To make sure your signals are working B. So you know how your manoeuvre will affect traffic behind you C. Because it is only required on motorways D. To see whether the road ahead is clear **Answer: B.** The Mirrors–Signal–Manoeuvre routine starts with mirrors so you understand the position and speed of traffic behind before you commit to signalling or changing course. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 161 **Q3. Before moving off from the side of the road, what should you do just before pulling away?** A. Sound your horn to warn other road users B. Look round to check your blind spot C. Switch on your hazard warning lights D. Select a higher gear **Answer: B.** Mirrors don't cover everything. A final look over your shoulder into the blind spot catches cyclists, motorcyclists and pedestrians your mirrors miss before you move off. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 159 **Q4. Using a hands-free phone while driving is likely to do what?** A. Improve your reaction times B. Distract your attention from the road C. Be illegal in all circumstances D. Have no effect on your driving **Answer: B.** Even hands-free calls divide your attention and slow your reactions. It's far safer to let calls go to voicemail and return them when you're safely parked. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 149 **Q5. What effect can tinted glasses or a dirty windscreen have when driving at night?** A. They reduce glare and improve your view B. They restrict your view and make hazards harder to see C. They have no effect if your headlights are on D. They only matter in fog **Answer: B.** At night your eyes need every bit of available light. Tinted lenses and dirt or condensation on the windscreen cut the light reaching your eyes and hide developing hazards. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 94 and Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q6. When may you use a hand-held mobile phone while driving?** A. When stopped in a traffic queue B. When waiting at traffic lights C. To call 999 or 112 in a genuine emergency when it's unsafe or impractical to stop D. When driving below 20 mph **Answer: C.** Holding and using a phone is illegal whenever you're driving — including in queues and at red lights, where you're still driving in law. The emergency exception is calling 999 or 112 when it's unsafe or impractical to stop. The only other exceptions are making a contactless payment while your vehicle is stationary (for example, at a drive-through) and using the device to park remotely. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 149 **Q7. You need to change the destination in your sat-nav. What should you do?** A. Update it while driving slowly B. Stop somewhere safe and legal before reprogramming it C. Ask a rear passenger to lean over and do it D. Update it at the next red light **Answer: B.** Programming a sat-nav demands eyes and attention that belong on the road. Stop somewhere safe first — and position the unit where it doesn't block your view of the road. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 150 **Q8. Why should you glance over your shoulder before changing lanes on a dual carriageway?** A. To check your rear seat belt is fastened B. Mirrors leave blind spots where a whole vehicle can hide C. It's only required when towing D. To make eye contact with the driver behind **Answer: B.** Even correctly adjusted mirrors have blind spots large enough to hide a car or motorcycle alongside you. A quick sideways glance before committing to a lane change closes that gap. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 133 **Q9. How often should you use your mirrors while driving?** A. Frequently, so you always know what's behind and to each side B. Only just before you change lanes C. Only when you're about to slow down D. Every minute or so on motorways, but hardly ever in town traffic **Answer: A.** Rule 161 says use your mirrors frequently so you always know what's behind and to each side of you, and use them in good time before you signal or change direction or speed. Mirrors don't cover every area, so look round when needed. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 161 **Q10. What is a 'blind spot' when you're driving?** A. The area just in front of your bonnet that headlights don't reach B. A stretch of road with no street lighting C. A part of the road where overtaking is banned D. An area around your vehicle you can't see in your mirrors **Answer: D.** Rule 159 describes blind spots as the areas you are unable to see in the mirrors. Even correctly adjusted mirrors leave them, so look round before moving off, changing lanes or turning, when another road user could be hidden there. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 159 and 161 **Q11. You're waiting to turn right into a side road and a safe gap appears in the oncoming traffic. What should you do just before turning?** A. Flash your headlights to thank the oncoming driver B. Check your mirror and right blind spot for anyone overtaking C. Cancel your signal so nobody is misled D. Sound your horn to warn any pedestrians crossing the side road **Answer: B.** Rule 180 says check your mirrors and blind spot again to make sure you are not being overtaken, then make the turn. A motorcyclist or impatient driver could be passing on your right just as you start to turn across the road. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 180 **Q12. You can see thick fog on the road ahead. What should you do before you slow down?** A. Switch on your hazard warning lights B. Switch on your main-beam headlights C. Check your mirrors D. Close up to the vehicle in front so you can follow its lights **Answer: C.** Rule 234 says check your mirrors, then slow down, before entering fog, so you know how close the traffic behind is. Rule 235 warns that following another vehicle's rear lights can give a false sense of security, so keep a safe distance. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 234 and 235 **Q13. You plan to stop at a postbox just beyond a side road on your left. Why should you wait until you're passing the side road before signalling left?** A. An earlier signal could suggest you're turning into it B. Signals are only allowed within 10 metres of where you stop C. Signalling close to a junction is against the law D. You only need to signal when there's traffic behind you **Answer: A.** Rule 103 says don't signal until you're passing the side road. Signalling earlier could give the impression you intend to turn into it and confuse other road users. Your brake lights will warn traffic behind that you're slowing down. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 103 **Q14. You've signalled right to change lanes on a dual carriageway. What does your signal give you?** A. Priority over traffic already in the right-hand lane B. The right to move across once you've signalled for three seconds C. Legal protection if a collision happens D. No priority — it only tells others what you intend to do **Answer: D.** Rule 103 reminds you that signalling does not give you priority. Signals warn and inform others of your intentions; you must still check your mirrors and move over only when it's safe, without forcing anyone to change course or speed. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 103 and 133 **Q15. You're running late and plan to eat your breakfast at the wheel on the way to work. What does the Highway Code say about this?** A. Avoid it, as eating and drinking are distractions B. It's fine on quiet roads if one hand stays on the wheel C. It only matters if you're driving on a motorway D. It's fine while you're moving slowly in queuing traffic **Answer: A.** Rule 148 says safe driving needs concentration and lists eating and drinking among the distractions to avoid, along with loud music, trying to read maps, adjusting the radio and arguing with passengers. Eat before you set off, or stop somewhere safe and legal first. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 148 **Q16. You're supervising a learner driver on a quiet road when your phone rings. Can you answer it on the hand-held handset?** A. Yes, because you aren't the one driving B. Yes, as long as the learner has already passed their theory test C. No — the hand-held phone ban also applies to supervisors D. Yes, as long as the call is kept under a minute **Answer: C.** Rule 149 says you must not use a hand-held mobile phone or similar device when driving or when supervising a learner driver. The supervisor needs to watch the road and be ready to help, so let the call go to voicemail. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 149 **Q17. Your phone is switched to flight mode and has no signal. Can you hold it to change the music while driving?** A. Yes, because it can no longer make calls or send any data B. Yes, if you're driving below 20 mph C. Yes, provided you only glance at it briefly D. No — the ban applies even when the phone is offline **Answer: D.** Rule 149 says the ban covers all use of a hand-held interactive device and applies even when its communication capability is turned off or unavailable. Set up your music before you set off, or use a system you don't need to hold. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 149 **Q18. You're at a drive-through and want to pay with your phone. When is it legal to hold it to pay?** A. At any time while you're in the queue, even when rolling forward B. When your car is stationary at the payment point C. Only if the engine is switched off D. Never — you must pay with a card instead **Answer: B.** Rule 149 allows a hand-held phone for a contactless payment at a payment terminal, but only when your vehicle is stationary and the goods or services are received at the same time as, or after, the payment. Holding it while moving isn't covered. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 149 **Q19. What's the penalty for holding and using a phone while driving?** A. 6 penalty points and a £200 fine B. 3 penalty points and a £100 fine C. A warning letter for a first offence D. 3 penalty points and a £60 fine **Answer: A.** You can get 6 penalty points and a £200 fine for holding and using a phone, sat nav, tablet or similar device while driving. If the case goes to court, you could also be banned and fined up to £1,000 (£2,500 for lorry or bus drivers). Reference: GOV.UK — Using a phone, sat nav or other device when driving **Q20. You passed your driving test 18 months ago and are caught holding your phone while driving. What happens?** A. You're allowed one warning in your first year B. You receive 3 points, the same as other drivers C. You must take a Pass Plus course D. You'll lose your licence **Answer: D.** The offence carries 6 penalty points, and GOV.UK confirms you'll lose your licence if you passed your test in the last 2 years. Under the New Drivers Act you'd then have to pass both the theory and practical tests again. Reference: GOV.UK — Using a phone, sat nav or other device when driving **Q21. Your phone is in a windscreen mount, but it partly blocks your view of the road ahead. What could you face?** A. Nothing, because you aren't holding it B. A fine, but only if the screen was switched on at the time C. 3 penalty points for not having a full view of the road D. A ban on using sat-navs for a year **Answer: C.** Hands-free devices must not block your view of the road and traffic ahead. You can get 3 penalty points if you don't have a full view of the road and traffic ahead or proper control of the vehicle, so position any mount carefully. Reference: GOV.UK — Using a phone, sat nav or other device when driving **Q22. Your car has lane-keeping and motorway assist systems. How should you use them?** A. Switch them on so you can safely check messages B. As an aid only — you remain fully responsible C. Let them steer while you adjust the sat-nav D. Rely on them fully once you're on a motorway **Answer: B.** Rule 150 says don't rely on driver assistance systems such as motorway assist or lane departure warnings, and don't reduce your concentration. As the driver you're still responsible for the vehicle and must have full control of these systems at all times. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 150 **Q23. Why can playing music loudly while driving be dangerous?** A. It may mask other sounds, such as sirens B. It drains the battery and can dim your headlights C. It's illegal to play music above a set volume D. It makes your car's engine run less efficiently **Answer: A.** Rule 148 lists loud music as a distraction because it may mask other sounds, such as an approaching emergency vehicle. Starting or adjusting music or the radio is also listed as a distraction, so set it up before you move off. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 148 and 219 **Q24. You've recently passed your test. Your friends in the car are noisy and urging you to speed up. What should you do?** A. Speed up briefly to keep them happy B. Turn the music up to drown them out C. Turn round to face them while you explain why you won't D. Tell them you need to concentrate on driving safely **Answer: D.** The Highway Code's safety code for new drivers says you're responsible for your passengers' safety. Don't let them distract you or encourage you to take risks — tell them you need to concentrate if you're to get to your destination safely. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 8: Safety code for new drivers **Q25. On a long journey, how often does The Highway Code recommend you take a break?** A. At least 5 minutes every hour B. At least 45 minutes after every four and a half hours C. At least 15 minutes after every two hours of driving D. Only when you start to feel tired **Answer: C.** Rule 91 recommends a minimum break of at least 15 minutes after every two hours of driving. Plan your breaks before you set off, and if you feel sleepy before the next one is due, stop somewhere safe — not on a motorway hard shoulder. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 91 **Q26. It's a hot day and your car feels warm and stuffy. How can you reduce the risk of drowsiness?** A. Keep the car well ventilated B. Turn the heater up to dry the air C. Close all the windows to keep the dust out D. Turn the radio up loud to stay awake **Answer: A.** Rule 237 advises keeping your vehicle well ventilated in hot weather to avoid drowsiness. A warm, stuffy car can make you sleepy; if you still feel tired, rule 91 says stop somewhere safe and rest rather than pressing on. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 91 and 237 **Q27. You're waiting to emerge from a side road. A car approaching from your right is signalling left, as if to turn into your road. What should you do?** A. Pull out straight away, as it's turning B. Wait until you're sure it's actually turning C. Flash your headlights to let it in first D. Pull out and accelerate hard to get clear of it **Answer: B.** Rule 170 says don't assume that a vehicle coming from the right and signalling left will actually turn — wait and make sure. Rule 104 adds that another vehicle's indicator may not have been cancelled. Pulling out on a guess could put you in its path. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 104 and 170 **Q28. You're about to pull out of a junction. Why should you take a second look for motorcyclists?** A. They must give way to cars at junctions B. They always ride in the centre of the lane C. Their riders expect you to wave them through junctions D. They're hard to see and may be closer than you think **Answer: D.** Rule 211 warns that motorcyclists and cyclists are often difficult to see, particularly when coming out of or moving off from junctions. Always look out for them before you emerge — they could be approaching faster than you think. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 211 **Q29. Traffic is crawling slowly in queues. Which road users should you be especially aware of passing on either side of you?** A. Horse riders overtaking the queue B. Tractors moving between lanes C. Cyclists and motorcyclists D. Large lorries overtaking on the left **Answer: C.** In slow-moving traffic, rule 151 says be aware of cyclists and motorcyclists who may be passing on either side. Rule 160 adds that they're more difficult to see than larger vehicles, so check mirrors and blind spots before changing lanes or turning. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 151 and 160 **Q30. In fog, you reach a junction where you can see very little. What should you do?** A. Stop, listen for traffic, then emerge positively once safe B. Creep out slowly and keep edging forward until you can see C. Sound your horn and pull out quickly D. Switch on your hazard lights and pull out **Answer: A.** Rule 235 says stop in the correct position at a junction with limited visibility and listen for traffic. When you're sure it's safe, emerge positively and don't hesitate in a position that puts you directly in the path of approaching vehicles. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 235 **Q31. You're queuing at a roundabout behind another car. A gap appears in the traffic from your right. What should you check before moving off?** A. That the car in front has actually moved off B. That your hazard lights are switched off C. That the driver behind has seen your brake lights D. That your left indicator is on **Answer: A.** Rule 185 reminds you to look forward before moving off to make sure traffic in front has moved off. It's easy to watch the gap on your right and drive into the back of a car that has hesitated or stopped again. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 185 **Q32. You're reversing in a straight line. Where should you mainly be looking?** A. At your door mirrors only B. At the dashboard reversing display only C. Straight ahead through the windscreen D. Through the rear window **Answer: D.** Rule 202 says reverse slowly while checking all around and looking mainly through the rear window. Before you start, use all your mirrors and check the blind spot behind you for pedestrians, particularly children, and cyclists. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 202 **Q33. You need to reverse out of a tight space, but a van next to you blocks your view of the road behind. What should you do?** A. Reverse out quickly to reduce the time you're in the road B. Sound your horn and reverse out at normal speed C. Get someone to guide you out D. Rely on your door mirrors alone **Answer: C.** Rule 202 says get someone to guide you if you cannot see clearly. Reverse slowly and check all around, remembering that a child or cyclist could be hidden behind the van. Rule 203 adds that you must not reverse further than necessary. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 202 and 203 **Q34. Before you pull out to overtake on a single carriageway, what should you make sure of, as well as the road ahead being clear?** A. That no one behind is beginning to overtake you B. That the vehicle ahead has signalled you to pass C. That you're within 10 mph of the speed limit D. That your headlights are on main beam **Answer: A.** Rule 162 says before overtaking make sure the road is sufficiently clear ahead, road users are not beginning to overtake you, and there's a suitable gap in front of the road user you plan to overtake. Check your mirrors so you don't pull out into someone already passing. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 162 **Q35. The car in front pulls out to overtake a slow tractor. You're following it. What should you do?** A. Follow closely, so you both get past together B. Pull out alongside the car to overtake both at once C. Flash your headlights to hurry the car along D. Hold back and make your own checks before overtaking **Answer: D.** Rule 163 says don't assume you can simply follow a vehicle ahead which is overtaking — there may only be enough room for one. Rule 164 adds that the driver in front may abort and pull back in. Wait for your own safe opportunity. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 163 and 164 **Q36. You're following a large lorry on a single carriageway and want to overtake. What should you do first?** A. Move up close so you can overtake quickly B. Move out to the centre line and stay there C. Flash your headlights so the driver moves over to let you by D. Drop back to get a better view of the road ahead **Answer: D.** Rule 164 says drop back when you want to overtake a large vehicle. This improves your view of the road ahead and helps the driver see you in their mirrors. Getting too close hides the road, and there may be another slow vehicle in front. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 164 **Q37. Why is overtaking at night more difficult than in daylight?** A. Oncoming vehicles aren't allowed to use headlights B. Speed limits are lower at night C. It's harder to judge speed and distance D. Other drivers can't see your indicators at night **Answer: C.** Rule 163 says take extra care when overtaking at night and in poor visibility, when it's harder to judge speed and distance. Only overtake when you can see far enough ahead to be sure it's safe, and if in doubt, stay back. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 163 and 166 **Q38. You turn a corner and are dazzled by low, bright sunlight. What should you do?** A. Keep going at the same speed and look at the kerb B. Put on your sunglasses while still moving at speed C. Switch on your headlights to see better D. Slow down and, if necessary, stop **Answer: D.** Rule 93 says slow down, and if necessary stop, if you're dazzled by bright sunlight, and rule 237 repeats the advice for hot weather. You can't react to hazards you can't see, so give yourself time until your vision recovers. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 93 and 237 **Q39. You're overtaking another vehicle at night on an unlit road. When should you switch to main beam?** A. When you're level with it, if you won't dazzle anyone B. As soon as you pull out to overtake C. While you're still behind, to warn the driver you're coming D. Never — main beam must not be used when overtaking **Answer: A.** Rule 115 says keep your headlights dipped when overtaking until you're level with the other vehicle, then change to main beam if necessary, unless this would dazzle oncoming road users. Rule 114 says you must not use lights in a way that dazzles others. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 114 and 115 **Q40. You've stopped in a stationary queue after dark and the traffic behind you has also stopped. Why does the Highway Code suggest applying the parking brake and taking your foot off the footbrake?** A. It shows drivers behind that the queue is about to move B. It stops your battery from running flat C. Your brake lights won't dazzle the drivers behind D. It's a legal requirement whenever you stop for over a minute **Answer: C.** Rule 114 says that in stationary queues you should apply the parking brake and, once the following traffic has stopped, take your foot off the footbrake so your brake lights go off. This minimises glare to road users behind until the traffic moves again. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 114 ## Frequently asked questions **### How many Alertness questions are in the real theory test?** The DVSA doesn't publish per-topic counts. Your 50 questions are drawn across all 14 official topics, so revise every category. **### What is the pass mark for the UK theory test?** You need 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions correct (86%), plus 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception clips. You must pass both parts in the same sitting. **### Are these real DVSA questions?** No — these are original practice questions written to the current DVSA syllabus and The Highway Code. Official revision questions are Crown Copyright and only available from licensed providers. ## Revise the other theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from all 14 official DVSA topics — revise every category, not just this one. - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Don't forget part two: read [how hazard perception is scored](/hazard-perception/). Booked your test? Find your [nearest theory test centre](/theory-test-centres/), or book on the official [GOV.UK booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23). All practice questions are original study material written to the current DVSA car theory test syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions. This site is an independent study resource and is not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA. --- # Attitude: Courtesy, Tailgating & Road Rage > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/attitude/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. DVSA theory test topic guide # Attitude: Courtesy, Tailgating & Road Rage Consideration for other road users, following distances, priority and courtesy. [Practise 45 Attitude questions](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) Quick answer Understand the Attitude topic: tailgating, headlight flashes, horn rules, giving way to buses and emergency vehicles, and patience with other road users. ## What does the Attitude topic test in the theory test? Attitude questions test whether you drive cooperatively and calmly. You will be asked about following distances, headlight flashes and the horn, giving way to buses and emergency vehicles, holding up queues, and how to respond when someone else drives badly. The right answer is usually the patient one that lowers risk for everyone. Rule 147 of the Highway Code sums up the topic: be considerate, be patient, remember anyone can make a mistake, and do not get agitated or involved when someone behaves badly. If you feel wound up, it advises you to pull over and calm down before carrying on. ## When are you allowed to flash your headlights or sound your horn? Flash your headlights or sound your horn only to let other road users know you are there. Rule 110 bans using a headlight flash for any other message or to intimidate, and rule 112 limits the horn to warning others while you are moving. Neither is a way of saying thank you, hurry up or go ahead. | Rule | What it says | Exam trap | | --- | --- | --- | | Rule 110 | Flash headlights only to show you are there | Flashing to let someone out or say thanks | | Rule 111 | Never assume a flash invites you to proceed | Pulling out because a driver flashed you | | Rule 112 | No horn while stationary on the road | Hooting at a queue that is not moving | | Rule 112 | No horn in a built-up area from 11.30 pm to 7 am, unless another road user poses a danger | Picking a time window that sounds similar | | Rule 112 | Never sound the horn aggressively | Using it to tell off another driver | ## What should you do if someone is tailgating you? Stay calm, ease off gently and open up the gap between you and the vehicle in front. More space ahead means you can slow down gradually if something happens, so the tailgater is less likely to run into you. Never brake sharply to warn them, speed up to escape, or wave them past. Rule 126 defines tailgating as leaving a gap too small to stop safely if the vehicle in front brakes, and calls it dangerous and intimidating. It also sets your own minimum: at least a two-second gap on high-speed roads and in tunnels, at least doubled on wet roads. Two related rules help here. Rule 168 says that if a driver overtakes and pulls into the gap in front of you, drop back to restore a two-second gap. Rule 235 says that in fog you should not speed up to get away from a vehicle that is too close behind you. ## How should you treat slower or less experienced road users? Give them time and space. The Highway Code asks for patience with older drivers, whose reactions may be slower (rule 216), and with learners and new drivers, who may not anticipate events as well (rule 217). Hurrying anyone by revving, edging forward, sounding the horn or following closely is always wrong. The January 2022 update added the hierarchy of road users. Rule H1 says those driving vehicles that can cause the greatest harm carry the greatest responsibility to reduce the danger they pose. For attitude questions, that means: - **Cyclists:** leave at least 1.5 metres when overtaking at speeds up to 30 mph, and more at higher speeds (rule 163). - **Horse riders:** slow to a maximum of 10 mph and pass wide, allowing at least 2 metres (rule 215). - **Pedestrians crossing:** give them plenty of time and do not harass them by revving your engine or edging forward (rule 194). - **Drivers who pull out on you:** slow down and hold back; do not drive too close behind to intimidate them (rule 147). ## Should you wave pedestrians across or signal other drivers to go? No. Rule 195 says you should not wave, flash your lights or use your horn to invite pedestrians across a zebra crossing, because another vehicle may be approaching and not stopping. Stop, wait and let the pedestrian decide when it is safe. The same thinking applies to beckoning drivers out of junctions. The problem is that your signal can only speak for you. A driver overtaking in the next lane, or a motorcyclist filtering past, has not agreed to stop. If a pedestrian or driver trusts your wave, you may have sent them into danger. ## How should you react to buses, emergency vehicles and queues behind you? Help them if you can do so safely and legally. Give buses priority when they signal to pull away from stops (rule 223), let emergency vehicles pass without breaking traffic rules (rule 219), and if you are holding up a long queue, pull in where it is safe and let the traffic go by (rule 169). Key details for each: - **Emergency vehicles (rule 219):** look and listen for flashing blue, red or green lights, sirens or flashing headlights. Do not brake harshly on the approach to a junction or roundabout, and avoid mounting the kerb. - **Buses and trams (rule 223):** also watch for passengers getting off and crossing the road. - **Being overtaken (rule 168):** keep a steady course and speed, slowing down if necessary. Never speed up or obstruct the driver trying to pass. - **Single-track roads (rule 155):** pull into a passing place on your left, or wait opposite one on your right. Give way to vehicles coming uphill when you can. ## What mistakes do learners make on attitude questions? The commonest mistake is choosing the answer that feels friendly or assertive rather than the one the Highway Code supports. Courteous gestures like waving or flashing can put people in danger, and “teaching a lesson” answers are always wrong. Look for the option that stays calm, keeps space and lets others make their own decisions. - **Braking to warn a tailgater.** This risks a collision behind you. Increase the gap in front instead. - **Reading a headlight flash as “go ahead”.** Rule 111 says use your own judgement. - **Speeding up while being overtaken.** Rule 168 says keep a steady course and speed. - **Running a red light for an ambulance.** Rule 219 says keep complying with traffic signs. - **Pulling into a passing place on your right.** Wait opposite it instead. - **Getting involved with a bad driver.** Annex 8 says never show off or compete with other drivers. ## Where should you go next? Try the [Attitude practice test](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) to check what has stuck. Then revise [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/), which shares many of the same rules, and [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/). When you feel confident, take a full [mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) or return to the [theory test topic list](/theory-test/). ## Ready to test yourself on Attitude? 45 free Attitude questions in the official four-option format, each with an explained answer and the Highway Code rule it tests — with a timed test mode. [Start the Attitude practice test](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### What does the Attitude topic cover in the theory test?** Attitude tests whether you drive with consideration for everyone else: keeping a safe gap, using headlight flashes and the horn only to warn of your presence, giving priority to buses and emergency vehicles, letting queues pass, and staying calm when other drivers make mistakes instead of reacting or retaliating. **### When are you allowed to flash your headlights?** Rule 110 of the Highway Code says you should flash your headlights only to let other road users know you are there, never to send any other message or to intimidate. Rule 111 adds that you should never assume another driver's flash is an invitation to proceed. **### When must you not sound your horn?** Rule 112 says you must not use your horn while stationary on the road, or in a built-up area between 11.30 pm and 7 am, except when another road user poses a danger. Use it only while moving and needing to warn others of your presence, and never aggressively. **### What should you do if a driver is tailgating you?** Stay calm, ease off gently and increase the gap between you and the vehicle in front. That extra space lets you slow down gradually if needed, so the driver behind is less likely to hit you. Do not brake sharply to warn them or speed up to get away. **### What should you do when an emergency vehicle approaches with blue lights?** Rule 219 says do not panic. Think about the vehicle's route and help it pass while still obeying traffic signs. Pull to the side and stop if necessary, but avoid stopping on a bend, the brow of a hill or a narrow section, and do not mount the kerb. Sources - [The Highway Code — General rules, techniques and advice for all drivers and riders (103 to 158)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) - [The Highway Code — Using the road (159 to 203)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203) - [The Highway Code — Road users requiring extra care (204 to 225)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/road-users-requiring-extra-care-204-to-225) - [The Highway Code — Introduction and hierarchy of road users (rules H1 to H3)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/introduction) - [The Highway Code — Annex 8: Safety code for new drivers](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-8-safety-code-for-new-drivers) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). ## Which other theory test topics should you revise? All 14 topics feed the same 50-question test, so revise every one. Then sit the [full free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under the real time limit. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) --- # Attitude Quiz: 45 Free Questions | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free · 50 questions in the real test · Pass mark 43/50 # Attitude quiz: 45 free theory test questions DVSA-style multiple-choice questions with explained answers and Highway Code references. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes — you need 43 correct to pass. Quick answer Below is a free Attitude mock test for the UK DVSA car theory test: multiple-choice questions in the official four-option format, each with the correct answer, a plain-English explanation and a Highway Code reference. Consideration for other road users, following distances, priority and courtesy. ## Attitude practice questions Checked against [The Highway Code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) as amended 22 October 2025 · last reviewed 26 September 2026. Spotted an error? [Report it](/corrections/). Or study below: tap any question to see its options, answer and Highway Code rule. **Q1. A driver behind is following you far too closely. What's the safest response?** A. Brake sharply to warn them off B. Speed up to open the gap behind you C. Ease off and increase the gap between you and the vehicle in front D. Signal left and stop immediately **Answer: C.** Dropping back from the vehicle ahead gives you room to slow gently, so the tailgater isn't forced into an emergency stop behind you — and gives them a safer space to overtake into. **Q2. When are you allowed to flash your headlights at another road user?** A. To let them know you're giving way B. Only to let them know you're there C. To thank them for letting you out D. To tell them to move over **Answer: B.** Headlight flashes have one official meaning: warning others of your presence, like the horn. Never assume a flash from another driver is an invitation to proceed — it may not be meant for you. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 110–111 **Q3. When must you not sound your horn in a built-up area?** A. Between 11:30 pm and 7:00 am, unless another road user poses a danger B. At any time on a road with street lights C. Between 10:00 pm and 6:00 am in all circumstances D. Whenever pedestrians are nearby **Answer: A.** In a built-up area you must not use your horn between 11:30 pm and 7:00 am, and on any road you must not use it while stationary — in both cases unless another road user poses a danger. Never use it aggressively. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 112 **Q4. You're driving a slow-moving vehicle on a narrow, winding road and a queue has built up behind you. What should you do?** A. Maintain your speed — following drivers must wait B. Wave the queue past on a bend C. Speed up beyond your comfortable limit D. Pull in where it's safe and let the traffic pass **Answer: D.** Holding up a long queue invites risky overtakes. Checking your mirrors often and pulling in safely to let traffic pass is the considerate — and safest — option. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 169 **Q5. You've stopped at a zebra crossing for a pedestrian. Should you wave them across?** A. Yes — it's polite and speeds things up B. No — other traffic may not have stopped, so let them judge when it's safe C. Yes, but only at night D. Only if children are crossing **Answer: B.** Never beckon pedestrians across: a vehicle in another lane may not be stopping, and your wave could send someone into its path. Stop, wait, and let them decide. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 195 **Q6. An ambulance with flashing blue lights is behind you in traffic. What should you do?** A. Brake hard and stop where you are B. Drive through the red light ahead to clear the way C. Pull over safely and legally to let it pass, without mounting the kerb or breaking the law D. Speed up to stay ahead of it **Answer: C.** Help emergency vehicles pass — but calmly and legally. Don't run red lights, mount kerbs or endanger others; anticipate where it needs to go and give way safely. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 219 **Q7. The driver ahead is elderly and hesitating at a junction. How should you respond?** A. Sound your horn to prompt them B. Overtake them at the junction C. Be patient and allow them time — they may not react as quickly as you D. Drive close behind to encourage them to move **Answer: C.** Older drivers' reactions may be slower, and pressuring a hesitant driver causes rushed, dangerous decisions. Patience costs seconds; intimidation causes collisions. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 147 and 216 **Q8. On a single-track road, a vehicle is coming towards you and the passing place is on your right. What should you do?** A. Drive into the passing place on the right B. Wait opposite the passing place so the other vehicle can use it C. Reverse until the road widens, whatever the distance D. Flash your headlights and continue **Answer: B.** Pull into a passing place on your left, or wait opposite one on your right — never cross into it. Give way to vehicles coming uphill where you can. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 155–156 **Q9. Why does the Highway Code say you must never throw anything, such as a can or food wrapper, out of a vehicle?** A. It's an offence, and it can endanger others — particularly motorcyclists and cyclists B. It's only illegal on motorways and dual carriageways, where litter is harder to clear up safely C. It's permitted as long as the item is biodegradable, such as fruit peel D. It only matters if the item actually strikes another vehicle behind you **Answer: A.** Rule 147 says you MUST NOT (a legal requirement) throw anything out of a vehicle, including food or food packaging, cigarette ends, cans, paper or carrier bags. As well as being litter, a flying object can strike or unsettle someone on two wheels, who has no bodywork to protect them. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 147 **Q10. Another road user causes you a problem, for example by hesitating or choosing the wrong lane. What attitude does the Highway Code encourage?** A. Make your disapproval clear to them so they don't make the same mistake again B. Sound your horn so they realise they've got it wrong C. Report them to the police at the next opportunity D. Be understanding — they may be inexperienced or not know the area **Answer: D.** Rule 147 asks you to be patient and understanding: anyone can make a mistake, and the other driver may be a learner, newly qualified or unfamiliar with the roads. Showing disapproval only raises tension and makes a further error more likely. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 147 **Q11. What does the Highway Code advise if a road user pulls out into your path at a junction?** A. Close right up behind them so they realise their mistake B. Slow down and hold back so they have room to get clear C. Swerve around them and carry on at your original speed D. Flash your headlights and sound your horn to warn them off **Answer: B.** Rule 147 says slow down, hold back and allow them to get clear. Over-reacting by driving too close behind to intimidate them turns a small error into a dangerous situation, and swerving round them risks conflict with oncoming traffic or pedestrians. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 147 **Q12. What does the Highway Code advise if another driver's behaviour starts to make you angry?** A. Follow them for a while so you can point out exactly what they did wrong B. Keep driving, but speed up to put some distance between you and them C. Pull over when it's safe, calm down, and carry on once you feel relaxed D. Make it obvious you're annoyed so they know to change their driving **Answer: C.** Rule 147 warns that becoming agitated or involved when someone behaves badly only makes the situation worse. Stopping somewhere safe to calm down stops you making rash decisions, while chasing or confronting the other driver can quickly escalate into road rage. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 147 **Q13. It's raining and you're approaching a bus stop where people are queuing beside a deep puddle. What should you do?** A. Slow down so you don't splash the people waiting B. Keep your speed, as puddles are a normal part of wet weather C. Sound your horn to warn them to step back from the kerb D. Speed up so that you pass through the puddle more quickly **Answer: A.** Soaking pedestrians is inconsiderate, and prosecutors list driving through a puddle so that people are splashed as a possible example of driving without reasonable consideration for others, which rule 144 says you MUST NOT do. Slowing down avoids it completely. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 144 **Q14. In law, when is someone regarded as driving without due care and attention (careless driving)?** A. Only when their driving leads to a collision in which another person is injured or killed B. Only when they have broken a speed limit or ignored a traffic sign C. Only when a police officer personally witnessed the driving D. When their driving falls below what's expected of a competent and careful driver **Answer: D.** The Road Traffic Act 1988 defines careless driving as driving that falls below what would be expected of a competent and careful driver. No collision or injury is needed: a misjudgement such as emerging from a side road without enough caution can be enough. Reference: Road Traffic Act 1988 — section 3ZA **Q15. What makes driving 'dangerous' rather than careless, in legal terms?** A. It takes place on a motorway or other high-speed road rather than in a town B. It causes damage to another vehicle, even though nobody is hurt C. It falls far below a competent, careful driver's standard, and the danger would be obvious to one D. The driver has already been warned about their driving by the police **Answer: C.** Under the Road Traffic Act 1988, driving is dangerous when it falls far below what's expected of a competent and careful driver, and it would be obvious to such a driver that driving that way is dangerous. Careless driving only needs to fall below that standard. Reference: Road Traffic Act 1988 — section 2A **Q16. How many penalty points can a court give for careless or inconsiderate driving?** A. 3 to 6 B. 3 to 9 C. 6 to 8 D. 3 to 11 **Answer: B.** The Highway Code's penalty table shows 3 to 9 points for careless and inconsiderate driving, plus an unlimited fine and possible disqualification. Reaching 12 or more points within three years means compulsory disqualification, so repeated carelessness can quickly cost you your licence. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 5 (penalties) **Q17. A driver is convicted of dangerous driving. What must the court normally do?** A. Disqualify them from driving for at least 12 months B. Give them a fixed penalty with 3 points on their licence C. Order them to attend a speed awareness course instead D. Issue a formal warning, as long as nobody was injured **Answer: A.** Dangerous driving carries obligatory disqualification, and the minimum period is 12 months. The maximum penalty also includes 2 years' imprisonment and an unlimited fine. Insurance costs are likely to rise considerably after a conviction for a serious driving offence. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 5 (penalties) **Q18. How does the Highway Code describe tailgating?** A. Acceptable on high-speed roads, as long as your brakes are in good condition B. Discourteous, but not something the police are able to take any action over C. Only a problem when the road surface is wet, icy or covered in loose gravel D. Dangerous and intimidating, and enforced by police as a careless or dangerous driving offence **Answer: D.** Rule 126 defines tailgating as leaving too small a gap to stop safely if the vehicle in front suddenly brakes. It calls tailgating dangerous and intimidating, and notes that dangerous and careless driving offences, such as tailgating, are enforced by the police. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126 **Q19. Which of these could lead to a charge of dangerous driving?** A. Using dipped headlights during heavy rain in the middle of the day B. Waiting to let a bus pull out from a bus stop C. Racing or driving competitively against another vehicle D. Leaving a larger gap than usual on a wet road **Answer: C.** Prosecutors list racing or competitive driving among the behaviours that may amount to dangerous driving, alongside aggressive lane changes and driving much too close to the vehicle in front. A conviction brings obligatory disqualification and possibly prison. Reference: CPS legal guidance — Road Traffic: Fatal Offences and Bad Driving **Q20. Why shouldn't you treat a speed limit as a target?** A. It's only a recommended speed, so you may go faster whenever the road ahead is clear B. It's the maximum allowed, and conditions often make a lower speed the safe choice C. Speed limits only apply in daylight and good weather, not at other times D. Speed limits are only enforced on roads that have fixed cameras **Answer: B.** Rule 146 says do not treat speed limits as a target: it is often not appropriate or safe to drive at the maximum. Rule 125 adds that the limit is an absolute maximum and doesn't mean it's safe to drive at that speed whatever the conditions. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 125 and 146 **Q21. Besides making collisions more likely and more severe, what effect does the Highway Code say inappropriate speed has?** A. It intimidates people and deters them from walking, cycling or riding horses B. It improves traffic flow, because busy roads are cleared more quickly at higher speeds C. It makes other drivers concentrate harder on what they're doing D. It shortens the time pedestrians have to wait before crossing **Answer: A.** Rule 125 says inappropriate speeds are intimidating and deter people from walking, cycling or riding horses. It also warns that unsafe speed increases both the chance of causing a collision and how severe it is, and that driving too fast for the conditions is dangerous. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 125 **Q22. In England, Scotland and Wales, what is the minimum penalty for a speeding offence?** A. A £60 fine and 3 penalty points B. A £100 fine and 6 penalty points C. A £50 fine with no penalty points D. A £100 fine and 3 penalty points **Answer: D.** GOV.UK states that the minimum penalty for speeding is a £100 fine and 3 penalty points, although some drivers are offered a speed awareness course instead. Drivers within 2 years of passing their test have their licence revoked if they build up 6 or more points. Northern Ireland differs: its conditional offer of a fixed penalty is £60 and 3 points. Reference: GOV.UK — Speeding penalties; nidirect — Speed limits and penalties for breaking them **Q23. Can you be driving dangerously even if you don't intend to?** A. No — dangerous driving always requires a deliberate intention to cause harm B. No — it only counts as dangerous if somebody is actually injured C. Yes — you can drive dangerously or too fast without meaning to D. Only if you've been drinking alcohol or taking drugs beforehand **Answer: C.** Rule 144 says you MUST NOT drive dangerously, and reminds you that you may be driving dangerously or travelling too fast even if you don't mean to. What matters is the standard of your driving and the risk it creates, not your intentions. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 144 **Q24. You're waiting to turn right out of a side road. A driver approaching on the main road flashes their headlights. What should you do?** A. Use your own judgement and pull out only if you're sure it's safe B. Pull out straight away, because they're clearly telling you they'll let you go C. Flash your headlights back to them, then pull out D. Wait until every vehicle on the main road has passed **Answer: A.** Rule 111 warns never to assume that flashing headlights is an invitation to proceed. The signal may be meant for someone else, and other traffic, such as a motorcyclist overtaking that car, may not have stopped. Check for yourself and go only when it's safe. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 111 **Q25. At any time of day, when must you not sound your horn, unless another road user poses a danger?** A. When approaching a blind bend on a narrow country lane B. When overtaking a slow-moving vehicle on an open road C. When you're travelling faster than 50 mph D. While your vehicle is stationary on the road **Answer: D.** Rule 112 says you MUST NOT use your horn while stationary on the road, for example to hurry a queue or greet a friend, unless another road user poses a danger. Its purpose is to warn others of your presence while you're moving, never to express annoyance. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 112 **Q26. On a dual carriageway, a car moves into the lane in front of you, leaving you far too close behind it. What should you do?** A. Hold your speed so the driver learns not to cut in B. Ease off and drop back to open up a safe gap again C. Flash your headlights to show them they were too close D. Move out and overtake straight away to get back in front **Answer: B.** Rule 168 says drop back to maintain a two-second gap if someone pulls into the space in front of you. Staying close to make a point, or retaliating, leaves you no room to stop if they brake. Your safety matters more than your pride. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 168 **Q27. In slow-moving traffic, why should you avoid stopping across the entrance to a side road?** A. It only matters if the side road is controlled by its own set of traffic lights B. Side road entrances are reserved for buses and emergency vehicles C. Blocking it stops traffic getting in and out and adds to congestion D. It makes no difference, because queuing traffic has priority **Answer: C.** Rule 151 asks you to allow access into and from side roads in slow-moving traffic, because blocking them adds to congestion. Leaving a gap costs you nothing when the queue ahead isn't moving, and lets other drivers get on with their journeys. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 151 **Q28. When does the Highway Code recommend 'merging in turn' where lanes reduce?** A. When vehicles are moving at very low speed, such as approaching roadworks B. On motorways at normal speeds, to keep the traffic flowing smoothly C. Only when a police officer or traffic officer directs you to do so D. Never — drivers in the closing lane should always wait for a large gap to appear **Answer: A.** Rule 134 recommends merging in turn when it's safe and appropriate and vehicles are travelling at very low speed, for example approaching roadworks or an incident, but not at high speed. Letting one vehicle in ahead of you keeps things fair and flowing. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 134 and 288 **Q29. You're driving along a single carriageway road when the car behind pulls out to overtake you. What should you do?** A. Speed up a little so that they have to pull back in behind you B. Move towards the centre line so they know to wait C. Brake firmly so they can get past you more quickly D. Keep a steady course, easing off if needed to let them by **Answer: D.** Rule 168 says that if a driver is trying to overtake you, maintain a steady course and speed, slowing down if necessary to let them pass. Never obstruct drivers who wish to pass: speeding up or driving unpredictably while someone is overtaking you is dangerous. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 168 **Q30. You've been stuck behind a slow van on a winding road for several miles and you're getting frustrated. What should you do?** A. Take the first chance you get to pass, even if you're approaching a bend B. Drive close behind the van to encourage the driver to pull over C. Stay patient and overtake only when you can see it's safe and legal D. Sound your horn to ask the van driver to let you go by **Answer: C.** Rule 163 says overtake only when it's safe and legal, and rule 166 says don't overtake where there's any doubt or you can't see far enough ahead, such as near a bend or the brow of a hill. Frustration is never a reason to take that risk. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 163 and 166 **Q31. You're following a large lorry on a single carriageway road where the national speed limit applies. It's travelling below the limit for cars. Why does the Highway Code ask you to be patient?** A. The driver is probably lost and looking for a turning B. Larger vehicles are subject to lower speed limits than cars C. Lorries must always stay at least 20 mph below the posted limit D. Overtaking a lorry is illegal on a single carriageway **Answer: B.** Rule 222 asks you to be patient because larger vehicles are subject to lower speed limits than cars and motorcycles. The lorry may be driving perfectly legally, so hang back where you can see ahead, and overtake only when it's safe and legal to do so. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 222 **Q32. You're on a single-track road with passing places and want to stop for a few minutes to enjoy the view. What should you avoid doing?** A. Parking in one of the passing places B. Using a proper car park or lay-by off the road C. Checking your mirrors before you slow down D. Signalling before you pull in to stop **Answer: A.** Rule 156 says do not park in passing places. On a single-track road they're the only spots where vehicles can get past each other or let a driver behind overtake, so blocking one causes delays and can force others into risky reversing. Find a proper parking area instead. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 155 and 156 **Q33. A Highway Code rule tells you what you 'should' do, rather than what you 'MUST' do. Which of these is true about it?** A. It's only guidance, so it can never be used against you in court B. Ignoring it is an offence that carries 3 penalty points C. It applies only to learners and newly qualified drivers D. It can be used in evidence in court to help establish liability **Answer: D.** The Highway Code's introduction says rules worded 'MUST' or 'MUST NOT' are legal requirements, and breaking them is a criminal offence. Ignoring a 'should' rule won't in itself lead to prosecution, but the Code may be used in evidence in court proceedings under the Traffic Acts to establish liability. Reference: The Highway Code — Introduction (Wording of The Highway Code) **Q34. Why does the Highway Code remind drivers that people may have impaired sight, hearing or mobility?** A. So you can report anyone who crosses without looking B. Because such people are not allowed to walk in the road C. Because it may not be obvious, so you should allow for it D. So you know to use your horn to help them move faster **Answer: C.** Rule H1 asks all road users to remember that the people they meet may have impaired sight, hearing or mobility, and that this may not be obvious. A pedestrian who seems not to notice you may simply be unable to see or hear your vehicle. Reference: The Highway Code — rule H1 **Q35. A car with L plates ahead of you is waiting at a roundabout and lets several gaps go that you'd have taken. What should you do?** A. Wait patiently, as they may not yet be confident judging gaps B. Sound your horn to prompt them to take the next gap C. Move up close behind them to show that you're waiting D. Drive around them on the left-hand side and join the roundabout yourself **Answer: A.** Rule 217 asks you to be particularly patient with learner and young drivers, who may not be as skilful at anticipating and responding to events. Pressure from behind can push a learner into a rushed, unsafe decision that causes far more delay for everyone. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 217 **Q36. Besides the road users most at risk, which group does rule 204 say it's particularly important to be aware of?** A. Drivers of high-performance sports cars B. Learner and inexperienced drivers and riders C. Delivery drivers working to tight deadlines D. Drivers towing trailers or caravans **Answer: B.** Rule 204 names pedestrians (particularly children, older adults and disabled people), cyclists, horse riders and motorcyclists as most at risk, and says to be particularly aware of learner and inexperienced drivers and riders. Those who can cause the greatest harm carry the greatest responsibility. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 204 **Q37. You're driving down a steep single-track road with passing places. A car appears, coming up the hill towards you. What does the Highway Code advise?** A. Keep going, as traffic heading downhill has priority B. Flash your headlights to tell the other driver to reverse C. Speed up so you reach the next passing place before them D. Give way to them if you can, as they're coming uphill **Answer: D.** Rule 155 says that on single-track roads you should give way to road users coming uphill whenever you can. If necessary, reverse until you reach a passing place so the other vehicle can get by, and slow down when passing pedestrians, cyclists and horse riders. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 155 **Q38. You're crawling along in a slow-moving queue, and a pedestrian is waiting to cross the road just in front of your car. What does the Highway Code suggest?** A. Close the gap to the car ahead so they can't step out B. Sound your horn so they know the traffic is moving C. Allow them to cross in front of you D. Edge forward slowly to show you won't be stopping **Answer: C.** Rule 151 gives advice for slow-moving traffic, including allowing pedestrians and cyclists to cross in front of you. Holding back briefly costs you almost nothing in a queue, while closing the gap or edging forward can intimidate people and leave them with nowhere safe to cross. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 151 **Q39. Which of these could count as driving without reasonable consideration for other road users?** A. Staying in an overtaking lane when you don't need to B. Keeping to the left-hand lane on a clear dual carriageway C. Pulling in where it's safe to let a queue of traffic pass D. Leaving a two-second gap to the vehicle in front **Answer: A.** Rule 144 says you MUST NOT drive without reasonable consideration for other road users, and prosecutors list unnecessarily remaining in an overtaking lane as a possible example. Rules 137 and 264 say keep to the left-hand lane unless you're overtaking, and move back when it's safe. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 137, 144 and 264; CPS legal guidance — Road Traffic: Fatal Offences and Bad Driving **Q40. You passed your test a month ago in a small hatchback. A friend offers to lend you their powerful sports car for the weekend. What does the Highway Code's safety code for new drivers advise?** A. Drive it only on motorways, where there's more room B. Take an experienced passenger to warn you about your speed C. Use the extra power to make overtaking quicker and safer D. Get plenty of solo driving experience first **Answer: D.** Annex 8 says most new drivers have no experience of driving high-powered or sporty cars. Unless you learnt to drive in one, you need plenty of experience driving on your own before driving a more powerful car. It also warns that many serious collisions happen because the driver loses control, particularly on bends. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 8 (safety code for new drivers) **Q41. At traffic lights, the driver in the next lane revs their engine and looks across as if inviting you to race. What should you do?** A. Accelerate hard when the lights change so they can't get ahead B. Ignore them and move off normally when it's safe C. Hold back until they've gone, then speed up to catch them D. Pull away quickly, then brake sharply to make them back off **Answer: B.** The safety code for new drivers says never show off or try to compete with other drivers, particularly if they are driving badly. Racing on public roads can amount to dangerous driving, which carries obligatory disqualification. Let them go and drive at your own safe pace. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 8 (safety code for new drivers) **Q42. According to the Highway Code's safety code for new drivers, how many new drivers have some kind of collision in their first year?** A. About one in 100 B. About one in 50 C. As many as one in five D. As many as one in two **Answer: C.** Annex 8 says as many as one new driver in five has some kind of collision in their first year. Passing the test shows you have the skills, but experience, especially in anticipating other road users' behaviour, takes time to build, so keep developing it. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 8 (safety code for new drivers) **Q43. You passed your driving test last month. Which further training does the Highway Code's safety code for new drivers suggest, which could also save you money on insurance?** A. Pass Plus B. A speed awareness course C. An advanced motorcycle course D. A second practical driving test **Answer: A.** Annex 8 suggests you could consider further training such as Pass Plus. It could save you money on your insurance as well as helping to reduce your risk of being involved in a collision, since many newly qualified drivers still lack experience. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 8 (safety code for new drivers) **Q44. Which habit shows fuel-efficient, eco-safe driving, as assessed on the practical driving test?** A. Braking late and firmly to keep up good progress B. Planning well ahead to avoid unnecessary stopping C. Holding a low gear so the engine is ready to accelerate D. Coasting downhill in neutral to save fuel **Answer: B.** Examiners assess eco-driving by looking for planning well ahead to avoid unnecessary stopping, choosing appropriate gears, and avoiding heavy braking and over-revving. Coasting may seem economical, but the Highway Code warns it reduces control because engine braking is lost. Reference: GOV.UK — Understanding your driving test result: car driving test **Q45. Your car is climbing slowly up a long hill, and a queue of vehicles behind you wants to overtake. There's a crawler lane on your left. What should you do?** A. Stay in your lane, as crawler lanes are only for lorries B. Put your hazard lights on to show you're going slowly C. Speed up beyond the limit so the queue doesn't need to pass D. Move into the crawler lane so they can pass **Answer: D.** Rule 139 says climbing and crawler lanes are provided on some hills. Use one if you're driving a slow-moving vehicle or if there are vehicles behind you wishing to overtake. Watch for the signs and road markings that show the lane is about to end. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 139 ## Frequently asked questions **### How many Attitude questions are in the real theory test?** The DVSA doesn't publish per-topic counts. Your 50 questions are drawn across all 14 official topics, so revise every category. **### What is the pass mark for the UK theory test?** You need 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions correct (86%), plus 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception clips. You must pass both parts in the same sitting. **### Are these real DVSA questions?** No — these are original practice questions written to the current DVSA syllabus and The Highway Code. Official revision questions are Crown Copyright and only available from licensed providers. ## Revise the other theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from all 14 official DVSA topics — revise every category, not just this one. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Don't forget part two: read [how hazard perception is scored](/hazard-perception/). Booked your test? Find your [nearest theory test centre](/theory-test-centres/), or book on the official [GOV.UK booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23). All practice questions are original study material written to the current DVSA car theory test syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions. This site is an independent study resource and is not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA. --- # Essential Documents: Licence, Insurance, MOT & Tax > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/essential-documents/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. DVSA theory test topic guide # Essential Documents: Licence, Insurance, MOT & Tax Licences, insurance, MOT and the paperwork you must have to drive legally. [Practise 35 Essential Documents questions](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) Quick answer What Essential Documents questions test: licences, learner supervision, insurance cover, MOT timing, vehicle tax and SORN, checked against GOV.UK. ## What does the Essential Documents topic cover? Essential Documents questions test the paperwork behind legal driving: driving licences and learner rules, insurance types, the MOT, vehicle tax and SORN, and when you must tell the DVLA about changes. Most answers come from Annex 3 of the Highway Code, plus rules 90, 92 and 97, and the matching GOV.UK guidance. Rule 97 is the starting point. Before setting off, you must have a valid licence and insurance for the vehicle you intend to use, and the vehicle must be legal and roadworthy. ## What documents do you need to drive legally in the UK? You need a valid driving licence for the category of vehicle, insurance that at least covers third parties, vehicle tax, and an MOT certificate once the vehicle is old enough to need one. The vehicle’s registration certificate (log book) must also show the correct keeper details, so tell the DVLA when anything changes. | Document | What the law requires | Exam trap | | --- | --- | --- | | Driving licence | Valid for the category you are driving; tell the DVLA if your name or address changes | Thinking a provisional licence lets you drive alone | | Insurance | At least third-party cover for your use of that vehicle | Believing third party covers your own car | | MOT certificate | Needed from the third anniversary of registration, then yearly | Assuming the MOT proves the car is roadworthy all year | | Vehicle tax | Must be in place for any vehicle used or kept on a public road | Forgetting that tax-exempt vehicles must still be taxed | | Registration certificate | Keeper details must be kept up to date with the DVLA | Forgetting that the seller sends it to the DVLA | If a police officer asks to see your licence, insurance certificate or MOT certificate and you cannot produce them, Annex 3 says you may be asked to take them to a police station within seven days. If your name has changed, our [driving licence name-change guide](/change-name-driving-licence/) explains the supporting evidence, deed poll options and what to check if you have already booked a theory test. ## What is the minimum car insurance you need? Third-party insurance is the legal minimum. It covers anyone you injure and anyone whose vehicle or property you damage, but it pays nothing towards your own vehicle or your own injuries. Third-party, fire and theft adds protection if your vehicle is stolen or damaged by fire, and comprehensive also covers your own vehicle. Driving uninsured is treated seriously. GOV.UK says police can issue a £300 fixed penalty and 6 penalty points, and a court can impose an unlimited fine and disqualify you. Police can also seize, and in some cases destroy, a vehicle being driven uninsured. You may also see questions about the policy excess. That is the part of any claim you agree to pay yourself before the insurer pays the rest. ## When does a car need its first MOT? A car must pass an MOT by the third anniversary of its registration and then every year. Without a valid MOT you cannot drive or park the car on the road, except when driving to a pre-arranged test or to or from somewhere for repairs. GOV.UK says the fine for driving without a valid MOT can reach £1,000. What the MOT does and does not mean: - It checks that the vehicle meets road safety and environmental standards at the time of the test. Keeping it roadworthy afterwards is still your job. - It does not cover the condition of the engine, clutch or gearbox. - You can have the test up to a month (minus a day) before it runs out and keep the same renewal date. - You cannot renew vehicle tax if the MOT has expired. - Annex 3 notes that many vehicles made or first registered over 40 years ago are exempt, unless they have been substantially changed. ## What are vehicle tax and SORN? Vehicle tax (Vehicle Excise Duty) must be paid on every vehicle used or kept on a public road. If you keep a vehicle off the road and want to stop taxing and insuring it, you must make a Statutory Off Road Notification (SORN) with the DVLA. The SORN lasts until you tax, sell or scrap the vehicle. GOV.UK sets out the details: - You must tax a vehicle even if it is exempt and you pay nothing. - If a vehicle is neither taxed and insured nor declared SORN, you can be fined £80 automatically. - A SORN vehicle may only be driven on the road to or from a pre-booked MOT or other test. Using it for anything else can lead to a fine of up to £2,500. ## Who can supervise a learner driver? A supervising driver must be at least 21 and have held a full licence for that type of car, manual or automatic, for at least three years. The learner must hold a provisional licence and display red L plates (red D plates are also allowed in Wales). The learner must be insured to drive that car. GOV.UK adds some rules that make good exam questions: - The supervisor must not use a mobile phone while supervising. - Learners cannot drive on a motorway with family or friends. Motorway lessons are only allowed with an approved driving instructor in a dual-control car. - Driving without the right supervision can mean a fine of up to £1,000 and up to 6 penalty points on your provisional licence. - L plates should be removed or covered when a qualified driver is using the car, except on driving school vehicles. ## When must you tell the DVLA about changes? Tell the DVLA when you change your name or address, when you buy or sell a vehicle, and when you develop a health condition likely to affect your driving. Rule 90 makes reporting a relevant medical condition a legal duty, and GOV.UK says failing to report one can lead to a fine of up to £1,000. Eyesight is part of this. Rule 92 says you must be able to read a number plate in good daylight from 20 metres, wearing glasses or contact lenses if you need them. GOV.UK says to tell the DVLA about any eyesight problem affecting both eyes, though ordinary short or long sight does not count. ## What mistakes do learners make on essential documents questions? Most errors here come from half-remembered numbers or assumptions about what a document proves. The theory test likes to swap similar figures, such as supervisor ages or MOT intervals, and to offer options that sound sensible but are not what the law says. These traps are worth learning by heart. - **Mixing up supervisor rules.** It is at least 21 years old and three years with a full licence, not 18 or “any full licence”. - **Thinking an MOT is a 12-month guarantee.** It only confirms standards were met on test day. - **Assuming third party covers your car.** It covers other people and their property only. - **Forgetting the new-driver rule.** Six points within two years of passing revokes your licence, and you must retake both tests. - **Believing a SORN car can be driven for short trips.** Only journeys to or from a pre-booked MOT or other test are allowed. ## Where should you go next? Check your knowledge with the [Essential Documents practice test](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/), then revise [Safety and Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) for roadworthiness checks and [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) for learner motorway lessons. When you are ready, take a full [mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) or see [every theory test topic](/theory-test/). ## Ready to test yourself on Essential Documents? 35 free Essential Documents questions in the official four-option format, each with an explained answer and the Highway Code rule it tests — with a timed test mode. [Start the Essential Documents practice test](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### What documents do you need to drive legally in the UK?** You need a valid driving licence for the vehicle category, insurance that at least covers third parties, vehicle tax, and a valid MOT certificate once the vehicle needs one. If a police officer asks and you cannot show your licence, insurance certificate and MOT, you may be asked to take them to a police station within seven days. **### What is the minimum level of car insurance required by law?** Third-party insurance is the legal minimum. It covers injury to other people and damage to their vehicles or property, but not damage to your own vehicle or injury to yourself. Third-party, fire and theft adds cover for fire and theft, and comprehensive also covers your own vehicle. **### When does a car need its first MOT?** A car must have an MOT by the third anniversary of its registration, then every year after that. GOV.UK notes that some vehicles need testing at one year old. You can be fined up to £1,000 for driving without a valid MOT, unless you are driving to a pre-arranged test or for repairs. **### Who can supervise a learner driver?** Annex 3 of the Highway Code says the supervisor must be at least 21 years old and have held a full licence for that type of car, manual or automatic, for at least three years. They must not use a hand-held phone while supervising, and the car must display L plates. **### What happens if a new driver gets 6 penalty points?** If you get 6 or more penalty points within two years of passing your first driving test, your licence is revoked. GOV.UK says you must then apply for a new provisional licence and pass both the theory and practical tests again. Unexpired points from your provisional licence count towards the total. **### What is a SORN?** A Statutory Off Road Notification tells the DVLA that a vehicle is being kept off public roads, so you can stop taxing and insuring it. A vehicle with a SORN can only be driven on a public road to or from a pre-booked MOT or other testing appointment. Sources - [The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-3-motor-vehicle-documentation-and-learner-driver-requirements) - [The Highway Code — Rules for drivers and motorcyclists (89 to 102)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-for-drivers-and-motorcyclists-89-to-102) - [GOV.UK — Vehicle insurance](https://www.gov.uk/vehicle-insurance) - [GOV.UK — Getting an MOT](https://www.gov.uk/getting-an-mot) - [GOV.UK — When you need to make a SORN](https://www.gov.uk/sorn-statutory-off-road-notification) - [GOV.UK — Driving lessons and learning to drive: practising with family or friends](https://www.gov.uk/driving-lessons-learning-to-drive/practising-with-family-or-friends) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). ## Which other theory test topics should you revise? All 14 topics feed the same 50-question test, so revise every one. Then sit the [full free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under the real time limit. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) --- # Essential Documents Quiz: 35 Free Theory Questions > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free · 50 questions in the real test · Pass mark 43/50 # Essential Documents quiz: 35 free theory test questions DVSA-style multiple-choice questions with explained answers and Highway Code references. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes — you need 43 correct to pass. Quick answer Below is a free Essential Documents mock test for the UK DVSA car theory test: multiple-choice questions in the official four-option format, each with the correct answer, a plain-English explanation and a Highway Code reference. Licences, insurance, MOT and the paperwork you must have to drive legally. ## Essential Documents practice questions Checked against [The Highway Code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) as amended 22 October 2025 · last reviewed 26 September 2026. Spotted an error? [Report it](/corrections/). Or study below: tap any question to see its options, answer and Highway Code rule. **Q1. What is the minimum level of motor insurance required to drive on UK roads?** A. Fully comprehensive B. Third party only C. Third party, fire and theft D. No insurance is needed for vehicles over 40 years old **Answer: B.** Third-party cover is the legal minimum: it covers injury to others and damage to their property, but not damage to your own vehicle. Driving uninsured is a serious offence. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements **Q2. When does a new car first need an MOT test?** A. After one year B. After two years C. When it's three years old D. Only when it's sold **Answer: C.** Cars normally need their first MOT three years after they were first registered, then every year. You mustn't drive a car that needs an MOT without a valid certificate — the only exceptions are driving to a pre-arranged test, or to a garage for repairs needed to pass it. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements **Q3. Who can supervise a learner driver in a car?** A. Anyone with a full driving licence B. Anyone over 18 with any licence type C. A person at least 21 years old who has held a full licence for the category for at least 3 years D. Only a DVSA-approved driving instructor **Answer: C.** A supervising driver must be at least 21 and have held (and still hold) a full licence for that category of vehicle for a minimum of three years. The learner must also display L plates (or D plates in Wales) and be insured. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements **Q4. What does a current MOT certificate actually confirm?** A. The vehicle will be roadworthy for the next 12 months B. The vehicle met the minimum road-safety and environmental standards on the day of the test C. The vehicle is insured D. The vehicle's service history is complete **Answer: B.** An MOT is a snapshot, not a warranty: it confirms minimum standards were met on test day. Keeping the vehicle roadworthy between MOTs remains the driver's responsibility. Reference: GOV.UK — MOT testing guide for test stations: introduction **Q5. You develop a medical condition that could affect your ability to drive safely. What must you do?** A. Nothing, if your doctor doesn't object B. Tell the DVLA C. Only tell your insurance company D. Stop driving for one month, then resume **Answer: B.** You must tell the DVLA about any health condition likely to affect your driving. If you don't, you can be fined up to £1,000, and you could be prosecuted if you're involved in a crash. If you're unsure whether a condition counts, check on GOV.UK or contact the DVLA. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 90 **Q6. What is the legal eyesight standard for driving?** A. Reading a number plate from 5 metres B. Reading a number plate (post-2001 style) from 20 metres, with glasses or lenses if you need them C. Passing an optician's test every year D. There is no legal standard after passing your test **Answer: B.** You must be able to read a current-style number plate from 20 metres. If you need glasses or contact lenses to do it, you must wear them every time you drive. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 92 **Q7. Your insurance policy has a £500 excess. What does that mean?** A. The policy costs £500 a year B. You must pay the first £500 of any claim yourself C. You're covered for a maximum of £500 D. You get £500 back if you don't claim **Answer: B.** The excess is the part of a claim you pay yourself. With a £500 excess, you cover the first £500 and the insurer only pays the amount of the claim above that. **Q8. What is a SORN?** A. A speeding penalty notice B. A Statutory Off Road Notification — a declaration that a vehicle is kept off public roads and untaxed C. A certificate of roadworthiness D. A short-term insurance policy **Answer: B.** Making a SORN tells the DVLA you're keeping a vehicle off public roads, so you don't need to tax or insure it. It mustn't be kept or used on a public road — the one exception is driving it to or from a pre-booked MOT or other test appointment, and it must be insured for that journey. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements; GOV.UK — When you need to make a SORN **Q9. What's the youngest age at which you can apply for your first provisional driving licence?** A. 15 years and 9 months B. 16 years C. 17 years D. 16 years and 9 months **Answer: A.** You can apply for a provisional licence from 15 years and 9 months old, so it can be ready in good time. Most people can't start driving a car on the road until they're 17. Reference: GOV.UK — Apply for your first provisional driving licence **Q10. You're a learner driver in England. When are you allowed to drive on a motorway?** A. Never, until you've passed your practical test B. With any supervisor who's over 21 C. Once you've passed your theory test D. With an approved driving instructor, in a car with dual controls **Answer: D.** Learners in England, Scotland and Wales may drive on motorways only with an approved driving instructor in a car fitted with dual controls. Practising on a motorway with family or friends is illegal, however experienced they are. Reference: GOV.UK — Driving lessons and learning to drive **Q11. You're driving with L plates on a dual carriageway in Scotland where the national speed limit applies. What's your speed limit?** A. 70 mph, the same as for any car driver B. 45 mph, the learner limit C. 50 mph, until you pass your test D. 60 mph, which is 10 mph below the normal limit **Answer: A.** In England, Scotland and Wales, learners keep to the same speed limits as qualified drivers, so the normal 70 mph dual-carriageway limit applies. Only Northern Ireland has a special learner limit, of 45 mph. Reference: GOV.UK — Driving lessons and learning to drive **Q12. You're learning to drive in Wales. Which plates may you display?** A. Red L plates only — D plates aren't legal B. Green D plates on the front and back C. Red D plates, red L plates, or both D. Green P plates **Answer: C.** Learners MUST display red L plates, but in Wales red D plates, red L plates or both can be used. Whichever you choose, they must be clearly visible to others from in front of the car and from behind. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements **Q13. You're practising with your mum supervising. She wants to reply to a text on her hand-held phone while you drive along a quiet road. Is that allowed?** A. Yes, because she isn't the one driving B. Yes, as long as the road is quiet and she's quick about it C. Yes, if she keeps one hand free to help you D. No — a supervisor mustn't use a hand-held phone **Answer: D.** You MUST NOT use a hand-held phone or similar device when driving or when supervising a learner driver. A supervisor needs to watch the road and be ready to help — replying to a text makes that impossible. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 149 **Q14. Your uncle is 45 and has held a full licence for 20 years, but only for automatic cars. Can he supervise you in a manual car?** A. Yes, his age and experience are enough B. No — he must be qualified to drive a manual car C. Yes, as long as he sits in the front passenger seat D. Only if he's also a driving instructor **Answer: B.** A supervisor must be at least 21, have held a full licence for 3 years, and be qualified to drive the type of car you're learning in. An automatic-only licence doesn't qualify someone to supervise you in a manual car. Reference: GOV.UK — Driving lessons and learning to drive; The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements **Q15. How often must you renew a photocard driving licence?** A. Every 10 years B. Every 3 years C. Every 5 years D. Only when you reach 70 **Answer: A.** You must renew a photocard licence every 10 years, and DVLA sends a reminder before the current one ends. There's a separate process for renewing your licence once you're 70 or over. Reference: GOV.UK — Renew your driving licence **Q16. You've just passed your practical test. What must you have before you drive on your own?** A. Your new full licence, which DVLA sends in the post B. Green P plates on the car C. Insurance that lets you drive without supervision D. A pass certificate from your theory test **Answer: C.** You can start driving as soon as you pass — you don't need to wait for your full licence to arrive. But you must have an insurance policy that allows you to drive without supervision. Reference: GOV.UK — Learn to drive a car: step by step **Q17. You've moved house and you're the registered keeper of a car. What must you update with DVLA?** A. Only your driving licence B. Only the log book (V5C) C. Your driving licence and the vehicle's log book (V5C) D. Nothing — your insurer tells DVLA for you **Answer: C.** You MUST tell DVLA when you change address. As registered keeper you need to update both your licence and your V5C. Changing the address on your licence is free, but you can be fined up to £1,000 if you don't tell DVLA. Reference: GOV.UK — Change the address on your driving licence; The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements **Q18. Your doctor tells you to stop driving for four months because of a medical condition. What must you do?** A. Surrender your licence to DVLA B. Keep your licence but avoid motorways C. Tell only your insurance company D. Wait until the four months are up, then tell DVLA **Answer: A.** You must surrender your licence to DVLA if your doctor tells you to stop driving for 3 months or more. You can apply to get it back once you meet the medical standards for driving again. Reference: GOV.UK — Medical conditions, disabilities and driving **Q19. At the start of your practical driving test, you can't correctly read the number plate on a parked vehicle. What happens?** A. The test continues, but you must wear glasses for the rest of it B. You get a minor fault and the test carries on as normal C. The examiner lets you retake the eyesight check at the end D. You fail, the test ends, and your licence is revoked **Answer: D.** GOV.UK says you must correctly read a number plate on a parked vehicle at the start of the practical test. If you can't, you fail, the test doesn't continue, DVLA is told and your licence is revoked. When you reapply, DVLA will ask you to take an eyesight test with DVSA. Reference: GOV.UK — Driving eyesight rules **Q20. You have your car resprayed a different colour. What must you do?** A. Update the colour on your V5C with DVLA B. Nothing, as colour isn't recorded anywhere C. Tell the police within 7 days D. Take the car for a new MOT **Answer: A.** Your V5C log book describes your vehicle, and colour is one of the changes you must update on it — along with the engine, cylinder capacity, fuel type and seating capacity. Reference: GOV.UK — Change vehicle details on a V5C registration certificate (log book) **Q21. What does third party, fire and theft insurance give you that third-party-only cover doesn't?** A. Cover for accident damage to your own car, whoever is at fault B. Cover for your own injuries in a crash C. Cover if your car is stolen or damaged by fire D. Free breakdown recovery **Answer: C.** Third party, fire and theft is like third-party cover but also protects you if your vehicle is stolen or damaged by fire. It won't pay to repair your own car after a crash — for that you need comprehensive insurance. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements **Q22. Which type of insurance would pay to repair your own car after a crash you caused?** A. Third party only B. Third party, fire and theft C. Any policy, once you've paid the excess D. Comprehensive **Answer: D.** Comprehensive insurance covers other people and their property, and also damage to your own vehicle (up to its market value) and injury to yourself. Third-party policies, including fire and theft, don't pay for crash damage to your own car. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements **Q23. Police stop you driving a car you're not insured to drive. What fixed penalty could they give you?** A. £300 and 6 penalty points B. £100 and 3 penalty points C. £1,000 and 12 penalty points D. A verbal warning for a first offence **Answer: A.** Police can issue a £300 fixed penalty and 6 penalty points for driving uninsured. If the case goes to court you could get an unlimited fine and be disqualified, and police can seize and, in some cases, destroy the vehicle. Reference: GOV.UK — Vehicle insurance: driving without insurance **Q24. Your car is parked on your driveway. It's untaxed and uninsured, and you haven't made a SORN. What's the problem?** A. None — it's on private land, so the rules don't apply B. None, as long as nobody drives it C. It must be insured unless it's declared off the road D. It only needs a valid MOT to be legal **Answer: C.** Under continuous insurance enforcement, a vehicle must be insured unless it's been declared off the road with a SORN. As registered keeper you could be fined £100, and the car could be clamped, impounded or destroyed. Reference: GOV.UK — Vehicle insurance: uninsured vehicles; GOV.UK — When you need to make a SORN **Q25. A friend offers to let you drive their car, which is insured for them. What should you check before you drive?** A. Nothing, because their policy automatically covers any driver B. That the MOT has at least six months left C. That you've held your licence for three years D. That there's insurance cover for you to drive it **Answer: D.** Before driving any vehicle, make sure it has insurance cover for your use. Even if the car itself is insured, you can be penalised if you personally aren't correctly insured to drive it. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements; GOV.UK — Vehicle insurance **Q26. Your car's MOT certificate has run out. When may you drive it on the road?** A. For up to 14 days after it expires B. To a pre-arranged MOT test, or to a garage for repairs needed to pass C. On roads with a 30 mph limit or lower D. Whenever it's taxed and insured **Answer: B.** You MUST NOT drive a vehicle without a valid MOT when it needs one. The exceptions are driving to a pre-arranged test or to a garage for repairs required for the test. Otherwise you could be fined up to £1,000. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements; GOV.UK — Getting an MOT **Q27. How early can you have your car's MOT done and still keep the same renewal date?** A. Up to three months before the current certificate runs out B. Up to a week before it runs out C. Up to a month (minus a day) before it runs out D. Only on the day it runs out **Answer: C.** You can get an MOT up to a month (minus a day) before it runs out and keep the same renewal date — for example, from 21 May if it expires on 20 June. Testing earlier than that moves your renewal date. Reference: GOV.UK — Getting an MOT **Q28. Your car was first registered more than 40 years ago and hasn't been substantially changed. What's the MOT rule?** A. It needs an MOT every six months B. It needs an MOT every two years instead of every year C. It can't be used on public roads D. It's exempt, but must still be kept roadworthy **Answer: D.** Cars built or first registered more than 40 years ago don't need an MOT unless they've been substantially changed. You must still keep the vehicle roadworthy — using one in a dangerous condition can bring a fine of up to £2,500 and 3 penalty points. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements; GOV.UK — Historic (classic) vehicles: MOT and vehicle tax **Q29. Your vehicle is exempt from vehicle tax, so there's nothing to pay. What must you still do?** A. Tax it with DVLA anyway B. Nothing — exempt vehicles don't need taxing C. Make a SORN every year D. Display an exemption disc in the windscreen **Answer: A.** You must tax your vehicle even if you don't have to pay anything because it's exempt. If you keep a vehicle off the road instead, you make a SORN — and a SORN doesn't need renewing. Reference: GOV.UK — Tax your vehicle; GOV.UK — When you need to make a SORN **Q30. You've just bought a used car and the seller says there are five months' tax left on it. What must you do before driving it away?** A. Nothing until the five months run out B. Ask the seller to send you the tax disc C. Tell DVLA within 14 days of buying it D. Tax it yourself **Answer: D.** Vehicle tax isn't transferred when a vehicle changes hands. You must tax a vehicle you've bought before you drive it, or declare it off the road. The seller gets a refund for any full months left once DVLA is told about the sale. Reference: GOV.UK — Tell DVLA you've sold, transferred or bought a vehicle **Q31. Your car's tax is due for renewal, but its MOT ran out last week. What's the problem?** A. You can't renew the tax until it passes an MOT B. None — tax and MOT are completely separate C. You must pay a surcharge on the tax for the late MOT D. You can only tax it for six months **Answer: A.** You can't renew vehicle tax if the MOT has expired. Get the vehicle tested and passed first — and if the tax is about to run out meanwhile, register the vehicle as off the road (SORN) rather than leaving it untaxed. Reference: GOV.UK — Getting an MOT **Q32. You passed your first driving test 18 months ago and have just reached 6 penalty points. What happens?** A. You get a warning letter from DVLA B. You must attend a speed awareness course C. Your licence is revoked and you must pass both tests again D. Nothing yet — disqualification only happens at 12 points **Answer: C.** Under the New Drivers Act, reaching 6 or more points within 2 years of passing your first test means your licence is revoked. You'd need a new provisional licence and to pass both the theory and practical tests again. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 5: Penalties; Annex 8: Safety code for new drivers **Q33. As a learner you got 3 penalty points. A year after passing your test you get 3 more. What happens?** A. Your licence is revoked, because the total is now 6 B. Nothing — learner points are wiped when you pass C. You'll get a warning, as only points after the test count D. You must retake the practical test only **Answer: A.** Unexpired points on a provisional licence carry over to your full licence. If further points bring the total to 6 or more within 2 years of passing your test, your licence is revoked — points from before the test count too. Reference: GOV.UK — Penalty points (endorsements): new drivers **Q34. A driver who passed their test years ago reaches 12 penalty points within 3 years. What will happen?** A. A fine, with the points staying on their licence B. A compulsory eyesight test C. Their points reset to zero D. Disqualification for at least 6 months **Answer: D.** Anyone who builds up 12 or more penalty points within 3 years MUST be disqualified, for a minimum of 6 months — or longer if they've been disqualified before. Points act as a warning that a ban is getting close. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 5: Penalties **Q35. You're stopped at a routine police check on your way home from work. You've left your licence and insurance certificate at home. What may the officer ask you to do?** A. Accept 3 penalty points on the spot B. Take them to a police station within 7 days C. Email copies to the officer within 24 hours D. Leave your car at the roadside until you fetch them **Answer: B.** You MUST be able to produce your licence, a valid insurance certificate and, where relevant, an MOT certificate when a police officer asks. If you can't do this there and then, you may be asked to take them to a police station within seven days. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 3: Motor vehicle documentation and learner driver requirements ## Frequently asked questions **### How many Essential Documents questions are in the real theory test?** The DVSA doesn't publish per-topic counts. Your 50 questions are drawn across all 14 official topics, so revise every category. **### What is the pass mark for the UK theory test?** You need 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions correct (86%), plus 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception clips. You must pass both parts in the same sitting. **### Are these real DVSA questions?** No — these are original practice questions written to the current DVSA syllabus and The Highway Code. Official revision questions are Crown Copyright and only available from licensed providers. ## Revise the other theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from all 14 official DVSA topics — revise every category, not just this one. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Don't forget part two: read [how hazard perception is scored](/hazard-perception/). Booked your test? Find your [nearest theory test centre](/theory-test-centres/), or book on the official [GOV.UK booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23). All practice questions are original study material written to the current DVSA car theory test syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions. This site is an independent study resource and is not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA. --- # Hazard Awareness: Spotting Hazards, Drink & Drugs > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/hazard-awareness/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. DVSA theory test topic guide # Hazard Awareness: Spotting Hazards, Drink & Drugs Spotting developing hazards early — the skill the hazard perception clips score. [Practise 54 Hazard Awareness questions](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) Quick answer How Hazard Awareness questions test anticipation: developing hazards, road clues, vulnerable road users, alcohol, drugs, medicines and tiredness. ## What does the Hazard Awareness topic test? Hazard Awareness questions test anticipation: reading clues in the road scene, adjusting your speed for what you cannot yet see, and recognising when you are the hazard because of alcohol, drugs, medicine or tiredness. It is the written partner to the hazard perception video test, and both reward spotting trouble early. The questions lean on Highway Code rules 95 and 96 (alcohol and drugs), 126 and 154 (stopping within the distance you can see), 146 (adapting to the road) and 204 to 210 (pedestrians most at risk). ## What is a developing hazard? A developing hazard is something that would make you take action, such as changing speed or direction. That is the definition GOV.UK uses for the hazard perception test. A parked car doing nothing is not a developing hazard, but the same car signalling right and starting to pull out is, because you would need to slow down. The difference matters in both parts of the test. A static feature, such as a junction, a bend or a parked lorry, is a clue that tells you where a hazard could come from. It becomes a developing hazard only when something starts to happen that needs a response from you. In the video test you watch 14 clips, each with at least one developing hazard and one with two. You can score up to 5 points per hazard, but clicking continuously or in a pattern scores nothing. ## Which clues warn you that a hazard is about to develop? Clues are details that tell you what might happen next: a ball in the road, a school sign, an ice-cream van, a bus at a stop, or a large vehicle positioning for a turn. When you spot one, check your mirrors, ease off and be ready to stop before the hazard actually appears. | Clue | What might happen | Highway Code | | --- | --- | --- | | Ball or toy rolling into the road | A child runs out after it | Rules 205 and 206 | | Parked ice-cream van | Children cross without looking | Rule 206 | | Bus or tram at a stop | Passengers step out to cross | Rules 206 and 223 | | School sign with flashing amber lights | Children crossing ahead | Rule 208 | | Stationary bus showing a School Bus sign | Children getting on or off | Rule 209 | | Rows of parked cars in a residential street | Doors opening, cars moving off, children stepping out | Rule 152 | | Large vehicle moving out before a left turn | It may need the whole width of the road | Rules 170 and 221 | | Pedestrian looking the other way | They step out without seeing you | Rule 146 | If a school crossing patrol shows a “Stop for children” sign, you must stop (rules 105 and 210). ## How fast should you drive when you cannot see what is ahead? Drive at a speed that lets you stop well within the distance you can see to be clear. Rule 126 sets that standard, and rule 154 repeats it for country roads, where bends can be sharper than they look and junctions may be hidden. The speed limit is a maximum, not a target, as rules 125 and 146 make clear. Why it matters so much near people: rule 207 says that at 40 mph your vehicle will probably kill any pedestrian it hits, while at 20 mph there is only a 1 in 20 chance of the pedestrian being killed. On country roads, rule 154 tells you to expect pedestrians, horse riders, cyclists, slow farm vehicles and mud on the road. Rule 146 adds the example of a road blocked beyond a blind bend, and says to look out for unmarked junctions where nobody has priority. ## Which road users are most likely to create a sudden hazard? Children, older people, disabled people, cyclists, motorcyclists and horse riders are the road users most at risk, and the most likely to appear or change direction suddenly. Rule 204 names them, and rule 205 warns that children in particular may step into the road without warning. Give them extra time, extra space and lower speed. Specific behaviours to anticipate: - **Cyclists and motorcyclists** may swerve suddenly to avoid drain covers, uneven surfaces or oily, wet or icy patches (rule 213). - **A rider looking over their shoulder** may be about to pull out, turn right or change direction (rule 212). - **Horses** can be startled and move quickly. Slow to a maximum of 10 mph and pass wide (rule 215). - **Blind or partially sighted people** may carry a white cane or use a guide dog, and may not see you coming (rule 207). ## How do alcohol, drugs, medicines and tiredness affect your driving? They all make you slower to spot and react to hazards. Rule 95 says alcohol gives a false sense of confidence, slows reactions and affects judgement of speed, distance and risk, even below the legal limit. Rule 96 says the effects of illegal drugs are unpredictable and can be even more severe than alcohol. What the law says: - **Drink-drive limits:** in England and Wales, 35 microgrammes per 100 millilitres of breath or 80 milligrammes per 100 millilitres of blood. In Scotland, 22 and 50. Alcohol can still affect you the morning after drinking the previous evening. - **Drugs:** it is illegal to drive while unfit through legal or illegal drugs, or with certain illegal drugs in your blood above specified limits, even if your driving seems unaffected. GOV.UK says a conviction brings a minimum one-year ban. - **Medicines:** check with your doctor or pharmacist and do not drive if told you may be impaired. - **Tiredness:** rule 91 recommends a break of at least 15 minutes after every two hours, and avoiding long journeys between midnight and 6 am. ## What mistakes do learners make on hazard awareness questions? The biggest mistake is reacting to the hazard you can see instead of the one that clue predicts. A ball, a bus or a school sign is a warning about people you cannot see yet. Learners also underestimate how much a small drink, a cold remedy or a late night affects their ability to spot danger. - **Swerving round the ball.** The real hazard is the child who may follow it. - **Treating the limit as a safe speed.** Stop within the distance you can see to be clear. - **“Below the limit means unaffected.”** Rule 95 says any alcohol reduces your driving ability. - **“Prescribed means safe to drive.”** Ask your doctor or pharmacist first. - **Sounding the horn at a horse.** Rule 215 says do not sound your horn or rev your engine; slow down and pass wide and slow. - **Overtaking near a school crossing patrol.** Rule 167 says do not overtake when approaching one. ## Where should you go next? Put this into practice with the [Hazard Awareness practice test](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/), then read our [hazard perception guide](/hazard-perception/) for the video half of the test. Related topics worth revising next are [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) and [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/). Finish with a full [mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) or pick another topic from the [theory test hub](/theory-test/). ## Ready to test yourself on Hazard Awareness? 54 free Hazard Awareness questions in the official four-option format, each with an explained answer and the Highway Code rule it tests — with a timed test mode. [Start the Hazard Awareness practice test](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### What is a developing hazard?** GOV.UK defines a developing hazard as something that would cause you to take action, such as changing speed or direction. A car parked at the roadside is not one, but if its right indicator starts flashing and it begins to pull out, you would need to slow down, so it becomes a developing hazard. **### Is Hazard Awareness the same as the hazard perception test?** No. Hazard Awareness is one of the multiple-choice topics, testing anticipation in written questions. The hazard perception part is a separate video test of 14 clips, scored out of 75 with a pass mark of 44. You must pass both parts, and the multiple-choice pass mark is 43 out of 50. **### What is the drink-drive limit in the UK?** In England and Wales the limit is 35 microgrammes of alcohol per 100 millilitres of breath, or 80 milligrammes per 100 millilitres of blood. Scotland is lower, at 22 and 50. Rule 95 says any amount of alcohol affects your driving, so the safest choice is not to drink at all. **### Can you drive after taking prescribed or over-the-counter medicine?** Only if it does not impair you. Rule 96 says you must not drive under the influence of drugs or medicine, and that you should check with your doctor or pharmacist and not drive if told you may be impaired. Annex 8 reminds new drivers that even over-the-counter medicines can affect driving. **### Why should you slow down near a parked ice-cream van or bus stop?** Rule 206 warns that children may run into the road near ice-cream vans because they are more interested in ice cream than traffic, and that pedestrians may step out suddenly near bus and tram stops. Slowing down gives you time to stop if someone appears from behind the vehicle. Sources - [GOV.UK — Theory test: hazard perception test](https://www.gov.uk/theory-test/hazard-perception-test) - [The Highway Code — Road users requiring extra care (204 to 225)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/road-users-requiring-extra-care-204-to-225) - [The Highway Code — General rules, techniques and advice for all drivers and riders (103 to 158)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) - [The Highway Code — Rules for drivers and motorcyclists (89 to 102)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-for-drivers-and-motorcyclists-89-to-102) - [GOV.UK — The drink drive limit](https://www.gov.uk/drink-drive-limit) - [GOV.UK — Drugs and driving: the law](https://www.gov.uk/drug-driving-law) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). ## Which other theory test topics should you revise? All 14 topics feed the same 50-question test, so revise every one. Then sit the [full free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under the real time limit. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) --- # Hazard Awareness Quiz: 54 Free Questions | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free · 50 questions in the real test · Pass mark 43/50 # Hazard Awareness quiz: 54 free theory test questions DVSA-style multiple-choice questions with explained answers and Highway Code references. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes — you need 43 correct to pass. Quick answer Below is a free Hazard Awareness mock test for the UK DVSA car theory test: multiple-choice questions in the official four-option format, each with the correct answer, a plain-English explanation and a Highway Code reference. Spotting developing hazards early — the skill the hazard perception clips score. ## Hazard Awareness practice questions Checked against [The Highway Code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) as amended 22 October 2025 · last reviewed 26 September 2026. Spotted an error? [Report it](/corrections/). Or study below: tap any question to see its options, answer and Highway Code rule. **Q1. A football bounces out from between parked cars ahead. What should you expect and do?** A. Sound your horn and maintain speed B. Expect a child to follow it — slow down and be ready to stop C. Swerve around the ball D. Flash your headlights to warn the child **Answer: B.** A ball is a classic clue to a developing hazard: a child is likely to chase it into the road with no thought for traffic. Check your mirrors, slow down and be prepared to stop. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 205–206 **Q2. What makes a hazard a 'developing hazard'?** A. It's anything at the side of the road B. It would make you change your speed or direction C. It only appears on rural roads D. It's any parked vehicle **Answer: B.** A developing hazard is something that would make you take action, such as slowing down or changing direction. A car parked at the kerb isn't one on its own — but if its door starts to open or it begins to pull out, you'd need to react, so it becomes a developing hazard. Reference: GOV.UK — Theory test: hazard perception test **Q3. How does even a small amount of alcohol affect your driving?** A. It has no effect below the legal limit B. It sharpens your reactions for a short period C. It reduces coordination and reaction time and gives a false sense of confidence D. It only affects you if you feel drunk **Answer: C.** Any alcohol slows reactions, impairs judgement of speed and distance, and breeds overconfidence — a dangerous mix. The only safe approach is none at all before driving. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 95 **Q4. You've been prescribed new medication. What should you check before driving?** A. Nothing — prescribed medicine is always safe for driving B. Ask your doctor or pharmacist whether it affects your ability to drive safely C. Only check if the medicine makes you feel unwell D. Take a shorter route than usual **Answer: B.** Many medicines cause drowsiness or slowed reactions. You must not drive under the influence of medicine that impairs you — check with your doctor or pharmacist first. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 96 **Q5. On a rural road, you're approaching a sharp bend with limited visibility. How should you choose your speed?** A. Match the speed limit — it's set for the bend B. So you can stop within the distance you can see to be clear C. Maintain speed but move to the centre of the road D. Sound your horn and continue at the same speed **Answer: B.** The rule that governs every blind bend, crest and narrow lane: drive at a speed that lets you stop within the road you can actually see. The limit is a maximum, not a target. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 126 and 154 **Q6. When are drivers most likely to be affected by tiredness?** A. On short urban trips in daylight B. On long, monotonous motorway journeys and between midnight and 6 am C. Only after drinking alcohol D. In stop-start traffic **Answer: B.** Monotony and the body clock are the killers: long featureless roads and the small hours. Plan a 15-minute break every two hours, and don't start a long trip already tired. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 91 and 262 **Q7. How do illegal drugs affect driving?** A. Their effects are unpredictable and can be even more severe than alcohol's — driving under their influence is illegal B. They only affect driving for an hour after use C. Stimulants improve concentration for driving D. They're only a problem when mixed with alcohol **Answer: A.** The effects of illegal drugs are unpredictable and can be worse than those of alcohol, and can cause fatal or serious crashes. Legal limits for illegal drugs are set very low, so even a small amount could put you over them — and police can screen drivers at the roadside. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 96 **Q8. A school crossing patrol displays their STOP sign. What must you do?** A. Slow down and pass with care B. Stop and wait until the sign is lowered and the crossing is clear C. Stop only if children are on your side of the road D. Give way only if you're within a school zone **Answer: B.** A school crossing patrol's STOP sign carries legal force: you must stop and stay stopped until the sign is put down. Watch for children approaching the crossing too. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 105 and 210 **Q9. You're driving along a town street. A pedestrian walking on the pavement ahead suddenly turns towards the kerb and glances back at the traffic. What has just happened?** A. Nothing yet — a pedestrian is only a hazard once they're in the road B. They're signalling that they want you to stop for them C. You should sound your horn so they stay on the pavement D. A developing hazard has started — they may be about to step out **Answer: D.** A developing hazard is one that would make you change speed or direction. The moment the pedestrian turns and checks the traffic, they may step out, so ease off and be ready to stop. Waiting until they're already in the road leaves you far less time to react. Reference: GOV.UK — Theory test: hazard perception test **Q10. In the hazard perception part of the theory test, what's the most you can score for each developing hazard?** A. 5 points B. 10 points C. 3 points D. 1 point **Answer: A.** Each developing hazard is worth up to 5 points. Clicking as soon as you see the hazard starting to develop earns the highest score, which rewards the same early anticipation that keeps you safe on real roads. Reference: GOV.UK — Theory test: hazard perception test **Q11. During a hazard perception clip, you click the mouse repeatedly in a steady rhythm to make sure you catch the hazard. What happens?** A. You score the maximum for that clip B. You lose points for every extra click C. You score nothing for that clip D. The clip restarts so you can try again **Answer: C.** Clicking continuously or in a pattern means you won't score anything for that clip. You don't lose points for a click that turns out to be wrong, and you only get one attempt at each clip, so respond when you genuinely see a hazard developing. Reference: GOV.UK — Theory test: hazard perception test **Q12. What's the pass mark for the hazard perception part of the car theory test?** A. 43 out of 50 B. 44 out of 75 C. 50 out of 75 D. 57 out of 70 **Answer: B.** You need 44 out of 75 in the hazard perception part, and you must pass both parts to pass the theory test. The 43 out of 50 figure is the pass mark for the multiple-choice questions, not the hazard clips. Reference: GOV.UK — Theory test: cars (pass mark and test result) **Q13. You're driving slowly down a narrow residential street with cars parked along both sides. Which hazard should you be most prepared for?** A. A car door opening or a child stepping out between vehicles B. Traffic lights ahead changing without warning C. A lorry overtaking you from behind at speed D. Oncoming drivers expecting you to reverse back to let them through **Answer: A.** Rule 152 lists what to look out for on residential streets, including car doors opening, vehicles moving off and children running out from between parked cars. Keep your speed down so you have time to react if something appears from a gap. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 152 **Q14. How many video clips will you watch in the hazard perception part of the car theory test?** A. 10 clips B. 12 clips C. 20 clips D. 14 clips **Answer: D.** GOV.UK says you'll watch 14 video clips of everyday road scenes. Each contains at least one developing hazard, and one clip contains two. You can score up to 5 points per hazard by clicking as soon as it starts to develop, and you only get one attempt at each clip. Reference: GOV.UK — Theory test: hazard perception test **Q15. A parked car ahead has someone sitting in the driver's seat and its brake lights have just come on. What should you do?** A. Sound your horn and carry on at the same speed B. Ease off and be ready for it to move off or a door to open C. Speed up to get past before it can move D. Flash your headlights to tell the driver to stay where they are **Answer: B.** Brake lights on a parked car with a driver inside are a clue that it may be about to pull out. Rule 152 warns of vehicles moving off and car doors opening. Slow down and give yourself room; rule 110 says only flash your headlights to let others know you're there, not to send any other message. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 110 and 152 **Q16. Traffic in the opposite lane is queuing and has stopped either side of a pedestrian crossing. Why should you take extra care as you approach the crossing?** A. The queue means the crossing's lights are probably out of order B. Drivers in the queue are likely to wave you through C. Pedestrians may be crossing between the stationary vehicles D. Queuing traffic means the crossing is closed to pedestrians **Answer: C.** Where queuing traffic or badly parked vehicles block the view either side of a crossing, rule 193 warns that pedestrians may be crossing between the stationary vehicles. They can step out from a gap you can't see into, so slow down and be ready to stop. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 193 **Q17. You're approaching a side road on your left. A van is edging forward out of it, its driver trying to see past parked cars. What should you do?** A. Ease off and be ready to stop in case it pulls out B. Keep your speed up so the driver can judge your approach C. Move to the centre of the road without checking your mirrors D. Sound your horn continuously until you're past **Answer: A.** Rule 146 says be prepared for road users emerging where there are junctions. A driver with a restricted view may misjudge your speed or not see you at all, so check your mirrors, slow down and be ready to stop rather than assuming they'll wait. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 146 **Q18. You're driving on an unfamiliar country road. Why does the Highway Code tell you to reduce your speed on the approach to bends?** A. Bends on country roads always have a lower speed limit B. Speed cameras are usually placed on bends C. Country roads never have markings on bends D. They can be sharper than they appear **Answer: D.** Rule 154 says take extra care on country roads and reduce your speed on the approach to bends, which can be sharper than they appear, and at junctions and turnings that may be partly hidden. Slowing down before you reach a bend gives you time to deal with whatever is round it. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 154 **Q19. A teenager is standing at the kerb ahead, looking down at their phone with their back to the traffic. What should you anticipate?** A. They'll wait because they can hear your engine B. They're waiting for a bus and won't move C. They may step into the road without seeing you D. They'll look up before crossing, so there's no risk **Answer: C.** Rule 146 advises you to try to anticipate what pedestrians might do: if they're looking the other way, they may step into the road without seeing you. Someone absorbed in a phone is a strong clue, so ease off and be ready to stop. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 146 **Q20. What's the maximum prison sentence for causing death by careless driving while under the influence of drink or drugs?** A. Life imprisonment B. 14 years' imprisonment C. 5 years' imprisonment D. 2 years' imprisonment **Answer: A.** The Highway Code's penalty table lists life imprisonment for causing death by careless driving under the influence of drink or drugs, plus an unlimited fine and a ban of at least 5 years. GOV.UK adds that, for the drink offence, an extended driving test is needed before the licence is returned. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 5 (penalties); GOV.UK — Drink-driving penalties **Q21. The police ask you to provide a breath specimen for analysis and you refuse. What could you face?** A. Nothing at all, because giving a breath specimen is always voluntary B. A ban of at least a year, an unlimited fine and possibly prison C. Only a warning, as long as you pass a blood test later D. A £100 fixed penalty, but no ban or penalty points **Answer: B.** GOV.UK lists the same penalties for refusing to provide a specimen of breath, blood or urine for analysis as for drink-driving: up to 6 months' imprisonment, an unlimited fine and a driving ban of at least 1 year. Refusing is no way to avoid a drink-driving penalty. Reference: GOV.UK — Drink-driving penalties **Q22. You're approaching a mini-roundabout in a residential area. What does the Highway Code warn you to beware of?** A. Pedestrians using the central circle as a refuge B. Traffic from the left, which always has priority C. Cyclists, who aren't allowed to use mini-roundabouts D. Other drivers making U-turns **Answer: D.** Rule 188 says approach a mini-roundabout as you would a normal one, but remember there's less space to manoeuvre and less time to signal. It advises you to avoid making U-turns at mini-roundabouts yourself, and to beware of other drivers doing so. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 188 **Q23. Why should you allow extra room when following or passing a cyclist on a road with potholes and drain covers?** A. They may suddenly swerve to avoid the uneven surface B. Cyclists must ride in the gutter on these roads C. Drain covers are only slippery for cars D. Cyclists aren't allowed to change direction without signalling **Answer: A.** Rule 213 warns that cyclists and motorcyclists may suddenly need to avoid uneven road surfaces and obstacles such as drain covers or oily, wet or icy patches. Give them plenty of room and be ready for a sudden change of direction. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 213 **Q24. Police stop you because they think you may have taken drugs. What might they ask you to do at the roadside?** A. Sign a statement confirming that you're fit to drive B. Take a field impairment assessment, such as walking in a line C. Wait in your car for an hour before you drive any further D. Drive yourself to the nearest police station for a blood test **Answer: B.** GOV.UK explains that police can make you do a field impairment assessment, a series of tests such as walking in a straight line, if they think you're on drugs. If they believe you're unfit to drive, you'll be arrested and given a blood or urine test at a police station. Reference: GOV.UK — Drugs and driving: the law **Q25. You're driving on a country road and see mud spread across the road surface. What should you be prepared for?** A. A diversion sign because the road is closed B. Faster traffic behind, because the road ahead is straight C. A slippery surface and slow-moving farm vehicles nearby D. Road works vehicles that will wave you through **Answer: C.** Rule 154 tells drivers on country roads to be prepared for slow-moving farm vehicles and mud on the road surface. Mud reduces grip and suggests farm traffic may be using the road, so slow down and be ready for a tractor ahead. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 154 **Q26. What's the legal breath alcohol limit for drivers in Scotland?** A. 35 microgrammes per 100 millilitres of breath B. 50 microgrammes per 100 millilitres of breath C. 80 microgrammes per 100 millilitres of breath D. 22 microgrammes per 100 millilitres of breath **Answer: D.** Scotland has a lower limit than the rest of the UK: 22 microgrammes of alcohol per 100 millilitres of breath, compared with 35 in England, Wales and Northern Ireland. The only safe approach is not to drink at all if you're driving. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 95 **Q27. In England, Wales and Northern Ireland, what's the legal limit for alcohol in a driver's blood?** A. 80 milligrammes per 100 millilitres of blood B. 50 milligrammes per 100 millilitres of blood C. 35 milligrammes per 100 millilitres of blood D. 107 milligrammes per 100 millilitres of blood **Answer: A.** The blood alcohol limit in England, Wales and Northern Ireland is 80 milligrammes per 100 millilitres. Scotland's is lower at 50. The figure 35 is the breath limit (in microgrammes), and 107 is the urine limit. Reference: GOV.UK — The drink drive limit **Q28. You drank heavily at a party that ended late last night. You feel fine this morning. Why should you think carefully before driving?** A. Your insurance won't cover you until midday B. Your reactions will be faster than normal, so you may speed C. You could still be over the limit or unfit to drive D. Tiredness is the only after-effect alcohol has the next day **Answer: C.** Rule 95 warns that alcohol takes time to leave your body, so you may be unfit to drive in the morning after drinking the previous evening. Feeling fine is no guide: you could still be over the legal limit. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 95 **Q29. Why is it impossible to say exactly how many drinks will keep you under the drink-drive limit?** A. The limit changes depending on the time of day B. Alcohol affects each person differently C. Breath tests only measure beer, not wine or spirits D. Each police force sets its own limit **Answer: B.** GOV.UK explains that the way alcohol affects you depends on your weight, age, sex and metabolism, the type and amount you drink, what you've eaten recently and your stress levels. That's why the safest choice is not to drink at all before driving. Reference: GOV.UK — The drink drive limit **Q30. What's the minimum driving ban for a first conviction of driving over the drink-drive limit?** A. 3 months B. 6 months C. 5 years D. 1 year **Answer: D.** Driving or attempting to drive over the limit brings a ban of at least 1 year (3 years if you're convicted twice in 10 years), and you could also face 6 months' imprisonment and an unlimited fine. Reference: GOV.UK — Drink-driving penalties **Q31. You're going to a friend's birthday meal and plan to have a few drinks. What's the safest way to get home?** A. Arrange another way home, such as a taxi or public transport B. Drive home slowly using quiet back roads C. Stick to two drinks and eat a large meal D. Drink plenty of water and wait an hour after your last drink **Answer: A.** Rule 95 says the best solution is not to drink at all when you plan to drive, and if you are going to drink, to arrange another means of transport. Food, water and waiting a short while don't make it safe to drive. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 95 **Q32. You bought a cold and flu remedy from a shop and the label warns it may cause drowsiness. What should you do?** A. Drive, but open a window to keep alert B. Drive only on roads you know well and avoid motorways C. Don't drive until you're sure it won't affect you D. Drive, as long as you stay under 50 mph **Answer: C.** Even over-the-counter medicines can affect your ability to drive safely, so read the label. Rule 96 says you must not drive under the influence of medicine — if it could make you drowsy, don't drive, and check with a pharmacist if you're unsure. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 96 and Annex 8: Safety code for new drivers **Q33. Police can use a roadside drug screening kit on drivers. Which drugs can it screen for?** A. Alcohol and caffeine B. Any prescription medicine C. Heroin and ecstasy only D. Cannabis and cocaine **Answer: D.** Police can use a roadside drug kit to screen for cannabis and cocaine, and can also carry out a field impairment assessment, such as asking you to walk in a straight line. If they think you're unfit to drive, you'll be arrested and tested at a police station. Reference: GOV.UK — Drugs and driving: the law **Q34. In Great Britain, how long does a drug-driving conviction stay on your driving licence?** A. 11 years B. 10 years C. 4 years D. 3 years **Answer: A.** A drug-driving conviction shows on your licence for 11 years. Other penalties include a minimum 1-year driving ban, an unlimited fine and up to 6 months in prison, and your insurance costs will rise significantly. Reference: GOV.UK — Drugs and driving: the law **Q35. You're driving in Great Britain and take a prescribed medicine exactly as your doctor advised. A blood test shows it's above the specified legal limit. When could you use a medical defence?** A. Only if you were driving under 30 mph B. If your driving wasn't impaired by the medicine C. Only if you had your prescription with you in the car D. Never — the limit applies to everyone **Answer: B.** Rule 96 explains that if you've been prescribed a particularly high dose and are above a medicine's specified limit, you can raise a statutory medical defence, provided your driving was not impaired. Driving while impaired by any medicine is still an offence. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 96 **Q36. In Great Britain, which of these is true about illegal drugs and driving?** A. It's only an offence if a police officer sees that the drug has affected your driving B. Cannabis is legal to drive on if you feel alert C. Certain levels in your blood are illegal even if your driving seems fine D. The limits are set high enough to allow for occasional use **Answer: C.** It's illegal to drive with certain levels of illegal drugs in your blood even if they haven't affected your driving. Rule 96 adds that the limits for illegal drugs are set very low, so even small amounts of use could put you over them. Reference: GOV.UK — Drugs and driving: the law **Q37. You're setting off on a long drive early tomorrow. What's the best way to reduce the risk of tiredness?** A. Drink several strong coffees before leaving B. Plan to drive the whole way without stopping C. Leave just after midnight, when the roads are quieter D. Get a good night's sleep and plan regular breaks **Answer: D.** Rule 91 says don't begin a journey if you're tired: get sufficient sleep before a long trip, avoid driving between midnight and 6 am when natural alertness is at a minimum, and plan your journey to include enough breaks. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 91 **Q38. You can only read a number plate at the required distance when you're wearing your glasses. You're driving to a local shop on a bright, sunny day. What must you do?** A. Leave them off, as you only need them in poor light B. Leave them off, as long as you stay under 30 mph C. Wear them only if your route includes a main road D. Wear them, as you need them every time you drive **Answer: D.** Rule 92 says that if you need glasses or contact lenses to read a number plate from the required distance, you must wear them at all times while driving, however short the journey and however good the light. You could be prosecuted for driving without meeting the standard. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 92 **Q39. A police officer stops you and asks you to read a number plate some distance away. Why can they do this?** A. Police can require any driver to take an eyesight test B. It's part of a random driving test for new drivers C. They can only ask if you've just been involved in a collision D. It's a voluntary check you can refuse **Answer: A.** Rule 92 gives the police the power to require a driver to undertake an eyesight test. If you can't read a number plate in good daylight from 20 metres, with glasses if you need them, you don't meet the standard and could be prosecuted. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 92 **Q40. You're short-sighted but can meet the eyesight standard for driving when wearing your glasses. Do you need to tell DVLA?** A. Yes, every time you renew your licence B. Yes, and your licence will be restricted to daytime driving C. No, but you must wear your glasses every time you drive D. No, and you can choose whether to wear your glasses **Answer: C.** You don't need to tell DVLA about being short-sighted, long-sighted or colour blind, but you must report eyesight problems that affect both eyes. If you need glasses to meet the standard, you must wear them whenever you drive. Reference: GOV.UK — Driving eyesight rules **Q41. Your phone rings while you're driving on a busy road and you have no hands-free kit. What should you do?** A. Answer it quickly and keep the call short B. Pick it up at the next red traffic light C. Put it on loudspeaker and hold it low down, below the dashboard D. Ignore it and listen to any message once you're safely parked **Answer: D.** Holding and using a phone while driving is illegal, including at traffic lights. Rule 149 says it's far safer not to use any phone while driving: find a safe place to stop first, or use voicemail and listen to messages later. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 149 **Q42. You're driving along a narrow, winding country lane with high hedges on both sides. What should you be prepared for at each blind bend?** A. The road being blocked just out of sight B. Oncoming drivers keeping tight to their own side C. An empty road, as lanes like this carry little traffic D. A warning sign before any obstruction on the bend **Answer: A.** Rule 146 tells you to be prepared for unexpected or difficult situations, such as the road being blocked beyond a blind bend. Rule 154 warns that bends can be sharper than they appear and that there may be pedestrians, horse riders, cyclists or slow-moving farm vehicles, so make sure you can stop within the distance you can see to be clear. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 146 and 154 **Q43. An elderly pedestrian is standing at the kerb ahead, looking as if they want to cross. What should you be prepared for?** A. They'll wait for you to pass, because vehicles have priority B. They'll signal to you before stepping off the kerb C. They'll only cross at a marked crossing point D. They may misjudge your speed and step out in front of you **Answer: D.** Rule 207 says older pedestrians, like children, may not be able to judge your speed and could step into the road in front of you. They may also need more time to cross, so ease off, be ready to stop, and don't hurry them by revving your engine or edging forward. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 207 **Q44. You're driving in the first shower of rain after several weeks of hot, dry weather, and you're approaching a roundabout. What should you be ready for?** A. Much better grip, because rain cools the tyres B. Other drivers expecting you to go first C. Less grip than usual when you brake and steer D. Your brakes taking longer to warm up **Answer: C.** Rule 237 warns that if it rains after a dry spell, the road surface may become slippery, which could affect your steering and braking. Slow down earlier than usual on the approach, and keep well back from the vehicle in front, as rule 227 advises in wet weather. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 227 and 237 **Q45. Why is spilt diesel on a wet road a particular hazard?** A. It gives off fumes that can mist up your windscreen B. It blocks road drains and causes deep flooding C. It makes rain bead on the road, hiding the white lines D. It greatly reduces the grip between tyres and the road **Answer: D.** Rule 227 warns that spilt diesel makes the surface very slippery, and Annex 6 notes it significantly reduces the grip between tyres and road, which is especially dangerous for motorcyclists. Look well ahead and avoid sudden braking or steering. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 227 and Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q46. You're driving on a cold, clear night. The steering suddenly feels unresponsive and the tyre noise almost disappears. What's the most likely cause?** A. You're driving on ice B. A tyre has lost pressure C. The power steering has failed D. A wheel bearing is worn **Answer: A.** Rule 231 says unresponsive steering may indicate ice and your vehicle losing its grip, and that when travelling on ice, tyres make virtually no noise. Ease off gently, avoid sudden steering or braking, and keep your speed right down. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 231 **Q47. A court bans a driver for 12 months for drink-driving. What might the court offer to reduce the length of the ban?** A. Paying a much higher fine instead of serving the ban B. A drink-drive rehabilitation scheme (DDRS) course C. Retaking the theory test straight away D. Fitting a breathalyser lock to their next car **Answer: B.** GOV.UK says you may be able to reduce your ban by taking a drink-drive rehabilitation scheme (DDRS) course if you're banned from driving for 12 months or more. It's up to the court to offer this, and a conviction will still make your car insurance cost significantly more. Reference: GOV.UK — Drink-driving penalties **Q48. You pass a 'Fog' warning sign, but the road ahead looks clear. What should you do?** A. Ignore it — the sign must have been left from earlier B. Switch on your rear fog lights straight away C. Be prepared for a bank of fog or patchy fog ahead D. Speed up to get through the area quickly **Answer: C.** Rule 234 says that if 'Fog' is shown on a sign but the road is clear, be prepared for a bank of fog or drifting patchy fog ahead. Even if it seems to be clearing, you can suddenly find yourself in thick fog. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 234 **Q49. A car parked at the kerb ahead suddenly shows white reversing lights. What does this tell you?** A. The driver is warning you of a hazard behind them B. The car's parking brake is on C. The driver is signalling for you to pass D. The driver intends to reverse **Answer: D.** Reversing lights mean 'I intend to reverse'. The driver may not have seen you, so check your mirrors, slow down and be ready to stop or wait. Don't assume they'll finish their checks before moving. Reference: The Highway Code — Signals to other road users **Q50. You're following a bus when it suddenly moves out towards the centre of the road, although you can't see why. What should you do?** A. Stay back, as it may be avoiding a hazard you can't see B. Overtake on its left-hand side while it's out of the way C. Sound your horn to tell the driver to keep left D. Close up behind it so you can follow it through **Answer: A.** Rule 221 says large vehicles may need extra road space to turn or to deal with a hazard that you're not able to see. Keep well back so you have a better view, and be prepared to stop and wait if the driver needs room or time. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 221 **Q51. What penalties can you face for being in charge of a vehicle while over the drink-drive limit, even if you weren't driving it?** A. None at all, because you weren't actually driving the car at the time B. Up to 3 months in prison, a fine of up to £2,500 and a possible ban C. Only a verbal warning, unless the engine was running D. Penalty points on your licence, but no fine or ban **Answer: B.** GOV.UK lists being in charge of a vehicle while above the legal limit or unfit through drink as a separate offence. It can bring 3 months' imprisonment, a fine of up to £2,500 and a possible driving ban. Plan how you'll get home before you start drinking. Reference: GOV.UK — Drink-driving penalties **Q52. You're approaching a recovery vehicle helping a broken-down car at the edge of the road. What should you expect?** A. The recovery vehicle to wave you past at speed B. The broken-down car to be empty and safe to pass closely C. People working in or at the side of the road D. A temporary 50 mph limit to be in force **Answer: C.** Rule 206 tells drivers to drive carefully and slowly when passing roadside rescue and recovery vehicles or going through road works, as there may be people working in or at the side of the road. Give them plenty of room. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 206 **Q53. You passed your test last month, and a friend asks you to drive them home from a party at 2 am. What does the Highway Code advise new drivers about this time of night?** A. It's the safest time to drive, as the roads are quiet B. It's fine as long as you use main beam throughout C. It only matters if you've had a drink at the party D. Avoid driving then unless it's really necessary **Answer: D.** Annex 8 says many of the worst collisions happen at night, and that the hours between midnight and 6 am are a time of high risk for new drivers. It advises avoiding driving then unless it's really necessary, so plan another way home if you can. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 8 (safety code for new drivers) **Q54. Why should you keep well to the left on a right-hand bend?** A. To improve your view and avoid oncoming traffic B. To make it easier to overtake on the bend C. So you can take the bend at a higher speed D. To leave room for vehicles overtaking you **Answer: A.** Rule 160 says keep well to the left on right-hand bends. This improves your view of the road ahead and helps you avoid the risk of colliding with traffic approaching from the opposite direction. It doesn't make a higher speed safe. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 160 ## Frequently asked questions **### How many Hazard Awareness questions are in the real theory test?** The DVSA doesn't publish per-topic counts. Your 50 questions are drawn across all 14 official topics, so revise every category. **### What is the pass mark for the UK theory test?** You need 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions correct (86%), plus 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception clips. You must pass both parts in the same sitting. **### Are these real DVSA questions?** No — these are original practice questions written to the current DVSA syllabus and The Highway Code. Official revision questions are Crown Copyright and only available from licensed providers. ## Revise the other theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from all 14 official DVSA topics — revise every category, not just this one. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Don't forget part two: read [how hazard perception is scored](/hazard-perception/). Booked your test? Find your [nearest theory test centre](/theory-test-centres/), or book on the official [GOV.UK booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23). All practice questions are original study material written to the current DVSA car theory test syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions. This site is an independent study resource and is not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA. --- # Incidents & Emergencies: Breakdowns & First Aid > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. DVSA theory test topic guide # Incidents & Emergencies: Breakdowns & First Aid What to do at the scene of an incident, breakdowns, first aid basics and warning devices. [Practise 50 Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies questions](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) Quick answer What to do after a breakdown, collision or crash: warning triangles, hazard lights, legal reporting duties, motorway safety and DR ABC first aid basics. ## What does the Incidents, Accidents and Emergencies topic cover? This topic tests what you do when something goes wrong: breaking down on ordinary roads and motorways, using warning triangles and hazard lights, your legal duties after a collision, keeping a crash scene safe, and basic first aid. Most answers come from Highway Code rules 275 to 287, rule 116 and Annex 7. Note the numbering. In the current Highway Code, rule 275 defines a place of relative safety and rule 276 covers general breakdown advice, including the warning triangle. Older revision material that quotes “rule 274” for triangles is out of date. | Situation | What to do first | Rule | | --- | --- | --- | | Breakdown on an ordinary road | Get off the road if possible, hazard lights on if obstructing, triangle at least 45 metres behind | Rule 276 | | Problem on a motorway | Go left, get safe behind the barrier, then get help | Rule 277 | | Something falls from your vehicle on a motorway | Do not remove it; stop in a place of relative safety and call 999 | Rule 280 | | Collision where you do not give your details | Report to the police as soon as reasonably practicable, within 24 hours | Rule 286 | | Someone injured and you cannot produce insurance | Report within 24 hours; produce the certificate within seven days | Rule 287 | | Vehicle stalls on a level crossing | Get everyone out and clear, then use the railway telephone | Rule 299 | | Engine fire | Get everyone out; do not open the bonnet; call the fire brigade | Annex 6 | ## What should you do if your car breaks down on an ordinary road? Get your vehicle off the road if you can, and warn other traffic. Rule 276 says use hazard warning lights if your vehicle is causing an obstruction, and put a warning triangle at least 45 metres (147 feet) behind it on the same side of the road. Never use a triangle on a motorway. Rule 276 also says: - wear light-coloured or fluorescent clothing in daylight and reflective clothing at night or in poor visibility - keep your sidelights on if it is dark or visibility is poor - do not let anyone stand between your vehicle and oncoming traffic, or where they would hide your lights at night. Rule 275 adds that the safest place to stop is somewhere designed for parking, and that you and your passengers should keep well away from the vehicle and moving traffic where possible. ## What should you do if you break down on a motorway? Leave at the next exit or pull into a service area if you can. If not, rule 277 says go left: move into the left lane and stop in an emergency area or on the hard shoulder, as far left as possible. Then leave by the side away from traffic and wait behind a safety barrier if there is one. If you cannot reach the left lane or a place of relative safety, and cannot get out and away safely, stay in your vehicle with seat belts and hazard lights on, and call 999 immediately to ask for the police. Otherwise, use the free emergency telephone or contact a breakdown service, and do not attempt repairs or place a warning triangle. To help responders find you, press your vehicle’s SOS button if it has one, use a phone mapping app, or quote the numbers on marker posts or driver location signs. Our [Motorway Rules guide](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) covers rejoining the carriageway. ## What must you do after a collision? If a collision causes damage or injury to any other person, vehicle, animal or property, you must stop. Rule 286 says give your name and address, the vehicle owner’s name and address and the registration number to anyone with reasonable grounds to ask. If you cannot, report it to the police as soon as reasonably practicable, and within 24 hours. If someone is injured and you do not produce your insurance certificate at the scene, rule 287 says you must report to the police within 24 hours and produce the certificate within seven days. GOV.UK adds that you must also tell your insurer, even if you do not plan to claim. At the scene, rule 283 tells you to use hazard lights, ask drivers to switch off their engines and stop smoking, call 999 with full location and casualty details, and move uninjured people to a place of relative safety. Do not move injured people from their vehicles unless they are in immediate danger. If a vehicle carrying dangerous goods is involved, rule 285 says keep well away and do not use a mobile phone close to a vehicle carrying flammable loads. Rule 284 explains that these vehicles display plain orange reflective plates or, on tankers, hazard warning plates. ## How do you give first aid at the scene of a crash? Follow DR ABC from Annex 7: check for Danger, look for a Response, open the Airway, check Breathing, then deal with Circulation by controlling bleeding. Get someone to call 999 or 112 early, keep casualties warm and reassured, and do not give them anything to eat or drink. Key Annex 7 details: - **Unconscious and breathing:** place them in the recovery position until help arrives. - **Not breathing:** start CPR. Press down hard and fast in the centre of the chest, around 5 to 6 centimetres, about twice a second. - **Bleeding:** apply firm pressure over the wound if nothing is embedded, then fasten a pad with a bandage. If something is embedded, do not remove it; build up padding on either side. - **Burns:** cool with clean, cool water for at least 20 minutes and cover with cling film if available. Do not remove anything sticking to the burn. ## What mistakes do learners make on incidents questions? Many wrong answers here are instinctive reactions that feel helpful but create a second emergency. Opening a smoking bonnet, pulling off a rider’s helmet, retrieving a dropped load or waiting beside your car on the hard shoulder all put people in more danger. The Highway Code consistently puts personal safety first. - **Opening the bonnet on a fire.** Annex 6 says this makes the fire flare. - **Removing a motorcyclist’s helmet by default.** Only if it is essential. - **Collecting debris on a motorway.** Rule 280 says call 999 instead. - **Using a triangle on the hard shoulder.** Never on a motorway. - **Confusing 24 hours and seven days.** Report within 24 hours; produce insurance within seven days. - **Using hazard lights while driving slowly.** Only briefly, on motorways or unrestricted dual carriageways, to warn of a hazard ahead. ## Where should you go next? Test yourself with the [Incidents, Accidents and Emergencies practice test](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/), then revise the [Motorway Rules practice test](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) and [Safety and Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/). When the facts feel solid, try a full [mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under timed conditions or explore [all theory test topics](/theory-test/). ## Ready to test yourself on Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies? 50 free Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies questions in the official four-option format, each with an explained answer and the Highway Code rule it tests — with a timed test mode. [Start the Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies practice test](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### What must you do if you are involved in a collision?** Rule 286 says you must stop if the collision causes damage or injury to any other person, vehicle, animal or property. Give your name and address, the vehicle owner's details and the registration number to anyone with reasonable grounds to ask. If you do not, report it to the police as soon as reasonably practicable, and within 24 hours. **### How far behind a broken-down car should you place a warning triangle?** Rule 276 says place a warning triangle at least 45 metres (147 feet) behind your broken-down vehicle, on the same side of the road, or use another permitted warning device. Take great care when placing or collecting it, and never use one on a motorway. **### Should you remove an injured motorcyclist's helmet?** No, unless it is essential. Rule 283 says do not remove a motorcyclist's helmet unless it is essential and you are trained to do so, and Annex 7 repeats the warning. Instead, call 999, keep the casualty warm, dry and reassured, and do not give them anything to eat or drink. **### What does DR ABC stand for in first aid?** DR ABC stands for Danger, Response, Airway, Breathing and Circulation. Annex 7 of the Highway Code uses it as the order of checks at a crash scene: make sure it is safe, check for a response, open the airway, check for normal breathing, then look for and treat bleeding. **### When can you use hazard warning lights while moving?** Only on a motorway or unrestricted dual carriageway, briefly, to warn drivers behind you of a hazard or obstruction ahead. Rule 116 says hazard lights are otherwise for when your vehicle is stationary and temporarily obstructing traffic, and must never be used as an excuse for dangerous or illegal parking. Sources - [The Highway Code — Breakdowns and incidents (275 to 287)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/breakdowns-and-incidents-274-to-287) - [The Highway Code — Annex 7: First aid on the road](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-7-first-aid-on-the-road) - [The Highway Code — General rules, techniques and advice for all drivers and riders (103 to 158)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) - [The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-6-vehicle-maintenance-safety-and-security) - [The Highway Code — Road works, level crossings and tramways (288 to 307)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/road-works-level-crossings-and-tramways-288-to-307) - [GOV.UK — Vehicle insurance: if you're in an accident](https://www.gov.uk/vehicle-insurance/if-youre-in-an-accident) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). ## Which other theory test topics should you revise? All 14 topics feed the same 50-question test, so revise every one. Then sit the [full free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under the real time limit. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) --- # Incidents & Emergencies Quiz: 50 Free Theory Questions > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free · 50 questions in the real test · Pass mark 43/50 # Incidents & Emergencies quiz: 50 free theory test questions DVSA-style multiple-choice questions with explained answers and Highway Code references. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes — you need 43 correct to pass. Quick answer Below is a free Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies mock test for the UK DVSA car theory test: multiple-choice questions in the official four-option format, each with the correct answer, a plain-English explanation and a Highway Code reference. What to do at the scene of an incident, breakdowns, first aid basics and warning devices. ## Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies practice questions Checked against [The Highway Code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) as amended 22 October 2025 · last reviewed 26 September 2026. Spotted an error? [Report it](/corrections/). Or study below: tap any question to see its options, answer and Highway Code rule. **Q1. You're first at the scene of a crash where a motorcyclist is injured. When should their helmet be removed?** A. Straight away, so they can breathe more easily B. Only if it's essential — for example, to restore breathing C. As soon as the ambulance is called D. Whenever the rider asks, regardless of injuries **Answer: B.** Removing a helmet can worsen head and neck injuries. Leave it on unless it's essential to keep the casualty's airway open, and get medical help urgently. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 283 and Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q2. Your car breaks down on a two-way road. How far behind it should you place a warning triangle?** A. At least 45 metres, on the same side of the road B. 5 metres, next to the boot C. At least 150 metres, on the opposite side D. Warning triangles are illegal in the UK **Answer: A.** Place the triangle at least 45 metres (147 feet) behind the vehicle on the same side of the road to give approaching drivers time to react. Never use one on a motorway. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 276 **Q3. You're involved in a collision that causes damage or injury and you don't exchange details at the scene. What must you do?** A. Nothing further, provided you stopped B. Report it to your insurer within 30 days only C. Report it to the police as soon as reasonably practicable, and within 24 hours D. Leave a note on the other vehicle **Answer: C.** You must always stop at a collision involving injury or damage. If you don't give your details to anyone with reasonable grounds to ask, you must report to the police as soon as practicable — at most within 24 hours. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 286–287 **Q4. When may you use your hazard warning lights while moving?** A. When you're being towed B. On a motorway or unrestricted dual carriageway, briefly, to warn drivers behind of a hazard or obstruction ahead C. Whenever you're driving slowly D. When parking on double yellow lines **Answer: B.** Hazard lights are for when you're stationary causing a temporary obstruction — the one moving exception is briefly warning traffic behind of a hazard ahead on a motorway or unrestricted dual carriageway. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 116 **Q5. Smoke starts coming from under your bonnet as you drive. What should you do?** A. Drive quickly to the nearest garage B. Open the bonnet fully to cool the engine C. Pull over safely, get everyone out and away, and call the fire service — don't open the bonnet D. Pour water over the engine immediately **Answer: C.** Smoke from under the bonnet could mean an engine fire, and opening the bonnet can make it flare up — so don't try to put it out yourself. Stop as soon as it's safe, get everyone out of the vehicle and to a safe place, and call the fire service on 999. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q6. In the DR ABC first-aid routine, what does the B stand for?** A. Bleeding B. Breathing — check whether the casualty is breathing normally C. Burns D. Bones **Answer: B.** DR ABC stands for Danger, Response, Airway, Breathing, Circulation. At B, check whether the casualty is breathing normally: watch the chest for movement, listen for breathing and feel for breath against your cheek. If there are no signs of breathing, start CPR. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q7. A casualty has a wound that is bleeding heavily, with nothing embedded in it. What should you do?** A. Apply firm pressure over the wound, then secure a clean pad on it with a bandage or cloth B. Wash the wound with water and leave it uncovered C. Apply a tourniquet immediately D. Give them a hot drink **Answer: A.** Firm pressure directly over the wound helps stem the flow of blood. As soon as it's practical, bandage a pad in place using the cleanest material you have — and protect yourself from contact with the casualty's blood. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q8. Something falls from your vehicle on a motorway. What should you do?** A. Stop on the carriageway and pick it up quickly B. Reverse along the hard shoulder to retrieve it C. Stop in a place of relative safety and call 999 — don't try to remove it yourself D. Carry on and report it when you get home **Answer: C.** Going back onto a live motorway to recover a dropped item is extremely dangerous. Don't try to remove it yourself: stop somewhere you're less at risk from moving traffic (a place of relative safety) and call the emergency services on 999 so they can deal with it. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 280 **Q9. Your car develops a fault on a motorway but is still driveable. Where is the safest place to stop, if you can reach it?** A. The hard shoulder B. A service area C. An emergency area D. The nearest slip road **Answer: B.** Rule 275 says the safest place to stop on a motorway or other high-speed road is a service area, because it's designed for parking. Emergency areas and hard shoulders are places of relative safety, but they're beside fast-moving traffic, so use them only if you can't get further. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 275 and 277 **Q10. Why do hard shoulders give less protection than other places of relative safety?** A. Breakdown recovery vehicles aren't allowed to stop on them B. They're not lit at night C. They're very close to high-speed traffic D. Stopping on them is always illegal **Answer: C.** Lay-bys, emergency areas and hard shoulders are all places of relative safety, but the Highway Code warns that hard shoulders provide less protection because they're so close to high-speed traffic. You may use one in an emergency — then get well away from the vehicle. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 275 **Q11. In which of these places should you never put out a warning triangle?** A. On a two-way country road B. On a quiet residential street C. On a motorway D. On a single carriageway A-road **Answer: C.** On most roads a warning triangle should be placed at least 45 metres behind a broken-down vehicle, on the same side of the road. Never use one on a motorway — Rule 277 says don't place a warning triangle on the carriageway, and to wait well away from your vehicle and the moving traffic instead. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 276 and 277 **Q12. Your car breaks down on an unlit road as it's getting dark. If possible, which lights should you keep on?** A. Your sidelights B. Your main-beam headlights C. Your front fog lights D. Your interior light only **Answer: A.** Rule 276 advises keeping your sidelights on, if possible, when it's dark or visibility is poor, and using hazard warning lights if the car is causing an obstruction. Main beam and fog lights could dazzle drivers approaching you. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 276 **Q13. You've broken down at night on a two-way road and are waiting near your car. Where should you avoid standing?** A. On the verge, well away from the car B. Behind a safety barrier, if there is one C. Near a street light, where you can be seen D. Where you'd hide your car's lights **Answer: D.** Don't stand, or let anyone else stand, between your vehicle and oncoming traffic, and at night or in poor visibility don't stand where you'd stop other road users seeing your lights. Wear light-coloured or reflective clothing so you can be seen. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 276 **Q14. You've stopped on the hard shoulder after a breakdown. According to the Highway Code, which way should your front wheels be turned?** A. Straight ahead B. To the right C. To the left D. It doesn't matter if the handbrake is on **Answer: C.** Rule 277 says to stop as far to the left as possible, leaving space to get out, with your wheels turned to the left. Then switch on your hazard warning lights, and use sidelights too if it's dark or visibility is poor. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 277 **Q15. Your car has stopped on the hard shoulder and it's safe to get out. How should you and your passengers leave the car?** A. Through the driver's door, so you can reach the phone B. By whichever door is closest to you C. Through the boot, if it's a hatchback D. By the doors on the side furthest from traffic **Answer: D.** Get out by the side furthest from the traffic, if it's safe and possible, and make sure passengers do the same. Then move well away from the vehicle and moving traffic, behind a safety barrier if there is one. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 277 **Q16. Your car loses power in lane two of a motorway with no hard shoulder. You can't reach the left lane or get out safely. What should you do?** A. Get out and try to push the car across to the verge B. Stay in, belted up with hazards on, and call 999 C. Put a warning triangle behind the car D. Walk along the verge to the nearest emergency phone **Answer: B.** If you can't get to the left lane or a place of relative safety, and can't get out safely, stay in the vehicle with seat belts and hazard warning lights on. Call 999 and ask for the police, or press your SOS button if your vehicle has one. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 277 **Q17. You've walked to a motorway emergency telephone after breaking down, and the call may take a few minutes. How should you stand while you talk?** A. Facing the verge, away from the noise B. Facing your vehicle C. Facing the way the traffic is travelling D. Facing the oncoming traffic **Answer: D.** Always face the traffic when you speak on the emergency telephone, so you remain aware of vehicles or debris coming towards you. Use the free phone to get advice and assistance, and tell the operator if you're a vulnerable motorist. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 277 **Q18. You've broken down on a motorway and need to tell the emergency services exactly where you are. What can help?** A. The colour of the reflective studs beside you B. The name of the last service area you passed C. The speed limit shown on the last gantry sign D. Letters and numbers on nearby marker posts **Answer: D.** Rule 277 lists ways to give your location: press your vehicle's SOS (eCall) button, use a mobile phone mapping app, or quote the numbers and letters on the marker posts or driver location signs along the edge of the road. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 277 **Q19. You've pulled onto the hard shoulder with a flat tyre. You have a spare and the tools to change it. What should you do?** A. Change it quickly, keeping your hazard lights on B. Don't attempt the repair — get away from the car and call for help C. Change it, but only in daylight D. Change it once a warning triangle is in place 45 metres behind the car **Answer: B.** On a motorway, the Highway Code says don't attempt repairs on your vehicle, and never place a warning triangle on the carriageway. The hard shoulder is very close to fast traffic, so wait well away from the car, behind the safety barrier if there is one, and use the emergency phone or call a breakdown service. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 277 **Q20. You break down on the motorway with your dog in the car. What should you do with the dog?** A. Let it out on the hard shoulder so it can't be hurt if the car is hit B. Tie its lead to the safety barrier C. Walk it along the verge to the nearest emergency phone D. Keep it in the car, or under control on the verge in an emergency **Answer: D.** Rule 277 says animals must be kept in the vehicle or, in an emergency, under control on the verge. A loose animal on a motorway could run into the traffic and cause a serious collision. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 277 **Q21. A recovery mechanic has fixed your car on the hard shoulder and driven off. How should you get back into the motorway traffic?** A. Signal right, pull straight into lane one, then build up your speed B. Wait for a lorry to flash its lights to let you in C. Build up speed on the hard shoulder, then merge into a gap D. Reverse to the last slip road and rejoin there **Answer: C.** To rejoin from a hard shoulder, build up speed, indicate and watch for a safe gap in the traffic. Be aware that stopped vehicles, obstructions or debris may be on the hard shoulder ahead. Pulling out slowly into lane one is very dangerous. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 278 **Q22. You're driving on a quiet country lane and find a large branch blocking part of the road. What should you do?** A. Move it out of the road only if it's safe to do so B. Leave it, because only the council is allowed to remove obstructions C. Drive round it quickly and carry on D. Call 999 and wait beside the branch **Answer: A.** On a motorway or other high-speed road you must not remove an obstruction yourself — stop in a place of relative safety and call 999. On other roads, the Highway Code says you should only remove obstructions if it's safe to do so. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 280 **Q23. You see emergency vehicles with flashing lights some distance ahead on a dual carriageway. What should you do?** A. Speed up to get past before the road is blocked B. Keep switching lanes to find whichever is moving most quickly C. Carry on at the same speed until you reach them D. Slow down and be ready to move into another lane or stop **Answer: D.** Flashing lights in the distance mean there may be an incident ahead. Rule 281 advises slowing down and being prepared to move safely into another lane or stop. Emergency services, traffic officers and recovery workers may be working in the carriageway. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 281 **Q24. Which of these vehicles attending motorway incidents use flashing amber lights rather than blue?** A. Traffic officer vehicles B. Fire engines C. Police cars D. Ambulances **Answer: A.** Rule 219 explains that ambulances, fire engines, police, doctors and other emergency vehicles use flashing blue, red or green lights, while traffic officer and incident support vehicles use flashing amber lights. Treat either as a sign that there may be an incident ahead. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 219 and 281 **Q25. Two cars have collided in front of you. Both drivers are standing beside their cars with the engines still running. What should you ask them to do?** A. Move their cars to the verge straight away B. Keep their engines running for heat C. Switch off their engines D. Swap insurance details before anything else **Answer: C.** Fire is one of the main dangers after a crash. Rule 283 says to ask drivers to switch off their engines and to ask everyone to stop smoking. Use your hazard lights, call 999 with full details, and deal with casualties before paperwork. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 283 and Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q26. A driver is trapped and injured in their car after a collision. There's no fire or other immediate danger. What should you do?** A. Pull them out carefully so that they can lie flat on the verge B. Help them walk to the verge C. Give them a hot, sweet drink to help with the shock D. Leave them in the vehicle, reassure them and call 999 **Answer: D.** Don't move casualties from their vehicles unless there's a threat of further danger, such as fire. Keep them warm and reassured, don't leave them alone, and don't give them anything to eat or drink. Call 999, or get someone else to. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 283 and Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q27. You're calling 999 from the scene of a crash on a dual carriageway. Which detail about the location is especially useful?** A. The direction of travel, such as northbound B. The colour of the vehicles involved C. How long you've been driving D. The name of the last town or village you drove through **Answer: A.** The emergency services need the exact location, including the direction of traffic (for example, northbound), and the number of vehicles involved. Also tell them about casualties — anyone with breathing difficulty, heavy bleeding, trapped, or not responding when spoken to. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q28. As well as 999, which number can you call to reach the emergency services in the UK?** A. 112 B. 111 C. 101 D. 118 **Answer: A.** Annex 7 says to get someone to call the appropriate emergency services on 999 or 112 as soon as possible. Give them the exact location, the number of vehicles involved and information about the condition of any casualties. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q29. While you wait with a shaken casualty for the ambulance, they ask for a sandwich and some water from your car. What should you do?** A. Give them the water but not the food B. Don't give them anything to eat or drink C. Give them a hot, sweet drink instead D. Give them both if they aren't bleeding **Answer: B.** Annex 7 says don't give casualties anything to eat or drink. Instead, try to keep them warm, dry and as comfortable as you can, give reassurance confidently, and don't leave them alone or let them wander into the path of traffic. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q30. Following DR ABC, how should you check for a response from a casualty?** A. Gently shake their shoulders and ask loudly, 'Are you all right?' B. Splash cold water on their face and wait to see if they wake up C. Pinch their earlobe hard D. Lift their legs up and check whether their eyes open **Answer: A.** After checking it's safe to approach (Danger), try to get a Response by gently shaking the casualty's shoulders and asking loudly, 'Are you all right?'. If they respond, check for injuries. If they don't, open their airway. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q31. A casualty isn't responding. According to the Highway Code's first-aid advice, how should you open their airway?** A. Place your fingers under their chin and lift it forward B. Tilt their head forward so the chin rests on their chest C. Turn them onto their front D. Press down firmly on their forehead **Answer: A.** If there's no response, open the casualty's airway by placing your fingers under their chin and lifting it forward. Then check whether they are breathing normally — look for chest movement, listen for breathing and feel for breath on your cheek. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q32. At a crash scene you find a driver lying on the verge, unconscious but breathing normally. Help is on its way. What does Annex 7 say to do?** A. Start CPR straight away B. Sit them upright against the barrier C. Put them in the recovery position D. Leave them lying on their back **Answer: C.** Annex 7 says that if a casualty is unconscious and breathing, you should place them in the recovery position until medical help arrives. CPR is only for a casualty who shows no signs of breathing. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q33. You're giving CPR to an adult at the roadside. Roughly how deep should each push on the chest go, according to Annex 7?** A. About 1 to 2 centimetres B. About 5 to 6 centimetres C. About 10 to 12 centimetres D. Just enough to feel the ribs move **Answer: B.** Annex 7 says to interlock your fingers, place them in the centre of the chest and press down hard and fast — around 5 to 6 centimetres and about twice a second. Keep going until the casualty starts breathing again or a medical professional takes over. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q34. How fast should chest compressions be when giving CPR, according to the Highway Code?** A. About once every two seconds B. About once every five seconds C. About ten times a second D. About twice a second **Answer: D.** Annex 7 describes CPR as pressing down hard and fast in the centre of the chest, around 5 to 6 centimetres deep for an adult and about twice a second. Start CPR when there are no signs of breathing. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q35. How does Annex 7 say CPR on an infant differs from CPR on an adult?** A. Use both hands interlocked, and press down about twice as fast B. Use two fingers, pressing about a third of the chest depth C. Press on the stomach rather than the chest D. Infants should never be given CPR **Answer: B.** For infants, Annex 7 says to use two fingers in the middle of the chest and press down about a third of the chest depth. For a child you may only need one hand and shouldn't press down as far as you would for an adult. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q36. You've started CPR on a casualty who isn't breathing. When should you stop?** A. After about two minutes, so that you can stop and check for a pulse B. When they breathe again or a medical professional takes over C. When you've given 100 compressions D. As soon as another bystander arrives **Answer: B.** Annex 7 says don't stop CPR until the casualty starts breathing again or a medical professional takes over. Keep pressing hard and fast in the centre of the chest, about twice a second, while you wait for help to arrive. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q37. A casualty has a piece of glass stuck in a bleeding wound on their arm. What should you do?** A. Pull the glass out carefully, then press firmly on the wound B. Press directly down on the glass to stop the bleeding C. Pour clean water over the wound to wash the glass out D. Leave it in place and build up padding on either side of it **Answer: D.** Don't remove anything that's stuck in a wound. Taking care not to press on the object, build up padding on either side of it. Protect yourself from contact with the casualty's blood, and use the cleanest material available. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q38. A casualty's forearm has been burnt in a small fire at a crash scene. What's the minimum time Annex 7 says you should cool the burn with clean, cool water?** A. About 2 minutes B. About 5 minutes C. At least 20 minutes D. Only until the pain eases **Answer: C.** Annex 7 says to cool a burn for at least 20 minutes with plenty of clean, cool water, then cover it with cling film if available. Don't try to remove anything that's sticking to the burn, and put out any flames first, taking care for your own safety. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 7: First aid on the road **Q39. A lorry displays plain orange reflective plates. What does this tell you?** A. It's a slow-moving vehicle that must keep left B. It weighs more than 7.5 tonnes C. It's carrying an overhanging load D. It's carrying dangerous goods in packages **Answer: D.** Rule 284 explains that vehicles carrying dangerous goods in packages are marked with plain orange reflective plates. Road tankers and vehicles carrying tank containers of dangerous goods have hazard warning plates giving more detail about the load. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 284 **Q40. A tanker showing hazard warning plates has crashed and the driver appears to be hurt. What should you do?** A. Climb up and pull the driver clear of the cab as quickly as you can B. Move the tanker off the road if the keys are in it C. Keep well away and call 999, describing the plates and labels D. Hose down the tanker to prevent a fire **Answer: C.** With dangerous goods, keep well away from the vehicle and don't be tempted to rescue casualties — you could become one yourself. Switch off engines, don't smoke, and give the emergency services as much information as possible about the labels and markings. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 284 and 285 **Q41. You're at an incident involving a vehicle carrying a flammable load. Where should you avoid using a mobile phone?** A. Close to the vehicle carrying the flammable load B. Nowhere — phones are safe to use anywhere at the scene C. Anywhere on the same road, even a mile away D. Inside your own car **Answer: A.** Rule 285 says don't use a mobile phone close to a vehicle carrying flammable loads. Move well away before you call the emergency services, and give as much information as possible about the labels and markings on the vehicle. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 285 **Q42. After a collision causing damage, another driver with reasonable grounds asks for your details. What must you give them?** A. Your driving licence number, date of birth and phone number B. Your name and address, the owner's name and address, and the registration number C. Only your mobile phone number D. Your insurance policy number and nothing else **Answer: B.** Under rule 286 you must give your own and the vehicle owner's name and address, and the vehicle's registration number, to anyone having reasonable grounds for requiring them. If you don't give them at the time, report the collision to the police within 24 hours. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 286 **Q43. A pedestrian was hurt in a collision involving your car, and you didn't have your insurance certificate with you to show anyone. What does the Highway Code then require?** A. Report it to the police within 24 hours and show the certificate within 7 days B. Show the certificate to the police within 24 hours; no report is needed C. Post a copy of the certificate to the injured person within 14 days D. Report it to the police within 7 days and show the certificate within 28 days **Answer: A.** If another person is injured and you don't produce your insurance certificate at the time, you must report the collision to the police as soon as possible, and in any case within 24 hours, then produce your certificate for the police within seven days. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 287 **Q44. You've had a minor collision and don't intend to make a claim. Do you need to tell your insurance company?** A. Only if the other driver decides to make a claim against you B. Yes, you must report it even if you're not claiming C. No, not if nobody was injured D. Only if the damage is above your policy excess **Answer: B.** GOV.UK says you must report an accident to your insurance company even if you're not planning to make a claim. Separately, if you don't give your details at the scene, you must report the accident to the police within 24 hours. Reference: GOV.UK — Vehicle insurance: If you're in an accident **Q45. You're halfway over a level crossing with passengers in the car when the engine cuts out and won't restart. What should you do straight away?** A. Push the car off the crossing before phoning anybody B. Keep trying to restart the engine C. Get everyone out of the car and clear of the crossing D. Switch on your hazard lights and wait for help **Answer: C.** Rule 299 says get everyone out of the vehicle and clear of the crossing immediately. Then use a railway telephone, if there is one, to tell the signal operator and follow their instructions. Only move the vehicle if there's time before a train arrives. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 299 **Q46. You're trying to push your broken-down car off a level crossing when the alarm starts to sound. What should you do?** A. Leave the car and get clear of the crossing immediately B. Stand beside the car and phone the signal operator from there C. Keep pushing, as you'll probably make it D. Get back in and try the engine once more **Answer: A.** You should move the vehicle clear only if there's time before a train arrives. If the alarm sounds, or the amber light comes on, leave the vehicle and get clear of the crossing immediately — your safety matters far more than the car. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 299 **Q47. Traffic comes to a stop while you're driving through a tunnel. What gap should you leave to the vehicle in front?** A. At least 1 metre B. At least 2 metres C. At least 10 metres D. At least 5 metres **Answer: D.** Rule 126 says that if you have to stop in a tunnel, leave at least a 5-metre gap between you and the vehicle in front. When moving through a tunnel, keep at least a two-second gap, as visibility can be reduced. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126 **Q48. Your engine overheats on a hot day and you've pulled over safely. When should you remove the coolant filler cap?** A. Straight away, so the built-up steam can escape quickly B. While the engine is still running C. Only once the engine has cooled down naturally D. After pouring cold water over the engine **Answer: C.** Most engines are water-cooled. If the engine overheats, Annex 6 says to wait until it has cooled naturally, and only then remove the coolant filler cap and add water or other coolant. A warning light that comes on while driving should always be investigated. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q49. There's a loud bang and the steering pulls sharply as a front tyre bursts at 50 mph. What should you do?** A. Brake as hard as you can so the car stops as quickly as possible B. Hold the wheel firmly and let the car roll to a stop C. Steer sharply onto the verge D. Accelerate to keep the car stable **Answer: B.** If a tyre bursts, try to keep control of your vehicle. Annex 6 advises gripping the steering wheel firmly and allowing the vehicle to roll to a stop at the side of the road. Harsh braking or sudden steering could make you lose control. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q50. Your car breaks down in road works on a motorway. Where should you try to move it?** A. Into the area marked off by cones, out of the traffic B. Onto the central reservation C. Leave it where it stopped in the running lane D. Into a signed road works refuge, where available **Answer: D.** Rule 290 says that if you break down in road works, follow the usual breakdown rules, but be aware that areas marked off by cones contain significant hazards. Where available, move your vehicle into a signed road works refuge. Signs show where dedicated recovery services are provided. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 290 ## Frequently asked questions **### How many Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies questions are in the real theory test?** The DVSA doesn't publish per-topic counts. Your 50 questions are drawn across all 14 official topics, so revise every category. **### What is the pass mark for the UK theory test?** You need 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions correct (86%), plus 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception clips. You must pass both parts in the same sitting. **### Are these real DVSA questions?** No — these are original practice questions written to the current DVSA syllabus and The Highway Code. Official revision questions are Crown Copyright and only available from licensed providers. ## Revise the other theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from all 14 official DVSA topics — revise every category, not just this one. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Don't forget part two: read [how hazard perception is scored](/hazard-perception/). Booked your test? Find your [nearest theory test centre](/theory-test-centres/), or book on the official [GOV.UK booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23). All practice questions are original study material written to the current DVSA car theory test syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions. This site is an independent study resource and is not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA. --- # Motorway Rules: Smart Motorways, Lanes & Limits > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/motorway-rules/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. DVSA theory test topic guide # Motorway Rules: Smart Motorways, Lanes & Limits Joining, lane discipline, smart motorways, speed limits and stopping restrictions. [Practise 55 Motorway Rules questions](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) Quick answer Motorway Rules for the theory test: who is banned, joining, lane discipline, speed limits, red X signals, hard shoulders, emergency areas and breakdowns. ## Who is not allowed to use a motorway? Rule 253 bans pedestrians, cyclists, horse riders, riders of motorcycles under 50 cc, holders of provisional motorcycle licences, agricultural vehicles, powered wheelchairs and mobility scooters, and certain slow-moving vehicles or oversized loads without special permission. Learner car drivers may use motorways only with an approved driving instructor in a dual-control car. GOV.UK adds that motorway lessons are allowed in England, Scotland and Wales, and that learners must not drive on a motorway while practising with family or friends. Many exam questions simply list four road users and ask which one is banned, so learn the rule 253 list. ## How should you join a motorway from a slip road? Give priority to traffic already on the motorway and use the slip road to match your speed to the traffic in the left-hand lane before merging into a safe gap. Rule 259 also tells you not to cross solid white lines or use the hard shoulder, and to stay in the left lane long enough to adjust before overtaking. If the slip road continues as an extra lane, stay in it rather than forcing your way across. Rule 254 explains why timing matters so much: motorway traffic usually travels faster, so you have less time to react, and you need to check your mirrors earlier and look much further ahead. ## Which lane should you drive in on a motorway? Keep in the left lane unless you are overtaking, then return to it when it is safe. Rule 264 sets this out, and rule 267 says you should overtake only on the right. On motorways with three or more lanes, rule 265 bans the right-hand lane for vehicles towing trailers and for most larger goods and passenger vehicles. Two details that often appear in questions: - **Passing on the left (rule 268):** do not overtake on the left or move to a left lane to overtake. In congested conditions, if your lane is moving faster than the lane to your right, you may keep up with your own lane, but never weave between lanes. - **Stopped vehicles (rule 264):** if people or vehicles are stopped on the hard shoulder or in an emergency area and you are in the left lane, move into the next lane when it is safe, to give them more space. ## What are the speed limits on a motorway? The national motorway limit is 70 mph for cars and motorcycles, and 60 mph for cars towing caravans or trailers. Rule 261 says you must not exceed a speed limit shown in a red circle, which is how variable limits appear on gantries. The limit is a maximum, and you must also keep to your vehicle’s own limit. | Signal or marking | What it means | What you must do | | --- | --- | --- | | Speed limit in a red circle | Mandatory temporary limit | Do not exceed it (rule 261) | | Flashing amber lights | Hazard ahead | Slow down until a sign shows it is safe (rule 257) | | Red X with red flashing lights | Lane closed | Do not drive in that lane (rule 258) | | All lanes shown closed | Road closed | Do not go past the sign (rule 258) | Rule 132 colour-codes the reflective studs: white between lanes, red along the left edge, amber by the central reservation, and green where slip roads and lay-bys join. Many large vehicles have speed limiters set at 56 mph (rule 222), so expect to close on them quickly. ## What does a red X on a motorway sign mean? A red X means the lane is closed and you must not drive in it. Rule 258 says red flashing lights and a red X identify a closed lane where people, stopped vehicles or other hazards are present. Follow the signs in advance to move safely into an open lane. Lane closures are enforced by the police. The lane stays closed until a sign shows a speed limit or the word END. If the left lane is closed at an exit slip road, that exit cannot be used. Where every lane is shown closed, you must not go beyond the sign or use the hard shoulder to get around it unless police or traffic officers tell you to. ## When can you use the hard shoulder or an emergency area? Use the hard shoulder only in an emergency, or when police, traffic officers or signs direct you to. Rule 269 says that where it is used as an extra lane, you may drive on it only when a speed limit is shown above it. A red X or a blank sign above it means it is for emergencies only. Emergency areas are provided on motorways with no hard shoulder, or where it is used as a lane. Rule 270 says they are marked by blue signs with an orange SOS telephone symbol, may have orange surfacing, and must only be used in an emergency. Rule 271 says you must not stop anywhere on a motorway except in an emergency or when told to, and never to make or receive phone calls. Rule 263 bans reversing, crossing the central reservation and driving against the traffic. If you miss your exit, carry on to the next one. ## What should you do if you break down on a motorway? Leave at the next exit or services if you can. If not, rule 277 says go left and pull into an emergency area or onto the hard shoulder, get everyone out on the side away from traffic, wait behind a safety barrier if there is one, then call for help. Never place a warning triangle on a motorway. If you cannot reach the left lane or a place of relative safety, and cannot get out safely, stay inside with your seat belt and hazard lights on and call 999 for the police. To rejoin from the hard shoulder, build up speed and wait for a safe gap. From an emergency area, rule 278 says you must use the emergency telephone and follow the operator’s advice. If something falls from your vehicle, rule 280 says do not try to remove it. Stop in a place of relative safety and call 999. ## What mistakes do learners make on motorway questions? Motorway questions punish habits carried over from ordinary roads. Learners pick answers that let them stop on the hard shoulder for a rest, reverse to a missed exit, use a warning triangle or treat a red X as advisory. In each case the motorway rule is stricter, because speeds are higher and there is less time to react. - **Resting on the hard shoulder.** Rules 91 and 262 point you to a service area, never the hard shoulder or an emergency area. - **Joining traffic has priority.** It does not; give way to traffic on the motorway. - **Red X means “slow down”.** It means the lane is closed. - **Mixing up stud colours.** Amber is the central reservation, red is the left edge. - **Pulling straight out of an emergency area.** Use the emergency telephone first. - **Hazard lights while moving.** Rule 116 allows this only briefly, to warn drivers behind of a hazard ahead. ## Where should you go next? Put these rules to work with the [Motorway Rules practice test](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/), then revise breakdown procedures in [Incidents, Accidents and Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) and road signals in [Road and Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/). When you are ready, sit a full [mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) or see [every theory test topic](/theory-test/). ## Ready to test yourself on Motorway Rules? 55 free Motorway Rules questions in the official four-option format, each with an explained answer and the Highway Code rule it tests — with a timed test mode. [Start the Motorway Rules practice test](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### What does a red X above a motorway lane mean?** A red X, often with red flashing lights, means the lane is closed and you must not drive in it. Rule 258 says people, stopped vehicles or other hazards may be in that lane. It stays closed until a sign shows a speed limit or the word END, and lane closures are enforced by the police. **### Can learner drivers drive on a motorway?** Only with an approved driving instructor in a car with dual controls, displaying red L plates (or D plates in Wales). GOV.UK says this applies in England, Scotland and Wales, and that learners must not drive on a motorway when practising with family or friends. **### What is the speed limit on a UK motorway?** The national limit is 70 mph for cars and motorcycles, and 60 mph for cars towing caravans or trailers, according to the table in rule 124. Variable limits shown inside a red circle on a sign are mandatory under rule 261, and the limit is a maximum, not a target. **### What colour are the reflective studs on a motorway?** Rule 132 sets the colours: white studs mark the lanes, red studs mark the left edge of the carriageway, amber studs mark the central reservation, and green studs mark the edge of the main carriageway at slip roads and lay-bys. Green and yellow studs show temporary lane changes at road works. **### When can you use the hard shoulder of a motorway?** Rule 269 says you must not use the hard shoulder except in an emergency, or when directed by the police, traffic officers or a traffic sign. On motorways where it is used as an extra lane, you may only drive on it when a speed limit is shown above it. Sources - [The Highway Code — Motorways (253 to 274)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/motorways-253-to-273) - [The Highway Code — Breakdowns and incidents (275 to 287)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/breakdowns-and-incidents-274-to-287) - [The Highway Code — General rules, techniques and advice for all drivers and riders (103 to 158)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) - [The Highway Code — Light signals controlling traffic](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/light-signals-controlling-traffic) - [GOV.UK — Driving lessons and learning to drive](https://www.gov.uk/driving-lessons-learning-to-drive) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). ## Which other theory test topics should you revise? All 14 topics feed the same 50-question test, so revise every one. Then sit the [full free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under the real time limit. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) --- # Motorway Rules Quiz: 55 Free Questions | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free · 50 questions in the real test · Pass mark 43/50 # Motorway Rules quiz: 55 free theory test questions DVSA-style multiple-choice questions with explained answers and Highway Code references. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes — you need 43 correct to pass. Quick answer Below is a free Motorway Rules mock test for the UK DVSA car theory test: multiple-choice questions in the official four-option format, each with the correct answer, a plain-English explanation and a Highway Code reference. Joining, lane discipline, smart motorways, speed limits and stopping restrictions. ## Motorway Rules practice questions Checked against [The Highway Code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) as amended 22 October 2025 · last reviewed 26 September 2026. Spotted an error? [Report it](/corrections/). Or study below: tap any question to see its options, answer and Highway Code rule. **Q1. When may you normally use the hard shoulder of a motorway?** A. To overtake slow traffic on the left B. In an emergency or breakdown, or when signs direct you to C. Whenever traffic is queuing D. To answer a phone call **Answer: B.** You must not use the hard shoulder except in an emergency (such as a breakdown), or when directed to by the police, traffic officers or a traffic sign. Where it's used as an extra lane, you may drive on it only when a speed limit is shown above it. Stopping there for any other reason, including to rest or make a phone call, is not allowed. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 269 and 271 **Q2. A red X is displayed above your lane on a motorway gantry. What does it mean?** A. The lane is for emergency vehicles only B. Congestion ahead — slow down C. You must not continue in that lane D. The speed limit is being enforced by cameras **Answer: C.** A red X means the lane is closed — there may be people, stopped vehicles or other hazards in it. Follow the signs to move safely into an open lane. Driving in a closed lane is an offence, and lane closures are enforced by the police. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 258 **Q3. How should you join a motorway from a slip road?** A. Stop at the end of the slip road and wait for a gap B. Build up speed to match the traffic and give priority to vehicles already on the motorway C. Drive straight into lane one — joining traffic has priority D. Use the hard shoulder until a gap appears **Answer: B.** Use the slip road to match the speed of motorway traffic and merge into a safe gap. Traffic already on the motorway has priority — don't force your way in, and avoid stopping unless queuing traffic requires it. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 259 **Q4. Which of these is NOT allowed on a motorway?** A. A learner driver with an approved driving instructor in a dual-control car B. A car towing a caravan C. A cyclist D. A coach **Answer: C.** Motorways are prohibited to pedestrians, cyclists, horse riders, and low-powered vehicles. Since 2018, learners may drive on motorways — but only with an approved driving instructor in a car with dual controls. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 253 **Q5. You've broken down on the hard shoulder and it's safe to get out. Where should you and your passengers wait?** A. Inside the vehicle with seat belts on B. On the hard shoulder, behind the vehicle C. Behind the safety barrier if there is one, well away from the vehicle and moving traffic D. Standing in front of the vehicle to flag help **Answer: C.** A hard shoulder is very close to fast traffic. Get everyone out on the side away from the traffic, then wait behind the safety barrier where there is one (watching for hidden hazards such as sudden drops) and well away from the vehicle, in case it's hit. Don't go back to it, even if it's cold or raining. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 277 **Q6. Where will you find amber reflective studs on a motorway?** A. Between lanes B. Along the left-hand edge by the hard shoulder C. Between the right-hand lane and the central reservation D. Marking slip road exits **Answer: C.** The stud colour code: red on the left edge, white between lanes, amber along the central reservation, and green where slip roads join or leave. They keep you oriented at night and in bad weather. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 132 **Q7. When may you overtake on the left on a motorway?** A. Whenever the left lane is empty B. In congested conditions when traffic is queuing and your queue is moving faster than the one on your right C. When the vehicle ahead is towing D. Never, under any circumstances **Answer: B.** Normally you overtake only on the right. In slow queuing traffic, lanes naturally move at different speeds and passing on the left within your queue is allowed — weaving between lanes to gain advantage is not. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 267–268 **Q8. What is an emergency area on a smart motorway?** A. A service station B. An emergency-only stopping bay with an SOS phone C. A police observation point D. A lane reserved for breakdown vehicles **Answer: B.** Emergency areas are marked by blue signs with an orange SOS phone symbol and may have orange surfacing. They must only be used in an emergency. Before leaving one you must use the emergency phone and follow the operator's advice — a lane may need to be closed so you can rejoin safely. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 270 and 278 **Q9. Which of these riders is not allowed to use a motorway?** A. A rider holding only a provisional motorcycle licence B. A rider with a full motorcycle licence on a 125 cc bike C. A rider who passed their motorcycle test last month D. A rider carrying a pillion passenger on a 600 cc bike **Answer: A.** Rule 253 bars holders of provisional motorcycle licences from motorways, along with riders of motorcycles under 50 cc. A fully licensed rider may use the motorway, however recently they passed their test and whether or not they carry a pillion passenger. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 253 **Q10. You're learning to drive a car in England. Your mum, who has held a full licence for 20 years, offers to take you on the motorway in the family car. What's the rule?** A. It's allowed, provided she's over 21 and has held a full licence for at least three years B. It's not allowed — you'd need an approved driving instructor and a dual-control car C. It's allowed if you display L plates and keep below 60 mph D. It's allowed, but only outside the morning and evening rush hours **Answer: B.** Learners may drive on motorways in England, Scotland and Wales only when accompanied by a DVSA approved driving instructor in a car fitted with dual controls and showing L plates (or D plates in Wales). A family member who meets the normal supervising rules isn't enough. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 253 **Q11. Which of these vehicles must not be used on a motorway?** A. A motorhome weighing more than 3.05 tonnes unladen B. A car-derived van C. A motorcycle with an engine under 50 cc D. A minibus carrying twelve passengers **Answer: C.** Motorcycles under 50 cc (4 kW) are prohibited from motorways, as are pedestrians, cyclists, horse riders, agricultural vehicles and powered mobility scooters. Motorhomes, vans and minibuses can use motorways, although some have lower speed limits or lane restrictions. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 253 **Q12. A motorway signal ahead starts flashing amber, but you can't see any problem. What should you do?** A. Keep to your speed until you can actually see the hazard B. Reduce your speed and be ready for a hazard C. Move out of the lane beneath the signal at once D. Leave the motorway at the next exit **Answer: B.** Flashing amber lights warn of a hazard ahead, such as an incident, fog or a spillage that you may not yet be able to see. Slow down and be prepared for it. Red flashing lights, not amber, are used to mark a closed lane. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 255 and 257 **Q13. You've slowed down because of flashing amber motorway signals. When may you build your speed back up?** A. As soon as the traffic around you starts to speed up again after the signal B. After one mile, if you haven't come across a hazard C. When the signal is no longer visible in your mirrors D. Once you pass a signal that's not flashing, or shows 'END', and it's safe **Answer: D.** Rule 257 says to increase your speed only after passing a signal that isn't flashing, or a sign showing the national speed limit or the word 'END', and only when you're sure it's safe. Following other drivers' lead isn't a reliable guide. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 257 **Q14. You intend to leave at the next junction, but a red X is shown over the left-hand lane at the exit slip road. What does this mean?** A. The exit is open but lane one is closed beyond it B. The exit can't be used — continue to the next one C. You may use the exit if you slow to 20 mph D. Only emergency vehicles may continue along lane one **Answer: B.** Where the left lane is closed at an exit slip road, the Highway Code says the exit cannot be used. Stay in an open lane and plan to leave at the following junction instead — never drive in a lane showing a red X. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 258 **Q15. An overhead sign shows red flashing lights and every lane closed. What must you do?** A. Drive past on the hard shoulder slowly, with your hazard lights switched on B. Continue carefully in lane one with your headlights on C. Reverse along the hard shoulder to the previous exit D. Stop — don't pass the sign unless police or traffic officers direct you **Answer: D.** Red flashing lights with all lanes closed mean the road is closed. You must not go beyond the sign in any lane, or use the hard shoulder to get round the closure, unless a police or traffic officer directs you to. These closures are enforced by the police. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 258 **Q16. A lane ahead is closed by a red X, but you can't see anything in it. Why must you still keep out of it?** A. There may be unseen hazards, and emergency crews may need it B. It's being kept clear so that lorries can overtake queuing traffic C. The lane is only closed to cars, so vans may still use it D. It has a lower speed limit than the other lanes **Answer: A.** A red X can close a lane because of people, stopped vehicles or other hazards that may be hidden from view. Emergency services and traffic authorities also use closed lanes to reach incidents and help people. Driving in a closed lane is an offence. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 258 **Q17. A lane control signal above your lane shows a white diagonal arrow. What does it mean?** A. Your lane is about to widen B. You may overtake on either side C. Traffic may merge into your lane from that side D. Change lanes in the direction the arrow shows **Answer: D.** On lane control signals, a white diagonal arrow tells you to change lanes in the direction shown, a green arrow means the lane is available to you, and red crosses mean the lane is closed. Check your mirrors and move over in good time. Reference: The Highway Code — Light signals controlling traffic **Q18. On a motorway gantry, a different signal is lit above each lane. Which one applies to you?** A. Whichever signal shows the lowest speed limit B. The one above the left-hand lane C. The one above the right-hand lane D. The one directly above the lane you're in **Answer: D.** Rule 256 explains that a single sign or signal can apply to all lanes, while lane-specific signs and signals give advice, restrictions and warnings for individual lanes. When each lane has its own signal, follow the one over your lane, and check any lane you plan to move into. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 256 **Q19. As you join a motorway, a solid white line separates the slip road from lane one for some distance. What should you do?** A. Cross it straight away if there's a gap in lane one B. Use the hard shoulder until the line ends C. Don't cross it — wait until the line ends D. Stop at the line until lane one is clear **Answer: C.** When joining, don't cross solid white lines that separate lanes and don't use the hard shoulder. Wait until the solid line ends, match your speed to the traffic in the left-hand lane and give priority to vehicles already on the motorway. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 259 **Q20. The slip road you're joining from continues as an extra lane on the motorway. What should you do?** A. Stay in that lane rather than moving across straight away B. Move into the next lane immediately, as the extra lane will end C. Stop at the end of the slip road and wait for a gap D. Use your hazard lights to warn traffic you are joining **Answer: A.** If the slip road continues as an extra lane, the Highway Code advises you to stay on it. There's no need to force your way into the traffic flow, and you can adjust to the speed of motorway traffic before considering a lane change. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 259 **Q21. You've just joined a motorway and want to overtake a slower van ahead. What does the Highway Code advise first?** A. Overtake straight away while your speed is still building B. Stay in the left lane long enough to adjust to the traffic speed C. Move to the right-hand lane to get clear of joining traffic D. Flash your headlights so the van driver knows to move out of your way **Answer: B.** After joining, remain in the left-hand lane long enough to adjust to the speed of the traffic before considering overtaking. It takes time to judge the speed of fast-moving vehicles, so pulling straight out, or trying to hurry the van along, is unsafe. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 259 **Q22. A gantry sign over your lane shows 50 inside a red circle. What does this mean?** A. 50 mph is the maximum speed limit you must not exceed B. 50 mph is advised but not enforced C. It's the minimum speed for that lane D. It's the distance in metres to the next hazard **Answer: A.** You must not exceed a speed limit displayed within a red circle. Variable speed limit signs are used on some motorways and dual carriageways to change the maximum speed limit, and these limits are enforced by the police just like fixed ones. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 124 and 261 **Q23. A motorway signal shows '40' without a red circle around it. What does it mean?** A. It's an advised maximum speed because of conditions ahead B. It's a mandatory limit that is enforced by speed cameras C. It's the minimum speed allowed in that lane D. It applies only to goods vehicles over 7.5 tonnes, not to cars **Answer: A.** Rule 261 makes a limit shown inside a red circle mandatory. A speed shown without the red circle is a temporary maximum speed advised, warning you of a hazard or conditions ahead. You should still slow down — it's there for a reason. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 261 and Light signals controlling traffic **Q24. What's the national speed limit on a motorway in England for a goods vehicle over 7.5 tonnes maximum laden weight?** A. 50 mph B. 56 mph C. 70 mph D. 60 mph **Answer: D.** The Highway Code's speed limits table sets 60 mph on motorways for goods vehicles over 7.5 tonnes maximum laden weight, in England, Wales and Scotland alike. Many lorries are also fitted with speed limiters, so they may travel slower still. Cars have a 70 mph motorway limit. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 124 **Q25. What's the motorway speed limit for a motorhome weighing more than 3.05 tonnes maximum unladen weight, when it isn't towing?** A. 60 mph B. 70 mph C. 50 mph D. 65 mph **Answer: B.** Heavier motorhomes (over 3.05 tonnes unladen) have lower limits on single and dual carriageways — 50 mph and 60 mph — but on motorways they share the 70 mph limit with cars. It's easy to assume the dual carriageway limit carries over to motorways. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 124 **Q26. You're behind a lorry in the left lane of a motorway that seems stuck at about 56 mph. What's the most likely reason?** A. It's likely to be fitted with a speed limiter set to 56 mph B. Lorries are not allowed to go faster than 56 mph on any road C. The driver is looking out for their exit D. The lorry must be carrying a dangerous load **Answer: A.** Rule 222 explains that many large vehicles are fitted with speed limiting devices that restrict them to 56 mph, even on a motorway. Be patient, plan ahead and overtake only when it's safe, rather than sitting close behind. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 222 **Q27. Your sat nav tells you that you should have left the motorway at the junction you've just passed. What should you do?** A. Stop on the hard shoulder and reverse back to the slip road B. Use a gap in the central reservation to turn round C. Pull onto the verge and check your route before continuing D. Carry on and leave at the next exit **Answer: D.** You must not reverse along any part of a motorway, cross the central reservation or drive against the traffic flow unless a police or traffic officer tells you to. Stopping to check your route isn't an emergency either — simply continue to the next exit. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 263 **Q28. You've pulled into an emergency area on a smart motorway but stopped a few metres past the emergency telephone. What should you do?** A. Reverse slowly back so that the car is next to the telephone B. Reverse back only if no traffic is approaching in lane one C. Leave the car where it is and walk back to the telephone D. Sound your horn to attract a traffic officer's attention **Answer: C.** Unless directed by a police or traffic officer, you must not reverse along any part of a motorway — and that includes emergency areas, hard shoulders and slip roads. Leave the vehicle where it is, get out on the side away from traffic and use the emergency telephone. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 263 and 277 **Q29. You're on a clear three-lane motorway and have just overtaken a slower car from lane two. What should you do next?** A. Return to the left-hand lane when it's safe B. Stay in lane two, as it's the lane for cruising C. Move into lane three to leave room for joining traffic D. Stay in lane two until you reach your exit **Answer: A.** Keep in the left lane unless you're overtaking, however many lanes the motorway has. Once you're safely past, return to the left lane when it's safe to do so. The middle and right-hand lanes are for overtaking, not for cruising along a clear road. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 264 **Q30. You're driving in lane one and see a recovery truck and people on the hard shoulder ahead. What should you do if it's safe?** A. Sound your horn to warn them as you pass B. Keep in lane one but switch on your hazard lights C. Move into the adjacent lane to give them more room D. Slow right down and stop behind the recovery truck **Answer: C.** Rule 264 asks you to look out for emergency services, traffic officers, recovery workers and stopped vehicles on the hard shoulder or in an emergency area. If you're in the left lane and it's safe, move into the next lane to create more space between you and them. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 264 **Q31. Which of these may use the right-hand lane of a three-lane motorway to overtake?** A. A goods vehicle with a maximum laden weight of 10 tonnes B. A coach weighing over 7.5 tonnes with 50 passenger seats C. A car towing a small box trailer D. A car that isn't towing anything **Answer: D.** The right-hand lane of a motorway with three or more lanes must not be used, except in prescribed circumstances, by any vehicle towing a trailer, goods vehicles over 7.5 tonnes, passenger vehicles over 7.5 tonnes carrying more than eight seated passengers, and certain lighter goods and passenger vehicles that must be fitted with speed limiters. A car without a trailer has no such restriction. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 265 **Q32. Overhead signs show that the left-hand lane leads directly off at the next junction. You want to stay on the motorway. What should you do?** A. Stay in the left lane and move right at the last moment B. Move out of that lane in good time before the junction C. Use the hard shoulder to get past the junction D. Stay in the left lane, as it will rejoin after the junction **Answer: B.** At some junctions a lane leads directly off the motorway. Look well ahead for signs and road markings, and only get in that lane if you want to go the way it leads. If you're continuing, change lanes well before the junction rather than cutting across late. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 266 **Q33. Before moving out to overtake on a motorway, why should you take a quick sideways glance?** A. To signal to the driver behind that you're about to pull out B. To check the lane markings are broken rather than solid C. To make sure the vehicle you're overtaking has seen you coming D. To check for a vehicle hidden in your blind spot **Answer: D.** Mirrors don't show everything. A vehicle can disappear from view in the blind spot beside you, so a quick sideways glance confirms where it is before you move out. Traffic may also be approaching quickly from behind, so check all your mirrors carefully too. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 267 **Q34. Why should you take extra care when overtaking on a motorway at night?** A. Speed and distance are harder to judge B. Overtaking is only allowed in daylight C. Lorries are allowed to use every lane after dark D. The speed limit is lower after dark **Answer: A.** Rule 267 warns you to be especially careful at night and in poor visibility, because it's harder to judge the speed and distance of other vehicles. Take time to judge speeds correctly before pulling out. The motorway speed limit is the same by day and night. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 267 **Q35. On a clear motorway, the car in front of you in lane two is going slower than you'd like, and lane one is empty. What should you do?** A. Wait for a safe chance to overtake on the right B. Move into lane one, pass the car, then move back C. Stay close behind until the driver moves over D. Flash your headlights and pass on whichever side clears first **Answer: A.** Don't overtake on the left or move into a lane on your left to get past someone. Overtake only on the right, when it's safe. Only in congested conditions, where adjacent lanes are moving at similar speeds, may you keep up with the traffic in your lane even if this means passing traffic on your right — that doesn't apply on a clear road. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 267 and 268 **Q36. On a stretch of motorway where the hard shoulder is sometimes used as a lane, the sign above it is blank. What does this mean?** A. You may use it at the national speed limit B. You may use it if the other lanes are queuing C. It's open to buses and coaches only D. Don't use it except in an emergency **Answer: D.** Where the hard shoulder is used as an extra lane, you can drive on it only when a speed limit is shown above it. A blank sign or a red X means it must not be used except in an emergency, just like an ordinary hard shoulder. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 269 **Q37. You've stopped in an emergency area and are ready to continue your journey. What must you do before rejoining?** A. Build up speed within the area, then merge into a gap in lane one B. Use the emergency telephone and follow the operator's advice C. Switch on your hazard lights and pull out slowly D. Reverse to the start of the area to get a longer run-up **Answer: B.** Before leaving an emergency area you must use the emergency telephone provided and follow the operator's advice. A lane may need to be closed so you can rejoin safely. This differs from a hard shoulder, where you build up speed and watch for a safe gap. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 278 **Q38. In which of these situations may you stop on a motorway carriageway?** A. When red flashing light signals show above your lane B. When you need to answer an urgent call on your mobile phone C. When you want to check directions on a map D. When a passenger feels travel sick **Answer: A.** You must not stop on a motorway carriageway, hard shoulder, slip road or verge except in an emergency, or when told to by the police, traffic officers, an emergency sign or red flashing light signals. Phone calls and route checks should wait until you reach services or an exit. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 271 **Q39. A passenger asks you to drop them on the hard shoulder because their house is just beyond the fence. What should you do?** A. Stop briefly with your hazard lights on B. Let them out on the slip road instead C. Drop them off on the verge beside an emergency telephone D. Refuse, as it's only allowed in an emergency **Answer: D.** Rule 272 says you must not pick up or set down anyone, or walk on a motorway, except in an emergency. Stopping on the hard shoulder, slip road or verge for this isn't allowed either. Drop your passenger somewhere safe and legal off the motorway. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 271 and 272 **Q40. You're in lane three and plan to leave the motorway at the next junction. What does the Highway Code advise?** A. Stay in lane three until the countdown markers, then cut across B. Move into the left-hand lane well before you reach the exit C. Signal left and move across all lanes at the 100-yard marker D. Leave from lane two if lane one is busy **Answer: B.** Watch for the signs showing you're getting near your exit, move into the left-hand lane well before reaching it, then signal left in good time and reduce your speed on the slip road as necessary. Leaving it late forces you to cut across lanes at speed. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 273 **Q41. You leave a motorway after two hours at 70 mph and join a rural A-road. Your speed feels quite slow. What should you do?** A. Speed up until the road feels as quick as the motorway did B. Trust your judgement, as your sense of speed is more reliable C. Check your speedometer, as you may be going faster than it feels D. Keep to whatever speed feels comfortable for the first few miles **Answer: C.** After a long time at high speed, your sense of speed adjusts. Rule 274 warns that 50 mph may feel like 30 mph when you leave a motorway or use a link road. Check your speedometer and adjust your speed accordingly. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 274 **Q42. You're taking a link road from one motorway to another. What should you be prepared for?** A. A higher speed limit than on the motorway itself B. A lower speed limit that applies to lorries only C. Sharp bends that mean you'll need to slow down D. Pedestrians crossing the link road **Answer: C.** Some slip roads and link roads between motorways have sharp bends, so you'll need to slow down. Because you've been travelling fast, you may be going quicker than you think — check your speedometer and adjust before you reach the bend. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 274 **Q43. As you approach a motorway exit, you pass a countdown marker with three bars. Roughly how far are you from the exit?** A. 300 yards B. 100 yards C. Half a mile D. 3 miles **Answer: A.** Countdown markers are placed on the approach to a motorway exit, and each bar represents 100 yards to the exit. Three bars mean about 300 yards to go, two bars about 200 yards and one bar about 100 yards. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q44. You're driving on an unlit motorway at night in heavy rain. The reflective studs just to your left are red. What do they tell you?** A. You're next to the central reservation B. You're at the left-hand edge of the carriageway C. You're passing a slip road D. You're in a section of temporary road works **Answer: B.** Rule 132 sets out the colour code: red studs mark the left edge of the road, white studs mark the lanes, amber studs mark the central reservation, and green studs mark the edge of the main carriageway at lay-bys and slip roads. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 132 **Q45. At night on a motorway you notice green reflective studs on your left. What do they mark?** A. The edge of the hard shoulder B. A lane for emergency vehicles C. The central reservation D. Where a slip road or lay-by meets the main carriageway **Answer: D.** Green studs mark the edge of the main carriageway at lay-bys and slip roads, so they show where you can leave or where traffic may join. Red studs mark the left edge of the road and amber studs the central reservation. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 132 **Q46. You see green/yellow reflective studs as you approach a section of motorway. What are they telling you?** A. A lower speed limit starts here and is enforced by cameras B. You're approaching an emergency area C. There are temporary lane changes, such as at road works D. There's a lay-by for lorries ahead **Answer: C.** Rule 132 explains that green/yellow studs indicate temporary adjustments to lane layouts, for example where road works are taking place. Lanes may be narrower than normal, so keep a safe distance and make sure you can clearly see the edges of your lane. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 132 and 290 **Q47. A slow-moving works vehicle in your lane displays a large 'Keep Left' sign on the back. What must you do?** A. Pass it on the right, where there's usually more room B. Follow it until it leaves the carriageway C. Pass it on the left, as the sign shows D. Pass it on whichever side is clearer **Answer: C.** Works vehicles may be used to close lanes for repairs. Where a large 'Keep Left' or 'Keep Right' sign is displayed on the back, you must move over and pass on the side indicated, and not return to the closed lane until you can see it's safe. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 289 **Q48. At motorway road works, the vehicle in front displays 'CONVOY VEHICLE NO OVERTAKING'. What must you do?** A. Stay behind it and don't pass it B. Overtake it only if the lane beside it is clear C. Pass it using the hard shoulder D. Flash your lights to ask the driver to pull over **Answer: A.** Rule 289 says you must not pass a vehicle displaying 'CONVOY VEHICLE NO OVERTAKING'. Stay behind it, keep a safe distance and follow any other signs, as lanes may be closed and a lower speed limit may apply through the works. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 289 **Q49. Why should you slow down and leave a bigger gap at the start and end of a contraflow?** A. Changes in road camber can affect your stability B. Oncoming traffic has priority at those points C. Speed cameras are always placed there D. Road workers cross the carriageway there **Answer: A.** In a contraflow you may be in a narrower lane than normal, with no permanent barrier between you and oncoming traffic. At the start and finish, changes in the camber of the road may affect vehicle stability, so slow down and increase your distance from the vehicle ahead. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 290 **Q50. You're driving on a motorway with a clear road ahead and good conditions. What does the Highway Code advise about your speed?** A. Drive at exactly 70 mph, as that's the target speed on motorways B. Keep changing your speed to help you stay alert C. Keep a steady cruising speed that's safe and within the limit D. Match the speed of the fastest traffic around you **Answer: C.** Rule 260 says that when you can see well ahead and conditions are good, drive at a steady cruising speed that you and your vehicle can handle safely and that's within the speed limit. Keep a safe distance from the vehicle in front, and increase the gap on wet or icy roads or in fog. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 260 **Q51. You're driving on a motorway in thick fog. How should you judge your speed?** A. Keep up with the traffic around you B. So you can stop well within the distance you can see C. Stay at 50 mph, which is safe in fog D. Stay close enough to keep the tail lights ahead in view **Answer: B.** In fog you should be able to pull up well within the distance you can see clearly — especially important on motorways, where traffic travels faster. Rear lights can give a false sense of security, and keeping up with others may mean driving too fast. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 235 **Q52. You're driving in fog on a motorway and a vehicle is following far too closely. What should you do?** A. Speed up to get away from it B. Switch on your hazard lights C. Keep a steady, safe speed and don't accelerate away D. Brake sharply to warn the driver **Answer: C.** Rule 235 says not to accelerate to get away from a vehicle that's too close behind you in fog. Keep a safe distance from the vehicle ahead, check your mirrors before slowing, and brake so your brake lights give drivers behind early warning. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 235 **Q53. There's been a crash on the opposite carriageway of the motorway. What should you do?** A. Slow down so you can see what has happened as you pass B. Stop on the hard shoulder to offer help C. Switch on your hazard lights to warn others D. Focus on the road ahead and don't slow unnecessarily **Answer: D.** When passing an incident, stay alert for hazards but don't slow down unnecessarily — for example, when it's on the other side of a dual carriageway. Looking at the scene instead of the road can cause another collision or congestion on your side. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 282 **Q54. Police and traffic officers are slowing traffic behind them across all lanes, ahead of an incident. What must you do?** A. Follow their directions about whether and when you can pass B. Overtake them using the hard shoulder if it looks clear ahead C. Leave at the next exit, whatever they signal D. Flash your headlights to be let through **Answer: A.** Emergency services, traffic officers and recovery workers may need to work in the carriageway — dealing with debris or collisions, or conducting rolling roadblocks. You must follow any directions given by police or traffic officers about whether you can safely pass the incident or obstruction. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 281 **Q55. Why is it especially important to use your mirrors earlier and look further ahead on a motorway?** A. Motorways have more junctions than other roads B. You're not allowed to signal on a motorway C. Mirrors are less effective at high speed D. Traffic travels faster, so you have less time to react **Answer: D.** Traffic on motorways usually travels faster than on other roads, so situations develop quickly and you have less time to react. Rule 254 advises using your mirrors earlier and looking much further ahead than you would elsewhere, so you can plan in good time. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 254 ## Frequently asked questions **### How many Motorway Rules questions are in the real theory test?** The DVSA doesn't publish per-topic counts. Your 50 questions are drawn across all 14 official topics, so revise every category. **### What is the pass mark for the UK theory test?** You need 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions correct (86%), plus 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception clips. You must pass both parts in the same sitting. **### Are these real DVSA questions?** No — these are original practice questions written to the current DVSA syllabus and The Highway Code. Official revision questions are Crown Copyright and only available from licensed providers. ## Revise the other theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from all 14 official DVSA topics — revise every category, not just this one. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Don't forget part two: read [how hazard perception is scored](/hazard-perception/). Booked your test? Find your [nearest theory test centre](/theory-test-centres/), or book on the official [GOV.UK booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23). All practice questions are original study material written to the current DVSA car theory test syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions. This site is an independent study resource and is not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA. --- # Other Vehicles: Lorries, Buses, Trams & Tractors > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. DVSA theory test topic guide # Other Vehicles: Lorries, Buses, Trams & Tractors Sharing the road with motorcycles, lorries, buses, trams and slow-moving vehicles. [Practise 35 Other Types of Vehicle questions](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) Quick answer Sharing the road with lorries, buses, trams, motorcycles, tractors and mobility scooters: the Highway Code rules behind Other Types of Vehicle questions. ## What does the Other Types of Vehicle topic cover? This topic tests how you share the road with vehicles that behave differently from a car: lorries and buses that need extra space, trams that cannot steer, motorcycles affected by wind, slow tractors, and powered wheelchairs and mobility scooters. Most answers come from Highway Code rules 164, 211 to 225, 232 to 233 and 300 to 306. | Vehicle | Why it behaves differently | What you should do | | --- | --- | --- | | Lorry or articulated vehicle | Blocks your view, swings wide at junctions, throws up spray | Drop back and be ready to wait (rules 164, 221 and 222) | | Bus or coach | Pulls out from stops; passengers cross nearby | Give priority when safe (rule 223) | | Tram | Fixed rails, quiet, cannot steer | Always give way; do not race it (rules 224 and 301) | | Motorcycle | Hard to see, affected by wind and road surfaces | Look out at junctions; give plenty of room (rules 211 to 213) | | Tractor or farm vehicle | Slow, may tow a trailer or other equipment | Stay back where you can see ahead (rule 164) | | Mobility scooter | Top speed of 8 mph on the road | Allow for the speed difference (rule 220) | ## How should you follow and overtake a large lorry or bus? Stay well back. Rule 164 says dropping back lets you see further ahead and should let the driver see you in their mirrors. A useful rule of thumb: if you cannot see their mirrors, they cannot see you. Only overtake when you have enough room to finish, because large vehicles take longer to pass. If in doubt, do not overtake. Rule 164 adds two warnings: do not assume you can follow another vehicle that is overtaking a long vehicle, because it may abort and pull back in; and getting too close to tractors with trailers or other fixed equipment hides the road ahead, where there may be another slow vehicle. Be patient too. Rule 222 says larger vehicles have lower speed limits than cars, and many are fitted with limiters set at 56 mph. In wet weather, rule 227 says spray makes it hard to see and be seen, so keep well back. When visibility is seriously reduced, rule 226 says you must use headlights. ## Why do long vehicles need extra room at junctions and roundabouts? Long vehicles may need the whole width of the road to turn, so they often move out to the right before turning left. Rules 170 and 221 tell you to watch for this and be prepared to stop and wait. Rule 187 adds that they may straddle lanes on roundabouts, so watch their signals and never squeeze alongside. Never pass a long vehicle on its left while it is turning, and do not assume its signal tells the whole story. Rule 178 asks drivers of large vehicles to stop well back from advanced stop lines, so they can see cyclists waiting in front. That is a reminder that large vehicles have a significant blind spot in front. ## When should you give way to buses and trams? Give priority to buses, coaches and trams when you can do so safely, especially when they signal to pull away from stops, as rule 223 says. With trams, rule 301 goes further: always give way, and never race them, overtake them or pass on the inside unless they are at a stop and there is a lane for you. Other rules that commonly appear: - **At bus and tram stops:** do not overtake between the kerb and a bus or tram at a stop (rule 167), and look out for passengers stepping off to cross (rule 223). - **Tram stops without platforms:** you must not drive between a tram and the left-hand kerb when it has stopped for passengers (rule 303). - **Tram lanes:** you must not enter a road, lane or route reserved for trams (rule 300), or stop on any part of the track outside a designated bay (rule 302). - **Tram rails:** cyclists and motorcyclists need extra care crossing them, especially when wet. The safest way to cross is at a right angle (rule 306). ## How much room should you give motorcyclists and cyclists? Give them at least as much room as you would when overtaking a car, and more in bad weather, including high winds, and at night. Rule 212 sets this standard, and rule 163 gives a guide for cyclists: at least 1.5 metres at speeds up to 30 mph, with more space at higher speeds. Why the extra space matters: - **Visibility (rule 211):** motorcyclists and cyclists are easy to miss, especially at junctions, alongside you or when filtering. Look out for them before you emerge. - **Wind (rules 232 and 233):** gusts can blow a motorcyclist or cyclist off course, and turbulence from large vehicles is a particular problem, so keep well back when they overtake a high-sided vehicle. - **Road surface (rule 213):** riders may swerve suddenly to avoid drain covers or oily, wet or icy patches. ## How should you deal with tractors, mobility scooters and other slow vehicles? Be patient, stay back where you can see the road ahead, and overtake only with a long, clear view. Rule 169 asks drivers of large or slow vehicles to pull in where safe and let a queue pass, so give them the chance. Rule 225 says a flashing amber beacon warns of a slow-moving or stationary vehicle. Key facts: - **Tractors:** on unrestricted dual carriageways, vehicles with a top speed of 25 mph or less, such as tractors, must use a flashing amber beacon (rule 225). - **Powered wheelchairs and scooters:** Class 3 vehicles are limited to 8 mph and may be used on the road. On a dual carriageway with a limit over 50 mph they must use a flashing amber beacon (rules 36, 46 and 220). - **Snowploughs and gritters:** do not overtake a snowplough unless the lane you intend to use has been cleared, and take care passing vehicles spreading salt (rule 230). ## What mistakes do learners make on other types of vehicle questions? Most traps assume a large or slow vehicle will behave like a car. Learners choose answers that overtake a lorry swinging right before a left turn, follow closely to shorten an overtake, or race a tram to a stop. The correct answers almost always involve dropping back, waiting and giving extra room. - **Passing a long vehicle on its left while it turns.** Hold back until the turn is complete. - **Following closely to overtake faster.** It hides your view and the driver’s view of you. - **Assuming trams are slow or noisy.** They move quickly and quietly and cannot steer. - **Overtaking a motorcyclist closely in wind.** Allow extra room for sudden movement. - **Reading an amber beacon as a breakdown.** It warns of a slow-moving or stationary vehicle. ## Where should you go next? Try the [Other Types of Vehicle practice test](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/), then revise [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) for cyclists and horse riders and [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) for wind and spray. When you are ready, take a full [mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) or browse the [theory test topics](/theory-test/). ## Ready to test yourself on Other Types of Vehicle? 35 free Other Types of Vehicle questions in the official four-option format, each with an explained answer and the Highway Code rule it tests — with a timed test mode. [Start the Other Types of Vehicle practice test](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### Why do long vehicles swing out before turning left?** A long vehicle may need the whole width of the road to get round a corner, so it often moves right before turning left. Rules 170 and 221 tell you to watch for this and be prepared to stop and wait. Never try to pass on its left while it is turning. **### What does it mean if you cannot see a lorry driver's mirrors?** If you cannot see the lorry's mirrors, the driver probably cannot see you. Rule 164 says drop back: it improves your view of the road ahead and should let the driver see you in their mirrors. Rule 221 adds that when you follow a large vehicle, its driver may not be able to see you in the mirrors. **### How fast can a mobility scooter go on the road?** Class 3 powered wheelchairs and mobility scooters, the type allowed on the road, are limited to 8 mph. Rule 220 says they must show a flashing amber beacon on a dual carriageway where the limit is over 50 mph, but on other roads you may get no advance warning. **### Why do trams need extra care from other drivers?** Trams run on fixed rails, so they cannot steer round you, and rule 224 says they move quickly but silently. Rule 301 tells you always to give way to trams and never race, overtake or pass them on the inside unless they are at a stop and there is a lane for you. **### How much room should you give a motorcyclist when overtaking?** Rule 212 says give motorcyclists at least as much room as you would when overtaking a car, and more in bad weather, including high winds, and at night. Motorcyclists can be blown off course by gusts or by turbulence from large vehicles, so keep well back when they are passing lorries. Sources - [The Highway Code — Road users requiring extra care (204 to 225)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/road-users-requiring-extra-care-204-to-225) - [The Highway Code — Using the road (159 to 203)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203) - [The Highway Code — Road works, level crossings and tramways (288 to 307)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/road-works-level-crossings-and-tramways-288-to-307) - [The Highway Code — Driving in adverse weather conditions (226 to 237)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/driving-in-adverse-weather-conditions-226-to-237) - [The Highway Code — Rules for users of powered wheelchairs and mobility scooters (36 to 46)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-for-users-of-powered-wheelchairs-and-mobility-scooters-36-to-46) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). ## Which other theory test topics should you revise? All 14 topics feed the same 50-question test, so revise every one. Then sit the [full free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under the real time limit. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) --- # Other Vehicles Quiz: 35 Free Questions | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free · 50 questions in the real test · Pass mark 43/50 # Other Vehicles quiz: 35 free theory test questions DVSA-style multiple-choice questions with explained answers and Highway Code references. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes — you need 43 correct to pass. Quick answer Below is a free Other Types of Vehicle mock test for the UK DVSA car theory test: multiple-choice questions in the official four-option format, each with the correct answer, a plain-English explanation and a Highway Code reference. Sharing the road with motorcycles, lorries, buses, trams and slow-moving vehicles. ## Other Types of Vehicle practice questions Checked against [The Highway Code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) as amended 22 October 2025 · last reviewed 26 September 2026. Spotted an error? [Report it](/corrections/). Or study below: tap any question to see its options, answer and Highway Code rule. **Q1. You're following a large lorry but can't see its exterior mirrors. What does this tell you?** A. The lorry is about to turn B. The driver can't see you either — drop back C. You're at a safe following distance D. You should overtake immediately **Answer: B.** If you can't see the lorry driver's mirrors, the driver cannot see you. Drop back — you'll be visible, you'll see further down the road, and you'll have a safer view for any overtake. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 164 and 222 **Q2. A long vehicle ahead signals left at a junction but moves out to the right first. What should you do?** A. Overtake on its left as it moves right B. Sound your horn to alert the driver C. Hold back — long vehicles often need the full width of the road to turn D. Squeeze through the gap on the right **Answer: C.** Long vehicles swing out before tight turns. Passing on the inside as it turns left could trap you along its nearside. Stay back until the manoeuvre is complete. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 221 **Q3. Why do trams demand extra care from drivers?** A. They travel more slowly than other traffic B. They can't steer to avoid you and move quietly on fixed rails C. They always have flashing amber beacons D. They only run at night **Answer: B.** Trams run on fixed rails and cannot swerve; they're also quiet and can approach quickly. Never race one to a stop, and give way where tram signs and signals require it. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 224, 301 and 302 **Q4. You're about to overtake a motorcyclist on a windy day. Why should you allow extra room?** A. Motorcycles accelerate more slowly in wind B. A gust can blow the rider off course and into your path C. Riders always move to the centre of the lane in wind D. It's a legal requirement only above 50 mph **Answer: B.** Wind gusts — including the one your own vehicle creates — can push a rider sideways suddenly. Give motorcyclists, cyclists and high-sided vehicles generous clearance in windy conditions. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 212, 232 and 233 **Q5. A bus at a stop ahead signals to pull out. What should you do?** A. Accelerate past before it moves B. Give way to it when you can do so safely C. Sound your horn and hold your position D. Flash your headlights and keep your speed **Answer: B.** Give buses priority to move off from stops when you can do so safely — and watch for pedestrians stepping out from behind the bus to cross. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 223 **Q6. A lorry ahead is throwing up heavy spray in the rain. What should you do?** A. Overtake immediately to escape the spray B. Drop well back until you can see clearly, and use dipped headlights C. Follow closely in its wheel tracks D. Use your rear fog lights **Answer: B.** Spray can blind you for seconds at a time. Dropping back restores your view and your stopping margin, and you must use headlights if visibility is seriously reduced. Only overtake when you can see it's completely safe. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 226 and 227 **Q7. A mobility scooter is on a dual carriageway showing a flashing amber light. Why?** A. It's broken down B. It's a slow powered wheelchair or scooter (max 8 mph), and the beacon warns other traffic C. The rider is asking for help D. It's turning right **Answer: B.** Class 3 powered wheelchairs and scooters are limited to 8 mph and can be hard to spot at road speeds. A flashing amber beacon is compulsory on a dual carriageway with a speed limit over 50 mph, and should be used on other dual carriageways too. Give them plenty of room. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 46 and 220 **Q8. You're behind a slow-moving tractor on a rural road. What's the right approach?** A. Overtake on the next bend while it slows B. Sound your horn until it pulls over C. Stay back patiently and overtake only on a straight, clear stretch when you can see it's safe D. Follow within a car length to shorten the overtake **Answer: C.** Tractor drivers often pull in when they can — pressuring them helps nobody. Hold back where you can see ahead, then commit to the overtake only with a long, clear view. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 162–164 and 169 **Q9. Many large vehicles are fitted with speed limiters. According to the Highway Code, what speed can these restrict them to, even on a motorway?** A. 56 mph B. 50 mph C. 60 mph D. 70 mph **Answer: A.** Rule 222 says many large vehicles have speed limiters restricting them to 56 mph, even on a motorway, and that larger vehicles are subject to lower speed limits than cars. Expect to catch them up, and be patient rather than pressuring the driver. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 222 **Q10. The car in front of you pulls out to overtake a long lorry. You'd like to overtake too. What should you do?** A. Stay close behind it so that you can both get past in one go B. Pull out alongside the car so you overtake together C. Hold back — it may abort, and there may be room for only one D. Flash your headlights so the lorry driver lets you both in **Answer: C.** Rule 164 warns not to assume you can follow a vehicle ahead that's overtaking a long vehicle — if a problem develops, it may abort and pull back in. Rule 163 adds that there may only be room for one. Wait and make your own judgement. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 163 and 164 **Q11. On a very windy day, a motorcyclist ahead of you is overtaking a high-sided lorry. What should you do?** A. Follow the motorcyclist closely so you can overtake too B. Overtake the motorcyclist before they reach the lorry C. Sound your horn to warn the lorry driver D. Keep well back from the motorcyclist **Answer: D.** Rule 233 says that in very windy weather large vehicles create turbulence that can affect other road users, and motorcyclists are particularly affected. Keep well back while a rider overtakes a high-sided vehicle, in case they're pushed off course. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 232 and 233 **Q12. A long lorry ahead is turning left at a junction. Why is it dangerous to be alongside its nearside as it turns?** A. Its indicators may be hidden from your view B. Its rear wheels can cut in very close to the kerb C. It may need to reverse to complete the turn D. Lorries have to turn left from the right-hand lane **Answer: B.** Long vehicles may move over to the right before turning left, and their rear wheels can then come very close to the kerb as they turn (rule 76). Anything alongside the nearside could be trapped, so stay back until the turn is complete. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 76 and 221 **Q13. As you approach a busy roundabout, an articulated lorry ahead is straddling two lanes. What's the most likely reason?** A. Its length means it needs extra room to get round B. The driver has chosen the wrong lane and is now lost C. It's about to stop on the roundabout D. The driver is trying to stop you overtaking **Answer: A.** Rule 187 says long vehicles, including those towing trailers, may have to take a different course or straddle lanes approaching or on a roundabout because of their length. Watch their signals and give them plenty of room. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 187 **Q14. At a mini-roundabout, which vehicles may drive over the central marking?** A. Any vehicle that's turning right B. Cars towing a caravan or trailer, as long as it's clear C. Large vehicles that physically can't pass round it D. Motorcycles, if the junction is empty **Answer: C.** Rule 188 says all vehicles MUST pass round the central markings of a mini-roundabout, except large vehicles that are physically incapable of doing so. Expect a lorry or bus to use more of the junction than you would, and give it room. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 188 **Q15. Why might a lorry driver stop well behind the first white line at an advanced stop line?** A. To leave themselves room to reverse B. Because lorries aren't allowed close to traffic lights C. So that a red-light camera won't be able to record its number plate D. To see the whole cycle area, allowing for the blind spot in front **Answer: D.** Rule 178 advises drivers of large vehicles to stop far enough behind the first white line to see the whole area where cyclists may be waiting, allowing for any blind spot in front of the vehicle. A cyclist right in front of a cab may be invisible to the driver. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 178 **Q16. A bus is at a stop on your left, and there's space between it and the kerb. Should you pass on its left?** A. No — never pass between the kerb and a bus at a stop B. Yes, if the bus is signalling right C. Yes, as long as you keep below 10 mph D. Only if you're riding a motorcycle **Answer: A.** Rule 167 lists passing between the kerb and a bus or tram at a stop among the places where you should not overtake. Passengers getting on or off may step into that gap without looking. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 167 **Q17. A bus lane is in operation and there are no signs prohibiting stopping in it. For which of these may you enter it?** A. To overtake a queue of slow-moving traffic B. To stop and load or unload C. To get ahead of traffic before turning right D. To use it as an extra lane during rush hour **Answer: B.** Rule 141 says you shouldn't drive in a bus lane during its period of operation unless signs show your vehicle is allowed, but you may enter it to stop, load or unload where this isn't prohibited. Rule 165 also bans overtaking where you'd have to use it. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 141 and 165 **Q18. You want to turn left into a side road, which means crossing a bus lane. A bus is approaching in that lane from behind. What should you do?** A. Turn first — the bus will have to slow down for you B. Speed up to get well ahead of it before turning C. Give way to the bus before crossing the bus lane D. Move into the bus lane now and wait there for it **Answer: C.** Rule 183 says that when turning you should give way to any vehicles using a bus lane, cycle lane, cycle track or tramway, from either direction. Check your nearside mirror early so you know what's coming up the lane. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 183 **Q19. A lane ahead is marked as reserved for trams only. When may you drive in it?** A. When there's no tram in sight B. Outside the rush hour C. To pass slow traffic, as long as you're quick D. At no time — it's for trams only **Answer: D.** Rule 300 says you MUST NOT enter a road, lane or other route reserved for trams. Take extra care where trams leave the main carriageway to enter a reserved route, so that you don't follow them onto it. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 300 **Q20. You're stopped at a red traffic light beside a tram, which then moves off. What does this tell you?** A. Trams often have their own signals and may go when you can't B. Your light is about to change, so you can go too C. The tram driver has jumped the red light, so you may follow it D. Your red light no longer applies once the tram has gone **Answer: A.** Rule 301 explains that tram drivers usually have their own traffic signals and may be permitted to move when you are not. Rule 300 adds that white light signals and diamond-shaped signs are for tram drivers only. Wait for your own green light. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 300 and 301 **Q21. Traffic ahead is queuing and you're about to stop with your car partly on a tram track. Why should you avoid this?** A. A tram cannot steer round an obstruction B. Trams can easily take a different path around you C. Your tyres could be damaged by the rails D. Tram drivers are allowed to push obstructions aside **Answer: A.** Rule 302 says don't stop on any part of a tram track except in a designated bay, and never park where you'd get in the way of trams. A tram cannot steer round an obstruction, so a stopped car could block the line or be hit. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 224 and 302 **Q22. A tram has stopped to pick up passengers at a stop with no platform, and no alternative route is signed. What should you do?** A. Pass slowly between the tram and the left-hand kerb B. Overtake it on the right if the road is clear C. Sound your horn to warn passengers you're passing D. Wait behind it until it moves off **Answer: D.** Rule 303 says that at tram stops without platforms you MUST NOT drive between a tram and the left-hand kerb while it has stopped for passengers. If no alternative route is signed, don't overtake the tram — wait until it moves off. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 303 **Q23. Why is it especially important to give priority to a tram pulling away from a stop?** A. Standing passengers could be hurt if it had to brake hard B. Tram drivers are unable to see any traffic that is behind them C. Trams are exempt from all traffic signals D. Trams are required by law to keep to an exact timetable **Answer: A.** Rule 305 says always give priority to trams, especially when they signal to pull away from stops, unless it would be unsafe. They may be carrying large numbers of standing passengers who could be injured if the tram had to make an emergency stop. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 223 and 305 **Q24. A cyclist ahead moves out towards the middle of the road just before crossing some tram rails. Why?** A. To stop you overtaking them on the tram lane B. Because cyclists must never ride straight over the top of tram rails C. To cross the rails as close to a right angle as possible D. To let the tram driver behind know they're there **Answer: C.** Rule 306 says it's safest to cross tram tracks directly at right angles, and to take particular care at shallow angles and when the rails are wet. Other road users should be aware that cyclists and motorcyclists may need more space to do this. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 306 **Q25. A car approaching from behind is showing a flashing green beacon. Who is most likely to be driving it?** A. A motorway traffic officer B. A vehicle recovery operator C. A driving examiner conducting a test D. A doctor responding to an emergency **Answer: D.** Rule 219 lists doctors among the emergency vehicles that may use flashing lights, and the lighting regulations allow green beacons on vehicles used by registered doctors. Traffic officers and recovery vehicles use amber. Let it pass safely, as you would any emergency vehicle. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 219; Road Vehicles Lighting Regulations 1989, regulation 11 **Q26. An ambulance using its blue lights and siren is coming up behind you on a winding country road. Where should you avoid pulling in to let it pass?** A. A straight section with a wide verge B. A lay-by or wide entrance on the left C. Just before a bend or the brow of a hill D. A long, straight stretch with good visibility **Answer: C.** Rule 219 says that, if necessary, you should pull to the side of the road and stop, but try to avoid stopping before the brow of a hill, a bend or a narrow section of road. Don't endanger anyone, and avoid mounting the kerb. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 219 **Q27. Why does the Highway Code advise against braking harshly near a junction or roundabout when an emergency vehicle is approaching?** A. A following driver may not have the same view as you B. Emergency vehicles expect you to keep your speed constant C. Harsh braking on a junction approach is always illegal D. The emergency vehicle may be trying to stop behind you **Answer: A.** Rule 219 says don't brake harshly on the approach to a junction or roundabout when an emergency vehicle approaches, because a following vehicle may not have the same view as you. Don't panic — think about its route and act smoothly. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 219 **Q28. You're first in the queue at a red traffic light when an ambulance with flashing blue lights comes up behind you. What should you do?** A. Edge across the stop line and through the red light to clear the way B. Mount the pavement to make a gap C. Let it pass only in ways that don't break traffic signs D. Reverse back towards the car behind you **Answer: C.** Rule 219 says take appropriate action to let an emergency vehicle pass while complying with all traffic signs, and avoid mounting the kerb. Moving through a red light could put you in the path of crossing traffic or pedestrians. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 219 **Q29. What is the maximum speed at which a powered wheelchair or mobility scooter may travel on a pavement?** A. 8 mph B. 2 mph C. 6 mph D. 4 mph **Answer: D.** Rule 39 says powered wheelchairs and scooters MUST NOT travel faster than 4 mph on pavements or in pedestrian areas. Class 3 machines can reach 8 mph on the road, but must keep to the lower limit on the pavement. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 36 and 39 **Q30. A mobility scooter on the road ahead stops close to the left-hand kerb, just before a junction on the right. What might the user be doing?** A. Pulling over so that you can overtake B. Getting ready to turn left into a driveway or entrance C. Waiting to be collected by a car D. Waiting on the left for a safe gap to turn right **Answer: D.** Rule 44 says scooter users who find it difficult or dangerous to move into the middle of the road can stop on the left-hand side and wait for a safe gap to turn right, or cross as a pedestrian. Don't assume they've pulled over for you. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 44 **Q31. On an unrestricted dual carriageway, which vehicles MUST use a flashing amber beacon?** A. Vehicles with a top speed of 25 mph or less, such as tractors B. All vehicles towing a caravan or trailer C. Any vehicle travelling at less than 40 mph in the left-hand lane D. Motorcycles and mopeds with engines of 125 cc or less **Answer: A.** Rule 225 says motor vehicles with a maximum speed of 25 mph or less, such as tractors, MUST use a flashing amber beacon on unrestricted dual carriageways. An amber beacon ahead warns you of a slow-moving vehicle, so approach with caution. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 225 **Q32. In a residential street, a refuse lorry ahead has stopped with its amber beacons flashing. What's the best approach?** A. Overtake it quickly before it moves off down the street again B. Sound your horn so the crew clear the road C. Approach with caution, expecting people around it D. Assume the beacons mean it has broken down **Answer: C.** Rule 225 says flashing amber beacons warn of a slow-moving or stationary vehicle, so approach with caution. The lighting regulations allow refuse collection vehicles to use amber beacons, and the crew may be working in the road around the lorry, so be ready to stop. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 225; Road Vehicles Lighting Regulations 1989, regulation 11 **Q33. You're following a snowplough on a dual carriageway. When may you overtake it?** A. As soon as there's a gap in the next lane B. Only if the lane you intend to use has been cleared C. Never — snowploughs must not be overtaken D. Only when its flashing amber beacon has been switched off **Answer: B.** Rule 230 says watch out for snowploughs, which may throw out snow on either side, and don't overtake them unless the lane you intend to use has been cleared. Until then, keep well back. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 230 **Q34. You're driving past farm entrances on a country road during harvest time. Which hazards should you be particularly ready for?** A. Speed cameras hidden in field gateways B. Loose chippings from recent resurfacing C. Horses being exercised at high speed D. Slow farm vehicles and mud on the road **Answer: D.** Rule 154 tells you to be prepared for slow-moving farm vehicles and mud on the road on country roads, as well as pedestrians, horse riders and cyclists. Mud reduces tyre grip, and a tractor pulling out of a field may be moving very slowly. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 154 **Q35. A works vehicle showing flashing amber lights is travelling slowly ahead of you through road works. What should you expect?** A. It may slow further or turn into the works area B. It's leading a convoy, which you must overtake quickly C. It's about to pull over to let you pass D. Its lights mean the road works have finished **Answer: A.** Rule 288 says that where vehicles in road works are travelling in the road displaying amber warning lights, you should leave extra space and expect them to slow or turn into a works area. Also watch for vehicles entering or leaving the works. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 225 and 288 ## Frequently asked questions **### How many Other Types of Vehicle questions are in the real theory test?** The DVSA doesn't publish per-topic counts. Your 50 questions are drawn across all 14 official topics, so revise every category. **### What is the pass mark for the UK theory test?** You need 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions correct (86%), plus 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception clips. You must pass both parts in the same sitting. **### Are these real DVSA questions?** No — these are original practice questions written to the current DVSA syllabus and The Highway Code. Official revision questions are Crown Copyright and only available from licensed providers. ## Revise the other theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from all 14 official DVSA topics — revise every category, not just this one. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Don't forget part two: read [how hazard perception is scored](/hazard-perception/). Booked your test? Find your [nearest theory test centre](/theory-test-centres/), or book on the official [GOV.UK booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23). All practice questions are original study material written to the current DVSA car theory test syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions. This site is an independent study resource and is not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA. --- # Road Signs & Markings | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. DVSA theory test topic guide # Road Signs & Markings The largest topic in the bank: signs, signals, road markings and their meanings. [Practise 90 Road & Traffic Signs questions](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) Quick answer Learn to read any UK road sign from its shape and colour, what white and yellow road markings mean, how road studs work and the traffic light sequence. ## How do you work out what a UK road sign means? Read the shape first, then the colour. Know Your Traffic Signs, the Department for Transport’s guide, sets out three basic types: circles give orders, triangles warn and rectangles inform. A red ring or circle tells you what you must not do, while a blue circle usually tells you what you must do. The table summarises the design rules from Know Your Traffic Signs and The Highway Code. | Sign design | What it tells you | Examples | | --- | --- | --- | | Red triangle | Warning of a hazard ahead | Crossroads, bend, slippery road | | Red ring or red circle | Prohibition: something you must not do | Maximum speed, no overtaking, no entry | | Blue circle, no red border | Positive instruction: something you must do | Turn left, keep left, minimum speed | | Blue rectangle | Information, or direction signs on motorways | Motorway junction signs | | Green rectangle | Direction signs on primary routes | Primary route junction signs | | White rectangle | Direction signs on non-primary routes, or plates used with other signs | Local route signs, distance plates | | Brown panel | Route to a tourist attraction | Tourist destination signs | ## Why are the STOP and GIVE WAY signs different shapes? They break the normal rules on purpose so they stand out. Know Your Traffic Signs describes the eight-sided STOP sign and the upside-down GIVE WAY triangle as exceptions that give certain signs greater prominence. At STOP you must stop at the line every time; at GIVE WAY you must let traffic on the major road pass. - **STOP:** you must stop behind the solid white line, then wait for a safe gap before moving off (rule 171). Stopping only when traffic is coming is not enough. - **GIVE WAY:** you must give way to traffic on the main road when emerging from a junction with broken white lines across the road (rule 172). You need not stop if the road is clear. ## What is the difference between maximum, minimum and national speed limit signs? A number inside a red ring is a maximum limit you must not exceed. A white number on a blue circle is a minimum speed you must keep to, unless that is impracticable or unsafe. A white disc with one black diagonal stripe means the national speed limit for your vehicle and type of road applies. For a car, the national speed limit is 60 mph on a single carriageway and 70 mph on a dual carriageway or motorway (rule 124). It is lower when towing and for many larger vehicles. ## What do yellow lines, red lines and no-waiting signs mean? Yellow lines control waiting, red lines on red routes control stopping. Double yellow lines mean no waiting at any time unless signs show seasonal restrictions, while a single yellow line applies at the times on nearby plates. A blue disc with a red border and one diagonal means no waiting; two crossed diagonals mean no stopping. - Yellow-line waiting restrictions still let you stop while passengers get in or out, and to load or unload unless yellow kerb marks show loading restrictions too. - The crossed “no stopping” sign marks a clearway. Know Your Traffic Signs says it means no stopping, not even to pick up or set down passengers. - Double red lines mean no stopping at any time; single red lines apply at the times signed. - Yellow zigzags outside a school mean keep the entrance clear of stationary vehicles, even if picking up or setting down children. ## What do white lines along the middle of the road mean? More paint means a stronger message. A broken centre line may be crossed to overtake or turn when the road is clear, but when the lines lengthen and the gaps shorten, a hazard is ahead (rule 127). A solid white line on your side of a double line means you must not cross or straddle it. Rule 129 allows narrow exceptions to the solid line: to enter adjoining premises or a side road, to pass a stationary vehicle, or to overtake a pedal cycle, horse or road maintenance vehicle travelling at 10 mph or less. If the line nearer to you is broken, you may cross to overtake only if you can finish before a solid line on your side (rule 128). Chevrons bordered by a solid white line must not be entered except in an emergency, and you should not enter stripes bordered by a broken line unless it is necessary and safe (rule 130). ## What do the different coloured road studs mean? Reflective road studs follow a fixed colour code set out in rule 132. White studs mark lanes or the middle of the road, red studs mark the left edge, amber studs mark the central reservation, green studs mark lay-bys and slip roads, and green/yellow studs show temporary lane layouts at road works. | Stud colour | Where you see it | | --- | --- | | White | Lane lines or the middle of the road | | Red | Left edge of the road | | Amber | Central reservation of a dual carriageway or motorway | | Green | Edge of the main carriageway at lay-bys and slip roads | | Green/yellow | Temporary lane layouts, such as at road works | ## What is the traffic light sequence in the UK? The sequence is red, red and amber, green, amber, then red again. Red and red-and-amber both mean stop. Green means you may go on only if the way is clear. Amber means stop at the stop line, unless you have already crossed it or are so close that pulling up might cause a collision. A green filter arrow lets you go in the direction shown, if the way is clear, whatever other lights are showing. Alternately flashing red lights, used at places such as level crossings and fire stations, mean you must stop. ## What mistakes do learners make on road and traffic signs questions? Most wrong answers come from reading the symbol but ignoring the shape and colour, or from confusing signs that look alike. The traps below come up again and again in practice questions, so check each option against the shape-and-colour system before choosing an answer, especially when two options sound plausible. - **Maximum versus minimum speed.** Red ring means maximum; blue circle means minimum. - **No waiting versus no stopping.** One diagonal is no waiting; a red cross is a clearway. - **Ahead only versus one-way.** The circular blue “ahead only” sign is an order; the rectangular one-way sign is information. - **Rolling through STOP.** A STOP sign always means a full stop at the line, however clear the road looks. - **National speed limit means 70.** Not on a single carriageway, where it is 60 mph for cars. - **Flashing headlights mean “go”.** Rule 111 says never assume flashing headlights are an invitation to proceed. ## Where should you go next? Signs reward repetition, so the fastest way to lock in the system is to test yourself on real sign images, then practise the rules those signs enforce. Use the links below to drill this topic, move on to related topics, or try a full timed mock test. - [Practise road and traffic signs questions](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - [Rules of the road topic guide](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) - [Motorway rules topic guide](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Take a full mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) - [Practise hazard perception](/hazard-perception/) - [See all theory test topics](/theory-test/) ## Ready to test yourself on Road & Traffic Signs? 90 free Road & Traffic Signs questions in the official four-option format, each with an explained answer and the Highway Code rule it tests — with a timed test mode. [Start the Road & Traffic Signs practice test](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### What are the three main types of UK road sign?** Signs that give orders, signs that warn and signs that give information. Each type has its own shape: circles give orders, triangles warn and rectangles inform. Colour adds detail, so a red ring prohibits something while a blue circle gives a positive instruction. **### What does a white circle with a black diagonal stripe mean?** It means the national speed limit applies. For cars and motorcycles that is 60 mph on a single carriageway and 70 mph on a dual carriageway or motorway, according to rule 124 of The Highway Code. Lower limits apply when towing a caravan or trailer. **### Why is the STOP sign a different shape from other signs?** Know Your Traffic Signs explains that the STOP and GIVE WAY signs are deliberate exceptions to the normal shape and colour rules, used to give them greater prominence. At a STOP sign you must stop behind the white line, even when the road looks clear. **### What do double yellow lines mean?** Double yellow lines mean no waiting at any time, unless signs specifically show seasonal restrictions. You may still stop while passengers get in or out, and to load or unload unless loading restrictions also apply. Double red lines on red routes mean no stopping at any time. **### What colour are the road studs on a motorway central reservation?** Amber. Rule 132 of The Highway Code sets the colour code: white studs mark lanes or the middle of the road, red studs mark the left edge, amber studs mark the central reservation and green studs mark lay-bys and slip roads. Sources - [Know Your Traffic Signs — Department for Transport](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/know-your-traffic-signs) - [The Highway Code — Traffic signs](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/traffic-signs) - [The Highway Code — Road markings](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/road-markings) - [The Highway Code — General rules, techniques and advice for all drivers and riders (103 to 158)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) - [The Highway Code — Light signals controlling traffic](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/light-signals-controlling-traffic) - [The Highway Code — Using the road (159 to 203)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). ## Which other theory test topics should you revise? All 14 topics feed the same 50-question test, so revise every one. Then sit the [full free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under the real time limit. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) --- # Road Signs Quiz: 90 Free Questions | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free · 50 questions in the real test · Pass mark 43/50 # Road Signs quiz: 90 free theory test questions DVSA-style multiple-choice questions with explained answers and Highway Code references. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes — you need 43 correct to pass. Quick answer Below is a free Road & Traffic Signs mock test for the UK DVSA car theory test: multiple-choice questions in the official four-option format, each with the correct answer, a plain-English explanation and a Highway Code reference. The largest topic in the bank: signs, signals, road markings and their meanings. ## Road & Traffic Signs practice questions Checked against [The Highway Code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) as amended 22 October 2025 · last reviewed 26 September 2026. Spotted an error? [Report it](/corrections/). Or study below: tap any question to see its options, answer and Highway Code rule. **Q1. What shape are most warning signs on UK roads?** A. Circular B. Triangular C. Rectangular D. Octagonal **Answer: B.** Triangles warn, circles give orders, rectangles inform. Knowing the shape system lets you read a sign's purpose even at a distance or when partly obscured. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs; The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q2. What do circular road signs with a blue background generally tell you?** A. A warning of a hazard ahead B. Something you must not do C. A positive instruction — something you must do D. Tourist information **Answer: C.** Blue circles give positive instructions, such as 'turn left ahead' or a mandatory minimum speed. Red-ringed circles tell you what you must not do. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q3. You pass a white circular sign with a black diagonal stripe on a road where a central reservation separates the two directions of traffic. What's the maximum speed for a car?** A. 60 mph B. 50 mph C. 70 mph D. It depends on how many lanes there are **Answer: C.** The sign means the national speed limit applies. A road with a central reservation separating the carriageways is a dual carriageway, where the national limit for cars is 70 mph. On a single carriageway it would be 60 mph. The limit depends on the type of road, not the number of lanes. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 124; Dual carriageways **Q4. Double yellow lines along the edge of the road mean what?** A. No waiting at any time B. No overtaking allowed C. Loading permitted for 20 minutes D. Parking allowed after 6pm **Answer: A.** Double yellow lines mean no waiting at any time, unless signs indicate seasonal restrictions. You may stop briefly to let passengers in or out. Reference: The Highway Code — Waiting and parking, rule 238 **Q5. Why does the STOP sign have an octagonal shape, unlike most signs that give orders?** A. It's a deliberate exception to the usual shape rules, to give it greater prominence B. Because it is the oldest sign design still in use C. To show you only need to stop if traffic is approaching D. Octagonal signs are cheaper to manufacture **Answer: A.** Most signs follow a shape code: circles give orders, triangles warn and rectangles inform. STOP and GIVE WAY are deliberate exceptions to that code, shaped differently so they stand out more. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q6. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 6](/signs/uk/616-no-entry-for-vehicular-traffic.webp) A. No entry for vehicular traffic B. No overtaking C. Road closed to pedestrians D. One-way street begins **Answer: A.** The red circle with a white horizontal bar means no entry for vehicles. You'll see it at the exit end of one-way streets and slip roads — driving past it puts you head-on into traffic. Reference: The Highway Code — Signs giving orders **Q7. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 7](/signs/uk/602-give-way-to-traffic-on-the-major-road.webp) A. Stop completely, even if the road is clear B. Give way to traffic on the major road ahead C. You have priority at the junction ahead D. Roadworks ahead **Answer: B.** The inverted triangle means give way: slow down, be ready to stop, and let traffic on the major road pass first. Unlike a STOP sign, you need not stop if the way is clear. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 172 and Signs giving orders **Q8. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 8](/signs/uk/670v30-maximum-speed-limit-of-30-miles-per-hour.webp) A. Minimum speed 30 mph B. Maximum speed 30 mph C. Distance to hazard: 30 metres D. Route number 30 **Answer: B.** A number inside a red ring is a maximum speed limit order. A blue circle with a white number would be a minimum speed limit — the colour tells you which. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 124 and Signs giving orders **Q9. What does this blue circular sign with a white arrow mean?** ![Road sign for question 9](/signs/uk/606-vehicular-traffic-must-proceed-in-the-direction-indicated-by.webp) A. Left turn recommended B. No left turn C. You must turn left D. Parking area to the left **Answer: C.** Blue circles give positive orders — things you must do. A straight white arrow pointing left is the 'Turn left' sign, so turning left is compulsory, not optional. The 'Turn left ahead' sign is different: its arrow bends to the left. Reference: The Highway Code — Signs giving orders **Q10. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 10](/signs/no-waiting.svg) A. No stopping at any time B. No waiting C. End of restricted zone D. Clearway ends ahead **Answer: B.** A blue disc with a red ring and one diagonal means no waiting — you may stop briefly to pick up or set down passengers. Two crossed diagonals would mean no stopping at all (a clearway). Reference: The Highway Code — Signs giving orders; rule 238 **Q11. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 11](/signs/uk/671-national-speed-limits-apply.webp) A. No speed limit applies B. National speed limit applies C. End of motorway regulations D. No through road **Answer: B.** The white circle with a black diagonal stripe means the national speed limit applies: 60 mph for cars on single carriageways, 70 mph on dual carriageways and motorways — lower when towing. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 124 and Signs giving orders **Q12. What must you do at this sign?** ![Road sign for question 12](/signs/uk/601-1-stop-before-crossing-the-traverse-line-on-the-road-and-ensur.webp) A. Slow down and proceed if clear B. Stop completely at the line, even if the road looks clear C. Stop only when other vehicles are approaching D. Give way to traffic from the right only **Answer: B.** STOP means a full stop at the solid white line every time — the sign is used where visibility is so limited that rolling through is dangerous even when the road seems clear. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 171 **Q13. What does this warning sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 13](/signs/uk/504-1-crossroads-ahead.webp) A. Hospital ahead B. Level crossing ahead C. Crossroads ahead D. No entry to the junction ahead **Answer: C.** A warning triangle with a cross symbol means a crossroads is ahead. Warning triangles alert you to hazards — this one tells you to watch for traffic emerging from both sides. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs — Warning signs **Q14. What does this warning sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 14](/signs/t-junction.svg) A. T-junction ahead — the road you're on ends B. No through road C. Two-way traffic ahead D. Roadworks ahead **Answer: A.** The T symbol warns the road ahead ends at a junction where you'll have to turn left or right — start planning your approach speed and position early. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs — Warning signs **Q15. What does this warning sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 15](/signs/uk/521-two-way-traffic.webp) A. One-way street ahead B. Two-way traffic straight ahead C. Overtaking permitted D. Contraflow bus lane **Answer: B.** Opposing arrows warn that two-way traffic is ahead — often where a one-way system or dual carriageway ends. Expect oncoming vehicles where there were none. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs — Warning signs **Q16. This circular sign is blue with a white 30. What does it mean?** ![Road sign for question 16](/signs/uk/672-minimum-speed-limit-of-30-miles-per-hour.webp) A. Maximum speed 30 mph B. Minimum speed 30 mph C. Route 30 begins D. 30 metres to the next junction **Answer: B.** Blue circles give positive orders: a white number on blue is a minimum speed limit, which you must keep to unless it's impracticable or unsafe to do so. A red-ringed number is a maximum. Reference: The Highway Code — Signs giving orders **Q17. What does this sign with two crossed red diagonals mean?** ![Road sign for question 17](/signs/uk/642-no-stopping-on-main-carriageway.webp) A. No waiting B. No stopping at any time — a clearway C. No parking during the day D. End of restriction **Answer: B.** Crossed diagonals mean no stopping (a clearway) — you may not even stop to set down passengers. One diagonal would mean no waiting, which does allow brief passenger drop-off. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 240 and Signs giving orders **Q18. You're driving on a dual carriageway and see this sign. What does it warn you about?** ![Road sign for question 18](/signs/uk/520-dual-carriageway-ends-ahead.webp) A. The road narrows on both sides ahead B. Traffic will merge from the left C. Two-way traffic crosses your road D. The dual carriageway ends ahead **Answer: D.** Two lanes joining into one road show the end of the dual carriageway. From here, expect oncoming traffic on the same carriageway with no central reservation between you, so plan any overtaking far more carefully. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q19. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 19](/signs/uk/516-road-narrows-on-both-sides-ahead.webp) A. The dual carriageway ends B. The road narrows on the right only C. The road narrows on both sides D. Single-file traffic in each direction **Answer: C.** Both edge lines bend inwards, so the road gets narrower on each side. Slow down and be ready to meet oncoming vehicles in the reduced space. If only one line bent inwards, the sign would warn of narrowing on that side only. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q20. What does this warning sign tell you?** ![Road sign for question 20](/signs/uk/510-roundabout.webp) A. There's a roundabout ahead B. A one-way system begins ahead C. Traffic calming for half a mile D. A turning area for large vehicles **Answer: A.** The red triangle warns and the circular arrows show a roundabout ahead. Reduce speed, choose your lane early and be ready to give way to traffic from your right. A blue circle with arrows is a different, mandatory sign marking a mini-roundabout. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q21. What does this sign warn of?** ![Road sign for question 21](/signs/uk/513-double-bend-or-series-of-bends-ahead-first-to-the-left.webp) A. A double bend, first to the right B. The road narrows on the left C. A sharp deviation of route to the left D. A double bend, first to the left **Answer: D.** Read the symbol from the bottom up: the road bends left first, then right. Get your speed right before the first bend. If the symbol were reversed, the first bend would be to the right. The sign may also warn of a series of bends. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q22. You see this sign on a town road. What does it warn you of?** ![Road sign for question 22](/signs/uk/545-children-going-to-or-from-school-or-playground-ahead.webp) A. A zebra crossing is just ahead B. Children going to or from school C. People walking in the road with no pavement D. Entrance to a pedestrian-only zone **Answer: B.** Two children in a red triangle warn that children are likely to be going to or from a school or playground nearby. Slow down and watch for them stepping out. It's a warning, not a crossing, so children may appear anywhere along the road. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q23. What should you be ready for after passing this sign?** ![Road sign for question 23](/signs/uk/544-2-frail-or-disabled-pedestrians-likely-to-cross-road-ahead.webp) A. Children crossing near a school entrance B. People walking in the road for some distance C. A queue of people at a nearby bus stop D. Older or disabled people crossing slowly **Answer: D.** The figures with a walking stick warn that frail pedestrians are likely to cross the road ahead. They may need more time and may not see or hear you coming, so slow down and be prepared to stop and wait for them. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q24. You're on a country road and pass this sign. What should you expect?** ![Road sign for question 24](/signs/uk/550-1-accompanied-horses-or-ponies-likely-to-be-in-or-crossing-roa.webp) A. Wild horses or ponies roaming freely B. Horse-drawn vehicles on the road ahead C. Horses being ridden or led on the road D. A horse racing course entrance ahead **Answer: C.** A rider on a horse in a red triangle warns that accompanied horses or ponies are likely to be in or crossing the road. Slow down, pass wide and quietly, and be ready to stop. A horse without a rider warns of wild horses or ponies instead. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q25. What does this sign warn you about?** ![Road sign for question 25](/signs/uk/551-wild-animals-likely-to-be-in-road-ahead.webp) A. Wild animals, such as deer, in the road B. The entrance to a deer park just ahead C. Farm animals being herded across the road D. A safari park or zoo is nearby **Answer: A.** A leaping deer in a red triangle warns that wild animals are likely to be in the road. They can appear suddenly from the verges, so keep your speed down and look well ahead. Tourist attractions such as safari parks are signed with brown signs. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q26. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 26](/signs/uk/557-slippery-road-ahead.webp) A. Slippery road ahead B. Double bend ahead C. Uneven road surface D. Road liable to flooding **Answer: A.** The skidding car warns that the road ahead may be slippery. Slow down in good time, avoid harsh braking, acceleration and steering, and leave a bigger gap. The wavy lines behind the car are skid marks, not a warning of bends. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q27. What does the 20% on this sign tell you?** ![Road sign for question 27](/signs/uk/524-1-steep-hill-upwards-ahead-20.webp) A. The hill is 20 metres high B. Reduce speed by 20% on the hill C. The hill lasts for 20% of a mile D. It's a steep hill up, 1 in 5 **Answer: D.** This sign warns of a steep hill upwards, and the percentage shows the gradient. A 20% gradient is the same as 1 in 5, so the road rises one unit for every five it goes along. Be ready to change to a lower gear in good time. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q28. You're driving along a one-way street and see this sign. What does it mean?** ![Road sign for question 28](/signs/uk/522-two-way-traffic-on-route-crossing-ahead.webp) A. Two-way traffic straight ahead B. The one-way street ends here C. A contraflow bus lane starts ahead D. Two-way traffic crosses ahead **Answer: D.** Horizontal arrows pointing in opposite directions warn that a road carrying two-way traffic crosses your one-way road ahead, so expect vehicles from both left and right. Vertical arrows would warn of two-way traffic straight ahead on your own road. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q29. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 29](/signs/uk/632-no-overtaking.webp) A. No overtaking B. No motor vehicles C. Keep your distance D. Cars only — no lorries **Answer: A.** A red ring means a prohibition. Two cars side by side, one of them red, show that overtaking is not allowed. The 'no motor vehicles' sign is different: it shows a motorcycle above a car inside the red ring. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q30. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 30](/signs/uk/614-no-u-turns-for-vehicular-traffic.webp) A. No right turn B. Hairpin bend ahead C. No through road D. No U-turns **Answer: D.** Where a change of direction is prohibited, a red bar is added across the symbol as well as the red ring. Here the symbol is a U-shaped arrow, so U-turns are banned. A hairpin bend would be warned of with a red triangle instead. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q31. Which vehicles are banned by this sign?** ![Road sign for question 31](/signs/uk/619-motor-vehicles-prohibited.webp) A. All motor vehicles B. Motorcycles only C. Cars towing trailers D. Learner drivers and riders **Answer: A.** A motorcycle and a car together inside a red ring mean no motor vehicles. A version showing only a motorcycle bans solo motorcycles, and one showing a car and caravan bans towed caravans. Plates beneath may show exceptions, such as for access. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q32. What does this plain white circle with a red ring mean?** ![Road sign for question 32](/signs/uk/617-all-vehicles-prohibited-except-pedal-cycles-being-pushed-by.webp) A. The national speed limit applies here B. No entry — one-way street starts here C. No stopping or waiting at any time D. No vehicles, except bicycles pushed **Answer: D.** An empty red ring means no vehicles may go past it, except pedal cycles pushed by hand. Don't confuse it with the national speed limit sign, which is a white circle crossed by a black diagonal band and has no red ring. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q33. You're approaching a narrow bridge and see this sign. What must you do?** ![Road sign for question 33](/signs/uk/615-priority-must-be-given-to-vehicles-from-the-opposite-directi.webp) A. Give way to vehicles coming towards you B. Go first — oncoming traffic must give way C. Keep left; two-way traffic ahead D. Wait for a green light before crossing **Answer: A.** Circular red-ringed signs give orders. The small red arrow is your direction, so you must give priority to traffic from the opposite direction, usually waiting at a give way line. A blue rectangular sign with a larger white arrow means the opposite. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q34. What does this blue rectangular sign tell you?** ![Road sign for question 34](/signs/uk/811-traffic-has-priority-over-vehicles-from-the-opposite-directi.webp) A. You have priority over oncoming vehicles B. Give way to oncoming vehicles C. One-way traffic — nothing will come towards you D. A contraflow lane for buses on the right **Answer: A.** Blue rectangles give information. The larger white arrow is your direction, so you have priority through the narrow section. Still take care, as an oncoming driver may not give way. A red-ringed circle with a small red arrow for you means you must give way. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q35. You're driving a tall van and see this sign. What does it mean?** ![Road sign for question 35](/signs/uk/629-2a-vehicles-exceeding-height-indicated-are-prohibited-height-is.webp) A. No vehicles over the width shown B. No vehicles over the height shown C. No vehicles over the length shown D. Headroom shown is advisory only **Answer: B.** Triangles pointing at the top and bottom of the figures show a height limit, given in metres and in feet and inches. In a red ring it's mandatory: it's unlawful for an overheight vehicle to pass. Width limits use arrows pointing in from the sides. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q36. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 36](/signs/uk/609-vehicular-traffic-must-turn-ahead-in-the-direction-indicated.webp) A. No left turn ahead B. Keep to the left of the sign C. Turn left ahead D. Left turn advised for lorries **Answer: C.** Blue circles give mandatory instructions. The arrow bends to the left, so you must turn left ahead. A straight arrow pointing left means 'turn left' at that point, and an arrow pointing diagonally down to the left means 'keep left'. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q37. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 37](/signs/uk/611-1-vehicles-entering-the-junction-must-give-way-to-traffic-to-v.webp) A. Warning of a roundabout further ahead B. Mini-roundabout — give way to the right C. One-way system — follow the arrows round D. No through road — turn round here **Answer: B.** A blue circle with three curved arrows marks a mini-roundabout. Give way to traffic from your immediate right and keep to the left of the central white circle unless your vehicle's size makes that impossible. A red warning triangle with arrows warns of a roundabout. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q38. A police officer is holding up this sign. What must you do?** ![Road sign for question 38](/signs/uk/633-vehicular-traffic-must-not-go-beyond-the-sign-where-displaye.webp) A. Slow down and pass the officer with care B. Stop and don't go past the sign C. Stop only if people are crossing D. Pull in and have your licence ready **Answer: B.** When displayed by a police officer or traffic warden, this sign means vehicles must not go beyond it. You must obey signals and signs given by police officers and traffic wardens. Wait until you're clearly directed to move on. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs; The Highway Code — rule 105 **Q39. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 39](/signs/uk/953-1-route-for-use-by-tramcars-only.webp) A. Trams crossing ahead B. Tram stop — no waiting C. Route for trams only D. Park and ride by tram **Answer: C.** Blue circles can mark a route reserved for particular vehicles. This one shows a tram, so other vehicles must not use the route. Since October 2025 the sign no longer needs an 'only' plate. A red triangle with a tram warns of trams crossing. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q40. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 40](/signs/uk/956-route-for-use-by-pedal-cycles-and-pedestrians-only.webp) A. Separate lanes for cyclists and pedestrians B. Cyclists must dismount and walk C. Shared route for cyclists and pedestrians D. No cycling or walking beyond this sign **Answer: C.** A blue circle showing a cycle above pedestrians, with no dividing line, marks a route shared by pedal cycles and pedestrians only. When a vertical white line separates the symbols, cyclists and pedestrians use separate sides of a segregated route. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q41. You drive past this sign into a housing estate. What does it tell you?** ![Road sign for question 41](/signs/uk/674-entrance-to-a-20-miles-per-hour-speed-limit-zone.webp) A. 20 mph is advised only near the school B. A parking zone with a 20-minute limit C. 20 mph applies only to lorries and buses D. 20 mph limit — expect traffic calming **Answer: D.** This is the entrance to a 20 mph zone. As well as setting a 20 mph limit, it warns that traffic-calming features such as road humps and narrowings may be found inside, often without individual signs. Keep to a steady low speed. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q42. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 42](/signs/uk/675-end-of-20-miles-per-hour-zone-and-start-of-30-miles-per-hour.webp) A. A 30 mph zone ends; 20 mph starts B. The limit rises to 30 mph for cars only C. Speed cameras enforce 30 mph from here D. The 20 mph zone ends; a 30 mph limit starts **Answer: D.** The lower panel, with a greyed-out 20 zone symbol and the word ENDS, shows you're leaving the 20 mph zone. The red ring above sets the new limit of 30 mph. Remember it's a maximum, not a target, so drive to the conditions. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q43. You see this plate beneath a bend warning sign. What does it mean?** ![Road sign for question 43](/signs/uk/513-2-maximum-speed-of-30-miles-per-hour-advised-at-a-bend-or-othe.webp) A. 30 mph is now the legal speed limit B. You must do at least 30 mph here C. 30 mph is advised for the bend D. A speed camera is set at 30 mph **Answer: C.** A rectangular 'Max speed' plate under a warning sign gives the maximum speed advised for the bend or hazard. It isn't a legal limit, but going faster could be dangerous. Legal maximum speed limits are shown inside a red circle. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q44. What does this sign tell you?** ![Road sign for question 44](/signs/uk/878-1-length-of-road-where-two-cameras-are-used-to-measure-the-ave.webp) A. Keep an average gap of two seconds here B. A mobile police speed check is in use C. The speed limit here is advisory only D. Your average speed is checked by cameras **Answer: D.** This sign marks a length of road where two cameras measure your average speed between two points. Slowing down only as you pass a camera won't help: keep to the speed limit for the whole stretch. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q45. This signal lights up above your lane on the motorway. What does it mean?** ![Road sign for question 45](/signs/uk/6003-vehicular-traffic-must-leave-at-next-junction.webp) A. Move into the lane on your left B. Leave the motorway at the next exit C. Services are available at the next exit D. The hard shoulder is open as a lane **Answer: B.** A bent arrow on a motorway signal means you should leave at the next exit. A diagonal arrow would tell you to move into the adjacent lane instead. Obey the signal even if the reason isn't obvious — there may be an incident ahead. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs; The Highway Code — Light signals controlling traffic **Q46. What does this sign mean during the times shown?** ![Road sign for question 46](/signs/uk/646-no-stopping-during-periods-indicated-except-to-pick-up-or-se.webp) A. No stopping for any reason, even briefly B. No waiting, but you may load and unload C. Bus lane — other traffic must keep out D. Stop only to pick up or set down **Answer: D.** This is an urban clearway. During its hours you must not stop on the carriageway or verge except to pick up or set down passengers. A red cross on blue shown on its own marks a 24-hour clearway, where you can't stop even for passengers. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 240; Know Your Traffic Signs **Q47. You're driving along a road with this sign. Where may you stop?** ![Road sign for question 47](/signs/uk/cw701-entrance-to-red-route-clearway.webp) A. Only in a marked lay-by B. On the verge or footway C. At the kerb, to drop someone off D. Anywhere outside peak hours **Answer: A.** On a red route clearway, stopping for any purpose is banned at all times except in marked lay-bys. Unlike a rural 24-hour clearway, the ban covers the verge and footway too. There are usually no road markings, only repeated signs. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q48. This plate is next to yellow marks on the kerb. What may you still do here?** ![Road sign for question 48](/signs/uk/638-continuous-prohibition-on-loading-and-unloading.webp) A. Load or unload for up to 20 minutes B. Park if you display a parking disc C. Let passengers get in or out D. Unload if you're in a goods vehicle **Answer: C.** Yellow kerb marks with this plate mean loading and unloading are banned at all times. You may still stop while passengers board or alight. Blue Badge holders may not park where loading restrictions are in force. Reference: The Highway Code — Road markings; Know Your Traffic Signs **Q49. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 49](/signs/uk/816-no-through-road-for-vehicular-traffic.webp) A. T-junction ahead B. No through road C. Road closed to all traffic D. No entry for vehicles **Answer: B.** This blue information sign means there's no through route for vehicles, so you'll have to turn round to get out. Don't confuse it with the red triangle warning of a T-junction, where the road you're on meets another road ahead. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q50. What does this sign tell you?** ![Road sign for question 50](/signs/uk/827-2-hospital-ahead-with-accident-and-emergency-facilities.webp) A. Hospital ahead with an A&E department B. Hospital ahead with no A&E department C. Helicopter landing site for air ambulances D. Health centre open until late evening **Answer: A.** Hospitals with accident and emergency departments are shown on red signs; 'not 24 hrs' means the A&E isn't open at all times. Blue hospital signs show a hospital without accident and emergency facilities. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs; The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q51. What does this sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 51](/signs/uk/960-contra-flow-bus-lane.webp) A. A with-flow bus lane on the right B. A contraflow bus lane C. Two lanes, then a bus stop D. Buses must turn right ahead **Answer: B.** The downward arrow in the bus lane shows buses travelling towards you, against the flow of other traffic. The upward arrows show the lanes available to you. Don't drive in the contraflow lane, and take care when turning across it. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q52. What does this warning sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 52](/signs/uk/770-level-crossing-with-gate-or-barrier-ahead.webp) A. Level crossing without barriers ahead B. Level crossing with barriers ahead C. A cattle grid across the road ahead D. Private road — gate closed ahead **Answer: B.** The gate symbol warns of a level crossing with a gate or barrier ahead. Slow down and be ready to stop if the lights or alarms operate. A level crossing without a gate or barrier is shown by a steam locomotive symbol instead. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q53. Where would you see this sign?** ![Road sign for question 53](/signs/uk/774-location-of-railway-or-tramway-level-crossing-without-a-gate.webp) A. At a crossroads where no one has priority B. Before a low railway bridge C. At a level crossing with full barriers D. At a level crossing with no barriers **Answer: D.** The St Andrew's cross marks a level crossing without gates or barriers. At automatic crossings you must always stop when the traffic light signals show. Where there are 'give way' signs, look out for and give way to trains. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q54. What does this warning sign mean?** ![Road sign for question 54](/signs/uk/779-electrified-overhead-cable-ahead.webp) A. Risk of lightning strikes B. Overhead electric cable ahead C. Electricity substation ahead D. Speed camera with flash ahead **Answer: B.** The lightning symbol warns of an overhead electric cable, often where a railway or tramway crosses the road. A plate may show the maximum height of vehicle that can pass safely beneath it, which matters if you're driving a tall vehicle. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q55. A road worker holds up this sign. What must you do?** ![Road sign for question 55](/signs/uk/7031-vehicular-traffic-should-not-proceed-beyond-the-sign-when-di.webp) A. Slow down and pass the works carefully B. Stop and wait until you're allowed on C. Stop only if workers are in the road D. Turn round — the road is closed **Answer: B.** This hand-held sign is shown for short periods during works on or near the road. Vehicles must not go beyond it while it's displayed. Wait patiently: it's there to protect the workforce and other road users. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q56. You turn into a street and pass this sign. How should you drive?** ![Road sign for question 56](/signs/uk/881a-start-of-a-designated-home-zone.webp) A. Normally — it just names the estate B. At 20 mph, with priority over walkers C. Sounding your horn to warn people D. Slowly, ready to stop for people **Answer: D.** This marks the entrance to a Home Zone, a residential area where the road space is shared and people may use the whole street. Drive slowly and carefully, and be prepared to stop to give people extra time to make room for you. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q57. What does a sign like this, with a brown background, show?** ![Road sign for question 57](/signs/uk/2203-direction-and-distance-to-a-tourist-attraction.webp) A. The way to a tourist attraction B. A route recommended for lorries C. A temporary diversion route D. A local, non-primary route **Answer: A.** Brown signs direct you to tourist attractions and facilities, often with a symbol. This one shows the direction and distance to the attraction. Lorry routes use black signs, temporary diversions use yellow and non-primary routes use white. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q58. What does the blue background on this direction sign tell you?** ![Road sign for question 58](/signs/uk/2902-direction-to-a-motorway-at-the-junction-shown-indicating-rou.webp) A. The route is a primary A road B. The route leads to a tourist site C. The route is only for local traffic D. The route leads to a motorway **Answer: D.** Blue direction signs are used for motorways. This one, with the motorway symbol, shows the M1 can be reached from the junction, with the junction number on a black background. Green signs are for primary routes and white signs for non-primary routes. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q59. What does this sign warn you about?** ![Road sign for question 59](/signs/uk/7009-loose-chippings-on-road-ahead.webp) A. Falling rocks from a cliff B. A quarry entrance ahead C. Uneven road surface D. Loose chippings ahead **Answer: D.** Stones flying from a car's wheels warn of loose chippings on the road, often after resurfacing. Slow down: chippings reduce grip and can be thrown up by tyres. A plate may advise a maximum speed, such as 20 mph. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q60. What does this sign warn of?** ![Road sign for question 60](/signs/uk/528-hump-bridge-ahead.webp) A. A tunnel entrance B. A road hump C. A hump bridge D. An uneven road **Answer: C.** The arched symbol warns of a hump bridge. The road rises sharply, so you may not see oncoming traffic until late. Slow down and keep to the left. The road hump sign shows a much lower, flatter bump. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q61. You're following direction signs for a primary route. What colour background will they have?** A. Green B. Blue C. White D. Brown **Answer: A.** Primary routes are roads of national or regional importance and always have 'A' numbers. Their direction signs have green backgrounds, white lettering and yellow route numbers. Blue is used for motorways, white for non-primary routes and brown for tourist destinations. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q62. A direction sign has a white background, black lettering and a black border. What sort of route is it on?** A. A primary route between major towns B. A motorway or motorway slip road C. A temporary diversion route D. A non-primary or local route **Answer: D.** Signs on non-primary and local routes have white backgrounds with black lettering and route numbers, and black borders. This includes local roads with 'A' numbers that aren't primary routes. A green panel on such a sign shows a primary route starting at the junction. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs **Q63. Away from motorways, what are blue rectangular signs mainly used for?** A. Giving information B. Giving orders you must obey C. Warning of hazards ahead D. Showing tourist routes **Answer: A.** Rectangles inform. Blue rectangles are used for information signs, such as 'no through road', except on motorways, where blue is the colour of direction signs. Blue circles are different: they generally give mandatory instructions. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q64. On a green direction sign, a motorway number is shown in brackets on a blue patch, without the motorway symbol. What does this mean?** A. The junction leads straight onto the motorway B. The motorway is closed at this junction C. This road leads to the motorway further on D. Only motorway traffic may use this route **Answer: C.** Route numbers in brackets are roads you'll reach by following the route shown. A motorway number in brackets on blue, without the motorway symbol, means you can't join the motorway directly from this junction. Signs with the motorway symbol show direct access. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q65. A 'no right turn' sign has a plate beneath it showing times. What does the plate mean?** A. The ban applies only during those times B. Right turns are allowed only at those times C. It shows when the traffic lights change D. It shows the times the road is gritted **Answer: A.** Plates below signs qualify their message. A time plate under a 'no right turn' or 'no left turn' sign makes it a part-time ban, so you must not turn during the times shown. Outside those times you may turn if it's safe. Reference: The Highway Code — Traffic signs; Know Your Traffic Signs **Q66. You're on a road with street lights, but you pass small repeater signs showing the national speed limit. What does this tell you?** A. The national speed limit applies here B. 30 mph applies, because of the street lights C. The lights are off, so there's no limit D. The limit changes to 20 mph at night **Answer: A.** Street lighting usually means a 30 mph limit (20 mph in Wales) unless signs show otherwise. National speed limit repeater signs are used only on lit roads other than motorways, to remind you that the national limit applies despite the lights. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q67. An area of white diagonal stripes in the centre of the road is bordered by a broken white line. What should you do?** A. Use it as an extra overtaking lane B. Keep out unless it's needed and safe C. Never enter it, even in an emergency D. Stop in it if you need to take a call **Answer: B.** Hatched areas separate traffic lanes or protect traffic turning right. If the area is bordered by a broken white line, you should not enter it unless it's necessary and you can see it's safe. If bordered by a solid line, you must not enter except in an emergency. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 130 **Q68. You're overtaking where double white lines have a broken line on your side. White arrows on the road then start pointing left. What do they mean?** A. Turn left at the junction just ahead B. Move back to your side of the road C. The left-hand lane is ending soon D. You may now overtake on the left **Answer: B.** Where the line nearer to you is broken, you may cross to overtake if it's safe and you can finish before reaching a solid line on your side. White direction arrows on the road show that you need to get back onto your side of the road. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 128 **Q69. You're driving at night on an unlit single carriageway road. What colour are the reflective studs marking the middle of the road?** A. Red B. Amber C. White D. Green **Answer: C.** White studs mark the lanes or the middle of the road. Red studs mark the left edge of the road, amber studs mark the central reservation of a dual carriageway or motorway, and green studs mark the edge of the main carriageway at lay-bys and slip roads. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 132 **Q70. At a roundabout controlled by traffic signals, the circulating road has a yellow box junction. When may you enter the box?** A. Whenever your traffic light is green B. When only oncoming traffic stops your right turn C. Only if you can cross it without stopping D. Once the vehicle in front starts to move **Answer: C.** Normally you mustn't enter a box junction unless your exit is clear, though you may wait in it to turn right when blocked only by oncoming or right-turning traffic. At signalled roundabouts there's no such exception: you must be able to cross the box completely without stopping. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 174 **Q71. You're in a slow queue, and ahead 'KEEP CLEAR' is painted across the road outside a side road. What should you do?** A. Stop on it if no one is waiting to come out B. Stop on it, but only for a few seconds C. Use it to pull over and let traffic pass D. Wait so that you don't stop on the marking **Answer: D.** 'KEEP CLEAR' marks an area of road to be kept free of stationary traffic, usually so vehicles can get into or out of a side road or access. Hold back so you don't stop on it, even if nobody seems to be waiting. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q72. A single yellow line runs along the edge of the road and its restrictions are in force. Where do they apply?** A. Only the road itself B. The road and verge, but not the pavement C. The road, the pavement and the verge D. Only the side of the road with the time plate **Answer: C.** Waiting restrictions shown by yellow lines apply to the carriageway, pavement and verge. Parking with two wheels up on the pavement beside the line still breaks the restriction during its hours. Check the time plate, or zone entry sign, to see when it applies. Reference: The Highway Code — Road markings; rule 238 **Q73. There's a single short yellow mark on the kerb at intervals along the road. What does it mean?** A. No loading at the times on the plate B. No loading or unloading at any time C. No waiting at any time of day D. Loading is only allowed at those times **Answer: A.** Yellow kerb marks show loading restrictions. A single mark means loading and unloading are banned during the times shown on nearby plates; a double mark means no loading at any time. You may still stop while passengers get in or out. Reference: The Highway Code — Road markings; Know Your Traffic Signs **Q74. On a red route, a parking box is marked out in red rather than white. What does this tell you?** A. It's available at all times of the day B. It's reserved for licensed taxis only C. It's available only for part of the day D. It's for Blue Badge holders only **Answer: C.** On red routes you may stop in specially marked boxes, with signs showing the times, purposes and durations allowed. A box marked in red may be available for its purpose only for part of the day; a box marked in white is available throughout the day. Reference: The Highway Code — Road markings **Q75. Where does the ban on parking at a zebra crossing's zig-zag lines apply?** A. Only on the side you approach from B. Only when people are waiting to cross C. Anywhere on them, on both sides D. Only on the black and white stripes **Answer: C.** Zig-zag lines help drivers and pedestrians see each other clearly. You must not park anywhere within them, before or after the crossing. The same applies at crossings for cyclists and horse riders that have zig-zag markings. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs; The Highway Code — rule 240 **Q76. On a dual carriageway, you hear a loud rumble and feel vibration as your tyres run onto the white edge line. Why?** A. It's a rumble strip for a junction ahead B. The road surface is breaking up C. A speed camera zone has started D. The line has raised ribs to warn you **Answer: D.** Some edge lines have raised ribs that give an audible and tactile warning when you cross them. They're used on motorways and other roads with hard shoulders or hard strips. If you feel them, you're drifting out of your lane — correct gently and stay alert. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q77. At UK traffic lights, which signal comes straight after red?** A. Green B. Amber on its own C. Red and amber together D. Flashing amber **Answer: C.** The sequence is red, red and amber, green, amber, then red again. Red and amber together still means stop: don't pass the stop line until green shows. A flashing amber phase is used at pelican crossings, not at ordinary traffic lights. Reference: The Highway Code — Light signals controlling traffic **Q78. At traffic lights, one lane is marked for a green filter arrow pointing left. You want to go straight ahead. What should you do?** A. Use it, then go ahead when the arrow shows B. Use it only while the main light is green C. Wait in it until the full green shows D. Stay out of that lane **Answer: D.** A green filter arrow shows a filter lane only. Don't enter that lane unless you want to go in the direction of the arrow. Traffic in it may go when the arrow or the full green shows, so waiting there to go ahead would hold others up. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 177 **Q79. You want to turn right at a junction. The full green light is showing, and a green right-turn arrow lights up alongside it. What does this mean?** A. Oncoming drivers must now give way, so you needn't check B. You must now wait until the full green light goes out C. Only buses and cycles may turn right while it shows D. It's easier now, but check oncoming traffic has stopped **Answer: D.** You may turn right on a full green anyway, giving way to oncoming traffic. A right-turn arrow at the same time means turning should be easier, but always check opposing traffic has stopped. If the full green changes to an ahead or left arrow, wait for the right arrow. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q80. You're first at a junction. The traffic light at your stop line isn't working, but the signal for your direction on the far side shows red. What should you do?** A. Obey the far-side signal and wait B. Treat it as an unmarked junction C. Go, as your own light isn't working D. Flash your lights and go if clear **Answer: A.** Most junctions have secondary signals on the far side as well as primary signals at the stop line. If the primary signal isn't working, you must obey the secondary signal as if it were the primary. Only when the lights aren't working at all do you treat it as an unmarked junction. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs; The Highway Code — rule 176 **Q81. You're driving past a fire station when a pair of red lights starts flashing alternately. What must you do?** A. Slow down and go on with care B. Stop only if you see a fire engine C. Stop D. Give way to traffic from the right **Answer: C.** Alternately flashing red lights mean you must stop. They're used at level crossings, lifting bridges, airfields and fire stations. Wait until they go out, as an emergency vehicle may be about to pull out even if you can't see it yet. Reference: The Highway Code — Light signals controlling traffic **Q82. A street ahead is closed by rising bollards with red and green signals. A bus goes through on green. You're not in an authorised vehicle. What should you do?** A. Follow it closely before the bollards rise B. Wait for the next green, then drive through C. Don't follow it through D. Sound your horn to warn the bus **Answer: C.** Rising bollards limit a street to certain vehicles, such as buses. Only one vehicle should pass at a time, and only on green. If you're not driving an authorised vehicle, don't follow the one in front: you risk injury and damage to your car. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q83. A police officer directing traffic is facing you with one arm raised straight up and the palm towards you. What does this mean?** A. Come on towards me B. Turn to the left C. Speed up and clear the junction D. Stop **Answer: D.** This is the police signal to stop traffic approaching from the front. You must obey signals given by police officers and traffic officers. Wait until the officer beckons you on — don't move just because the road looks clear. Reference: The Highway Code — Signals by authorised persons; rule 105 **Q84. A police officer controlling traffic has their back to you, with one arm held out to the side and the palm facing you. What must you do?** A. Stop B. Pass on the officer's left C. Carry on — it's for traffic in front D. Overtake the queue slowly **Answer: A.** An officer with their back to you and an arm held out, palm towards you, is stopping traffic approaching from behind, which includes you. The Highway Code shows separate police signals for stopping traffic from the front, from behind, and from both directions at once. Reference: The Highway Code — Signals by authorised persons **Q85. The driver of the car ahead holds their right arm out of the window and moves it up and down. What does this mean?** A. They intend to slow down or stop B. They want you to overtake C. They intend to turn right D. They're warning of a hazard behind **Answer: A.** This arm signal means 'I intend to slow down or stop'. Arm signals are used when indicators aren't used, or to reinforce indicators and brake lights. An arm held straight out without moving means moving out to the right or turning right. Reference: The Highway Code — Signals to other road users **Q86. A police officer is controlling traffic at a junction and you want to go straight on. How can you show them?** A. Point across the car to your left B. Hold your right arm straight out C. Hold up a hand, palm facing forward D. Flash your headlights at the officer **Answer: C.** The Highway Code shows arm signals for telling a person controlling traffic what you intend. Going straight on is a raised hand with the palm forward. To turn left, point to the left with either hand; to turn right, hold your right arm out of the window. Reference: The Highway Code — Signals by authorised persons **Q87. Approaching a roundabout on a fast road, you drive over yellow bars painted across your lane that get closer together. Why are they there?** A. To mark an area where you mustn't stop B. To show where the give way line will be C. To warn of a speed camera ahead D. To encourage you to slow down **Answer: D.** Some roundabouts have yellow bar markings on the approach. The bars become closer together the nearer you get to the roundabout, warning you to slow down. Check your speed and be ready to give way to traffic from the right. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs **Q88. A vehicle ahead of you shows flashing amber lights, and a DVSA officer inside signals you to follow it. What should you do?** A. Overtake — it's a slow-moving vehicle B. Ignore it, as only police can stop you C. Follow it to a safe place to stop D. Stop at once, even in a live lane **Answer: C.** Driver and Vehicle Standards Agency officers can stop vehicles on all roads, including motorways. Flashing amber lights from in front of you are a request to follow them to a safe place to stop. It's an offence not to comply with their directions. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 107 **Q89. A police car behind you flashes its blue lights and the officer points to the left. What must you do?** A. Brake hard and stop where you are B. Pull over safely, stop, switch off C. Keep going to the nearest police station D. Slow down and let the car overtake you **Answer: B.** Police usually signal from behind with flashing blue lights, headlights or a siren, and point or use the left indicator. You must pull over and stop as soon as it's safe, then switch off your engine. Don't stop somewhere dangerous or carry on driving. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 106 **Q90. A school crossing patrol at the kerb holds their sign out at an angle towards the road. What does this tell you?** A. Be ready to stop for people crossing B. Children have finished crossing — go on C. They're signalling that you may pass D. The patrol is off duty for the day **Answer: A.** The Highway Code shows a patrol holding the sign out at an angle to mean they're ready to cross pedestrians, so vehicles must be prepared to stop. When the patrol shows the 'Stop for children' sign held upright, all vehicles must stop. Reference: The Highway Code — Signals by authorised persons; rule 210 ## Frequently asked questions **### How many Road & Traffic Signs questions are in the real theory test?** The DVSA doesn't publish per-topic counts. Your 50 questions are drawn across all 14 official topics, so revise every category. **### What is the pass mark for the UK theory test?** You need 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions correct (86%), plus 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception clips. You must pass both parts in the same sitting. **### Are these real DVSA questions?** No — these are original practice questions written to the current DVSA syllabus and The Highway Code. Official revision questions are Crown Copyright and only available from licensed providers. ## Revise the other theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from all 14 official DVSA topics — revise every category, not just this one. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Don't forget part two: read [how hazard perception is scored](/hazard-perception/). Booked your test? Find your [nearest theory test centre](/theory-test-centres/), or book on the official [GOV.UK booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23). Traffic sign images: Crown copyright, Department for Transport. Reproduced under the Open Government Licence v3.0. [Licence](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/). All practice questions are original study material written to the current DVSA car theory test syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions. This site is an independent study resource and is not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA. --- # Rules of the Road: Speed Limits, Junctions & Parking > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. DVSA theory test topic guide # Rules of the Road: Speed Limits, Junctions & Parking Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking rules and rights of way. [Practise 70 Rules of the Road questions](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) Quick answer UK speed limits by road type, who gives way at junctions and roundabouts, box junction and crossing rules, and where you may stop or park at night. ## What are the speed limits for cars in the UK? For cars and motorcycles the national limits are 60 mph on single carriageways and 70 mph on dual carriageways and motorways. On roads with street lights a 30 mph limit generally applies in England and Scotland, and 20 mph in Wales, unless signs say otherwise. Every limit is a maximum, not a target. The table shows the main limits from rule 124 and GOV.UK, in mph. | Vehicle | Built-up (England, Scotland) | Built-up (Wales) | Single carriageway | Dual carriageway | Motorway | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Cars and motorcycles | 30 | 20 | 60 | 70 | 70 | | Cars towing caravans or trailers | 30 | 20 | 50 | 60 | 60 | | Buses and coaches (up to 12 m long) | 30 | 20 | 50 | 60 | 70 | | Goods vehicles (up to 7.5 tonnes) | 30 | 20 | 50 | 60 | 70 | Local limits can differ, for example 20 mph in some built-up areas in England and Scotland, or 50 mph on single carriageways with known hazards. Rule 125 reminds you that driving at the limit is not automatically safe. ## Who has priority at a roundabout? On reaching a roundabout you should normally give priority to traffic approaching from your right, unless signs, road markings or traffic lights direct otherwise (rule 185). Decide your exit early, get into the correct lane, and watch for road users already on the roundabout who may not be signalling correctly, or at all. Rule 186 sets out lanes and signals, unless signs or markings say otherwise: - **First exit left:** signal left, approach in the left-hand lane and keep signalling left to leave. - **Exit to the right or full circle:** signal right, approach in the right-hand lane, then signal left after passing the exit before yours. - **Intermediate exit:** choose the right lane; you should not normally need to signal on approach. Signal left after passing the exit before yours. At mini-roundabouts all vehicles must pass round the central markings, except large vehicles physically unable to (rule 188). Treat each part of a double mini-roundabout as a separate roundabout (rule 189). ## When can you enter a yellow box junction? You must not enter a yellow criss-cross box until your exit road or lane is clear (rule 174). The exception is turning right: you may enter and wait if you are only stopped by oncoming traffic or other vehicles waiting to turn right. At signalled roundabouts, only enter if you can cross completely without stopping. A green light does not change this. Rule 176 says only go forward on green if there is room to clear the junction safely. ## Who gives way at a junction? Traffic on the major road has priority, so you must stop at a STOP line and give way at a GIVE WAY line (rules 171 and 172). When turning into or out of a side road, you should give way to pedestrians crossing or waiting to cross, and should not cut across cyclists or horse riders going ahead. - Do not assume a vehicle signalling left will actually turn. Wait and make sure (rule 170). - If traffic lights are not working, treat the junction as unmarked and proceed with great care (rule 176). - When you and an oncoming vehicle both turn right at crossroads, turning right side to right side is generally safer because you keep a clear view of approaching traffic (rule 181). ## What are the rules at pedestrian crossings? You must give way once a pedestrian has moved onto a zebra crossing, and you should give way to people waiting to cross. At a pelican crossing, flashing amber means you must give way to anyone still on the crossing. Never park on a crossing or its zigzag lines, and never overtake the vehicle nearest the crossing (rule 191). | Crossing | Key rule for drivers | | --- | --- | | Zebra | Give way to pedestrians on the crossing; a central island makes it two crossings (rule 195) | | Parallel | As zebra, but also give way to cyclists using the cycle route alongside (rule 195) | | Pelican | Flashing amber follows red: give way to anyone crossing, then proceed with caution (rule 196) | | Puffin, toucan, equestrian | No flashing amber; the lights follow the normal traffic light sequence (rule 199) | On any crossing, give way to anyone still crossing after your signal turns green (rule 198). ## When is overtaking not allowed? Rule 165 says you must not overtake where you would cross a solid white line on your side, enter a solid-bordered hatched area or an operating bus, tram or cycle lane, or pass the vehicle nearest a pedestrian crossing. You must also not overtake after a No Overtaking sign until a sign cancels it. Rules 166 and 167 add places where you should not overtake: approaching bends, hump bridges and the brow of a hill, at junctions, where the road narrows, near a school crossing patrol, at a level crossing, or when a road user is signalling right. You may overtake on the left only when the vehicle in front is signalling to turn right and there is room (rule 163). ## Where must you not stop or park? You must not stop or park on a pedestrian crossing or its zigzags, a clearway, a cycle track, or a motorway hard shoulder except in an emergency (rule 240). Rule 243 adds places to avoid, including near a school entrance, at a bus stop, on a bend, and opposite or within 10 metres of a junction. At night, you must not park facing against the traffic flow unless in a recognised parking space (rule 248). On roads with a limit above 30 mph, all vehicles must show parking lights (rule 249). When parking on a hill, turn your wheels away from the kerb facing uphill and towards it facing downhill (rule 252). ## What mistakes do learners make on rules of the road questions? Most slips come from half-remembered numbers and from assuming a green light or a signal gives you the right to go. These are the traps that catch learners most often. Read the whole question, because details like towing, lighting or road type usually decide the answer. - **70 mph on a single carriageway.** It is 60 mph for cars. - **Forgetting towing limits.** 50 mph on single carriageways, 60 mph on dual carriageways and motorways. - **Entering a box on green.** Your exit must be clear first. - **Flashing amber at a puffin.** Only pelican crossings have a flashing amber phase. - **Parking at night facing oncoming traffic.** Rule 248 forbids it outside recognised spaces. - **Reversing from a side road into a main road.** Rule 201 says do not. ## Where should you go next? Rules of the road questions overlap heavily with signs and motorway topics, so practise them together. Start with this topic’s practice questions, then move on to the linked guides, and finish with a full mock test to see how the rules hold up under time pressure. - [Practise rules of the road questions](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - [Road and traffic signs topic guide](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Motorway rules topic guide](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Vulnerable road users topic guide](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) - [Take a full mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) - [See all theory test topics](/theory-test/) ## Ready to test yourself on Rules of the Road? 70 free Rules of the Road questions in the official four-option format, each with an explained answer and the Highway Code rule it tests — with a timed test mode. [Start the Rules of the Road practice test](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### What is the national speed limit on a single carriageway?** For cars and motorcycles it is 60 mph. It drops to 50 mph for cars towing caravans or trailers, and to 50 mph for buses, coaches and goods vehicles up to 7.5 tonnes. The limit is a maximum, not a target, so drive slower when conditions demand it. **### Is the default speed limit in Wales 20 mph?** Yes. Rule 124 of The Highway Code says a 20 mph limit generally applies to roads with street lights in Wales unless signs show otherwise. In England and Scotland the equivalent default is 30 mph. Councils can set different local limits, which must be signed. **### Can you wait in a yellow box junction to turn right?** Yes, if the only thing stopping you turning right is oncoming traffic or other vehicles waiting to turn right (rule 174). Otherwise you must not enter the box until your exit road or lane is clear. At signalled roundabouts you must be able to cross the box without stopping. **### How far from a junction should you park?** Rule 243 says do not stop or park opposite or within 10 metres (32 feet) of a junction, except in an authorised parking space. Parking closer makes it harder for drivers emerging from the junction, and for pedestrians crossing near it, to see and be seen. **### Do you need parking lights when parked at night?** On a road or lay-by with a speed limit above 30 mph, all vehicles must display parking lights (rule 249). On roads of 30 mph or less, cars may park without lights if at least 10 metres from a junction, close to the kerb and facing the direction of traffic. Sources - [The Highway Code — General rules, techniques and advice for all drivers and riders (103 to 158)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) - [GOV.UK — Speed limits](https://www.gov.uk/speed-limits) - [The Highway Code — Using the road (159 to 203)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203) - [The Highway Code — Waiting and parking (238 to 252)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/waiting-and-parking-238-to-252) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). ## Which other theory test topics should you revise? All 14 topics feed the same 50-question test, so revise every one. Then sit the [full free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under the real time limit. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) --- # Rules of the Road Quiz: 70 Free Questions | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free · 50 questions in the real test · Pass mark 43/50 # Rules of the Road quiz: 70 free theory test questions DVSA-style multiple-choice questions with explained answers and Highway Code references. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes — you need 43 correct to pass. Quick answer Below is a free Rules of the Road mock test for the UK DVSA car theory test: multiple-choice questions in the official four-option format, each with the correct answer, a plain-English explanation and a Highway Code reference. Speed limits, junctions, roundabouts, parking rules and rights of way. ## Rules of the Road practice questions Checked against [The Highway Code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) as amended 22 October 2025 · last reviewed 26 September 2026. Spotted an error? [Report it](/corrections/). Or study below: tap any question to see its options, answer and Highway Code rule. **Q1. What is the national speed limit for a car on a single carriageway?** A. 50 mph B. 60 mph C. 70 mph D. 40 mph **Answer: B.** For cars and motorcycles the national speed limit is 60 mph on a single carriageway and 70 mph on a dual carriageway or motorway. Limits are lower for vehicles towing. Reference: The Highway Code — Speed limits, rule 124 **Q2. In England and Scotland, unless signs show otherwise, what speed limit usually applies on a road with street lights?** A. 20 mph B. 30 mph C. 40 mph D. 50 mph **Answer: B.** In England and Scotland a road with street lights usually has a 30 mph limit unless signs tell you otherwise. In Wales the default on these roads has been 20 mph since 17 September 2023. Reference: The Highway Code — Speed limits, rule 124 **Q3. When may you enter a box junction marked with yellow criss-cross lines?** A. Whenever the traffic lights are green B. Only when your exit road is clear — or to turn right while waiting for oncoming traffic C. Never, box junctions are for buses only D. When at least half the box is clear **Answer: B.** You must not enter the box unless your exit is clear. The exception: you may wait in the box to turn right when only oncoming traffic or other right-turning vehicles stop you. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 174 **Q4. When you reach a roundabout, who should you normally give way to?** A. Traffic approaching from your left B. Traffic already signalling to exit C. Traffic approaching from your right, unless signs or markings say otherwise D. Nobody — the vehicle on the roundabout gives way **Answer: C.** On approach, give priority to traffic coming from your immediate right unless signs, markings or lights indicate otherwise. Watch cyclists and motorcyclists, who are harder to see. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 185 **Q5. At night, how should you park on a two-way road with a 40 mph limit?** A. Anywhere, with hazard lights on B. Facing oncoming traffic so your reflectors show C. In the direction of the traffic flow, with parking lights on D. On the pavement to keep the road clear **Answer: C.** At night you must not park facing against the traffic flow on any road unless you're in a recognised parking space, and on a road with a limit above 30 mph you must also show parking lights. Your rear reflectors only work when you face the right way. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 248–249 **Q6. There are double white lines along the centre of the road and the line nearer to you is solid. When may you cross it?** A. Whenever the road ahead is clear B. To pass a stationary vehicle, or overtake a cyclist, horse or road maintenance vehicle moving at 10 mph or less — or to turn into a property or side road C. Only at night D. Never, in any circumstances **Answer: B.** When the line nearer to you is solid you must not cross or straddle it, except when it's safe and you need to: turn into a side road or property, pass something stationary, or overtake a cyclist, horse or road maintenance vehicle doing 10 mph or less. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 129 **Q7. What do yellow zigzag lines outside a school mean?** A. Parking for parents at drop-off times B. Keep the marked area clear — do not stop or park there, even briefly C. Loading permitted for 10 minutes D. Bus stop ahead **Answer: B.** The zigzags keep sightlines clear so children and drivers can see each other. Stopping there — even 'just for a minute' — is exactly what causes school-gate collisions, and upright signs make it enforceable. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 238 and Road markings **Q8. Where must you never overtake?** A. On any dual carriageway B. Approaching a pedestrian crossing — you must not overtake the moving vehicle nearest the crossing or one that has stopped for it C. Within 100 metres of any junction D. On roads with street lighting **Answer: B.** The vehicle you'd pass may be slowing or stopped precisely because someone is crossing — overtaking it drives you blind into the crossing. This is a legal requirement (a 'MUST NOT' rule), not just advice. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 165 and 191 **Q9. You've just joined a dual carriageway in a car, and the national speed limit applies. What's the maximum speed you may drive at?** A. 60 mph B. 50 mph C. 80 mph D. 70 mph **Answer: D.** For cars and motorcycles the national speed limit on a dual carriageway is 70 mph — the same as on a motorway. It's a maximum, not a target, so drive more slowly whenever the conditions call for it. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 124 **Q10. You drive into a Controlled Parking Zone. Where will you find the times when its waiting restrictions apply?** A. On the zone entry signs B. Painted on the road at every junction C. Only on the parking meters inside the zone D. Nowhere, as they always apply 24 hours a day **Answer: A.** Rule 245 says the entry signs for a Controlled Parking Zone show the times when waiting restrictions within the zone are in force. Parking may be allowed in some places outside those times; otherwise you must use the separately signed and marked bays. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 245 **Q11. You're driving through a town in Wales on a road with street lights. You haven't seen any speed limit signs. What's the speed limit?** A. 30 mph B. 40 mph C. 20 mph D. It depends on the time of day **Answer: C.** Since 17 September 2023 the default limit on roads with street lights in Wales has been 20 mph, rather than 30 mph as in England and Scotland. Councils can set higher limits on particular roads, but these must be signed. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 124 **Q12. In Wales, you're on a street-lit road where repeater signs show a 30 mph limit. What limit applies?** A. 20 mph, because that's the Welsh default in all built-up areas B. 30 mph, because the signed limit replaces the default C. 20 mph at night and 30 mph during the day D. 40 mph, because the signs show a minimum speed **Answer: B.** Rule 124 notes that locally set limits can apply, including 30 mph on some built-up roads in Wales. Where signs show a limit that differs from the 20 mph default, the signed limit is the one you must follow. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 124 **Q13. You're driving along a busy shopping street with a 30 mph limit. There are lots of pedestrians and parked cars. How should you treat the limit?** A. As a target — keep to 30 mph to help traffic flow B. As a guide you may exceed slightly when the road is clear C. As a minimum speed so you don't hold anyone up D. As a maximum — drive more slowly if conditions require it **Answer: D.** The speed limit is the absolute maximum, not a target. Rule 125 says reduce your speed when sharing the road with pedestrians, especially children, older and disabled people, and rule 146 warns it's often not safe to drive at the limit. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 125 and 146 **Q14. The broken white line along the centre of the road changes: the dashes get longer and the gaps get shorter. What does this tell you?** A. There's a hazard ahead B. You're entering a one-way street C. Overtaking is now allowed without restriction D. The speed limit is about to rise **Answer: A.** This is a hazard warning line. When the centre line lengthens and the gaps shorten, there's a hazard ahead. Don't cross it unless you can see the road is clear and you want to overtake or turn off. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 127 **Q15. There are double white lines along the centre of the road, and the line nearer to you is broken. When may you cross them to overtake?** A. Never — double white lines always ban overtaking B. Only to pass vehicles going slower than 10 mph C. When it's safe and you can finish before a solid line on your side D. Only when the vehicle ahead signals you to pass **Answer: C.** With the broken line nearer to you, you may cross to overtake if it's safe and you can complete the move before reaching a solid white line on your side. White arrows on the road tell you to get back onto your side. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 128 **Q16. A section in the middle of the road is filled with white chevrons and bordered by a solid white line. When may you drive onto it?** A. Whenever you need to overtake B. Only in an emergency C. When you're waiting to turn right D. When traffic is light **Answer: B.** You MUST NOT enter an area of chevrons bordered by a solid white line except in an emergency. If the border is a broken line instead, you should still keep off it unless that's necessary and you can see it's safe. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 130 **Q17. You're approaching traffic lights with an advanced stop line for cyclists. The light turns red just after you've crossed the first white line. What must you do?** A. Reverse back behind the first line B. Carry on through the junction, since you've already crossed a stop line C. Wait in the cyclists' area with your hazard lights on D. Stop as soon as possible, and no later than the second line **Answer: D.** If you're already over the first white line when the signal turns red, stop as soon as possible — you MUST stop at the second line. Then allow cyclists, including any waiting alongside you, enough time and space to move off on green. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 178 **Q18. A road has double white lines along the centre, with the broken line on your side. May you stop to park there?** A. No, except to pick up or set down passengers or to load or unload B. Yes, because the line nearer to you is broken C. Yes, as long as your parking lights are on D. Yes, for up to 20 minutes **Answer: A.** You MUST NOT stop or park on a road marked with double white lines, even where the line on your side is broken. The only exceptions are picking up or setting down passengers, and loading or unloading goods. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 240 **Q19. You're on a single carriageway with three lanes, and no signs or markings give priority to either direction. What's the middle lane for?** A. Traffic travelling in your direction, since it's nearer your side B. Slow vehicles and cyclists C. Overtaking or turning right, in either direction D. Emergency vehicles and buses only **Answer: C.** Use the middle lane only for overtaking or turning right, remembering that drivers coming the other way have just as much right to use it as you do. Don't use the right-hand lane on this kind of road. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 135 **Q20. You're on a two-lane dual carriageway. Which lane should you normally use?** A. The right-hand lane, as it's usually clearer B. The left-hand lane C. Whichever lane has the least traffic D. The right-hand lane whenever you're at the speed limit **Answer: B.** Stay in the left-hand lane on a two-lane dual carriageway. Use the right-hand lane to overtake or to turn right, and move back to the left-hand lane as soon as it's safe to do so. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 137 **Q21. Even where there are no yellow lines, which of these places does the Highway Code say you should not stop or park?** A. In a marked bay in a pay-and-display car park B. In a lay-by set back from the main road C. At the kerb on a wide, straight road, well away from junctions D. Opposite a traffic island **Answer: D.** Rule 243 lists places where you shouldn't stop or park, including opposite a traffic island, near a school entrance, at or near a bus stop and on a bend. Parking opposite an island can narrow the road so much that other traffic can't get through safely. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 243 **Q22. During its hours of operation, when may you drive into a bus lane that your vehicle isn't permitted to use?** A. To stop, load or unload where that isn't prohibited B. To overtake a slow-moving bus C. To get past traffic queuing at a junction D. Whenever there's no bus in sight behind or ahead of you **Answer: A.** Don't drive in a bus lane during its period of operation unless signs permit your vehicle, but you may enter it to stop, load or unload where this isn't prohibited. Rule 165 also bans overtaking if you'd have to enter an active bus lane. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 141 **Q23. You see a high-occupancy vehicle (HOV) lane that's currently in operation. Who may use it?** A. Any car, provided it's travelling at the speed limit B. Only buses and licensed taxis C. Vehicles carrying at least the minimum number of people signed D. Any car with a passenger, whatever the signs say **Answer: C.** When an HOV lane is in operation it MUST ONLY be used by vehicles carrying at least the minimum number of people shown on the signs, plus any other vehicles, such as buses or motorcycles, that the signs allow. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 142 **Q24. You're in a one-way street and want to turn right at the end. Unless signs or markings say otherwise, which lane should you use?** A. The left-hand lane B. The middle lane C. Any lane, then move across at the junction D. The right-hand lane **Answer: D.** In a one-way street, use the left lane to go left, the right lane to go right and the most appropriate lane to go straight on. Choose early, don't change lanes suddenly, and expect traffic to pass on both sides. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 143 **Q25. You're planning to overtake a slow van on a single carriageway. Which of these must you be sure of before you pull out?** A. The van driver has waved you past B. There's a suitable gap in front of the van to move back into C. The road ahead has street lighting D. The van has switched on its hazard lights **Answer: B.** Before overtaking, make sure the road is sufficiently clear ahead, nobody is starting to overtake you, and there's a suitable gap in front of the vehicle you're passing. A wave from another driver doesn't make it safe. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 162 **Q26. On an ordinary two-way road, when may you overtake a vehicle on its left?** A. When it's signalling to turn right and there's room to pass B. Whenever it's travelling well below the speed limit for the road C. When it's a bus, lorry or tractor D. Never — overtaking on the left is always illegal **Answer: A.** Only overtake on the left if the vehicle in front is signalling to turn right and there's room to do so. In slow-moving queues you may also pass on the left if the queue to your right is moving more slowly than you. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 163 **Q27. The car in front pulls out to overtake a long lorry. You'd also like to get past the lorry. What should you do?** A. Follow the car closely so you both pass together B. Flash your headlights to hurry the car along C. Wait — there may only be room for one vehicle D. Pull out alongside the car to pass at the same time **Answer: C.** Don't assume you can follow a vehicle that's overtaking, especially past a long vehicle. There may only be room for one, and if the driver ahead abandons the overtake they'll need to pull back in where you wanted to go. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 163 and 164 **Q28. You're following a tractor towards the brow of a hill. The road looks clear up to the crest. Should you overtake?** A. Yes, if you accelerate hard and keep it short B. Yes, if you sound your horn as you pass C. Yes, as long as there's no solid white line D. No — you can't see what might be coming over the crest **Answer: D.** Don't overtake where you can't see far enough ahead to be sure it's safe, such as approaching a bend, a hump bridge or the brow of a hill. An oncoming vehicle could appear over the crest with no time to react. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 166 **Q29. The car ahead has been signalling right for a long time without turning. You think the driver has forgotten to cancel it. What should you do?** A. Stay behind until the signal is cancelled or the car turns B. Overtake on the right, as the signal is probably a mistake C. Sound your horn, then overtake straight away D. Flash your headlights to tell the driver, then pass **Answer: A.** Don't overtake when a road user is indicating right, even if you believe the signal should have been cancelled. They might turn across your path at any moment, so wait until it's clear what they're doing. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 167 **Q30. Parked cars block your side of the road ahead and an oncoming car is approaching. Who should normally give way?** A. The oncoming car, because it's on the clear side B. Whoever is driving the larger vehicle C. Whichever driver flashes their headlights first D. You, because the obstruction is on your side **Answer: D.** Give way to oncoming vehicles before passing parked vehicles or other obstructions on your side of the road. Don't rely on headlight flashes either — rule 111 says never assume a flash is a signal inviting you to go. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 163 **Q31. You've stopped at the side of the road to let your children out of the car. Which side should they get out?** A. The side nearer the middle of the road, so they can see traffic B. Whichever side is closer to where they're going C. The side next to the kerb D. Either side, as long as your hazard lights are on **Answer: C.** Rule 239 says it's safer for passengers, especially children, to get out of the vehicle on the side next to the kerb. Getting out on the traffic side puts them beside passing vehicles and cyclists, and small children can be very hard for other drivers to see. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 239 **Q32. You're turning left at traffic lights on green. Pedestrians have a green signal to cross the road you're turning into. What should you do?** A. Go first, because your light is green too B. Give way to the pedestrians C. Edge forward to encourage them to hurry D. Go first if you signalled before they stepped out **Answer: B.** Green means you may go only if the way is clear, and the traffic light guidance says to give way to pedestrians who are crossing when you turn. Rule H2 gives pedestrians priority at light-controlled crossings when they have a green signal. Reference: The Highway Code — rule H2 and Light signals controlling traffic **Q33. When may you drive on or over a pavement or footpath?** A. To get past a queue of traffic waiting at a junction ahead B. To park when the road is too narrow to leave room C. Whenever there are no pedestrians using it D. To get lawful access to a property, or in an emergency **Answer: D.** Rule 145 says you MUST NOT drive on or over a pavement, footpath or bridleway except to gain lawful access to property, or in the case of an emergency. Crossing a pavement to reach a driveway is allowed, but take care and look out for anyone using it. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 145 **Q34. A side road meets a main road with double broken white lines across its end. What do these lines mean?** A. Give way to traffic on the main road B. Stop completely, even if the main road is clear C. Traffic on the main road must let you out D. Give way only to vehicles coming from the left **Answer: A.** Broken white lines across the end of a road, often with a 'Give Way' sign or a triangle marked on the road, mean you MUST give way to traffic on the main road. Unlike at a 'Stop' line, you needn't halt if it's clear. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 172 **Q35. You're towing a trailer and want to turn right across a dual carriageway. The gap in the central reservation isn't deep enough for your car and trailer. What should you do?** A. Wait in the gap with the trailer sticking out behind B. Cross the first carriageway and wait in its right-hand lane C. Wait until you can cross both carriageways in one go D. Edge into the gap and signal to the traffic behind to wait **Answer: C.** If the central reservation is too shallow for your vehicle's length, don't wait in it — you'd be left blocking traffic. Wait until you can cross both carriageways in one go. If it is deep enough, treat each half as a separate road. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 173 **Q36. You're approaching a crossroads on a quiet residential street. There are no signs or road markings. Who has priority?** A. Traffic on the wider of the two roads, as it's the main road B. Nobody — approach with care and be ready to give way C. Traffic approaching from the right D. Whoever reached the junction first **Answer: B.** Side roads and country lanes can have unmarked junctions where nobody has priority. Slow down, look carefully in every direction and be prepared to stop for traffic coming from any side. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 146 **Q37. You're about to turn right from a main road into a side road. Where should you position your car?** A. Just left of the middle of the road, or in a marked right-turn space B. Close to the left kerb, so traffic can pass on your right C. Straddling the centre line to stop others overtaking D. In the middle of your lane until the last moment **Answer: A.** Well before the turn, check your mirrors, signal right and take up a position just left of the middle of the road, or in a space marked for right-turning traffic. If possible, leave room for vehicles to pass on your left. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 179 **Q38. At a crossroads, you and an oncoming driver both want to turn right. Which method is generally safer?** A. Turn in front of each other, keeping the other car on your left B. Let the larger vehicle go first while the other waits C. Whoever signalled first turns while the other stays stopped D. Turn behind each other, keeping the other car on your right **Answer: D.** Turning right side to right side — keeping the other vehicle on your right and turning behind it — is generally safer, because you can see approaching traffic. Turning left side to left side can hide cyclists and motorcyclists from your view. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 181 **Q39. The traffic lights facing you show red and amber together. What does this mean?** A. Go if the junction ahead is clear B. Get ready to stop, as red is coming next C. Stop — don't go until green shows D. Go, but only if you're turning left **Answer: C.** Red and amber together also mean 'Stop'. Don't pass through or start until the green light shows. Green comes next, but until it actually appears you must stay behind the stop line. Reference: The Highway Code — Light signals controlling traffic **Q40. You're approaching traffic lights on green. They change to amber while you're still well back from the stop line. What should you do?** A. Speed up to get through before red B. Stop at the stop line C. Carry on, as green will follow the amber D. Carry on if no one is waiting to cross **Answer: B.** Amber means stop at the stop line. You may go on only if you've already crossed the line or are so close to it that stopping might cause a collision. Well back from the line, you have room to stop safely. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 175 **Q41. At traffic lights, a green arrow pointing left lights up while the main light is still red. What may you do?** A. Go left, if the way is clear B. Go straight ahead, as a green light is showing C. Wait for the full green light before moving D. Go in any direction if the junction is clear **Answer: A.** A green filter arrow means you may go in the direction it points, if the way is clear, whatever other lights are showing. Rule 177 also says don't enter a filter lane unless you want to go in the direction of its arrow. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 177 and Light signals controlling traffic **Q42. You approach a junction where the traffic lights have failed and are showing nothing. How should you treat it?** A. As if the lights were green, so you have priority B. As a roundabout, giving way to traffic from the right C. As a junction where the busier road has priority D. As an unmarked junction, taking great care **Answer: D.** If the traffic lights aren't working, treat the situation as you would an unmarked junction and proceed with great care. Nobody has priority, so be ready to give way to traffic from any direction. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 176 **Q43. Your light turns green, but the traffic beyond the junction is queuing and you'd have nowhere to go. What should you do?** A. Pull into the junction so you're ready when the queue moves B. Go forward, because green gives you priority C. Wait at the stop line until you can clear the junction D. Sound your horn to get the queue moving **Answer: C.** Only go forward on green if there's room for you to clear the junction safely, or you're taking up a position to turn right. Pulling in and getting stuck blocks crossing traffic when their lights change. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 176 **Q44. You're taking the first exit to the left at a roundabout. Unless signs or markings say otherwise, what should you do?** A. Approach in the right-hand lane and signal left as you leave B. Signal left and approach in the left-hand lane C. Don't signal at all, as it's the first exit D. Signal right on approach, then left as you leave **Answer: B.** For the first exit to the left, signal left and approach in the left-hand lane. Keep to the left on the roundabout and continue signalling left to leave, unless signs or markings tell you otherwise. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 186 **Q45. You're taking an exit to the right at a roundabout. When should you start signalling left?** A. After you've passed the exit before the one you want B. As soon as you join the roundabout C. Once you're about halfway round the roundabout D. Only once you're in the exit road **Answer: A.** For an exit to the right, signal right on approach, use the right-hand lane and keep to the right on the roundabout. Then signal left after you've passed the exit before the one you want, so others know you're leaving. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 186 **Q46. You're going straight ahead at a roundabout, using an intermediate exit. What should you normally do as you approach?** A. Signal right and use the right-hand lane B. Signal left and use the left-hand lane C. Switch on your hazard lights until you exit D. Select the appropriate lane — you won't normally need to signal **Answer: D.** For an intermediate exit, select the appropriate lane on approach; you shouldn't normally need to signal. Stay in that lane until you need to alter course, then signal left after passing the exit before the one you want. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 186 **Q47. You're driving a car at a mini-roundabout. What must you do about the white circle in the middle?** A. Drive over it if nothing is coming B. Drive over it when turning right C. Drive around it, not over it D. Use it to make a U-turn **Answer: C.** All vehicles MUST pass round the central markings of a mini-roundabout, except large vehicles that are physically unable to. There's less room to manoeuvre and less time to signal, and you should avoid making U-turns there. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 188 **Q48. You come to two mini-roundabouts, one straight after the other. How should you deal with them?** A. Treat them as one — once through the first, you have priority B. Treat each one separately and give way to the right at both C. Give way at the first one only D. Give way to traffic from the left at the second one **Answer: B.** At double mini-roundabouts, treat each roundabout separately and give way to traffic from the right. The same approach applies at complex junctions with a series of mini-roundabouts: treat each one separately and follow the normal rules. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 189 and 190 **Q49. A zebra crossing has a central island. How does the Highway Code treat it?** A. As two separate crossings B. As one crossing, whichever side people start from C. As a pelican crossing D. As a shared cycle track **Answer: A.** A zebra crossing with a central island is two separate crossings. Compare a pelican crossing that goes straight across the road: that's one crossing even with an island, so you must wait for people crossing from the far side (rule 197). Reference: The Highway Code — rule 195 **Q50. You reach a junction with a 'Stop' sign and a solid white line across your side of the road. You can see the main road is completely empty. What must you do?** A. Slow right down and emerge without stopping, as the road is clear B. Stop only if traffic is approaching on the main road C. Stop just past the line, where your view is better D. Stop behind the line, then go when there's a safe gap **Answer: D.** Rule 171 says you MUST stop behind the line at a junction with a 'Stop' sign and a solid white line across the road, then wait for a safe gap in the traffic before moving off. It's a legal requirement, so it applies even when the main road looks empty. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 171 **Q51. How does the light sequence for drivers at a puffin or toucan crossing differ from a pelican crossing?** A. There's a flashing green phase instead B. Red is followed by flashing red C. There's no flashing amber phase D. There are no lights facing drivers **Answer: C.** Toucan, puffin and equestrian crossings have no flashing amber phase — the light sequence for traffic is the same as at ordinary traffic lights. Flashing amber after red is a feature of pelican crossings. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 199 **Q52. You're in a slow queue approaching a zebra crossing. The car ahead has stopped just past it, leaving no room for you beyond the stripes. What should you do?** A. Stop on the stripes — pedestrians can walk round you B. Creep onto the crossing to keep the queue moving C. Wait before the crossing until there's space to clear it D. Move onto it only if no one is waiting to cross **Answer: C.** Keep crossings completely clear in slow-moving or queuing traffic, and don't enter one unless you can clear it. Blocking the stripes forces pedestrians to weave between vehicles, which is difficult and dangerous. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 192 **Q53. A cyclist has started to ride across a parallel crossing in front of you. What must you do?** A. Continue — only pedestrians have priority there B. Give way only if they've dismounted C. Sound your horn to warn them D. Give way to them **Answer: D.** A parallel crossing is like a zebra crossing with a cycle route alongside the stripes. You MUST give way when a pedestrian or cyclist has moved onto it, and you should give way to those waiting to cross. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 195 **Q54. You're first in the queue at a level crossing with half-barriers. A train goes by, but the barriers stay down and the red lights keep flashing. What must you do?** A. Keep waiting — another train is coming B. Cross now that the train has gone C. Cross if you can't see another train D. Zig-zag carefully round the half-barriers **Answer: A.** If the red lights continue to flash after a train has gone by, you MUST wait, because another train will be passing soon. Only cross when the lights go off and the barriers open. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 293 **Q55. You've just crossed the white line at a level crossing when the amber light comes on. What should you do?** A. Stop immediately where you are B. Reverse back behind the white line C. Keep going and clear the crossing D. Stop once you're on the tracks **Answer: C.** If you've already crossed the white line when the amber light comes on, keep going. Stopping on the crossing could leave you in the path of a train, and you should never reverse onto or over a controlled crossing. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 293 **Q56. At a level crossing, the half-barriers close only your side of the road, leaving a gap you could steer around. Why must you never zig-zag round them?** A. The gap is kept clear for cyclists and pedestrians B. Only vehicles towing trailers are at risk from passing trains C. Driving round them is only allowed at night D. They lower automatically because a train is approaching **Answer: D.** Rule 293 says never zig-zag around half-barriers, because they lower automatically when a train is approaching. You MUST obey the flashing red stop lights and stop behind the white line, and you should only cross when the lights go off and the barriers open. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 293 **Q57. You reach a level crossing with user-operated gates and small red and green lights. The green light is on. What's the correct procedure?** A. Open the gates on both sides, check it's still green, cross quickly, then close them B. Open the near gate only, cross, and leave it open for the next driver C. Wait for the red light, then open the gates D. Open both gates and cross slowly, leaving them open **Answer: A.** You MUST NOT cross when the red light shows. With the green light on, open the gates or barriers on both sides, check the light is still green, cross quickly, and close them once you're clear of the crossing. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 296 **Q58. You're driving a car and the only free space in the street is a marked motorcycle parking bay. What does the law say?** A. You may use it for up to 30 minutes B. You must not park there, as it's reserved for motorcycles C. You may use it as long as your hazard warning lights are on D. You may use it outside rush hours **Answer: B.** Rule 241 says you MUST NOT park in parking spaces reserved for specific users, such as Blue Badge holders, residents or motorcycles, unless you're entitled to do so. Leave the bay free and look for a space you're allowed to use. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 241 **Q59. You're driving along a street where trams share the road, and you notice a white light signal beside the tram tracks. How should you treat it?** A. As a warning to stop for a tram B. As a green light for all traffic C. As a signal for tram drivers only D. As a signal for buses and taxis **Answer: C.** Diamond-shaped signs and white light signals give instructions to tram drivers only. Trams often have their own signals and may be allowed to move when you aren't, so follow the signals meant for other traffic. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 300 and 301 **Q60. You've driven past the address you need and want to turn round. Which of these should you avoid?** A. Driving round a block of side streets B. Turning in a quiet side road C. Finding a car park to turn in D. Reversing from a side road into a main road **Answer: D.** Don't reverse from a side road into a main road, where traffic is busier and faster. Rather than turning in a busy road, find a quiet side road or drive round a block of side streets. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 200 and 201 **Q61. Your driveway opens onto a busy road. What does the Highway Code recommend when you use it?** A. Reverse in, so you can drive out forwards B. Drive in forwards and reverse out later C. Reverse in only after dark D. Drive in forwards, then reverse out with your hazard lights on **Answer: A.** When using a driveway, reverse in and drive out if you can. Driving out forwards gives you a much better view of pedestrians and traffic than reversing out onto the road. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 201 **Q62. You've driven a little way past a parking space on a quiet street and want to reverse back to it. What does the law say about how far you may reverse?** A. Up to 20 metres at a time, then you must stop B. No further than necessary C. Any distance, as long as the road is quiet D. No more than two car lengths in a built-up area **Answer: B.** Rule 203 says you MUST NOT reverse your vehicle further than necessary. Reversing is when your view is most limited and other road users least expect you to move, so keep the manoeuvre short. If the space is a long way back, drive round and approach it again. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 203 **Q63. You're parking on a single yellow line. The nearby time plate shows hours but no days. When do the restrictions apply?** A. Monday to Friday only B. Monday to Saturday only C. Every day, including Sundays and bank holidays D. Only on days when parking wardens are patrolling **Answer: C.** If no days are shown on the signs, the waiting restrictions shown by yellow lines are in force every day, including Sundays and bank holidays. Always read the time plate before you leave your car. Reference: The Highway Code — Road markings and rule 238 **Q64. You want to park on a street near the entrance to a side road, and there are no marked parking bays. What's the least distance you should leave between your car and the junction?** A. 10 metres B. 2 metres C. 5 metres D. 20 metres **Answer: A.** Don't stop or park opposite or within 10 metres (32 feet) of a junction, except in an authorised parking space. Vehicles parked there block the view of drivers emerging from the junction and of pedestrians trying to cross. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 243 **Q65. You're visiting a friend in Edinburgh and their street is narrow. May you park with two wheels up on the pavement?** A. Yes, if you leave enough room for a pushchair B. Yes, but only with your hazard lights on C. Yes, as long as it's only overnight D. No — it's banned there, except in limited circumstances **Answer: D.** You MUST NOT park partially or wholly on the pavement in London or Scotland, apart from limited exceptions. Elsewhere you should not do so unless signs permit it, because it obstructs wheelchair users, people with prams and those with impaired sight. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 244 **Q66. Which of these parking rules applies specifically in Scotland?** A. You must not park where the kerb is lowered for pedestrians or cyclists B. You may park on the pavement if a pram can still pass C. You may park facing against the traffic at night on any road D. You must show parking lights on every road at night **Answer: A.** Rule 243, updated in April 2025, says that in Scotland you MUST NOT double park or park anywhere the kerb has been lowered to help pedestrians or cyclists, with limited exceptions. Rule 244 also bans pavement parking in Scotland. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 243 and 244 **Q67. You're driving on a wide single carriageway road that has four lanes. Which lanes should you use?** A. Only the lanes that signs or markings show are for you B. Any of the four, as long as the lane ahead is clear C. Either of the two right-hand lanes, to overtake in either direction D. Whichever lane lets you keep up with the flow of traffic **Answer: A.** Rule 136 says that where a single carriageway has four or more lanes, you should use only the lanes that signs or markings indicate. Rule 131 adds that where short, broken white lane dividers split a wide carriageway into lanes, you should keep between them. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 131 and 136 **Q68. At night you park your car on a road with a 30 mph limit. When may you leave it without parking lights?** A. Close to the kerb, facing the same way as the traffic flow, at least 10 metres from a junction B. Whenever the street lights are lit, whichever direction the car happens to be facing on the road C. Only if it's parked with two wheels up on the pavement, clear of passing traffic D. Only if you leave the hazard warning lights flashing for as long as it's parked **Answer: A.** Rule 250 says that where the limit is 30 mph or less, a car may be parked without lights if it's close to the kerb, facing in the direction of the traffic flow and at least 10 metres from a junction, or in a recognised parking place or lay-by. Rule 248 forbids parking against the traffic flow at night. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 248 and 250 **Q69. On a red route, what do double red lines along the edge of the road mean?** A. No stopping during rush hours only B. Stopping allowed for loading only C. Parking for residents with permits only D. No stopping at any time **Answer: D.** Double red lines on a red route always mean no stopping at any time — to park, load or unload, or let passengers in or out. Licensed taxis and Blue Badge holders boarding or alighting are the exceptions. Single red line times are shown on nearby signs. Reference: The Highway Code — Road markings **Q70. You're charging your electric car at an on-street charge point. What does the Highway Code advise?** A. Park wherever the cable reaches, even across a dropped kerb B. Leave the cable coiled on the pavement when you've finished C. Park close to the charge point and avoid trailing cables D. Leave your hazard lights on while the car charges **Answer: C.** Park close to the charge point and avoid creating a trip hazard with trailing cables; display a warning sign if you can. Afterwards, return cables and connectors neatly so they don't endanger pedestrians or obstruct other road users. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 239 ## Frequently asked questions **### How many Rules of the Road questions are in the real theory test?** The DVSA doesn't publish per-topic counts. Your 50 questions are drawn across all 14 official topics, so revise every category. **### What is the pass mark for the UK theory test?** You need 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions correct (86%), plus 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception clips. You must pass both parts in the same sitting. **### Are these real DVSA questions?** No — these are original practice questions written to the current DVSA syllabus and The Highway Code. Official revision questions are Crown Copyright and only available from licensed providers. ## Revise the other theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from all 14 official DVSA topics — revise every category, not just this one. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Don't forget part two: read [how hazard perception is scored](/hazard-perception/). Booked your test? Find your [nearest theory test centre](/theory-test-centres/), or book on the official [GOV.UK booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23). All practice questions are original study material written to the current DVSA car theory test syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions. This site is an independent study resource and is not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA. --- # Safety & Your Vehicle: Tyres, Lights & Seat Belts > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. DVSA theory test topic guide # Safety & Your Vehicle: Tyres, Lights & Seat Belts Vehicle condition, fault warning signs, security and environmental basics. [Practise 55 Safety & Your Vehicle questions](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) Quick answer The vehicle checks the theory test expects: legal tyre tread, tyre pressures, warning lights, ABS, fluid levels, fuel-saving habits and car security. ## What is the legal minimum tyre tread depth for a car? Cars, light vans and light trailers must have at least 1.6 mm of tread across the central three-quarters of the breadth of the tread and around the entire circumference, according to Annex 6 of The Highway Code. Larger vehicles and motorcycles have a lower minimum, and all tyres should be free from cuts and other defects. | Vehicle | Legal minimum tread | Where it applies | | --- | --- | --- | | Cars, light vans, light trailers | 1.6 mm | Central three-quarters of the breadth, around the entire circumference | | Motorcycles, large vehicles, passenger-carrying vehicles | 1 mm | Three-quarters of the breadth, in a continuous band around the entire circumference | | Mopeds | Visible tread | Whole tyre | If a tyre bursts while you are driving, grip the steering wheel firmly and let the vehicle roll to a stop at the side of the road. Annex 6 also warns that some vehicle defects can attract penalty points. ## When and how should you check tyre pressures? Check tyre pressures weekly, before your journey, while the tyres are cold, because warm or hot tyres can give a misleading reading. Use the figures in your vehicle handbook and inflate to the manufacturer’s specification for the load you are carrying. Under-inflated or over-inflated tyres adversely affect both your braking and your steering. Excessive or uneven tyre wear can point to faults in the braking or suspension systems, or wheels out of alignment, and Annex 6 says to have these corrected as soon as possible. A car that pulls to one side when braking most likely has a brake fault or incorrectly inflated tyres. ## What should you do if a warning light comes on? Stop and investigate. When you turn the ignition, warning lights come on and should go out once the engine starts, except the handbrake warning light. If one stays lit, or comes on while you are driving, Annex 6 of The Highway Code says you could have a serious fault. Learn every symbol from your handbook. - **Charge warning light:** the battery may not be charging. Get it checked as soon as possible to avoid losing power to the lights and other electrical systems. - **Brake fluid:** low brake fluid may result in brake failure. Check fluid levels at least weekly. - **Overheating:** wait until the engine has cooled naturally before removing the coolant filler cap. - **Fire:** get everyone out to a safe place and call the fire brigade. Do not open the bonnet, as that makes the fire flare. ## How do anti-lock brakes (ABS) help in an emergency? ABS is designed to stop the wheels locking under heavy braking so that you keep steering control. In an emergency, apply the footbrake firmly and do not release the pressure until the vehicle has slowed to the speed you want (rule 120). But ABS does not guarantee a shorter stop, so never follow more closely because of it. Without ABS, rule 118 says brake immediately but try to avoid braking so harshly that you lock the wheels, because locked wheels can lead to loss of control. In normal driving, rule 117 says brake early and lightly, then more firmly as you begin to stop. ## What other vehicle faults does the theory test ask about? Expect questions linking a symptom to its likely cause. Heavy steering often means an under-inflated or punctured tyre. A car that keeps bouncing after you push down on the front or rear has worn shock absorbers. Unusual smells, such as burning rubber, petrol or an electrical fault, need investigating immediately to avoid the risk of fire. - Vibration through the steering wheel at certain speeds is commonly caused by wheels that need balancing, so have a garage check it. - Lights, indicators, reflectors and number plates must be kept clean and clear, and windscreens and windows free from obstructions. - Spilt diesel makes the road very slippery, especially for motorcyclists. Do not overfill your tank, and make sure the fuel cap is fastened securely. - Never smoke or use a mobile phone on a petrol station forecourt. ## How can you cut fuel use and emissions? Switch off rather than idle. You must not leave a parked vehicle unattended with the engine running, or leave the engine running unnecessarily while stationary on a public road (rule 123). If you are likely to be stationary for more than a couple of minutes, apply the parking brake and switch off the engine. Leaving the engine running is permitted when you are stationary in traffic or diagnosing faults. Annex 6 says exhaust emissions must not exceed prescribed levels, and a catalytic converter helps by reducing harmful gases in the exhaust. Correct tyre pressures, smooth acceleration, planning ahead and removing roof racks or boxes you are not using all help to save fuel. ## How do you keep your car secure? When you leave your car, remove the key and engage the steering lock, lock it even if you are only away for a few minutes, close the windows completely, and take valuables with you or lock them in the boot. Never leave vehicle documents in the car, or children and pets in an unventilated car. Annex 6 suggests fitting an anti-theft device such as an alarm or immobiliser, and having your registration number etched on all your windows as a cheap deterrent to professional thieves. ## What mistakes do learners make on safety and your vehicle questions? Most errors come from half-remembered figures and from treating a warning sign as something to monitor rather than act on. These traps catch learners most often. When two options look similar, pick the one that matches the exact wording of the Highway Code, especially on tread depth and ABS. - **Tread depth across the whole tyre.** The 1.6 mm minimum applies across the central three-quarters, around the full circumference. - **Checking pressures after a long drive.** Check them cold. - **Believing ABS shortens stopping distances.** Rule 120 says do not assume it will. - **Pumping the brake with ABS.** Keep firm, steady pressure on the pedal. - **Opening the bonnet on an engine fire.** It makes the fire flare. - **Idling to warm the engine.** Rule 123 says do not run the engine unnecessarily while stationary. ## Where should you go next? Vehicle safety questions are easy marks once the key figures stick, so test yourself now while they are fresh. Use the links below to practise this topic, then move on to the topics that build on it, such as safety margins and handling in bad weather. - [Practise safety and your vehicle questions](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Safety margins topic guide](/theory-test/safety-margins/) - [Vehicle handling topic guide](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Essential documents topic guide](/theory-test/essential-documents/) - [Take a full mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) - [See all theory test topics](/theory-test/) ## Ready to test yourself on Safety & Your Vehicle? 55 free Safety & Your Vehicle questions in the official four-option format, each with an explained answer and the Highway Code rule it tests — with a timed test mode. [Start the Safety & Your Vehicle practice test](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### What is the legal minimum tyre tread depth for cars?** At least 1.6 mm across the central three-quarters of the breadth of the tread and around the entire circumference. The same minimum applies to light vans and light trailers. Motorcycles, large vehicles and passenger-carrying vehicles need at least 1 mm, and mopeds should have visible tread. **### When should you check your tyre pressures?** Weekly, before a journey, while the tyres are cold. Warm or hot tyres can give a misleading reading. Inflate them to the vehicle manufacturer's specification for the load you are carrying, as shown in the handbook, because incorrect pressures affect braking and steering. **### What does it mean if a warning light stays on after the engine starts?** Most dashboard warning lights come on with the ignition and go out once the engine starts, apart from the handbrake light. If one stays on, or comes on while you are driving, stop and investigate, because Annex 6 of The Highway Code says it could indicate a serious fault. **### Does ABS mean you will stop in a shorter distance?** No. Anti-lock brakes should help you keep steering control during heavy braking, but rule 120 of The Highway Code warns not to assume a vehicle with ABS will stop in a shorter distance. In an emergency, brake firmly and keep the pressure on. **### How often should you check your car's fluid levels?** At least weekly, according to Annex 6 of The Highway Code. Low brake fluid may result in brake failure and a crash, so learn what the low fluid warning lights look like. Before winter, make sure the radiator and windscreen bottle contain suitable anti-freeze. Sources - [The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/annex-6-vehicle-maintenance-safety-and-security) - [The Highway Code — General rules, techniques and advice for all drivers and riders (103 to 158)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) - [The Highway Code — Rules for drivers and motorcyclists (89 to 102)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-for-drivers-and-motorcyclists-89-to-102) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). ## Which other theory test topics should you revise? All 14 topics feed the same 50-question test, so revise every one. Then sit the [full free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under the real time limit. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) --- # Vehicle Safety Quiz: 55 Free Questions | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free · 50 questions in the real test · Pass mark 43/50 # Vehicle Safety quiz: 55 free theory test questions DVSA-style multiple-choice questions with explained answers and Highway Code references. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes — you need 43 correct to pass. Quick answer Below is a free Safety & Your Vehicle mock test for the UK DVSA car theory test: multiple-choice questions in the official four-option format, each with the correct answer, a plain-English explanation and a Highway Code reference. Vehicle condition, fault warning signs, security and environmental basics. ## Safety & Your Vehicle practice questions Checked against [The Highway Code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) as amended 22 October 2025 · last reviewed 26 September 2026. Spotted an error? [Report it](/corrections/). Or study below: tap any question to see its options, answer and Highway Code rule. **Q1. What is the legal minimum tread depth for car tyres?** A. 1.0 mm across the whole tyre B. 1.6 mm across the central three-quarters of the breadth, around the entire circumference C. 2.5 mm on the outer edges only D. 3.0 mm in winter months **Answer: B.** Car tyres must have at least 1.6 mm of tread across the central three-quarters of the tyre, all the way round. Worn tyres dramatically increase stopping distances, especially in the wet. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q2. When should you check your tyre pressures for an accurate reading?** A. Immediately after a motorway journey B. When the tyres are cold, using the pressures in the vehicle handbook C. Only at an MOT test D. After driving at least ten miles **Answer: B.** Driving warms the air in the tyres and raises the reading. Check pressures when cold, against the handbook figures — and remember to adjust for heavy loads or motorway trips where the handbook says so. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q3. What is the main benefit of anti-lock brakes (ABS) in an emergency stop?** A. They shorten stopping distance on ice B. They stop the wheels locking, so you can continue to steer while braking hard C. They apply the handbrake automatically D. They make skids impossible in all conditions **Answer: B.** ABS prevents the wheels locking under hard braking, which keeps the steering responsive so you can avoid the hazard while stopping. It doesn't guarantee shorter stops, particularly on loose or icy surfaces. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 120 **Q4. Your steering suddenly feels heavy. What's the most likely cause?** A. Worn brake pads B. A tyre with too little air in it C. A full fuel tank D. Cold engine oil **Answer: B.** Heavy steering commonly points to an underinflated or punctured tyre. Stop somewhere safe and check — driving on a badly deflated tyre wrecks the tyre and can cause loss of control. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q5. The brake system warning light stays on after you start the car. What should you do?** A. Drive normally — warning lights often reset themselves B. Check the handbrake is fully released, and if the light stays on have the brakes checked before driving on C. Pump the brake pedal until the light goes out D. Ignore it if the brakes feel normal **Answer: B.** A brake warning light can mean low fluid or a system fault. Brakes are not a 'monitor it' item: if the light stays on, get the system checked immediately rather than driving on. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q6. What does a catalytic converter do?** A. Improves fuel economy B. Reduces the toxic gases in the exhaust C. Quietens the exhaust note D. Increases engine power **Answer: B.** The catalytic converter chemically converts the most harmful exhaust gases into less damaging ones. It doesn't reduce carbon dioxide — driving less and driving smoothly do that. **Q7. Your steering wheel vibrates at certain speeds. What's the likely cause?** A. The wheels need balancing B. Low engine oil C. Worn brake pads D. A faulty alternator **Answer: A.** A speed-related vibration through the steering usually means unbalanced front wheels. Have them balanced promptly — the vibration accelerates wear in tyres, steering and suspension. **Q8. Which of these reduces fuel consumption?** A. Accelerating hard between junctions B. Carrying an empty roof rack all year C. Smooth, gentle acceleration, correct tyre pressures, and removing unused roof racks D. Letting the engine idle to warm up before every trip **Answer: C.** Aggressive acceleration, underinflated tyres, idling and permanent roof racks all burn extra fuel. Smooth driving can cut consumption by a meaningful margin — and cuts emissions with it. **Q9. How often does the Highway Code advise you to check your tyre pressures?** A. Only before a long motorway journey B. Once a month, straight after a drive C. Whenever the car goes in for a service D. Every week **Answer: D.** Annex 6 advises checking tyre pressures weekly, before you set off while the tyres are cold. Pressures can drop gradually without any obvious sign, and under- or over-inflated tyres affect both your braking and your steering. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q10. You notice the front tyres are wearing much more on one edge than the other. What could this point to?** A. Misaligned wheels or a brake or suspension fault B. Driving mostly in wet weather C. Filling up with the wrong grade of fuel D. Parking with the wheels resting against the kerb overnight **Answer: A.** Excessive or uneven tyre wear can be caused by faults in the braking or suspension systems, or by wheels that are out of alignment. Have these faults put right as soon as possible. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q11. A front tyre bursts while you're driving along a main road. What should you do?** A. Brake hard straight away so you stop in the shortest distance B. Steer sharply towards the kerb and pull up as quickly as you can C. Grip the wheel firmly and let the car roll to a stop at the roadside D. Switch off the engine at once and coast onto the verge or hard shoulder **Answer: C.** A sudden burst can pull the car to one side. Keep a firm grip to hold your course and let the car slow down and roll to a stop at the side of the road. Harsh braking or sharp steering could make you lose control. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q12. You get a flat tyre on a busy road where there's no safe space to work on the car. What does the Highway Code advise?** A. Change the wheel quickly with your hazard lights on B. Keep driving slowly to the nearest garage, however far C. Ask a passenger to stand in the road to warn traffic D. Stop when safe and call a breakdown service **Answer: D.** Stop as soon as it's safe. Only change the tyre yourself if you can do so without putting yourself or others at risk — on a busy road with no safe space, call a breakdown service instead. Driving on a flat tyre can cause loss of control. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q13. You're stopped by the police and one of your tyres is found to be defective. What can this offence add to your licence?** A. 3 penalty points B. Nothing — tyre faults only lead to a warning C. 6 penalty points and an automatic ban D. Nothing, as long as the car has a current MOT **Answer: A.** Using a vehicle with defective tyres is an endorsable offence (code CU30) carrying 3 penalty points. A valid MOT certificate is no defence: you're responsible for keeping the car roadworthy every time you drive it. Reference: GOV.UK — Penalty points (endorsements) **Q14. Every time you brake, your car pulls to the left. What is the most likely cause?** A. A worn clutch that needs adjusting B. Low coolant level in the radiator C. A brake fault or wrongly inflated tyres D. Too much oil in the engine sump after a service **Answer: C.** A car that pulls to one side when braking most likely has a brake fault or incorrectly inflated tyres. Both stop the car braking evenly, so consult a garage or mechanic immediately rather than waiting for the next service. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q15. You press down firmly on one corner of your car and it keeps bouncing up and down after you let go. What does this suggest?** A. The tyres are over-inflated B. The shock absorbers are worn C. The wheels need balancing D. The springs are brand new and still settling **Answer: B.** If a car continues to bounce after being pushed down at the front or rear, its shock absorbers are worn. Worn shock absorbers can seriously affect how the vehicle performs, so have them replaced rather than waiting for them to fail. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q16. How often does the Highway Code recommend checking your vehicle's fluid levels, such as brake fluid?** A. Only at the annual MOT B. Every six months C. Only when a warning light comes on D. At least once a week **Answer: D.** Annex 6 recommends checking fluid levels at least weekly. Low brake fluid can lead to brake failure and a crash, so don't rely on the MOT or wait for a low-fluid warning light to prompt you. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q17. Your car has anti-lock brakes and you need to stop in an emergency. How should you use the footbrake?** A. Press it firmly and keep pressing until you've slowed enough B. Pump it on and off rapidly C. Press it gently at first so the ABS doesn't activate D. Brake hard, then let go completely as soon as you feel the ABS pulsing **Answer: A.** With ABS, apply the footbrake firmly and don't release the pressure until you've slowed to the speed you want. The system stops the wheels locking so you can still steer; pumping or releasing the pedal works against it. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 120 **Q18. You turn the ignition and several warning lights come on. What should normally happen once the engine starts?** A. They should all stay lit until the engine has warmed up B. They should flash in turn to show each bulb is working C. They should go out, except the handbrake warning light D. Only the oil pressure light should go out **Answer: C.** Warning lights come on as a check when you turn the ignition, then go out once the engine starts — except the handbrake warning light. If any others stay on, stop and investigate, as you could have a serious fault. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q19. An unfamiliar warning light comes on while you're driving. What should you do?** A. Stop somewhere safe and find out what it means B. Carry on — if the car feels normal it can wait C. Ignore it unless it's accompanied by a warning noise D. Drive faster to reach home before the fault gets worse **Answer: A.** Warning displays can indicate a dangerous fault developing. If a light comes on while you're driving, stop when it's safe and investigate — check the handbook — rather than hoping it goes away. Learn what every display on your instrument panel means. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q20. The battery charge warning light comes on while you're driving. What might this mean?** A. The engine oil needs topping up B. The handbrake has been left on C. You're low on fuel D. The battery isn't being charged **Answer: D.** The charge warning light may mean the battery isn't charging. Have it checked as soon as possible — if the battery runs down you could lose power to your lights and other electrical systems, which is especially dangerous at night. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q21. Your temperature gauge shows the engine has overheated. When should you remove the coolant filler cap to top up?** A. Straight away, while the engine is still running B. Only after the engine has cooled down naturally C. After pouring cold water over the radiator D. As soon as steam stops coming from the bonnet **Answer: B.** If your engine overheats, wait until it has cooled naturally before removing the coolant filler cap and adding water or coolant. Opening the system while it's still hot risks scalding, and pouring cold water over a hot engine isn't a safe shortcut. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q22. While driving you notice a smell of burning rubber that you can't explain. What should you do?** A. Open the windows and carry on B. Wait until your next service to mention it C. Investigate it straight away D. Turn the heater up to clear the air **Answer: C.** Unusual smells such as burning rubber, petrol or an electrical fault should be investigated immediately. Stop somewhere safe and check, or get help — the Highway Code warns you not to risk a fire. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q23. Winter is approaching. Which preparation does the Highway Code specifically advise?** A. Check the battery and use anti-freeze in the radiator and washer bottle B. Let some air out of all four tyres so they grip better on icy roads C. Switch to a thinner engine oil to help the engine start in the cold D. Keep the fuel tank nearly empty to reduce weight on slippery winter roads **Answer: A.** Before winter, make sure the battery is well maintained and there are suitable anti-freeze agents in both the radiator and the windscreen washer bottle. Letting air out of tyres doesn't improve grip — they must stay at the manufacturer's specified pressures. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q24. While filling up, you accidentally spill diesel on the forecourt. What should you do?** A. Leave it — it will evaporate quickly B. Wash it into the drain with water from the air-and-water point C. Cover it with a paper towel and drive off D. Report it to the attendant straight away **Answer: D.** Any spilled fuel should be reported to the petrol station attendant immediately. Diesel makes the surface very slippery and is particularly dangerous to motorcyclists, so leaving it or trying to hide it puts other road users at risk. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q25. Why must you never smoke or use a mobile phone on a petrol station forecourt?** A. It's a rule purely to stop queues building up at the pumps B. They're a fire risk that could cause an explosion C. The fuel pumps may stop working D. It's banned only while the engine is running **Answer: B.** The Highway Code warns that smoking and using a mobile phone on a petrol station forecourt are major fire risks and could cause an explosion. Wait until you've left the forecourt and parked somewhere safe before making a call. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q26. After a drive along muddy lanes, your rear number plate and lights are caked in dirt. What does the law require?** A. Nothing, provided the front number plate is still clean B. Clean them only if you'll be driving after dark C. Clean them — they must be kept clean and clear D. Leave them until the car's next wash or service **Answer: C.** Lights, indicators, reflectors and number plates MUST be kept clean and clear — day or night, front and rear. Dirty lights make you harder to see and an obscured plate breaks the law, so clean them before carrying on. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q27. On which windows are there no legal limits on how dark the tint can be?** A. The rear windscreen and rear passenger windows B. The windscreen and the driver's side window C. The front passenger window only D. All of them, if fitted after purchase **Answer: A.** Excessively dark tint is illegal on the windscreen and on the front side windows either side of the driver. There are no light-transmission limits for the rear windscreen or rear passenger windows, and tint fitted during manufacture already complies. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q28. For lighting rules, how does the Highway Code define 'night' (the hours of darkness)?** A. From 8 pm until 6 am, whatever the time of year B. From one hour before sunset to one hour after sunrise C. Half an hour after sunset to half an hour before sunrise D. Any time the street lights in your area are switched on automatically **Answer: C.** Night is defined as the period between half an hour after sunset and half an hour before sunrise. Separately, sidelights and rear number plate lights MUST be lit from sunset to sunrise, so the two periods aren't the same. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 113 **Q29. You're stopped in a long queue of stationary traffic with your foot on the footbrake. What does the Highway Code suggest once the traffic behind you has stopped?** A. Switch on your hazard warning lights B. Switch off your headlights completely C. Keep your foot firmly on the footbrake so the brake lights stay bright D. Apply the parking brake and take your foot off the footbrake **Answer: D.** In stationary queues, apply the parking brake and, once the traffic behind has stopped, take your foot off the footbrake. This switches off your brake lights and cuts the glare for drivers behind until the queue moves again. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 114 **Q30. You're driving at night through a town where the street lights are on. Which lights should you use?** A. Sidelights only B. Main beam headlights C. Front fog lights D. Dipped headlights **Answer: D.** Use dipped headlights, or dim-dip if fitted, at night in built-up areas so that you can be seen. Sidelights alone make you hard to spot, main beam would dazzle others, and fog lights are only for seriously reduced visibility. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 115 **Q31. The fog has cleared, but the driver ahead still has bright rear fog lights on. Why is this a problem?** A. It burns a noticeable amount of extra fuel B. It will flatten their battery within a few minutes C. They can dazzle you and mask their brake lights D. It's only a problem on motorways **Answer: C.** Fog lights must only be used when visibility is seriously reduced and switched off when it improves. Left on in clear conditions, rear fog lights dazzle following drivers and can obscure the brake lights, so you may not notice the car ahead slowing. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 114 and 236 **Q32. A driver stops on double yellow lines to nip into a shop, leaving the hazard warning lights flashing. What's wrong with this?** A. Hazard lights never make illegal parking acceptable B. Nothing — hazard lights allow a brief stop anywhere you like C. It's fine as long as someone stays in the car D. Hazard lights must only be used after dark **Answer: A.** Hazard warning lights may be used when you're stationary to warn that you're temporarily obstructing traffic, but they must never be used as an excuse for dangerous or illegal parking. Waiting restrictions still apply with them switched on. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 116 **Q33. You're parked at the roadside waiting for a friend. When they come out of their house, may you sound your horn to let them know you're there?** A. Yes, as long as it's before 11.30 pm B. Yes, a single short toot is always allowed C. Yes, provided you're parked outside a built-up area D. No, not while you're stationary on the road **Answer: D.** You MUST NOT use your horn while stationary on the road, unless another road user poses a danger. The horn is only for warning others of your presence while you're moving — never for greetings or to show annoyance. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 112 **Q34. You want to fit a rear-facing baby seat in the front passenger seat, which has an active frontal airbag. What must you do?** A. Nothing — the airbag will help to cushion the seat in a crash B. Switch off the airbag before fitting it C. Turn the baby seat round so it faces forwards D. Slide the passenger seat as far forward as it will go **Answer: B.** A rear-facing baby seat MUST NOT be fitted in a seat protected by an active frontal airbag — in a crash the airbag can cause serious injury or death to the baby. Deactivate the airbag first, or fit the seat in the back. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 101 **Q35. A height-based (R129) child car seat must stay rear-facing until the child is what age?** A. Over 6 months B. Over 12 months C. Over 15 months D. Over 18 months **Answer: C.** Height-based seats, approved to R129 and labelled with a capital 'E' in a circle, must be rear-facing until the child is over 15 months old. After that, the child can use a forward-facing seat that's suitable for their height. Reference: GOV.UK — Child car seats: the law **Q36. The only seat free for your child's car seat has a lap belt with no diagonal strap. When can you fit the child seat there?** A. Only if it's designed for lap belts or uses ISOFIX points B. At any time, as long as the child is over 3 years old C. Only for short journeys at low speeds in town D. Never — a child seat can't be fitted in the back **Answer: A.** You must only use a child car seat with a seat belt that has a diagonal strap, unless the seat is specifically designed for use with a lap belt or is fitted using ISOFIX anchor points. Otherwise, the child seat can't be fitted in that seat. Reference: GOV.UK — Child car seats: the law **Q37. You own a classic car that was originally built without any seat belts. Which children may you carry in it?** A. Any child, as long as they sit in the back B. Children of any age in the front passenger seat C. No children at all under 12 D. Children aged 3 or over, in the back seats only **Answer: D.** If a vehicle was originally made without seat belts, you're not allowed to carry children under 3 in it at all, and children over 3 may only sit in the back seats. These rules apply only to vehicles originally built without belts. Reference: GOV.UK — Seat belts: the law **Q38. In which situation is a car driver allowed not to wear a seat belt?** A. While reversing B. On journeys of less than a mile C. When driving below 20 mph in town D. When the driver is pregnant **Answer: A.** A driver who is reversing, or supervising a learner who is reversing, doesn't need to wear a seat belt. Short trips and low speeds are not exemptions, and pregnant women must wear one unless their doctor says otherwise for medical reasons. Reference: GOV.UK — Seat belts: the law **Q39. What is the maximum fine for not wearing a seat belt when you're required to?** A. £100 B. £250 C. £500 D. £1,000 **Answer: C.** You can be fined up to £500 for not wearing a seat belt when you're supposed to. The same maximum applies to a driver carrying a child under 14 who isn't in the correct car seat or wearing a seat belt. Reference: GOV.UK — Seat belts: the law **Q40. You're driving with young children in the back. What does the Highway Code say you should use, where fitted?** A. The rear fog lights B. The child safety door locks C. The automatic rear-view mirror dimmer D. The speed limiter, set to 20 mph **Answer: B.** Where child safety door locks are fitted, use them whenever children are in the vehicle so the rear doors can't be opened from inside. Children should also get in on the side nearest the kerb and be kept under control. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 102 **Q41. In an unexpected emergency you must drive a friend's five-year-old a short distance, but there's no suitable child seat. What does the law allow?** A. The child must sit on an adult's lap in the back B. The journey can't be made without a child seat C. The child can sit in the front without any restraint D. The child can use an adult belt in a rear seat **Answer: D.** If the correct child seat isn't available, a child aged 3 or over may use an adult seat belt in the back when the journey is unexpected, necessary and over a short distance. Holding a child on someone's lap is never a legal alternative. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 99; GOV.UK — Child car seats: the law **Q42. You've borrowed a car from a much taller friend. Why should you adjust the head restraint before setting off?** A. To help protect your neck and spine in a crash B. To make the seat more comfortable on a long journey C. To give you a better view through the rear windscreen D. So you can rest your head on it in slow traffic **Answer: A.** Properly adjusted head restraints reduce the risk of neck and spine injuries if you're in a collision. Check the position whenever someone else has set the car up — it's a safety device, not a comfort feature or a headrest for queues. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 97 **Q43. You're about to drive home from the beach wearing loose flip-flops. What does the Highway Code say about footwear?** A. Drivers must always wear shoes that have laces or buckles B. Footwear only matters when you're driving on a motorway C. It mustn't stop you using the controls properly D. Driving barefoot is against the law in the UK **Answer: C.** Before setting off, make sure your clothing and footwear don't prevent you from using the controls in the correct manner. Loose flip-flops can slip off or catch under a pedal, so change into something suitable first. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 97 **Q44. You're popping into a shop for two minutes and leaving your car in the car park. What should you do?** A. Leave the key in so you can get away quickly B. Leave a window open for fresh air C. Leave it unlocked, as you'll only be a moment D. Remove the key, shut the windows and lock the car **Answer: D.** Whenever you leave your vehicle, remove the ignition key, engage the steering lock, close the windows completely and lock it — even if you'll only be gone for a few minutes. An unlocked car is an easy target. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q45. You're leaving your car parked in town with shopping bags on the back seat. What's the best way to reduce the risk of a break-in?** A. Cover the bags with a coat so they can't be seen clearly B. Take them with you or lock them in the boot C. Leave the interior light on D. Park so the bags are on the side away from the pavement **Answer: B.** Take all contents with you or lock them in the boot. As far as a thief knows, even an ordinary carrier bag might contain valuables — and a coat thrown over something on the seat can look just as tempting. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q46. Which low-cost measure does the Highway Code suggest as an effective deterrent to professional car thieves?** A. Parking with the front wheels turned in towards the kerb B. Keeping the car's documents in the glovebox as proof C. Etching the registration number on the windows D. Removing the rear number plate when parked overnight **Answer: C.** Having your registration number etched on all your car windows is a cheap and effective deterrent to professional thieves. For extra security fit an alarm or immobiliser, and never leave the vehicle documents in the car. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q47. It's a warm day and you need to run a quick errand. Your dog is in the car. What should you do?** A. Don't leave the dog in an unventilated car B. Leave the dog if you park in the shade C. Leave the dog with the engine running D. Leave the dog with the windows shut to keep it secure **Answer: A.** Never leave children or pets in an unventilated car — the temperature inside can rise dangerously. Leaving the engine running for the air conditioning isn't an option either: you mustn't leave a parked vehicle unattended with the engine running. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security; rule 123 **Q48. On a frosty morning your car is parked on the street outside your home. You start the engine to warm it up, then go back indoors while it de-ices. What's wrong with this?** A. Nothing, provided the doors are locked while you're inside B. You mustn't leave it unattended with the engine running C. It's fine as long as you're back within a few minutes D. Nothing — the engine needs to idle to warm up properly **Answer: B.** You MUST NOT leave a parked vehicle unattended with the engine running, or leave the engine running unnecessarily while stationary on a public road. It adds to pollution and noise and makes the car easy to steal. Clear the ice with a scraper instead. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 123 **Q49. You're parked near a school, expecting to wait several minutes to collect your child. What should you do with the engine?** A. Keep it running so the car stays warm B. Rev it now and then to keep the battery charged C. Leave it running in case you need to move D. Switch it off to cut emissions and noise **Answer: D.** If you're likely to be stationary for more than a couple of minutes, apply the parking brake and switch off the engine to reduce emissions and noise pollution. Leaving it running is only acceptable when stationary in traffic or diagnosing a fault. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 123 **Q50. Your car starts to produce clouds of dark smoke from the exhaust. Why should you get it checked promptly?** A. Emissions must not exceed prescribed levels B. Dark smoke is normal once a car gets older C. It only matters when the MOT is due D. It will clear once the engine warms up **Answer: A.** The law says exhaust emissions MUST NOT exceed prescribed levels. Heavy smoke points to a fault that is adding to air pollution, and it isn't just an MOT issue — the requirement applies every time you drive. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q51. You're planning a long motorway journey in an electric car. What does the Highway Code say you should make sure of before setting off?** A. That you'll only drive in the left-hand lane B. That the battery is fully drained so it charges faster C. That you have enough charge for the journey D. That the car stays in eco mode for the whole trip **Answer: C.** Before setting off you should make sure you have sufficient fuel or charge for your journey, especially if it includes motorway driving. Running out on a motorway could leave you stranded somewhere dangerous, so plan where you'll recharge. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 97 **Q52. You've just filled your car with fuel. Which check does the Highway Code advise to help prevent a fuel leak?** A. Top the tank up until fuel reaches the filler neck B. Make sure the fuel cap is fastened securely C. Leave the fuel cap slightly loose to let vapour escape D. Rock the car gently to settle the fuel in the tank **Answer: B.** Annex 6 says double-check for fuel leaks: don't overfill your tank, make sure the fuel cap is fastened securely and its seal isn't torn, perished or missing, and check there's no visible damage to the cap or the tank. Spilt diesel makes the road dangerously slippery. Reference: The Highway Code — Annex 6: Vehicle maintenance, safety and security **Q53. Your car can be parked using a hand-held remote device, such as a phone app. What must you do while using it?** A. Stay inside the car with your seat belt fastened B. Only use it in private car parks, never on a road C. Use the time to check messages while it parks itself D. Remain in control of the car at all times **Answer: D.** Before using a hand-held device to help you park, you MUST make sure it's safe, and you MUST remain in control of the vehicle throughout. Don't use the device for anything else while parking, and take the shortest, safest route into the space. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 239 **Q54. Which item does the Highway Code recommend having with you for use in an emergency?** A. A spare set of car keys B. A full spare can of fuel C. High-visibility clothing D. A tow rope **Answer: C.** For emergency use, the Highway Code recommends having high-visibility clothing and a mobile phone containing emergency contacts, such as your breakdown service. If you break down, high-vis clothing helps other road users see you. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 97 **Q55. It's a frosty morning and you're running late. You've scraped a small patch clear on the windscreen. What must you do before driving off?** A. Clear all the ice and snow from every window first B. Drive slowly until the heater clears the rest C. Clear just the driver's side of the windscreen D. Open your side window to look out of instead **Answer: A.** You MUST be able to see, so clear all snow and ice from all your windows before setting off, and make sure the mirrors are clear and the windows demisted. Peering through a small gap hides pedestrians, cyclists and vehicles at junctions. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 229 ## Frequently asked questions **### How many Safety & Your Vehicle questions are in the real theory test?** The DVSA doesn't publish per-topic counts. Your 50 questions are drawn across all 14 official topics, so revise every category. **### What is the pass mark for the UK theory test?** You need 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions correct (86%), plus 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception clips. You must pass both parts in the same sitting. **### Are these real DVSA questions?** No — these are original practice questions written to the current DVSA syllabus and The Highway Code. Official revision questions are Crown Copyright and only available from licensed providers. ## Revise the other theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from all 14 official DVSA topics — revise every category, not just this one. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Don't forget part two: read [how hazard perception is scored](/hazard-perception/). Booked your test? Find your [nearest theory test centre](/theory-test-centres/), or book on the official [GOV.UK booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23). All practice questions are original study material written to the current DVSA car theory test syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions. This site is an independent study resource and is not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA. --- # Stopping Distances & Safety Margins | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/safety-margins/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. DVSA theory test topic guide # Stopping Distances & Safety Margins Stopping distances, weather conditions, skids and keeping space around your car. [Practise 45 Safety Margins questions](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) Quick answer Learn the Highway Code stopping distances from 20 to 70 mph, the two-second rule, and how rain, ice, fog and road works change the gap you need. ## What are the typical stopping distances in the Highway Code? The Highway Code’s typical stopping distances run from 12 metres at 20 mph to 96 metres at 70 mph. Each figure is thinking distance plus braking distance. They are a general guide only: your attention, the road surface, the weather and the condition of your vehicle all change the real distance. | Speed | Thinking distance | Braking distance | Overall stopping distance | Car lengths | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 20 mph | 6 m | 6 m | 12 m (40 ft) | 3 | | 30 mph | 9 m | 14 m | 23 m (75 ft) | 6 | | 40 mph | 12 m | 24 m | 36 m (118 ft) | 9 | | 50 mph | 15 m | 38 m | 53 m (175 ft) | 13 | | 60 mph | 18 m | 55 m | 73 m (240 ft) | 18 | | 70 mph | 21 m | 75 m | 96 m (315 ft) | 24 | The chart uses an average car length of 4 metres (13 feet). ## What is the stopping distance at 70mph? At 70 mph the typical overall stopping distance is 96 metres, about twenty-four car lengths. That is 21 metres of thinking distance plus 75 metres of braking distance. Compare 30 mph, where it is 23 metres: a speed just over twice as high needs more than four times the distance to stop. The pattern is worth understanding rather than memorising blind. Thinking distance rises steadily, by 3 metres for every extra 10 mph, so you can work it out as the speed multiplied by 0.3 (50 mph gives 15 metres). Braking distance grows much faster: doubling from 30 mph to 60 mph takes it from 14 metres to 55 metres, nearly four times as far. ## How do you use the two-second rule? Rule 126 says to leave at least a two-second gap to the vehicle in front on high-speed roads and in tunnels where visibility is reduced. Pick a fixed point, such as a sign, and note when the vehicle ahead passes it. If you reach the same point before two seconds have passed, you are too close. The safe rule is never to get closer than the overall stopping distance. Rule 126 also says: - large vehicles and motorcycles need a greater distance to stop, and a large vehicle in a tunnel should allow a four-second gap - if you have to stop in a tunnel, leave at least a 5-metre gap to the vehicle in front - tailgating is dangerous and intimidating, and police enforce it as a driving offence. If someone overtakes and pulls into the gap in front of you, drop back to restore two seconds (rule 168). In slow-moving traffic you can close up to keep traffic flowing, but never so close that you cannot stop safely (rule 151). ## How much longer does it take to stop on wet or icy roads? In wet weather stopping distances will be at least double those on dry roads, so at least double your two-second gap (rules 126 and 227). On icy roads stopping distances can be ten times greater, and rule 126 says your gap should be up to ten times greater too. Slow down well before bends. | Road surface | Stopping distance compared with dry | Following gap | | --- | --- | --- | | Dry | Typical chart figures | At least two seconds | | Wet | At least double | At least double: four seconds or more | | Icy | Can be ten times greater | Up to ten times greater | If your steering becomes unresponsive in the wet, water is probably preventing the tyres from gripping the road. Ease off the accelerator and slow down gradually (rule 227). On ice, tyres make virtually no noise, and unresponsive steering may mean you are losing grip (rule 231). ## How should you keep a safe distance in fog? Check your mirrors and slow down before entering fog (rule 234). You should be able to pull up well within the distance you can see clearly, and keep a safe distance behind the vehicle in front, because following its rear lights can give a false sense of security (rule 235). Use headlights when visibility is seriously reduced. Rule 226 says you must use headlights then, which generally means when you cannot see for more than 100 metres. Do not speed up to get away from a vehicle that is too close behind you, and check your mirrors before slowing so your brake lights warn following drivers. ## How do road works and contraflows affect your safety margin? Road works squeeze your margins with narrow lanes, temporary limits and queues. You must not exceed any temporary maximum speed limit, and you should keep a safe distance from the vehicle ahead (rule 288). In a contraflow there may be no permanent barrier between you and oncoming traffic, so extra care is essential. Rule 290 says to slow down and increase your distance at the start and finish of a contraflow, because changes in the camber of the road may affect your vehicle’s stability. In narrow lanes marked by studs or temporary markings, make sure you can clearly see the lane edges ahead. Get into the correct lane in good time and do not switch lanes to overtake queuing traffic. ## Why is coasting dangerous? Coasting means travelling in neutral or with the clutch pressed down. Rule 122 says it reduces your control because engine braking is eliminated, speed builds quickly downhill, heavier use of the footbrake can make it less effective, steering response suffers on bends, and it can be harder to select the right gear when you need it. ## What mistakes do learners make on safety margins questions? Most mistakes come from mixing up the three columns of the stopping distance chart, or from applying dry-road rules to wet and icy conditions. Check which distance the question asks for, and what the conditions are, before you choose. These are the traps that appear most often. - **Thinking versus overall distance.** At 50 mph, 15 metres is thinking distance; the overall distance is 53 metres. - **Answering 73 metres for 70 mph.** 73 metres is the 60 mph figure; 70 mph is 96 metres. - **A two-second gap on a wet road.** Double it to at least four seconds. - **Braking hard when the steering goes light.** Ease off the accelerator instead. - **Assuming ABS shortens stopping distances.** Rule 120 says not to assume it does. - **Following tail lights in fog.** Rule 235 warns they give a false sense of security. ## Where should you go next? Stopping distances are among the most reliable marks in the test once the chart is memorised, so drill them until they are automatic. Use the links below to practise this topic, then move on to handling in bad weather and motorway driving, where safety margins matter most. - [Practise safety margins questions](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - [Vehicle handling topic guide](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Motorway rules topic guide](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Hazard awareness topic guide](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) - [Take a full mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) - [Practise hazard perception](/hazard-perception/) ## Ready to test yourself on Safety Margins? 45 free Safety Margins questions in the official four-option format, each with an explained answer and the Highway Code rule it tests — with a timed test mode. [Start the Safety Margins practice test](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### What is the stopping distance at 30 mph?** The Highway Code gives a typical stopping distance of 23 metres at 30 mph, or about six car lengths. That is 9 metres of thinking distance plus 14 metres of braking distance, in good conditions. Wet roads, worn tyres or a tired driver make it longer. **### What is the two-second rule?** Rule 126 of The Highway Code says to leave at least a two-second gap between you and the vehicle in front on high-speed roads and in tunnels where visibility is reduced. Measure it by watching the vehicle ahead pass a fixed point, such as a sign. **### How much do stopping distances increase in the rain?** In wet weather, stopping distances will be at least double those on dry roads, because your tyres have less grip (rule 227). Rule 126 says your gap to the vehicle in front should be at least doubled too, so leave at least four seconds instead of two. **### What gap should you leave on icy roads?** Rule 126 says the gap should be up to ten times greater on icy roads, and rule 230 warns that stopping distances can be ten times greater than on dry roads. Drive slowly in as high a gear as possible, and brake and accelerate very gently. **### What is the difference between thinking distance and braking distance?** Thinking distance is how far you travel between seeing a hazard and starting to brake. Braking distance is how far you travel once the brakes are on. Added together they make the overall stopping distance shown in The Highway Code's typical stopping distances chart. Sources - [The Highway Code — General rules, techniques and advice for all drivers and riders (103 to 158)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) - [The Highway Code — Typical stopping distances (PDF)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/65f97642aa9b760011fbda4e/the-highway-code-stopping-distances.pdf) - [The Highway Code — Driving in adverse weather conditions (226 to 237)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/driving-in-adverse-weather-conditions-226-to-237) - [The Highway Code — Road works, level crossings and tramways (288 to 307)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/road-works-level-crossings-and-tramways-288-to-307) - [The Highway Code — Using the road (159 to 203)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). ## Which other theory test topics should you revise? All 14 topics feed the same 50-question test, so revise every one. Then sit the [full free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under the real time limit. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) --- # Stopping Distances Quiz: 45 Free Theory Questions > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free · 50 questions in the real test · Pass mark 43/50 # Stopping Distances quiz: 45 free theory test questions DVSA-style multiple-choice questions with explained answers and Highway Code references. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes — you need 43 correct to pass. Quick answer Below is a free Safety Margins mock test for the UK DVSA car theory test: multiple-choice questions in the official four-option format, each with the correct answer, a plain-English explanation and a Highway Code reference. Stopping distances, weather conditions, skids and keeping space around your car. ## Safety Margins practice questions Checked against [The Highway Code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) as amended 22 October 2025 · last reviewed 26 September 2026. Spotted an error? [Report it](/corrections/). Or study below: tap any question to see its options, answer and Highway Code rule. **Q1. In good, dry conditions, what time gap should you leave to the vehicle in front?** A. At least two seconds B. Exactly one car length C. Half a second D. Ten seconds at all speeds **Answer: A.** Leave at least a two-second gap in dry conditions — double it to four in the wet, and up to ten times the distance in ice and snow. Pick a fixed point and count as the vehicle ahead passes it. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126 **Q2. What is the typical overall stopping distance at 30 mph in good conditions?** A. 6 metres B. 14 metres C. 23 metres — about six car lengths D. 53 metres **Answer: C.** At 30 mph the typical stopping distance is 23 metres: 9 metres thinking distance plus 14 metres braking distance. Speed, tiredness, weather and tyre condition all stretch it further. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126, Typical stopping distances **Q3. Your steering suddenly feels light while driving in heavy rain. What's happening and what should you do?** A. A puncture — brake hard immediately B. Aquaplaning — ease off the accelerator and don't brake until grip returns C. Ice on the road — change up a gear D. Nothing unusual — continue normally **Answer: B.** Light steering in standing water means your tyres are riding on the water's surface. Ease gently off the accelerator, keep the steering straight and avoid braking until the tyres grip again. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 227 **Q4. What is the typical overall stopping distance at 70 mph in good, dry conditions?** A. 53 metres B. 73 metres C. 96 metres — about 24 car lengths D. 120 metres **Answer: C.** At 70 mph you typically need 96 metres to stop: 21 metres of thinking distance plus 75 metres of braking distance. That's why motorway following gaps matter so much. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126, Typical stopping distances **Q5. How should your following gap change in heavy rain?** A. No change if you have modern tyres B. At least double it — leave a four-second gap, because stopping distances at least double in the wet C. Halve it so you can see past spray D. Only slow down if you can see standing water **Answer: B.** Wet roads at least double stopping distances. Doubling the two-second rule to four seconds restores your safety margin — and eases the spray problem too. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 126 and 227 **Q6. What is the typical thinking distance at 50 mph?** A. 9 metres B. 15 metres C. 24 metres D. 38 metres **Answer: B.** Thinking distance is roughly one foot per mph — 15 metres at 50 mph — before the brakes even begin to work. Add the 38-metre braking distance for a 53-metre total. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126, Typical stopping distances **Q7. Why is coasting downhill (clutch down or in neutral) dangerous?** A. It wears out the clutch B. You lose engine braking, the car gathers speed, and steering and braking control are reduced C. It uses more fuel D. It's only dangerous above 40 mph **Answer: B.** Coasting disconnects the engine's retarding force just when you need it most. Speed builds, the brakes carry the whole load and can fade, and the car is less stable through bends. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 122 **Q8. You're driving through a contraflow at roadworks. What should you do?** A. Overtake to get through quickly B. Reduce speed, obey the temporary limit, and keep a safe gap from the vehicle ahead C. Straddle two lanes for a better view D. Use hazard lights throughout **Answer: B.** Contraflows mean narrower lanes than normal, with no permanent barrier between you and oncoming traffic. Get into the correct lane in good time, observe the temporary limit, and keep a safe gap — increasing it at the start and end of the contraflow. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 288–290 **Q9. What is the typical overall stopping distance for a car at 20 mph?** A. 12 metres B. 18 metres C. 23 metres D. 36 metres **Answer: A.** The Highway Code chart gives 6 metres thinking distance plus 6 metres braking distance at 20 mph — 12 metres in total, or about three car lengths. 23 metres is the figure for 30 mph, and 36 metres for 40 mph. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126, Typical stopping distances **Q10. What is the typical overall stopping distance at 40 mph in good conditions?** A. 18 metres B. 24 metres C. 36 metres D. 53 metres **Answer: C.** At 40 mph the chart gives 12 metres thinking distance plus 24 metres braking distance — 36 metres overall, or about nine car lengths. Don't confuse the total with the 24-metre braking part on its own. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126, Typical stopping distances **Q11. What is the typical overall stopping distance at 60 mph in good conditions?** A. 38 metres B. 53 metres C. 55 metres D. 73 metres **Answer: D.** The chart gives 73 metres at 60 mph: 18 metres thinking distance plus 55 metres braking distance, or about eighteen car lengths. 55 metres is only the braking part, and 53 metres is the overall figure for 50 mph. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126, Typical stopping distances **Q12. At 30 mph a car's typical braking distance is 14 metres. What does the Highway Code chart give as the braking distance at 60 mph?** A. 28 metres B. 55 metres C. 73 metres D. 96 metres **Answer: B.** Doubling your speed from 30 to 60 mph takes the typical braking distance from 14 to 55 metres — roughly four times as far, not twice. 73 metres is the overall stopping distance at 60 mph, once the 18-metre thinking distance is added. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126, Typical stopping distances **Q13. What does 'thinking distance' mean?** A. The distance your car travels from first pressing the brake pedal until it stops B. The gap you should leave between you and the vehicle in front C. The distance at which you can first see a hazard ahead D. The distance you travel between deciding to brake and pressing the pedal **Answer: D.** DVSA defines thinking distance as the distance you travel from when you decide you need to brake to when you actually press the brake pedal. Braking distance follows, until the car stops completely; together they make up your overall stopping distance. Reference: Safe Driving for Life (DVSA) — Stopping, parking and reversing **Q14. You're driving home after a very long, tiring day. Which part of your stopping distance is most likely to increase?** A. Your thinking distance B. Your braking distance only C. Neither — only speed affects stopping distance D. Only the distance needed on wet roads **Answer: A.** The Highway Code chart notes that stopping distances depend on your attention (thinking distance), the road surface, the weather and your vehicle's condition. Tiredness slows your reactions, so you travel further before you even begin to brake. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126, Typical stopping distances **Q15. According to the Highway Code, what's the safe rule for how close to get to the vehicle in front?** A. One car length for every 10 mph you're travelling at B. Close enough to read its number plate clearly C. Never closer than your overall stopping distance D. Never closer than 10 metres, whatever your speed **Answer: C.** Rule 126: leave enough space to pull up safely if the vehicle in front suddenly slows or stops — the safe rule is never to get closer than the overall stopping distance. A fixed distance ignores speed, and stopping distances grow rapidly as speed rises. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126 **Q16. The Highway Code's stopping distance chart converts metres into 'car lengths'. What average car length does it use?** A. 2 metres B. 2.5 metres C. 3 metres D. 4 metres **Answer: D.** The chart is based on an average car length of 4 metres (13 feet). That's how 23 metres at 30 mph becomes about six car lengths, and 96 metres at 70 mph becomes about twenty-four car lengths. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126, Typical stopping distances **Q17. On an icy road, how much bigger may the gap to the vehicle in front need to be compared with a dry road?** A. About twice as big B. About four times as big C. Up to ten times as big D. No bigger, if you have winter tyres **Answer: C.** Rule 126 says the gap should be at least doubled on wet roads and up to ten times greater on icy roads. Rule 230 confirms that stopping distances in icy or snowy weather can be ten times greater than on dry roads. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 126 and 230 **Q18. You're following a car on a dry road. It passes a road sign, and you reach the same sign before you've counted two seconds. What should you do?** A. Ease off and drop back to at least a two-second gap B. Nothing — you're at a safe distance C. Overtake the car at the first opportunity D. Flash your headlights so the driver knows to speed up **Answer: A.** Rule 126 suggests using a fixed point such as a sign to measure a two-second gap. Reaching the point before two seconds have passed means you're too close — ease off and let the gap open up. On wet roads, allow at least double. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126 **Q19. What minimum gap to the vehicle in front does the Highway Code recommend when driving through a tunnel?** A. At least one second B. At least 5 metres C. At least ten car lengths D. At least two seconds **Answer: D.** Rule 126 says allow at least a two-second gap on high-speed roads and in tunnels, where visibility is reduced. The 5-metre figure applies only when you've had to stop in a tunnel, not while you're moving. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126 **Q20. At 20 mph, how does the typical thinking distance compare with the typical braking distance?** A. Thinking distance is about half the braking distance B. They're the same — 6 metres each C. Thinking distance is twice the braking distance D. Braking distance is about four times as long **Answer: B.** The Highway Code chart gives 6 metres thinking distance and 6 metres braking distance at 20 mph, making 12 metres overall. As speed rises, braking distance grows much faster than thinking distance, so it makes up more and more of the total. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126, Typical stopping distances **Q21. What gap does the Highway Code advise drivers of large vehicles to leave to the vehicle in front in a tunnel?** A. One second B. Two seconds C. Three seconds D. Four seconds **Answer: D.** Rule 126 reminds you that large vehicles need a greater distance to stop, so if you're driving a large vehicle in a tunnel you should allow a four-second gap — double the two-second minimum that applies to other traffic. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126 **Q22. Which vehicles does the Highway Code say need a greater distance to stop?** A. Large vehicles and motorcycles B. Electric and hybrid cars C. Small hatchbacks and car-derived vans D. Cars with automatic gearboxes **Answer: A.** Rule 126 reminds drivers that large vehicles and motorcycles need a greater distance to stop. Bear this in mind before pulling into the space in front of one — if you then brake, it may not be able to pull up as quickly as you. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 126 **Q23. Apart from your speed, which of these affects how far your car travels once you've started braking?** A. How tired or distracted you are at the time B. The colour of your car and its number plate C. The road surface, the weather and your tyres D. How many years you've held a full driving licence **Answer: C.** Braking distance runs from pressing the pedal until the car stops. The chart notes that stopping distances depend on the road surface, the weather and the condition of your vehicle, and rule 227 explains that stopping takes longer in the wet because your tyres have less grip. Tiredness affects thinking distance instead. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 126 and 227, Typical stopping distances **Q24. You've just overtaken a slower vehicle on a single carriageway. When should you move back to the left?** A. As soon as you can, but without cutting in B. Immediately, even if it means pulling in close in front of it C. Only when you're at least half a mile ahead of the vehicle D. Stay on the right until the next junction **Answer: A.** Rule 163: once you've started to overtake, move quickly past the vehicle, allow plenty of room, and move back to the left as soon as you can — but don't cut in. Cutting in leaves the other driver without a safe gap in front. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 163 **Q25. You're in slow-moving, stop-start traffic. How should you manage the gap to the vehicle in front?** A. Keep a full two-second gap at all times, even at walking pace B. Close right up, almost touching bumpers, to keep the traffic flowing C. Leave a gap only when there's a cyclist nearby D. Reduce the gap, but leave room to stop and to steer round a problem **Answer: D.** Rule 151: in slow-moving traffic, reduce the distance to the vehicle ahead to maintain traffic flow, but never get so close that you can't stop safely. Leave enough space to manoeuvre if the vehicle in front breaks down or an emergency vehicle needs to get past. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 151 **Q26. Why can following another vehicle's rear lights in fog be risky?** A. They can give a false sense of security B. Rear lights aren't bright enough to be seen in fog C. It's illegal to follow another vehicle in fog D. Their glare switches off your automatic headlights **Answer: A.** Rule 235: in fog keep a safe distance behind the vehicle in front, because rear lights can give a false sense of security. Sitting close behind them leaves you no time to react if that vehicle has to stop suddenly. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 235 **Q27. Why does the Highway Code ask you to take extra care near cyclists and motorcyclists at road works?** A. They're allowed to ride through coned-off areas B. They must dismount at all road works C. They may skid on grit, mud or other debris D. They're exempt from temporary speed limits **Answer: C.** Rule 288 warns that cyclists and motorcyclists are vulnerable to skidding on grit, mud or other debris at road works. Give them extra room and be ready for a sudden change of course as they pass through the works. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 288 **Q28. How does keeping a generous gap to the vehicle in front help you avoid skidding?** A. It keeps your tyres cooler, so they grip much better B. It means your ABS never needs to operate C. It gives you room to swerve sharply at the last moment D. It lets you brake early and gently instead of harshly **Answer: D.** Rule 119 says skids are usually caused by braking, accelerating or steering too harshly, or driving too fast for the conditions. A bigger gap gives you time to brake early and lightly, as rule 117 recommends, instead of needing a sudden, harsh stop. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 117 and 119 **Q29. Your car has a forward collision warning system. How should you use it to keep a safe gap?** A. As an aid only — keep a safe gap yourself and don't rely on it B. Let it judge how closely you can follow, as it reacts faster than you C. Switch it off, as it isn't allowed on UK roads D. Follow more closely, since it will brake for you **Answer: A.** Rule 150 says don't rely on driver assistance systems — they're there to assist, and you remain responsible for the vehicle. DVSA's advice on tailgating is to use collision warnings but not rely on them, and to drive within the rules rather than to the limits of the technology. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 150 **Q30. Temporary traffic lights at road works show red, but you can see nothing coming the other way. What must you do?** A. Proceed carefully, as the road is clearly empty B. Flash your headlights and go if nobody objects C. Sound your horn and then go through slowly D. Wait until the light turns green **Answer: D.** Rule 109: you MUST obey all traffic light signals, including temporary ones. Know Your Traffic Signs explains that portable signals at road works control 'shuttle working', letting each direction through in turn — usually with a sign, rather than a stop line, showing where to stop. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 109 **Q31. At road works you see red and white signs marking a works access point. What should you do?** A. Follow any works vehicle into the site to get past the queue B. Speed up to pass the access before a vehicle comes out C. Don't follow works vehicles in, and watch for any coming out D. Stop and wait at the access until a worker waves you on **Answer: C.** Know Your Traffic Signs explains that red and white signs mark where works vehicles enter or leave the site. Take care not to follow works vehicles in, and keep a lookout for vehicles leaving — they're likely to be moving more slowly than other traffic. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs — Road works and temporary situations **Q32. You're in a slow queue through road works, and the lane next to you is moving slightly faster. What does the Highway Code advise?** A. Switch lanes whenever the other lane is faster B. Don't switch lanes to overtake queuing traffic C. Use the coned-off area to get ahead D. Straddle both lanes so you can take either **Answer: B.** Rule 288: at road works, get into the correct lane in good time as signs direct, and don't switch lanes to overtake queuing traffic. Don't drive through an area marked off by traffic cones, either. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 288 **Q33. At night, you see road danger lights set out beside cones at road works. What do they show?** A. Where you may park while the works are closed B. That the road works have finished C. Where works vehicles are allowed to overtake queuing traffic D. The limits of a temporary obstruction in the road **Answer: D.** Know Your Traffic Signs explains that at night or in poor daytime visibility, road danger lights may be used as well as cones to mark the limits of a temporary obstruction of the carriageway. Keep a safe distance and don't drive through the coned-off area. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs — Road works and temporary situations **Q34. A temporary speed limit is signed through road works. How must you treat it?** A. As a legal maximum you must not exceed B. As advice only — you may go faster if no one is working C. As applying only when workers can be seen D. As a minimum speed to keep traffic moving **Answer: A.** Rule 288: you MUST NOT exceed any temporary maximum speed limit at road works. The limit applies whether or not you can see anyone working, and DVSA points out that road works on major routes often have average speed cameras. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 288 **Q35. You're joining a motorway at a junction inside a road works area. Why should you take extra care?** A. Slip roads are always closed while road works are in progress B. You must stop at the end of the slip road C. The usual merge or lane layout may be temporarily changed D. Temporary speed limits don't apply to vehicles on the slip roads **Answer: C.** Know Your Traffic Signs explains that where slip roads join or leave within a road works site, the permanent arrangement for lane drop, lane gain and traffic merge may be temporarily changed. Look out for signs showing the temporary layout and adjust your speed and position. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs — Road works and temporary situations **Q36. In normal conditions, how should you use the controls as you approach and drive round a bend?** A. Brake hard in the middle of the bend if it's tighter than expected B. Coast round in neutral to keep the car balanced C. Keep accelerating into the bend and brake on the way out D. Slow down on the approach, select a gear, then accelerate gently **Answer: D.** DVSA advises using the footbrake to control your speed as you approach a bend, choosing the correct gear for that speed, using the accelerator carefully and steering to hold the correct line. On icy roads, rule 231 says brake progressively on the straight before the bend. Reference: Safe Driving for Life (DVSA) — Driving around bends **Q37. Why should you keep a good distance from the vehicle in front in the narrow lanes through road works?** A. So you can clearly see the edges of the lane ahead B. So speed cameras can read your number plate C. Because narrow lanes through works have a minimum speed D. So works vehicles can pull in between you **Answer: A.** Rule 290: lanes through road works may be narrower than normal and marked by studs or temporary road markings. Keep a safe distance from the vehicle in front and make sure you can clearly see the edges of the lane ahead. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 290 **Q38. You see a 'Road Works Ahead' sign. What does the Highway Code advise?** A. Speed up to get through before the works start B. Take extra care and look out for more specific signs C. Ignore it unless you can see workers D. Switch on your hazard lights until the works end **Answer: B.** Rule 288: when the 'Road Works Ahead' sign is displayed, take extra care and look for additional signs providing more specific instructions. Observe all signs — they're there for your safety and the safety of road workers. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 288 **Q39. In wet weather, which road users does the Highway Code say you should take extra care around?** A. Lorries and coaches, because of their spray B. Other car drivers who haven't switched their headlights on C. Tractors and other slow farm vehicles on rural roads D. Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists and horse riders **Answer: D.** Rule 227 includes taking extra care around pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists and horse riders as part of driving in wet weather. Rain and spray make it harder to see and be seen, and stopping distances are at least double those on dry roads. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 227 **Q40. Signs on your usual route warn of road works starting next week, with delays expected. How should you use this information?** A. Allow extra time or plan an alternative route for those days B. Ignore it until you actually reach the works C. Plan to drive faster on the rest of the route to make up the time D. Use the hard shoulder to bypass any queues **Answer: A.** Know Your Traffic Signs explains that signs about current or future road works give you the chance to allow more time, use alternative routes or make other arrangements. Planning ahead means you're less tempted to rush and eat into your safety margins. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs — Road works and temporary situations **Q41. What does an 'End of road works' sign tell you?** A. Road works start again after the next junction B. You may now use the hard shoulder as a lane C. The works and any temporary restrictions, including speed limits, have ended D. Only the lane closures have finished; the temporary speed limit still applies **Answer: C.** Know Your Traffic Signs explains that the 'End of road works' sign marks the end of the works and any associated temporary restrictions, including speed limits. A sign showing the permanent limit may also be used beyond the works. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs — Road works and temporary situations **Q42. What should you concentrate on while driving past road works?** A. Watching the workers to see what they're doing B. The road ahead and the traffic around you C. Reading signs about future works in the area D. Your sat nav, to find a quicker route **Answer: B.** Rule 288: concentrate on the road ahead, not the road works. Bear in mind the road ahead may be obstructed by the works or by slow-moving or stationary traffic, and don't drive through an area marked off by traffic cones. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 288 **Q43. Traffic is queuing across a level crossing ahead, and the barriers are up. What should you do?** A. Drive onto the crossing and wait there for the queue to move B. Follow the car in front closely so you clear the crossing together C. Sound your horn to get the queue to move up D. Wait until there's space for you beyond the crossing **Answer: D.** Rule 291: never drive onto a level crossing until the road is clear on the other side, and don't get too close to the car in front. Never stop or park on, or near, a crossing. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 291 **Q44. You park a manual car facing uphill beside a kerb. How should you leave the steering and gears?** A. Wheels turned towards the kerb, in reverse gear B. Wheels pointing straight ahead, with the gearbox in neutral C. Wheels turned away from the kerb, in a forward gear D. Wheels turned away from the kerb, in neutral **Answer: C.** Rule 252: facing uphill, park close to the kerb, apply the handbrake firmly, select a forward gear and turn your steering wheel away from the kerb. DVSA explains that using the wheels and engine this way helps stop the car rolling away if the parking brake fails. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 252 **Q45. You've parked a manual car facing downhill. Which combination helps stop it rolling away if the parking brake fails?** A. First gear, with the wheels turned away from the kerb B. Reverse gear, with the wheels turned towards the kerb C. Neutral, with the wheels pointing straight ahead D. Reverse gear, with the wheels turned away from the kerb **Answer: B.** Rule 252: facing downhill, select reverse gear and turn your steering wheel towards the kerb. DVSA explains that if the car does roll, it will steer into the kerb and stop. In a car with an automatic gearbox, use 'park'. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 252 ## Frequently asked questions **### How many Safety Margins questions are in the real theory test?** The DVSA doesn't publish per-topic counts. Your 50 questions are drawn across all 14 official topics, so revise every category. **### What is the pass mark for the UK theory test?** You need 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions correct (86%), plus 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception clips. You must pass both parts in the same sitting. **### Are these real DVSA questions?** No — these are original practice questions written to the current DVSA syllabus and The Highway Code. Official revision questions are Crown Copyright and only available from licensed providers. ## Revise the other theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from all 14 official DVSA topics — revise every category, not just this one. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Don't forget part two: read [how hazard perception is scored](/hazard-perception/). Booked your test? Find your [nearest theory test centre](/theory-test-centres/), or book on the official [GOV.UK booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23). All practice questions are original study material written to the current DVSA car theory test syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions. This site is an independent study resource and is not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA. --- # Vehicle Handling: Skids, Weather & Night Driving > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/vehicle-handling/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. DVSA theory test topic guide # Vehicle Handling: Skids, Weather & Night Driving Driving technique in wind, rain, ice, fog, darkness and on different road surfaces. [Practise 50 Vehicle Handling questions](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) Quick answer How to control a car in rain, ice, fog, wind and darkness: skid recovery, engine braking downhill, dazzle, fog lights and traffic-calming features. ## What causes a skid and how do you correct it? Skidding is usually caused by the driver braking, accelerating or steering too harshly, or driving too fast for the conditions (rule 119). To recover, remove the cause: release the brake pedal fully or ease off the accelerator, then steer in the direction of the skid. If the rear slides right, steer right. Prevention is better than cure. Rule 117 says the safest way to brake is early and lightly, then more firmly as you begin to stop. In an emergency, brake immediately but try not to brake so harshly that the wheels lock (rule 118). With ABS, brake firmly and keep the pressure on (rule 120). Water causes its own loss of grip. If the steering becomes unresponsive in heavy rain, water is probably stopping the tyres gripping the road: ease off the accelerator and slow down gradually (rule 227). After driving through deep water, test your brakes gently at the first safe opportunity, and if they are not fully effective, apply light pressure while driving slowly to dry them out (rule 121). ## When should you use fog lights? Only when visibility is seriously reduced, which The Highway Code generally describes as being unable to see for more than 100 metres (rule 226). In those conditions you must use headlights and may add fog lights. You must switch fog lights off when visibility improves, because they dazzle others and can hide your brake lights. Rule 235 adds the core fog techniques: - keep a safe distance behind the vehicle in front, and be able to pull up well within the distance you can see clearly - use your wipers and demisters, and beware of other drivers not using headlights - check your mirrors before slowing, then brake so your brake lights warn drivers behind - at a junction with limited visibility, stop in the correct position, listen for traffic, then emerge positively once you are sure it is safe. If a “Fog” sign is shown but the road is clear, be prepared for a bank of fog or patchy fog ahead (rule 234). ## How do you drive safely on ice and snow? Do not drive in icy or snowy weather unless your journey is essential (rule 228). If you must, clear all snow and ice from every window, your lights and number plates before setting off. Then drive slowly in as high a gear as possible, accelerating and braking very gently, because stopping distances can be ten times greater. - Brake progressively on the straight before a bend, then steer smoothly round it (rule 231). - Test your grip by braking gently somewhere safe. Unresponsive steering may indicate ice, and on ice your tyres make virtually no noise. - Take care overtaking gritters, and do not overtake a snowplough unless the lane you intend to use has been cleared (rule 230). - Carry an emergency kit including de-icer, an ice scraper, a torch, warm clothing, a first aid kit, jump leads and a shovel (rule 228). ## How do you control your speed on a steep downhill road? Select a lower gear before you reach a long downhill slope so engine braking helps control your speed (rule 160). Never coast in neutral or with the clutch pressed down: rule 122 warns that coasting eliminates engine braking, lets speed build quickly downhill, and heavier use of the footbrake can reduce its effectiveness. Coasting also affects steering response, particularly on bends, and can make it harder to select the right gear when you need it. Steep hill warning signs may show the gradient as a percentage; The Highway Code notes that 20% is the same as 1:5. On single-track roads, give way to road users coming uphill whenever you can (rule 155). ## What should you do if you are dazzled by headlights at night? Slow down, and if necessary stop, until you can see clearly again (rule 115). Never retaliate with main beam. To avoid dazzling others, dip your headlights for oncoming traffic, and when overtaking keep them dipped until you are level with the other vehicle, then use main beam only if it will not dazzle anyone. The Highway Code defines night as the period from half an hour after sunset to half an hour before sunrise (rule 113). | Situation | What to do with your lights | Rule | | --- | --- | --- | | Night, on roads without lit street lighting | You must use headlights | 113 | | Night in built-up areas, or dull daytime weather | Use dipped headlights | 115 | | Visibility seriously reduced | You must use headlights; fog lights allowed | 226 | | Visibility improves | You must switch fog lights off | 236 | | Stationary queue | Parking brake on, foot off the footbrake once traffic behind has stopped | 114 | ## How does strong wind affect your driving? Strong gusts can blow cars, cyclists, motorcyclists and horse riders off course, especially on open stretches exposed to crosswinds and when passing bridges or gaps in hedges (rule 232). High-sided vehicles are most affected. Large vehicles also create turbulence, so keep well back from motorcyclists overtaking a high-sided vehicle (rule 233). Give motorcyclists, cyclists and horse riders extra space when overtaking in high winds, as rule 163 advises. Look out for the “Side winds” warning triangle. ## What are road humps, chicanes and rumble strips for? Road humps, chicanes and narrowings are traffic-calming features designed to slow you down. Reduce your speed as you approach, keep it down along the whole stretch, allow cyclists and motorcyclists room to pass through, and do not overtake other moving road users within them (rule 153). Give way to oncoming traffic where signs tell you. Rumble devices across the road work differently. Know Your Traffic Signs explains that they give a visual, audible and vibratory warning, often in rural areas, to alert you to a hazard ahead, usually a bend or junction, and encourage you to slow down. ## What mistakes do learners make on vehicle handling questions? Most wrong answers come from picking an instinctive reaction, like braking hard or using full beam, over the controlled response The Highway Code describes. These are the traps that appear most often. When in doubt, the correct answer usually involves easing off gently, slowing down and increasing your distance. - **Braking harder in a skid.** Release the brake or ease off the accelerator, then steer into the skid. - **Fog lights in rain or at night.** Only when visibility is seriously reduced. - **Leaving fog lights on as fog clears.** You must switch them off. - **Coasting downhill to save fuel.** It removes engine braking and control. - **Retaliating with main beam when dazzled.** Slow down or stop instead. - **Overtaking through a chicane.** Rule 153 says do not overtake moving road users in calming areas. ## Where should you go next? Handling questions reward understanding over memory, so test yourself on real scenarios next. Use the links below to practise this topic, then review safety margins, where the same weather conditions change your stopping distances, and finish with a timed mock test. - [Practise vehicle handling questions](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - [Safety margins topic guide](/theory-test/safety-margins/) - [Safety and your vehicle topic guide](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Motorway rules topic guide](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Take a full mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) - [See all theory test topics](/theory-test/) ## Ready to test yourself on Vehicle Handling? 50 free Vehicle Handling questions in the official four-option format, each with an explained answer and the Highway Code rule it tests — with a timed test mode. [Start the Vehicle Handling practice test](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### When can you use fog lights in the UK?** Only when visibility is seriously reduced, which The Highway Code generally describes as being unable to see for more than 100 metres. You must switch them off when visibility improves, because fog lights dazzle other road users and can hide your brake lights (rules 226 and 236). **### How do you correct a rear-wheel skid?** Remove the cause first by releasing the brake pedal fully or easing off the accelerator, then steer in the direction of the skid. Rule 119 gives the example that if the rear of the car skids to the right, you steer immediately to the right to recover. **### Why should you use a lower gear going downhill?** Rule 160 says to select a lower gear before you reach a long downhill slope, because it helps control your speed. Engine braking then holds the car back, so you rely less on the footbrake, which can lose effectiveness if it is used too heavily. **### What should you do after driving through deep water?** Test your brakes at the first safe opportunity by pushing gently on the brake pedal, because water can make them less effective (rule 121). If they are not fully effective, gently apply light pressure while driving slowly to help dry them out. **### What should you do if you are dazzled by oncoming headlights?** Slow down, and if necessary stop, until your vision recovers (rule 115). Never retaliate by switching to main beam, because that leaves two drivers unable to see. Rule 114 says you must not use any lights in a way that would dazzle other road users. Sources - [The Highway Code — General rules, techniques and advice for all drivers and riders (103 to 158)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) - [The Highway Code — Driving in adverse weather conditions (226 to 237)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/driving-in-adverse-weather-conditions-226-to-237) - [The Highway Code — Using the road (159 to 203)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203) - [Know Your Traffic Signs — Department for Transport](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/know-your-traffic-signs) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). ## Which other theory test topics should you revise? All 14 topics feed the same 50-question test, so revise every one. Then sit the [full free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under the real time limit. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) --- # Vehicle Handling Quiz: 50 Free Questions | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free · 50 questions in the real test · Pass mark 43/50 # Vehicle Handling quiz: 50 free theory test questions DVSA-style multiple-choice questions with explained answers and Highway Code references. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes — you need 43 correct to pass. Quick answer Below is a free Vehicle Handling mock test for the UK DVSA car theory test: multiple-choice questions in the official four-option format, each with the correct answer, a plain-English explanation and a Highway Code reference. Driving technique in wind, rain, ice, fog, darkness and on different road surfaces. ## Vehicle Handling practice questions Checked against [The Highway Code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) as amended 22 October 2025 · last reviewed 26 September 2026. Spotted an error? [Report it](/corrections/). Or study below: tap any question to see its options, answer and Highway Code rule. **Q1. When may you use your front and rear fog lights?** A. Whenever it rains B. Only when visibility is seriously reduced — generally below 100 metres C. At night on unlit roads D. In slow-moving traffic **Answer: B.** Fog lights are for seriously reduced visibility (generally under 100 metres) and must be switched off when it improves — left on, they dazzle other drivers and hide your brake lights. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 226 and 234–236 **Q2. What is the most common cause of a skid?** A. Worn road surfaces B. The driver — braking, accelerating or steering too harshly for the conditions C. Cold weather alone D. Low fuel level **Answer: B.** Skids don't just happen — they're usually caused by braking, accelerating or steering too harshly, or driving too fast for the conditions. To recover, release the brake or ease off the accelerator and steer in the direction of the skid: if the rear slides right, steer right. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 119 **Q3. Where should you be especially prepared for strong crosswinds?** A. In tunnels and underpasses B. On exposed stretches, high bridges and when passing gaps between buildings or high-sided vehicles C. Only in built-up areas D. On smooth, newly surfaced roads **Answer: B.** Gusts hit hardest on exposed and elevated sections and in the gaps around large vehicles. Give cyclists, motorcyclists and high-sided vehicles extra room — the wind can push them off line suddenly. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 232–233 **Q4. Why should you select a lower gear before a long, steep downhill stretch?** A. To save fuel B. So engine braking helps control your speed and the brakes don't overheat C. To warm the engine faster D. Lower gears are required by law downhill **Answer: B.** Relying on the footbrake all the way down a long hill can overheat the brakes and fade them. A lower gear lets the engine hold the car back, keeping the brakes effective for when you need them. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 160 **Q5. You're dazzled by the headlights of an oncoming vehicle at night. What should you do?** A. Switch to full beam so they dip theirs B. Close one eye until the vehicle passes C. Slow down, and stop if necessary, until you can see again D. Sound your horn **Answer: C.** Never retaliate with your own full beam — two blinded drivers are worse than one. Ease off, look towards the left edge of your lane, and stop if you genuinely can't see. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 115 **Q6. What are road humps, chicanes and narrowings for?** A. To test suspension B. Traffic calming — to slow vehicles where people live and walk C. To mark private roads D. To drain surface water **Answer: B.** Traffic-calming features force lower speeds in residential and pedestrian areas. Slow down in good time and don't overtake other moving vehicles within them. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 153 **Q7. What are rumble strips across the carriageway designed to do?** A. Mark the edge of the road B. Alert you through noise and vibration and encourage you to slow down, often before a hazard or junction C. Warn of a school ahead only D. Test your tyre tread **Answer: B.** Rumble devices use noise, vibration and a visual cue to alert you to a hazard ahead — usually a bend or junction, often on rural roads — and to encourage you to slow down. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs — Traffic calming **Q8. How should you drive through a flooded stretch of road, and what should you do after?** A. Fast, to avoid stalling B. Slowly in a low gear, keeping the engine speed up — then test your brakes gently once through C. In neutral with the brakes covered D. Floods on public roads are always impassable **Answer: B.** If the water is shallow enough to attempt, cross slowly in a low gear to avoid making a bow wave. Afterwards, remember your brakes may be less effective: test them gently at the first safe opportunity and, if they're not working fully, brake lightly while driving slowly to dry them out. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 121 (brakes after driving through deep water) **Q9. In normal driving, what is the safest way to use the footbrake to stop?** A. Early and lightly, then more firmly, easing off just before you stop B. Late and firmly, so that you spend as little time as possible slowing C. In short, sharp pumps of the pedal all the way to the stop D. Mostly with the parking brake, keeping the footbrake for emergencies **Answer: A.** Rule 117 says the safest way to brake is early and lightly, braking more firmly as you begin to stop, then easing the pressure off just before the car comes to rest to avoid a jerky stop. Late, harsh braking leaves no margin if things change. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 117 **Q10. A child suddenly runs into the road ahead and you must stop quickly. Your car doesn't have ABS. What should you try to avoid?** A. Braking straight away B. Keeping both hands on the steering wheel C. Checking your mirrors once you've stopped D. Braking so hard that the wheels lock **Answer: D.** Rule 118: in an emergency, brake immediately, but try to avoid braking so harshly that you lock your wheels — locked wheels can lead to loss of control. Keeping both hands on the wheel helps you stay in full control of the car. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 118 **Q11. You've braked to the right speed for a hazard ahead and need a lower gear. What does DVSA advise about changing down?** A. Go down through every gear in turn, releasing the clutch each time B. Go straight to the gear you need, skipping any in between C. Stay in top gear and rely on the brakes alone D. Change down first, before braking, so the engine does all the slowing **Answer: B.** DVSA explains that when you're braking and changing down, it's best to brake to the speed you need and then select the appropriate gear, missing out gears if necessary. This 'block changing' lets you keep your hands on the wheel for longer. Reference: Safe Driving for Life (DVSA) — Accelerating and using the gears **Q12. Which statement about anti-lock brakes (ABS) is correct?** A. A car with ABS will always stop in a shorter distance B. With ABS fitted, you can safely leave a smaller gap to the car ahead C. ABS helps you keep steering, but may not shorten stopping distance D. ABS only works properly when the road surface is dry **Answer: C.** Rule 120 says ABS should ensure that steering control is retained, but you shouldn't assume a vehicle with ABS will stop in a shorter distance. It's no reason to follow more closely or brake later — keep the same safety margins. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 120 **Q13. You're driving on a slippery road when the rear of your car starts to slide to the left. Which way should you steer?** A. To the right, against the direction of the slide B. Keep the wheel straight and brake firmly C. Right, then left, to rock the car back into line D. To the left **Answer: D.** Rule 119 says turn the steering wheel in the direction of the skid — if the rear slides left, steer left to recover. At the same time, remove the cause by releasing the brake pedal fully or easing off the accelerator. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 119 **Q14. You brake hard on a wet road and feel the car start to skid. What should you do first?** A. Release the brake pedal fully B. Press the brake pedal even harder C. Pull the handbrake on firmly D. Change down to a much lower gear **Answer: A.** Skidding is usually caused by braking, accelerating or steering too harshly for the conditions. Rule 119 says remove the cause — here, release the brake pedal fully — and steer in the direction of the skid. Braking harder keeps the cause going. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 119 **Q15. Why can coasting (travelling in neutral or with the clutch pressed down) reduce your control on a bend?** A. It increases engine braking, so the car slows down far too sharply B. It stops your brake lights from working C. Steering response is affected and selecting a gear becomes harder D. It makes the engine rev too high as you steer round **Answer: C.** Rule 122 explains that coasting reduces control: engine braking is eliminated, steering response is affected — particularly on bends and corners — and it may be more difficult to select the appropriate gear when you need it. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 122 **Q16. You're driving up a steep hill and the engine starts to labour. What should you do?** A. Change up to a higher gear B. Press the clutch down and let the car roll on C. Switch off the air conditioning and carry on D. Change down to a lower gear **Answer: D.** DVSA advises changing down to a lower gear when driving uphill, so the engine can give enough power without struggling. A higher gear makes it labour more, and pressing the clutch down disconnects the engine completely. Reference: Safe Driving for Life (DVSA) — Accelerating and using the gears **Q17. It's daytime, but heavy rain is making conditions dull and gloomy. Which lights should you use so that others can see you?** A. Sidelights only B. Hazard warning lights C. Dipped headlights D. Front and rear fog lights **Answer: C.** Rule 115 says use dipped headlights in dull daytime weather to make sure you can be seen. Fog lights are only for when visibility is seriously reduced (rule 226), and hazard lights mustn't be used while driving except in limited motorway and dual carriageway situations (rule 116). Reference: The Highway Code — rule 115 **Q18. You're driving an electric car for the first time. What should you expect when you lift your foot off the accelerator?** A. It will coast freely, as electric cars don't have any engine braking B. It may slow much faster than you expect, due to regenerative braking C. The brake lights will flash to warn the drivers behind you D. Nothing different — it behaves exactly like a manual car **Answer: B.** DVSA points out that electric vehicles use regenerative braking, so taking your foot off the accelerator slows the car much faster than in a manual or automatic car. Most have a single gear, but that doesn't mean they accelerate slowly — press the accelerator gently. Reference: Safe Driving for Life (DVSA) — Accelerating and using the gears **Q19. Why should you avoid turning the steering wheel while the car is stationary ('dry steering')?** A. It can damage the tyres and cause wear in the steering mechanism B. It drains the battery and can stop the engine from restarting C. It's illegal on a public road D. It confuses the ABS, so the brakes won't work when you move off **Answer: A.** DVSA advises against turning the steering wheel before the car is moving — known as dry steering — because it can damage the tyres and cause wear in the steering mechanism. This applies equally to manual and automatic cars. Reference: Safe Driving for Life (DVSA) — Moving off safely and smoothly **Q20. You're driving in fog. Which danger from other road users does the Highway Code specifically warn you about?** A. Drivers using hazard lights while parked B. Drivers flashing their headlights to warn you C. Cyclists using lights that are too bright D. Drivers who aren't using their headlights **Answer: D.** Rule 235 tells you to beware of other drivers not using headlights in fog, as well as using your wipers and demisters. An unlit car can appear out of the fog with very little warning, so keep your speed down and leave a generous gap. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 235 **Q21. Where would you expect to see a sign telling you to 'Try your brakes'?** A. At the start of a motorway B. Before entering a tunnel C. After a ford, or before a steep downhill D. Just before a speed camera on a dual carriageway **Answer: C.** Know Your Traffic Signs shows a 'Try your brakes' sign used after crossing a ford or before descending a steep hill. Water can make brakes less effective (rule 121), and a long descent puts heavy demands on them — so check they're working. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs — Warning signs **Q22. There's snow on the road. How does the Highway Code suggest you check how much grip your tyres have?** A. Brake gently in a safe place and see how the car responds B. Brake sharply at speed to see if the ABS works C. Look at whether other vehicles are leaving tyre tracks behind them D. Steer quickly from side to side on a straight **Answer: A.** Rule 231: check your grip on the road surface when there is snow or ice by choosing a safe place to brake gently. If the steering feels unresponsive, this may indicate ice and your vehicle losing its grip on the road. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 231 **Q23. When you need to slow down in fog, why should you use the footbrake after checking your mirrors?** A. Because engine braking stops working in cold, damp conditions B. Because it switches on your rear fog lights automatically C. So the brakes stay dry and work better later D. So your brake lights warn drivers behind that you're slowing **Answer: D.** Rule 235: in fog, check your mirrors before you slow down, then use your brakes so that your brake lights warn drivers behind you that you're slowing down. They may be able to see little more than your lights. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 235 **Q24. By law, when must you use headlights during the day?** A. Whenever you drive on a motorway or dual carriageway B. Whenever the outside temperature drops below freezing C. Whenever you drive through a built-up area with street lights D. When you can't see for more than about 100 metres **Answer: D.** Rule 226: you MUST use headlights when visibility is seriously reduced — generally when you cannot see for more than 100 metres (328 feet). You may also use fog lights in those conditions, but you must switch them off when visibility improves. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 226 **Q25. In fog, you have no choice but to leave your car parked on the road for a short time. Which lights should you leave on?** A. Parking lights or sidelights B. No lights, to save the battery C. Rear fog lights only D. Full-beam headlights **Answer: A.** Rule 251: it's especially dangerous to park on the road in fog, so avoid it if you can. If it's unavoidable, leave your parking lights or sidelights on so that approaching drivers can see your car in time. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 251 **Q26. How should you drive on an icy road?** A. In a low gear with high revs, to keep the wheels turning B. At your normal speed, relying on ABS to keep control C. Slowly, in as high a gear as possible, with gentle controls D. Close behind the vehicle in front, using its tyre tracks **Answer: C.** Rule 231: on icy roads drive at a slow speed in as high a gear as possible, and accelerate and brake very gently. Sudden actions can cause loss of control, and stopping distances can be ten times greater than on dry roads (rule 230). Reference: The Highway Code — rule 231 **Q27. You're approaching a bend on an icy road. When should you do your braking?** A. Progressively, on the straight before you reach the bend B. Firmly, part-way round the bend once you can see the exit C. Only if the car starts to slide as you go round D. As you leave the bend and straighten up **Answer: A.** Rule 231: drive particularly slowly on bends, where loss of control is more likely. Brake progressively on the straight before you reach the bend, then, having slowed down, steer smoothly round it, avoiding sudden actions. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 231 **Q28. What makes 'black ice' especially dangerous?** A. It only forms on motorways, where speeds are higher than elsewhere B. It melts under the tyres and leaves a film of oil behind C. It's rain that has frozen on the road and is almost invisible D. It's always gritted first, so drivers stop taking care **Answer: C.** DVSA describes rain freezing on roads as it falls — black ice — as an invisible danger. When driving on ice, keep your speed down and treat every control very delicately; in very cold weather, treat wet-looking surfaces as though they're frozen. Reference: Safe Driving for Life (DVSA) — Winter driving **Q29. Your windscreen is iced over on a freezing morning. Why shouldn't you pour boiling water over it?** A. It will make the wipers work too fast B. It's illegal to use water on a car windscreen C. It will damage the car's paintwork permanently D. The glass could crack, and the run-off can refreeze **Answer: D.** DVSA warns that boiling water can make windscreen glass expand and may even crack it, and it can leave pools on the drive or road that quickly freeze into a hazard for others. Use de-icer and a good-quality scraper instead. Reference: Safe Driving for Life (DVSA) — Tips for safe driving in winter **Q30. Overnight snow has left a thick layer on your car's roof. You've cleared the windows. What else should you do before you set off?** A. Nothing — the heat from the engine will melt it B. Remove it, so it can't fall into other road users' path C. Drive off slowly so it slides off gradually D. Leave it on, as the extra weight helps the tyres grip the road **Answer: B.** Rule 229 says remove all snow that might fall off into the path of other road users. DVSA also warns that snow left on the roof can slide down the windscreen and block your view, or fly off and become a hazard to other drivers. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 229 **Q31. The forecast warns of icy and snowy conditions. What does the Highway Code advise about driving?** A. Drive as normal, as long as your car has ABS and good tyres B. Drive at night instead, when the roads are quieter C. Only drive if your journey is essential, and allow more time D. Drive a little faster, to spend less time on the roads **Answer: C.** Rule 228: in winter, check the local forecast and don't drive in icy or snowy conditions unless your journey is essential. If it is, take great care, allow more time for your journey and carry an emergency kit in case you get stuck. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 228 **Q32. Your wheels spin as you try to pull away in deep snow. What should you do?** A. Press the accelerator harder to power through B. Turn the steering from side to side while revving the engine C. Let some air out of the tyres and try again D. Ease the car back and forth out of the rut, in a high gear **Answer: D.** DVSA advises that if your wheels spin when starting off in deep snow, don't race the engine — the wheels will only dig in further. Try moving the car slightly backwards and then forwards out of the rut, using the highest gear you can. Reference: Safe Driving for Life (DVSA) — Winter driving **Q33. You're driving in falling snow. Why does DVSA advise testing your brakes gently from time to time?** A. Packed snow can affect your steering and braking B. Cold weather can make brake fluid boil unexpectedly C. It warms the tyres up so that they grip better D. It clears the snow off your brake lights **Answer: A.** DVSA explains that snow can pack behind the front wheels or around brake linkages under the car, affecting steering and braking. Check your mirrors, then test your brakes very gently from time to time, and increase the gap to the vehicle in front. Reference: Safe Driving for Life (DVSA) — Winter driving **Q34. The roads have been gritted after a freezing night. How should you drive?** A. Normally — gritted roads can't be icy B. Faster than usual, to help spread the salt C. With care, as conditions can change over short distances D. Close behind the gritter so your tyres are always on fresh salt **Answer: C.** Rule 230: drive with care, even if the roads have been treated, and be prepared for conditions to change over relatively short distances. Listen to travel bulletins and watch variable message signs for information about the weather and road conditions ahead. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 230 **Q35. Which type of vehicle is most affected by strong winds?** A. High-sided vehicles B. Low sports cars C. Heavy saloon cars D. Four-wheel-drive cars **Answer: A.** Rule 232: high-sided vehicles are most affected by windy weather, but strong gusts can also blow a car, cyclist, motorcyclist or horse rider off course — especially on open roads exposed to crosswinds, or when passing bridges or gaps in hedges. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 232 **Q36. There was a hard frost overnight. Where are you most likely to find an icy surface?** A. On busy main roads, because heavy traffic polishes the surface B. Only on roads that have been gritted C. Only on bridges over motorways D. On less-used roads, especially if there's frost on the verges **Answer: D.** DVSA advises that overnight freezing usually results in an icy surface, especially on less-used roads, and to look for signs of frost on verges. It's even more dangerous when roads are starting to freeze or thaw, as water and ice together are extremely slippery. Reference: Safe Driving for Life (DVSA) — Winter driving **Q37. You enter a 20 mph zone. What does the entry sign also warn you about?** A. Average speed cameras operate at every junction in the zone B. Parking and loading are banned at all times throughout the zone C. Cyclists are not allowed in the zone D. Traffic-calming features, which may not be signed individually **Answer: D.** Know Your Traffic Signs explains that the 20 mph zone entry sign also warns that you're entering an area with traffic-calming features, such as road humps and narrowings. These may not be individually signed, so keep to a steady low speed. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs — Traffic calming **Q38. In very hot weather, how can the road surface affect your driving?** A. It gives extra grip, so braking distances become much shorter B. It may become soft, which could affect your steering and braking C. It makes white lines slippery but the rest of the road grippier D. It has no effect at all unless it starts to rain **Answer: B.** Rule 237 warns that in hot weather the road surface may become soft, which could affect your steering and braking. Keep your speed down and allow extra room, and remember that rain after a dry spell can make the surface slippery too. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 237 **Q39. You're approaching a chicane that narrows the road, and a cyclist is about to ride through it. What should you do?** A. Overtake the cyclist before you both reach the chicane B. Sound your horn so the cyclist lets you go first C. Slow down and give the cyclist room to pass through D. Drive through alongside the cyclist **Answer: C.** Rule 153: when you approach traffic-calming features such as chicanes, reduce your speed and allow cyclists and motorcyclists room to pass through them. You shouldn't overtake other moving road users while in these areas. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 153 **Q40. You pass a 'village gateway' — speed limit signs on yellow backing boards with the village name. What should you do?** A. Keep to your current speed until you see houses B. Slow down only if there are pedestrians about C. Treat the new limit as only advisory until you reach the first junction D. Reduce speed and keep to the limit all the way through the village **Answer: D.** Know Your Traffic Signs says drivers approaching a village gateway should reduce speed and observe the speed limit all the way through the village. Rule 154 also advises reducing your speed where country roads enter villages. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs — Traffic calming **Q41. Why does the Highway Code tell you to reduce your speed when driving at night?** A. It's more difficult to see other road users B. Speed limits are lower after dark C. Engines produce less power at night D. Speed cameras are much more sensitive in the dark **Answer: A.** Rule 125 lists driving at night among the times you should always reduce your speed, as it's more difficult to see other road users. DVSA adds that hazards can appear further away than they really are in the dark, so never drive faster than you can stop within the distance you can see. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 125 **Q42. You reach a flooded stretch of a road that often floods, and you can't tell how deep the water is. What should you do first?** A. Drive in quickly before the level rises B. Follow closely behind the car in front, keeping in its tracks C. Stop and check the depth, using a depth gauge if there is one D. Drive through in neutral to protect the engine **Answer: C.** DVSA advises that you stop and assess how deep the water is rather than just driving in; roads likely to flood may have depth gauges. If it's too deep, turn back and find another route — water can flood the exhaust or even get into the engine's air intake. Reference: Safe Driving for Life (DVSA) — Driving and dealing with floods **Q43. You're driving along a road with a series of road humps. How should you drive between them?** A. Accelerate briskly between humps, then brake firmly for each one B. Keep to a steady, reduced speed along the whole stretch C. Overtake slower vehicles in the gaps between the humps D. Drive at the speed limit and straddle the humps **Answer: B.** Rule 153: maintain a reduced speed along the whole stretch of road within traffic-calming measures, and don't overtake other moving road users there. Know Your Traffic Signs also advises a steady low speed, avoiding repeated acceleration and deceleration, in 20 mph zones with calming features. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 153 **Q44. Some road humps are 'cushions' that cover only part of the traffic lane. Why are they designed like this?** A. So buses and large emergency vehicles can straddle them B. So cars can steer round them without having to slow down C. To show cyclists where they should ride D. To mark places where parking is allowed **Answer: A.** Know Your Traffic Signs explains that road cushions cover only part of a lane so that buses and large emergency vehicles can straddle them, while other vehicles are still slowed down. They aren't gaps for cars to weave through. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs — Traffic calming **Q45. You approach a road narrowing where signs don't give priority to either direction. What should you do?** A. Speed up so that you're through before anything comes the other way B. Flash your headlights to claim priority C. Sound your horn and drive through the middle of the narrowing D. Keep a steady low speed and be ready to give way to oncoming traffic **Answer: D.** Know Your Traffic Signs: if no priority is given at a road narrowing, don't accelerate on the approach. Maintain a steady low speed, be prepared to give way to approaching traffic, and let any cyclists go ahead of you. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs — Traffic calming **Q46. A temporary sign warns of loose chippings on the road ahead. What does it tell you?** A. Heavy plant is crossing, so give way to works traffic B. You must use dipped headlights until the chippings end C. There's a risk of skidding, and a maximum of 20 mph is advised D. The road is closed to cars but open to cyclists **Answer: C.** Know Your Traffic Signs describes this sign as warning of a risk of skidding on a road with loose chippings, with a maximum speed of 20 mph advised. Keep your speed down and avoid harsh braking, accelerating or steering. Reference: Know Your Traffic Signs — Road works and temporary situations **Q47. It's autumn and the road ahead is covered with a layer of wet, fallen leaves. How will this affect your driving?** A. Your tyres will have less grip, so slow down and allow more room B. Grip will actually improve, because the leaves soak up surface water C. Only cyclists are affected — cars have enough grip D. It only matters if you're driving above the speed limit **Answer: A.** DVSA points out that wet weather and the mulch from fallen leaves both reduce tyre grip. Slow down, leave more room to the vehicle in front and avoid harsh braking or steering, so that you can always stop within the distance you can see to be clear. Reference: Safe Driving for Life (DVSA) — Our guide to driving safely on country roads **Q48. What is 'adverse camber' on a bend?** A. A bend that gradually gets tighter the further round it you go B. Where the road slopes down towards the outside of the bend C. Where the road slopes up towards the outside of the bend D. A bend with no warning signs before it **Answer: B.** DVSA describes adverse camber as the road sloping downwards towards the outside of the corner, which makes it harder for the tyres to grip. Where the road slopes upwards towards the outside — banking — grip is easier. Take adverse-cambered bends more slowly. Reference: Safe Driving for Life (DVSA) — Driving around bends **Q49. You've decided a flooded road is shallow enough to drive through. Where is the water likely to be shallowest?** A. Close to the kerb B. Wherever other vehicles have stopped C. It's the same depth across the whole road D. At the crown (the middle) of the road **Answer: D.** DVSA explains that because of the road's camber, floodwater is probably deepest near the kerb and shallowest at the crown. Keep to the shallowest part, drive slowly in first gear with the engine speed high, and test your brakes afterwards. Reference: Safe Driving for Life (DVSA) — Driving and dealing with floods **Q50. You have to make an essential journey in snowy weather. Which items does the Highway Code suggest taking in case you get stuck?** A. De-icer, a scraper, a torch, warm clothing and a shovel B. A spare can of petrol, a funnel and some engine oil C. Snow chains, a tow rope and a portable electric fan heater D. A spare wheel, a car jack and a wheel brace **Answer: A.** Rule 228 suggests an emergency kit of de-icer and ice scraper, torch, warm clothing and boots, first aid kit, jump leads and a shovel, together with a warm drink and emergency food in case you get stuck or your vehicle breaks down. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 228 ## Frequently asked questions **### How many Vehicle Handling questions are in the real theory test?** The DVSA doesn't publish per-topic counts. Your 50 questions are drawn across all 14 official topics, so revise every category. **### What is the pass mark for the UK theory test?** You need 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions correct (86%), plus 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception clips. You must pass both parts in the same sitting. **### Are these real DVSA questions?** No — these are original practice questions written to the current DVSA syllabus and The Highway Code. Official revision questions are Crown Copyright and only available from licensed providers. ## Revise the other theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from all 14 official DVSA topics — revise every category, not just this one. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Don't forget part two: read [how hazard perception is scored](/hazard-perception/). Booked your test? Find your [nearest theory test centre](/theory-test-centres/), or book on the official [GOV.UK booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23). All practice questions are original study material written to the current DVSA car theory test syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions. This site is an independent study resource and is not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA. --- # Vehicle Loading & Towing | The License Desk > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/vehicle-loading/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. DVSA theory test topic guide # Vehicle Loading & Towing Carrying passengers, loads, roof racks, trailers and towing safely. [Practise 25 Vehicle Loading questions](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) Quick answer What drivers must know about securing loads, towing trailers and caravans, towing speed limits, snaking, and seat belt and child seat rules. ## Who is responsible for a vehicle’s load? The driver. Rule 98 says you must not overload your vehicle or trailer, you must secure your load, and it must not stick out dangerously. Heavy or sharp objects and any animals must be secured, because in a collision they might hit someone inside the vehicle and cause serious injury. It makes no difference who packed the car: the rules are addressed to you as the driver. Annex 6 of The Highway Code adds that luggage should be securely stowed, tyres must be inflated to the manufacturer’s specification for the load being carried, and headlights must be properly adjusted, with extra attention needed when the vehicle is heavily loaded. ## How does a heavy load change the way a car handles? Extra weight makes the car slower to accelerate and longer to stop, and weight carried high, such as on a roof rack, makes it less stable in bends and crosswinds. Before a heavily loaded trip, set tyre pressures to the handbook figures for the load and check your headlights will not dazzle oncoming drivers. Pack heavy items low and secure them so they cannot shift. Rule 98 notes that carrying a load or pulling a trailer may require you to adjust your headlights. Remove roof boxes and racks when you no longer need them. ## What are the rules for towing a trailer or caravan? Make sure your licence covers the combination, both vehicle and trailer are roadworthy, and you stay within the manufacturer’s towing limit. Rule 98 also requires a secondary coupling device, such as a safety chain, and towing mirrors if your trailer or load is wider than your car or blocks your view behind. GOV.UK says drivers who got their licence from 1 January 1997 can tow a trailer up to 3,500kg maximum authorised mass. Before each trip, GOV.UK’s safety checks include: - the trailer is correctly coupled, at the right height, and the electrical cable and plug are undamaged - a breakaway cable or secondary coupling is fitted correctly, with enough slack - tyres on the car and trailer have no cuts or bulges, at least 1.6 mm of tread, and the right pressures for the load - all trailer lights and indicators work - the trailer is not overloaded, and the load is evenly distributed and secure. Rule 98 says to put heavy items over the trailer’s axle(s) and keep a downward load on the tow ball, within the manufacturer’s limits, to reduce the risk of snaking. A trailer without brakes must not weigh over 750kg when loaded. ## What speed limits apply when towing? A car towing a caravan or trailer is limited to 50 mph on single carriageways and 60 mph on dual carriageways and motorways (rule 124). You must not drive in the right-hand lane of a motorway with three or more lanes while towing (rule 265). In built-up areas the normal 30 mph, or 20 mph in Wales, applies. | Road type | Car (mph) | Car towing a caravan or trailer (mph) | | --- | --- | --- | | Built-up area, England and Scotland | 30 | 30 | | Built-up area, Wales | 20 | 20 | | Single carriageway | 60 | 50 | | Dual carriageway | 70 | 60 | | Motorway | 70 | 60 | Rule 98 warns that your stopping distance may increase significantly when towing, and rule 160 says the extra length affects overtaking and manoeuvring. ## What should you do if a caravan or trailer starts to snake? Ease off the accelerator and reduce speed gently until you regain control, and do not brake harshly (rule 98). GOV.UK’s towing safety checks say snaking is a sign that you are going too fast or that the trailer is loaded incorrectly. Once the outfit is stable, check how the load is distributed before continuing. GOV.UK also warns against braking harshly on a bend, as it makes the trailer unstable, and advises reducing speed in plenty of time for any hazard. ## Who is responsible for seat belts and child restraints? The driver must make sure children under 14 wear a seat belt or use the correct child restraint (rule 100). Passengers aged 14 and over are responsible for themselves. Children must use the correct child restraint until they are 12 years old or 1.35 metres tall, whichever they reach first, according to the table under rule 99. | Passenger | Front seat | Rear seat | Responsible | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Child under 3 | Correct child restraint must be used | Correct child restraint must be used | Driver | | Child from 3rd birthday up to 1.35 m or 12th birthday | Correct child restraint must be used | Correct child restraint must be used where seat belts are fitted | Driver | | Child over 1.35 m, or aged 12 or 13 | Seat belt if available | Seat belt if available | Driver | | Passenger aged 14 or over | Seat belt if available | Seat belt if available | Passenger | Limited exceptions apply in licensed taxis and private hire vehicles. A rear-facing baby seat must never be fitted in a seat protected by an active frontal airbag (rule 101). Rule 102 adds that children should get in through the door nearest the kerb, and that child safety locks should be used where fitted. ## How should you carry animals in a car? Make sure dogs and other animals are suitably restrained so they cannot distract you while you are driving, or injure you or themselves if you stop quickly (rule 57). A seat belt harness, pet carrier, dog cage or dog guard are all ways to do this. Never leave pets in an unventilated car. ## What mistakes do learners make on vehicle loading questions? Most wrong answers come from treating towing like normal driving, or from assuming someone else is responsible for the load or the passengers. These traps catch learners most often. When a question mentions a trailer, caravan or child, check whether a special rule applies. - **Braking hard when a caravan snakes.** Ease off the accelerator gently instead. - **Towing at 70 mph on a motorway.** The limit when towing is 60 mph. - **Using the right-hand lane of a three-lane motorway.** Towing vehicles must not. - **Blaming whoever loaded the car.** The driver is responsible. - **Thinking 12-year-olds are responsible for their own belts.** The driver is responsible until 14. - **Loading heavy items at the back of a caravan.** Put them over the axle. ## Where should you go next? Loading questions often pair with motorway and handling scenarios, so practise them side by side. Use the links below to drill this topic, revise the related rules for motorways and other vehicles, and finish with a full mock test to check your recall under exam conditions. - [Practise vehicle loading questions](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) - [Motorway rules topic guide](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Vehicle handling topic guide](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Other types of vehicle topic guide](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Take a full mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) - [See all theory test topics](/theory-test/) ## Ready to test yourself on Vehicle Loading? 25 free Vehicle Loading questions in the official four-option format, each with an explained answer and the Highway Code rule it tests — with a timed test mode. [Start the Vehicle Loading practice test](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### What is the speed limit when towing a caravan on a motorway?** 60 mph. Cars towing caravans or trailers are limited to 60 mph on motorways and dual carriageways and 50 mph on single carriageways (rule 124). You also must not use the right-hand lane of a motorway with three or more lanes while towing (rule 265). **### How heavy a trailer can I tow on a car licence?** GOV.UK says that if you got your licence from 1 January 1997, you can tow a trailer weighing up to 3,500kg maximum authorised mass. You must also stay within your car's own towing limit, shown in the handbook or on the manufacturer's plate. **### When can a child stop using a child car seat?** Children must use the correct child restraint until they are 12 years old or 1.35 metres tall, whichever comes first, according to rule 99 of The Highway Code. After that they must wear an adult seat belt, and the driver stays responsible for under-14s. **### What should you do if your trailer starts to snake?** Ease off the accelerator and reduce speed gently to regain control, and do not brake harshly (rule 98). GOV.UK's towing safety checks say snaking is a sign that you are going too fast or that the trailer is loaded incorrectly. **### Who is responsible for passengers wearing seat belts?** The driver is legally responsible for making sure children under 14 wear a seat belt or use the correct child restraint. Passengers aged 14 and over are responsible for wearing their own seat belt, as the table under rule 99 of The Highway Code shows. Sources - [The Highway Code — Rules for drivers and motorcyclists (89 to 102)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-for-drivers-and-motorcyclists-89-to-102) - [The Highway Code — General rules, techniques and advice for all drivers and riders (103 to 158)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/general-rules-techniques-and-advice-for-all-drivers-and-riders-103-to-158) - [The Highway Code — Motorways (253 to 273)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/motorways-253-to-273) - [The Highway Code — Rules about animals (47 to 58)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/rules-about-animals-47-to-58) - [GOV.UK — Towing with a car](https://www.gov.uk/towing-with-car) - [GOV.UK — Tow a trailer or caravan with a car: safety checks](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/tow-a-trailer-with-a-car-safety-checks) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). ## Which other theory test topics should you revise? All 14 topics feed the same 50-question test, so revise every one. Then sit the [full free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under the real time limit. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/) --- # Vehicle Loading & Towing Quiz: 25 Free Theory Questions > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free · 50 questions in the real test · Pass mark 43/50 # Vehicle Loading & Towing quiz: 25 free theory test questions DVSA-style multiple-choice questions with explained answers and Highway Code references. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes — you need 43 correct to pass. Quick answer Below is a free Vehicle Loading mock test for the UK DVSA car theory test: multiple-choice questions in the official four-option format, each with the correct answer, a plain-English explanation and a Highway Code reference. Carrying passengers, loads, roof racks, trailers and towing safely. ## Vehicle Loading practice questions Checked against [The Highway Code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) as amended 22 October 2025 · last reviewed 26 September 2026. Spotted an error? [Report it](/corrections/). Or study below: tap any question to see its options, answer and Highway Code rule. **Q1. Who is legally responsible for making sure a vehicle's load is secure and not overloaded?** A. Whoever loaded the vehicle B. The driver C. The vehicle's owner, even when not present D. The insurance company **Answer: B.** As the driver, you must not use your vehicle with an insecure load or beyond its weight limits — the responsibility sits with you, whoever did the loading. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 98 **Q2. How does carrying a heavy load on a roof rack affect your car?** A. It lowers the centre of gravity and improves stability B. It raises the centre of gravity, reducing stability and increasing fuel consumption C. It has no effect if you drive under 50 mph D. It improves grip in crosswinds **Answer: B.** Weight up high makes the car lean more in bends and react more to crosswinds, and the drag burns more fuel. Load heavy items low in the vehicle and take corners more gently. **Q3. The caravan you're towing starts to snake from side to side. What should you do?** A. Brake firmly to bring it under control B. Accelerate out of the snake C. Ease off the accelerator and reduce speed gently until it stabilises D. Steer sharply in the opposite direction to the sway **Answer: C.** Braking or steering against the sway makes snaking worse. Ease off gradually, let the speed fall gently, and the outfit will settle — then consider load distribution and noseweight before continuing. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 98 (towing guidance) **Q4. What speed limits apply to a car towing a caravan on a motorway?** A. 70 mph, the same as any car B. 60 mph — and it must not use the right-hand lane of a three-lane motorway C. 50 mph in all lanes D. There is no specific limit when towing **Answer: B.** Towing lowers the limits: 60 mph on motorways and dual carriageways, 50 mph on single carriageways — and outfits towing must keep out of the outside lane of a motorway with three or more lanes. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 124 and 265 **Q5. Who is responsible for making sure a child under 14 uses the correct seat belt or child restraint?** A. The child B. The driver C. The front-seat passenger D. Whoever owns the car **Answer: B.** The driver is legally responsible for children under 14: children must normally use the correct child restraint until they're 12 years old or 135 cm tall, whichever comes first. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 99–102 **Q6. How should animals be carried in a car?** A. Loose, so they can settle comfortably B. Suitably restrained — a harness, carrier or guard — so they can't distract you or hurt themselves C. On the front passenger seat D. Only in the boot **Answer: B.** An unrestrained animal can distract you or become a projectile in a crash. Use a seat-belt harness, carrier, cage or dog guard. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 57 **Q7. You're carrying a heavy load in the boot for a long trip. What may need adjusting?** A. Nothing — modern cars self-adjust B. Tyre pressures and headlight aim, as the handbook specifies for heavy loads C. Only the driver's seat position D. The wing mirrors **Answer: B.** A heavy load squats the rear: the handbook typically specifies higher tyre pressures, and headlights may need aiming down to avoid dazzling oncoming drivers. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 98 and Annex 6 **Q8. Before setting off towing a trailer, what should you check?** A. Only that the trailer lights work B. That the load is within your car's towing limit, the coupling is secure, the breakaway cable or secondary coupling is attached and the lights work C. That the trailer is heavier than the car D. Nothing extra beyond normal checks **Answer: B.** Towing failures are usually preparation failures: respect the manufacturer's towing limit, confirm the hitch and breakaway cable (or secondary coupling), and check lights and indicators respond before moving off. Reference: GOV.UK — Tow a trailer or caravan with a car: safety checks; The Highway Code — rule 98 **Q9. You passed your car driving test in 2019. Under the current rules, what's the heaviest trailer, by maximum authorised mass (MAM), your car licence lets you tow?** A. 750 kg B. 1,000 kg C. 3,500 kg D. 8,250 kg **Answer: C.** If you passed your car test on or after 1 January 1997, you can now tow a trailer of up to 3,500 kg MAM — known as category BE. You still mustn't exceed the towing limit the manufacturer sets for your particular car. Reference: GOV.UK — Towing with a car **Q10. You're thinking of towing with your car, but its VIN plate doesn't show a gross train weight. What does this mean?** A. You can tow any trailer up to 750 kg B. You can tow as long as the trailer has brakes C. You must fit towing mirrors before towing D. You shouldn't use the car for towing **Answer: D.** The gross train weight is the maximum weight of the fully loaded car plus the fully loaded trailer, and it must not be exceeded. If your car's VIN plate doesn't list a train weight, you should not use the vehicle for towing. Reference: GOV.UK — Towing with a car **Q11. A trailer has no braking system of its own. What is the most it may weigh when loaded?** A. 750 kg B. 1,000 kg C. 1,500 kg D. 3,500 kg **Answer: A.** A trailer without brakes must not weigh more than 750 kg when loaded, and it shouldn't weigh more than half as much as your car. Any trailer weighing over 750 kg when loaded must have a working brake system. Reference: GOV.UK — Tow a trailer or caravan with a car: safety checks **Q12. You're packing a caravan for a holiday. Where should the heaviest items go?** A. At the very back, to balance the weight of the car B. In a roof box on the car to free up space C. Over the axle, with the load spread evenly D. Right at the front, as close to the hitch as possible **Answer: C.** Distribute the weight evenly, with heavy items over the axle or axles. Too much weight at the back makes the caravan unstable and prone to snaking, too much at the front can exceed the tow ball limit, and roof loads make the car less stable. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 98 **Q13. When your caravan is hitched up, what does the Highway Code say about the load on the tow ball?** A. There should be no weight on the tow ball at all B. It should pull upwards slightly on the tow ball C. It can be as heavy as you like with a large car D. It should press down, within the manufacturer's limit **Answer: D.** Load the caravan so there's a downward load on the tow ball (the noseweight) without exceeding the manufacturer's recommended tow ball load. Getting this right helps minimise swerving, snaking and loss of control. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 98 **Q14. Your trailer keeps starting to snake whenever you reach a certain speed. According to DVSA guidance, what is this a sign of?** A. Going too fast, or a badly loaded trailer B. Driving in too low a gear C. A fault with the trailer's lights or indicators D. Tyres on the car that are brand new and not worn in **Answer: A.** Snaking is a sign that either you're going too fast or the trailer is loaded incorrectly. Ease off and reduce speed gently to regain control, then check how the load is distributed and keep your speed down. Reference: GOV.UK — Tow a trailer or caravan with a car: safety checks **Q15. When must you use towing mirrors on your car?** A. Only when towing on motorways and fast dual carriageways B. Whenever the loaded trailer weighs more than 750 kg in total C. When the trailer is wider than your car or blocks your view D. Only when you're towing after dark or in poor visibility **Answer: C.** If your vehicle is narrower than the trailer or load, or the trailer or load obstructs your view to the rear, towing mirrors MUST be used. Towing without proper mirrors can lead to a fine of up to £1,000 and 3 penalty points. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 98; GOV.UK — Towing with a car **Q16. You're towing a caravan on a single-carriageway road where the national speed limit applies. What is your maximum speed?** A. 50 mph B. 55 mph C. 60 mph D. 70 mph **Answer: A.** Cars towing caravans or trailers are limited to 50 mph on single carriageways, compared with 60 mph for a car that isn't towing. The national speed limit sign doesn't mean the same limit applies to every vehicle. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 124 **Q17. What is a breakaway cable on a braked trailer designed to do?** A. Carry power from the car to the trailer's lights B. Stop the trailer swaying from side to side in crosswinds C. Brake the trailer if it comes off the hitch D. Hold the jockey wheel up off the road while you drive **Answer: C.** A breakaway cable or secondary coupling engages the trailer's brakes, or stops the trailer, if it becomes detached from the car. Check it isn't worn, has enough slack not to apply the brakes by accident, and won't drag on the ground. Reference: GOV.UK — Tow a trailer or caravan with a car: safety checks **Q18. You drive with a load that's poorly secured and puts other road users in danger. What penalty can this bring?** A. A verbal warning only B. No penalty unless something falls off C. Points only if you're driving a lorry D. 3 penalty points on your licence **Answer: D.** Causing, or being likely to cause, danger because of your load or passengers is an endorsable offence (code CU50) carrying 3 penalty points. You don't have to wait for something to fall off — an unsafe load is enough. Reference: GOV.UK — Penalty points (endorsements) **Q19. Your car's manufacturer's plate gives a maximum weight for the car on its own. What does this figure include?** A. Passengers, luggage and fuel B. Only the luggage in the boot C. Just the empty car D. Everything except the driver **Answer: A.** The maximum weights on the manufacturer's plate include passengers, other loads and fuel. A car full of people and holiday luggage can be close to its limit before you even hitch up a trailer, so check the plate or handbook. Reference: GOV.UK — Tow a trailer or caravan with a car: safety checks **Q20. How does towing a heavy trailer affect your stopping distance?** A. It shortens it, because of the extra weight B. It makes no difference if the trailer has brakes C. It only affects stopping in wet weather D. It can increase it significantly **Answer: D.** Your stopping distance may increase significantly when towing, even with a braked trailer. Leave a bigger gap, slow down in plenty of time for hazards, and avoid braking harshly on a bend, which makes a trailer unstable. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 98; GOV.UK — Tow a trailer or caravan with a car: safety checks **Q21. Your 15-year-old passenger refuses to wear their seat belt. Who is legally responsible?** A. You, as the driver B. Their parent or guardian C. The owner of the car D. The passenger **Answer: D.** Drivers are responsible for passengers under 14, but a passenger aged 14 or over is legally responsible for wearing their own seat belt. As the driver you should still insist, because an unbelted passenger is at far greater risk in a crash. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 99 **Q22. The back seats are full. May a child travel in the luggage area behind the rear seats of your hatchback?** A. Only in a special child seat fitted there B. Yes, if they sit on a cushion C. Yes, for short journeys under 30 mph D. Yes, as long as the parcel shelf is removed **Answer: A.** Children should not sit behind the rear seats in an estate car or hatchback unless a special child seat has been fitted there. The luggage area gives no proper restraint, and every child still needs the correct seat or belt. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 102 **Q23. You're carrying a heavy toolbox loose on the back seat. Why is this dangerous?** A. It will noticeably increase the car's fuel consumption B. It could scratch the upholstery C. In a crash it could hit and injure someone D. It will stop the rear seat belts from locking properly **Answer: C.** You MUST secure your load. Heavy or sharp objects left loose can be thrown forward if you stop suddenly or crash, hitting people inside the vehicle and causing serious injury. Stow them securely in the boot. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 98 **Q24. A friend's car has broken down and they ask you to tow it home with a rope. What does the Highway Code advise?** A. A rope is the safest method for any distance B. Only tow it at night, when the roads are much quieter C. Tow it with the hazard lights on in both cars D. Consider a solid tow bar or professional recovery **Answer: D.** Towing a vehicle on a tow rope is potentially dangerous, so the Highway Code advises considering a solid tow bar or professional recovery. Hazard warning lights mustn't be used while driving or being towed, except on a motorway or unrestricted dual carriageway to warn drivers behind of a hazard ahead. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 98 and 116 **Q25. You're giving lifts and have one more child than there are seat belts. Could two small children share one belt?** A. No, each belt is for one person only B. Yes, provided they're both under 12 years old C. Yes, but only for short journeys at low speed D. Yes, as long as they're sitting in the back **Answer: A.** Only one person is allowed in each seat fitted with a seat belt. Two children sharing a belt can't both be properly restrained and could be badly hurt in a crash, so make a second trip or arrange another vehicle. Reference: GOV.UK — Seat belts: the law ## Frequently asked questions **### How many Vehicle Loading questions are in the real theory test?** The DVSA doesn't publish per-topic counts. Your 50 questions are drawn across all 14 official topics, so revise every category. **### What is the pass mark for the UK theory test?** You need 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions correct (86%), plus 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception clips. You must pass both parts in the same sitting. **### Are these real DVSA questions?** No — these are original practice questions written to the current DVSA syllabus and The Highway Code. Official revision questions are Crown Copyright and only available from licensed providers. ## Revise the other theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from all 14 official DVSA topics — revise every category, not just this one. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - [Vulnerable Road Users](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Don't forget part two: read [how hazard perception is scored](/hazard-perception/). Booked your test? Find your [nearest theory test centre](/theory-test-centres/), or book on the official [GOV.UK booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23). All practice questions are original study material written to the current DVSA car theory test syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions. This site is an independent study resource and is not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA. --- # Vulnerable Road Users: Pedestrians, Cyclists & Horses > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. DVSA theory test topic guide # Vulnerable Road Users: Pedestrians, Cyclists & Horses Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children and older or disabled people. [Practise 60 Vulnerable Road Users questions](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) Quick answer How the hierarchy of road users works, safe passing distances for cyclists, horses and pedestrians, and how to protect children and older people. ## What is the hierarchy of road users? It is the principle, set out in rules H1 to H3 of The Highway Code, that people in charge of vehicles that can cause the greatest harm in a collision bear the greatest responsibility to take care. Pedestrians, cyclists, horse riders and motorcyclists are most at risk, with children, older adults and disabled people more at risk still. The three H rules were added on 29 January 2022. Rule H1 says the responsibility applies most strongly to drivers of large goods and passenger vehicles, vans and minibuses, cars and taxis, and motorcycles. Cyclists and horse riders likewise have a responsibility to reduce danger to pedestrians. The hierarchy does not remove anyone’s duty to behave responsibly, including pedestrians. ## Do pedestrians have priority at junctions? Yes. At a junction you should give way to pedestrians crossing or waiting to cross a road into which or from which you are turning (rule H2). If they have already started to cross, they have priority. You must give way to pedestrians on a zebra crossing, and to pedestrians and cyclists on a parallel crossing. - Give way to anyone still crossing after the lights change to green (rule 198). - At a pelican crossing, flashing amber means you must give way to pedestrians on the crossing (rule 196). - Do not wave pedestrians across or flash your lights at them, as another vehicle may be approaching (rule 195). - When reversing into a side road, look all around and give way to anyone crossing (rule 206). ## How much space should you give cyclists, horse riders and pedestrians? Rule 163 gives clear minimums. Leave at least 1.5 metres when overtaking cyclists at speeds up to 30 mph, and more at higher speeds. Pass horse riders and horse-drawn vehicles at under 10 mph with at least 2 metres of space. Give pedestrians walking in the road at least 2 metres and keep your speed low. | Road user | Minimum clearance | Speed guidance | Rule | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Cyclist | At least 1.5 metres | Up to 30 mph; give more space at higher speeds | 163 | | Horse rider or horse-drawn vehicle | At least 2 metres | Under 10 mph | 163, 215 | | Pedestrian walking in the road | At least 2 metres | Keep to a low speed | 163 | | Motorcyclist | At least as much room as a car | Not specified | 163 | Give everyone more space in bad weather, including high winds, and at night. If you cannot meet these clearances safely, wait behind rather than squeezing past. ## How should you pass a horse on the road? Slow down to a maximum of 10 mph when you see a horse on the road, be patient, and do not sound your horn or rev your engine (rule 215). When it is safe, pass wide and slow, allowing at least 2 metres of space. Heed any request from the rider to slow down or stop. Horses are flight animals and can move incredibly quickly if startled. Riders are often children, and may ride in double file when escorting a young or inexperienced horse or rider. Feral or semi-feral ponies, such as those in the New Forest, on Exmoor and on Dartmoor, need the same care. If a herd of animals blocks the road, stop and switch off your engine until they have left it (rule 214). ## How do you stay safe around cyclists and motorcyclists at junctions? Do not cut across cyclists, horse riders or horse-drawn vehicles going ahead when you turn into or out of a junction or change lane, whether they are in a cycle lane, on a cycle track or on the road (rule H3). Do not turn if it would make them stop or swerve. Wait for a safe gap. - On roundabouts, cyclists and horse riders may stay in the left-hand lane while continuing round, signalling right. Do not cut across them or overtake cyclists within their lane (rule 186). - If you are following a cyclist towards a junction and intend to turn left, stay behind (rule 167). - Cyclists may ride in the centre of the lane on narrow or quiet roads, at junctions and in slow traffic (rule 213). - Motorcyclists and cyclists are hard to see and may be filtering through traffic. Check mirrors and blind spots before turning or changing lane (rule 211). - When parking, check for cyclists before opening your door; using the hand furthest from the door makes you look over your shoulder (rule 239). ## Which pedestrians need extra care? Children and older people may not be able to judge your speed, and older people may need more time to cross. People with hearing impairments may not hear you. A white cane shows someone is blind or partially sighted; a white cane with a red band, or a dog in a red and white harness, means deafblind (rule 207). Be patient, and never hurry people by revving your engine or edging forward. Rule 207 also warns that at 40 mph your vehicle will probably kill any pedestrian it hits, while at 20 mph there is only a 1 in 20 chance of the pedestrian being killed. Near schools, drive slowly and watch for young cyclists and pedestrians (rule 208), and you must stop when a school crossing patrol shows a “Stop for children” sign (rule 210). Powered wheelchairs and mobility scooters travel at up to 8 mph (rule 220). ## What mistakes do learners make on vulnerable road users questions? Most wrong answers come from outdated habits, such as treating pedestrians as having priority only on marked crossings, or from half-remembered distances. These traps appear again and again in practice questions. If an option makes you faster or closer to a vulnerable road user, it is probably wrong. - **Priority only on crossings.** Pedestrians crossing or waiting at a junction you are turning into should be given way to (rule H2). - **Sounding the horn to warn a horse rider.** Rule 215 says do not. - **Passing a horse at 20 mph.** The guide is under 10 mph. - **Assuming a cyclist in the left lane of a roundabout is leaving.** They may be going round. - **Mixing up the canes.** Plain white means blind or partially sighted; red band means deafblind. - **Treating 1.5 metres as enough at any speed.** It is the minimum up to 30 mph. ## Where should you go next? This topic changed significantly when the hierarchy rules arrived, so practise with up-to-date questions. Use the links below to test yourself on this topic, then revise junctions and crossings, and try hazard perception clips, where spotting pedestrians and cyclists early earns the marks. - [Practise vulnerable road users questions](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) - [Rules of the road topic guide](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) - [Hazard awareness topic guide](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) - [Other types of vehicle topic guide](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Practise hazard perception](/hazard-perception/) - [Take a full mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) ## Ready to test yourself on Vulnerable Road Users? 60 free Vulnerable Road Users questions in the official four-option format, each with an explained answer and the Highway Code rule it tests — with a timed test mode. [Start the Vulnerable Road Users practice test](/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/) ## Frequently asked questions **### What is the minimum distance to leave when overtaking a cyclist?** Rule 163 of The Highway Code says to leave at least 1.5 metres when overtaking cyclists at speeds of up to 30 mph, and to give them more space at higher speeds. If you cannot leave that clearance safely, wait behind the cyclist until you can. **### How fast should you pass a horse and rider?** Slow down to a maximum of 10 mph when you see a horse on the road, and pass wide and slow with at least 2 metres of space when it is safe (rule 215). Do not sound your horn or rev your engine, as horses startle easily. **### What does a white cane with a red band mean?** It means the person is deafblind, so they may not see or hear you, or any instructions or signals. A dog with a red and white harness means the same. Rule 207 of The Highway Code lists deafblind people among particularly vulnerable pedestrians who need extra care. **### When did the hierarchy of road users come in?** The hierarchy of road users was added to The Highway Code on 29 January 2022, as three new rules numbered H1, H2 and H3 in the introduction. The same update clarified that drivers should give way to people crossing or waiting to cross at junctions. **### Do you have to give way to pedestrians waiting to cross a side road?** Rule H2 says you should give way to pedestrians crossing or waiting to cross a road into which, or from which, you are turning. If they have already started to cross, they have priority. At a zebra crossing you must give way once someone has stepped onto it. Sources - [The Highway Code — Introduction (hierarchy of road users, rules H1 to H3)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/introduction) - [The Highway Code — Using the road (159 to 203)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/using-the-road-159-to-203) - [The Highway Code — Road users requiring extra care (204 to 225)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/road-users-requiring-extra-care-204-to-225) - [GOV.UK — The Highway Code: 8 changes you need to know from 29 January 2022](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/the-highway-code-8-changes-you-need-to-know-from-29-january-2022) - [The Highway Code — Waiting and parking (238 to 252)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code/waiting-and-parking-238-to-252) Sources last checked on 26 September 2026. Found an error? Email us — fixes are logged on our [corrections page](/corrections/). ## Which other theory test topics should you revise? All 14 topics feed the same 50-question test, so revise every one. Then sit the [full free mock theory test](/mock-theory-test/) under the real time limit. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/) --- # Vulnerable Road Users Quiz: 60 Free Theory Questions > Source: https://www.thelicensedesk.com/theory-test/vulnerable-road-users/practice-test/ — last reviewed 2026-09-26. Markdown version generated at build time from the same content the page serves. Free · 50 questions in the real test · Pass mark 43/50 # Vulnerable Road Users quiz: 60 free theory test questions DVSA-style multiple-choice questions with explained answers and Highway Code references. The real test is 50 questions in 57 minutes — you need 43 correct to pass. Quick answer Below is a free Vulnerable Road Users mock test for the UK DVSA car theory test: multiple-choice questions in the official four-option format, each with the correct answer, a plain-English explanation and a Highway Code reference. Pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders, children and older or disabled people. ## Vulnerable Road Users practice questions Checked against [The Highway Code](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/the-highway-code) as amended 22 October 2025 · last reviewed 26 September 2026. Spotted an error? [Report it](/corrections/). Or study below: tap any question to see its options, answer and Highway Code rule. **Q1. You're turning into a side road and a pedestrian is waiting to cross it. Who has priority?** A. You — vehicles always have priority over pedestrians B. The pedestrian — you should give way to people crossing or waiting to cross C. Whoever moves first D. The pedestrian, but only on a marked crossing **Answer: B.** Under the hierarchy of road users, traffic turning into or out of a junction should give way to pedestrians crossing or waiting to cross the road they're turning into. Reference: The Highway Code — rules H2 and 170 **Q2. How much space should you leave when overtaking a cyclist at up to 30 mph?** A. At least 1.5 metres B. Half a metre is sufficient C. One car door's width D. No specific guidance exists **Answer: A.** Leave at least 1.5 metres when overtaking a cyclist at up to 30 mph — and more at higher speeds or in bad weather. If you can't leave that space, hold back until you can. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 163 **Q3. How should you pass a horse and rider on the road?** A. Quickly, to spend less time alongside the horse B. Sound your horn so the rider knows you're there C. Slow to a maximum of 10 mph and allow at least 2 metres of space D. Rev the engine and pass close to the verge **Answer: C.** Horses are easily startled. Pass wide and slow — no more than 10 mph and at least 2 metres of space — with no sudden noise. Be ready to stop if the rider signals you to. Reference: The Highway Code — rules H1, 163 and 214–215 **Q4. A pedestrian is waiting to cross, carrying a white cane with a red band. What does the cane tell you?** A. They are a crossing patrol officer B. They are deaf as well as blind C. They are partially sighted only D. They have priority only at zebra crossings **Answer: B.** A white cane with a red band (or a dog with a red-and-white harness) indicates the person is both deaf and blind — they may not see or hear you, so give them time and never assume they know you're there. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 207 **Q5. An older person is crossing the road slowly ahead as you approach. What should you do?** A. Sound your horn so they hurry B. Drive around behind them C. Be patient and allow them to cross in their own time D. Wave them back to the pavement **Answer: C.** Older pedestrians may misjudge your speed and need longer to cross. Slow down, be patient, and don't intimidate them with revving, horn or creeping forward. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 204 and 207 **Q6. At a roundabout, a cyclist ahead is keeping to the left but signalling right. What should you expect?** A. They're lost B. They may legitimately stay left while continuing around the roundabout — give them room C. They must leave at the next exit D. They're giving way to you **Answer: B.** Cyclists, horse riders and horse-drawn vehicles may stay in the left-hand lane when going across or around a roundabout, signalling right to show they aren't leaving. Give cyclists priority and plenty of room — don't overtake them within their lane or cut across them. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 79 and 186 **Q7. You're in a slow queue and about to turn. Why check your mirrors for motorcyclists?** A. Motorcyclists must always overtake queues on the left B. Riders may be filtering between lanes and can appear quickly where you don't expect them C. It's only required on motorways D. Motorcycles have priority in queues **Answer: B.** Filtering is legal and common in slow traffic. Before changing lanes or turning across a queue, check mirrors and blind spots specifically for the narrow, fast-closing profile of a motorcycle. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 160 and 211 **Q8. The amber light is flashing at a pelican crossing and pedestrians are still on the crossing. What must you do?** A. Proceed — flashing amber means go B. Give way until the crossing is clear, then proceed C. Sound your horn to hurry them D. Stop and wait for the green light regardless **Answer: B.** Flashing amber at a pelican means give way to anyone still on the crossing; you may proceed only once it's clear. Never harass people crossing — some simply need longer. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 196 **Q9. Under the hierarchy of road users, who has the greatest responsibility to reduce the danger they pose to others?** A. Those in charge of vehicles that can cause the most harm in a collision B. Pedestrians, because they are the hardest road users to see C. Whoever has priority at that point on the road D. Cyclists, because they share road space with both motor vehicles and people walking **Answer: A.** Rule H1 places the greatest responsibility on those in charge of vehicles that can do the most harm — most strongly lorries, buses, vans, cars and motorcycles. Everyone, including pedestrians and cyclists, must still take care, but the bigger the potential harm, the bigger the responsibility. Reference: The Highway Code — rule H1 **Q10. According to the Highway Code, which road users are most at risk of injury in a collision?** A. Drivers of small cars and vans B. Lorry and coach passengers C. Drivers travelling at high speed on motorways and dual carriageways D. Pedestrians, cyclists, horse riders and motorcyclists **Answer: D.** Rule 204 names pedestrians (particularly children, older adults and disabled people), cyclists, horse riders and motorcyclists as the road users most at risk. They have little or no protection, which is why they sit at the top of the hierarchy of road users. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 204 **Q11. You're turning left out of a quiet side road onto a main road. A pedestrian is waiting to cross the side road you're leaving. What should you do?** A. Carry on — the rule only applies to the road you're turning into B. Sound your horn briefly so they know you're coming C. Give way and let them cross first D. Edge forward slowly so they can see you're committed **Answer: C.** Rule H2 says you should give way to pedestrians crossing or waiting to cross a road into which or from which you are turning. It applies whether you're turning left or right, and whether you're entering or leaving the side road. Reference: The Highway Code — rules H2 and 170 **Q12. A mobility scooter user is travelling along the pavement. How does the Highway Code treat them there?** A. As a cyclist, who should really use the cycle lane B. As a pedestrian C. As a driver who ought to be on the road D. As a vehicle user with no right to be there **Answer: B.** The Code says only pedestrians may use the pavement, and that pedestrians include wheelchair and mobility scooter users. On the pavement they follow the rules for pedestrians, so give them the same care and priority you'd give anyone walking. Reference: The Highway Code — rules H2 and 37 **Q13. You're about to turn left into a side road. A cyclist is coming up on your left in a cycle lane, going straight on. What should you do?** A. Wait for the cyclist to pass the junction before you turn B. Turn quickly — you're ahead of them, so you have priority C. Signal left and expect them to stop for you D. Turn, since cyclists in a cycle lane must give way to turning traffic **Answer: A.** Rule H3 says you shouldn't cut across cyclists going ahead when you turn, whether they're in a cycle lane, on a cycle track or riding on the road. Don't turn if it would make them stop or swerve — wait for them to pass. Reference: The Highway Code — rules H3 and 183 **Q14. You're turning right into a side road across a line of stationary traffic. A driver in the queue has left a gap for you. What should you look out for before turning?** A. Pedestrians on the far pavement only B. A hand signal from the driver in the queue telling you it's safe to go C. Nothing — the gap means the way is clear D. Cyclists or motorcyclists passing on the inside of the queue **Answer: D.** Rule 211 says that when turning right across a line of slow-moving or stationary traffic, you should look out for and give way to cyclists or motorcyclists on the inside of the traffic you're crossing. The queue can hide them until the last moment. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 211 **Q15. You want to turn left at a junction just ahead. A cyclist in front of you is also waiting to turn left, positioned close to the kerb. What should you do?** A. Overtake them before the junction so you're not held up B. Pull alongside and turn at the same time as them C. Stay behind them until they've made the turn D. Sound your horn to let them know you're turning too **Answer: C.** Rule 170 tells you to remain behind cyclists, horse riders and motorcyclists at junctions, even when they're waiting to turn and positioned close to the kerb. Overtaking and then turning left risks cutting straight across them. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 167 and 170 **Q16. You're driving out of a driveway that crosses a pavement and then a cycle track. Who should you give way to?** A. Only vehicles on the main carriageway B. Pedestrians on the pavement and cyclists on the cycle track C. No one, as long as you signal before moving out D. Only children and older pedestrians **Answer: B.** When you cross a pavement, cycle lane or cycle track to reach or leave a driveway, rule 206 says you should give way to pedestrians on the pavement and to cyclists using the lane or track. Move out slowly and look both ways. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 206 **Q17. A pedestrian steps off the kerb ahead without looking your way, even though your car is clearly approaching. What should you bear in mind?** A. They may have impaired sight or hearing that isn't obvious B. They're deliberately testing whether you'll stop C. It's their responsibility to look, so you can keep going at your speed D. They must be using an unmarked crossing point **Answer: A.** Rule H1 reminds everyone that the people they meet may have impaired sight, hearing or mobility, and that this may not be obvious. Slow down and be ready to stop rather than assume they've seen or heard you. Reference: The Highway Code — rules H1 and 207 **Q18. According to the Highway Code, roughly what chance does a pedestrian have of being killed if hit by a vehicle at 20 mph?** A. About 1 in 2 B. About 1 in 5 C. About 1 in 20 D. About 1 in 100 **Answer: C.** Rule 207 says that at 20 mph there is only a 1 in 20 chance of a pedestrian being killed, whereas at 40 mph your vehicle will probably kill any pedestrian it hits. Keeping your speed down near people on foot saves lives. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 207 **Q19. A pedestrian waiting at the kerb is holding a plain white cane. What does this usually tell you?** A. They are deaf but can see normally B. They are recovering from a leg injury C. They are a trained road-safety volunteer D. They are blind or partially sighted **Answer: D.** A white cane or a guide dog indicates someone who is blind or partially sighted and may not see you approaching. A white cane with a red band indicates someone who is deafblind. Give them plenty of time and never assume they know you're there. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 207 **Q20. You're driving along a residential street and see an ice-cream van parked ahead with its chimes playing. What's the main hazard?** A. The van may pull out suddenly without signalling B. Children may run into the road without looking C. The chimes may mask the sound of emergency sirens D. Customers may have left their cars double-parked nearby **Answer: B.** Rule 206 says drive carefully and slowly when passing parked vehicles, especially ice-cream vans, because children are more interested in ice cream than traffic and may run into the road unexpectedly. Slow down and be ready to stop. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 206 **Q21. A 'School' warning sign has amber lights flashing beneath it. What does this tell you?** A. Children may be crossing the road ahead B. The school is closed for the day C. A 20 mph limit is being enforced by camera D. School buses are about to pull out ahead **Answer: A.** Rule 208 explains that a flashing amber signal below the 'School' warning sign means there may be children crossing the road ahead. Drive very slowly until you're clear of the area, and watch for young cyclists as well as pedestrians. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 208 **Q22. A stationary coach ahead displays a 'School Bus' sign in its rear window. What should you do?** A. Overtake quickly before it moves off B. Sound your horn to warn any children nearby C. Pass slowly and carefully, as children may be getting on or off D. Flash your headlights to tell the driver you're passing **Answer: C.** Rule 209 says drive carefully and slowly when passing a stationary bus showing a 'School Bus' sign, as children may be getting on or off. Be ready for a child to step out from beside or in front of the bus. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 209 **Q23. You're driving into a Home Zone. What should you expect?** A. Priority for residents' cars over through traffic B. A minimum speed limit to keep traffic moving C. Pedestrians kept to raised pavements on both sides of the road D. People using the whole road, perhaps children playing **Answer: D.** Rule 218 explains that in Home Zones and Quiet Lanes people may be using the whole of the road — for example, children playing or a community event. Drive slowly and carefully, and be prepared to stop to give them time to make space. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 218 **Q24. You're reversing into a side road when a pedestrian starts to cross behind you. What should you do?** A. Stop and give way until they've crossed B. Keep reversing slowly — they can see you're moving C. Sound your horn so they hurry across D. Carry on, since pedestrians shouldn't cross behind reversing vehicles **Answer: A.** Rule 206 says that when reversing into a side road you should look all around and give way to any pedestrians crossing. Pedestrians are advised not to cross behind reversing vehicles, but that doesn't remove your duty — they may not have noticed you. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 202 and 206 **Q25. You're passing someone walking in the road on a lane with no pavement. What does the Highway Code advise?** A. Pass at your normal speed, leaving at least 1 metre B. Sound your horn, then pass close to the verge C. Keep to a low speed and allow at least 2 metres D. Leave at least 1.5 metres if you're doing up to 30 mph **Answer: C.** Rule 163 advises allowing at least 2 metres of space and keeping to a low speed when passing a pedestrian walking in the road. The 1.5 metre figure is the minimum for overtaking cyclists at up to 30 mph. If you can't give the space, wait. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 163 and 206 **Q26. On a country lane with no pavement, you see a group of walkers on your side of the road, coming towards you. Why are they walking there?** A. They've gone the wrong way and should be walking in the same direction as traffic B. Walkers are advised to keep to the right so they can see oncoming traffic C. They're waiting for a gap so they can cross D. Walkers must always keep to the verge on the left-hand side **Answer: B.** Rule 2 advises pedestrians to keep to the right-hand side of the road where there's no pavement, so that they face oncoming traffic. As a driver, expect walkers on your side coming towards you — slow down and give them plenty of room. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 2 and 206 **Q27. At night, an organised group walking on a road with no pavement should have look-outs at the front and back. What lights should they show?** A. Red at the front and white at the back B. Flashing amber at both the front and back C. Green at the front and red at the back D. White at the front and red at the back **Answer: D.** Rule 5 says the front look-out should show a white light and the one at the back a red light, and they should wear reflective clothing. With no pavement the group keeps to the left, so you'll usually come across the red light first, from behind. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 5 **Q28. You're waiting to emerge from a side road as a horse rider approaches along the main road. What does the Highway Code warn you about horse riders at junctions?** A. They must give way to any vehicle emerging from a junction B. They always keep close to the left-hand kerb C. They may take a different line from the one you'd expect D. They're only allowed on the road in daylight **Answer: C.** Rule 170 says take extra care at junctions and watch out for horse riders, who may take a different line on the road from the one you'd expect. Wait until you're sure what the rider is doing, and don't pull out in a way that could startle the horse. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 170 **Q29. At a pelican crossing that goes straight across the road with a central island, the amber light is flashing. A pedestrian crossing from the far side has just reached the island. What must you do?** A. Wait — it's one crossing, so you must give way to them B. Go — they're safe on the island and it's a separate crossing C. Go, as long as your half of the crossing is empty D. Sound your horn so they stay on the island **Answer: A.** Rule 197 says pelican crossings that go straight across the road are one crossing, even with a central island, so you must wait for pedestrians crossing from the other side. Only a staggered crossing, where the two halves aren't in line, counts as two. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 196 and 197 **Q30. A horse and rider are on the road ahead. The horse looks calm and the rider seems experienced. Why does the Highway Code still say to treat the horse as a potential hazard?** A. Riders must give way to motor vehicles, so they may stop without warning B. Horses are flight animals and can move very quickly if startled C. Horses can't hear an engine until the vehicle is right alongside D. Horse riders aren't allowed to use hand signals on the road **Answer: B.** Rule 215 says treat all horses as a potential hazard, because they can be unpredictable despite the efforts of their rider. Horses are flight animals and can move incredibly quickly if startled, so approach slowly, pass wide and never sound your horn or rev your engine nearby. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 215 **Q31. At a toucan crossing, who crosses when the green signal shows?** A. Pedestrians only — cyclists must dismount first B. Horse riders and cyclists only C. Cyclists only, on a separate phase from pedestrians D. Pedestrians and cyclists together, with cyclists allowed to ride **Answer: D.** Toucan crossings are shared: pedestrians and cyclists see the green signal together, and cyclists are allowed to ride across. When your light turns green, check that both people on foot and people on bikes have finished crossing. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 25 and 82 **Q32. At a signal-controlled crossing you notice a wider crossing area and a push button mounted much higher than usual. What type of crossing is it?** A. An equestrian crossing for horse riders B. A toucan crossing for cyclists C. A puffin crossing for wheelchair users D. A pelican crossing with a school patrol **Answer: A.** Rule 27 describes equestrian crossings: they have pavement barriers, wider crossing spaces, horse and rider figures in the light panels and a higher control panel riders can reach. For drivers, the lights follow the normal traffic light sequence, with no flashing amber. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 27 and 199 **Q33. You're approaching a parallel crossing. Who must you give way to once they've moved onto it?** A. Pedestrians only — cyclists must wait for a gap B. Cyclists only, as it's a cycle crossing C. Both pedestrians and cyclists D. No one, unless its lights are showing red **Answer: C.** A parallel crossing is like a zebra crossing with a cycle route alongside the black and white stripes. Rule 195 says you MUST give way to pedestrians or cyclists who have moved onto it, and should give way to those waiting to cross. Reference: The Highway Code — rules H2 and 195 **Q34. At a puffin crossing your light turns green, but an elderly pedestrian is still making their way across. What should you do?** A. Move off — green means you now have priority B. Creep forward to encourage them to hurry C. Sound your horn gently to warn them D. Wait until they've finished crossing **Answer: D.** Rule 198 says give way to anyone still crossing after the signal for vehicles has changed to green, and this applies at all crossings. Some people need longer to cross, so be patient and never rev your engine or edge forward (rule 194). Reference: The Highway Code — rules 194 and 198 **Q35. Traffic in the opposite lane has queued across a zebra crossing, blocking your view of one side of it. What should you do as you approach?** A. Slow down — someone may step out between the queuing vehicles B. Keep your speed — nobody can cross while the queue is blocking it C. Sound your horn as you reach the crossing D. Flash your headlights to warn anyone who's waiting **Answer: A.** Rule 193 says take extra care where the view of either side of a crossing is blocked by queuing traffic or badly parked vehicles, because pedestrians may be crossing between stationary vehicles. Be ready to stop for anyone who appears. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 193 and 195 **Q36. At a zebra crossing, at what point does the law require you to give way to a pedestrian?** A. As soon as they come within sight of the crossing B. Once they have moved onto the crossing C. Only after they've pressed the crossing button D. Only once they've reached the middle of the road **Answer: B.** Rule 195 says you MUST give way when a pedestrian has moved onto a zebra crossing. You should also give way to people waiting to cross, so look out for them and be ready to slow down or stop before they step out. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 195 **Q37. A cyclist ahead moves into the centre of the lane as you both approach a road narrowing. Why might they do this?** A. To slow the traffic behind them deliberately B. Because they're about to turn right at the narrowing C. To be clearly seen and prevent unsafe overtaking D. Because cyclists must ride in the centre on all narrow roads **Answer: C.** Rules 72 and 213 explain that cyclists may ride in the centre of the lane on the approach to junctions or road narrowings where it would be unsafe for drivers to overtake. Allow them to do so and hold back until you can pass safely. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 72 and 213 **Q38. You come up behind a group of cyclists riding two abreast on a quiet country road. What's the right approach?** A. Sound your horn so they move into single file B. Overtake closely, since riding side by side on the road is illegal C. Flash your headlights to ask them to let you by D. Be patient — riding two abreast can be safer for groups **Answer: D.** Rule 213 says it can be safer for groups of cyclists to ride two abreast on quiet roads, narrow sections and in slower traffic, and drivers should allow them to. Wait until you can overtake with the full recommended space. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 66 and 213 **Q39. You're behind a cyclist on a road where oncoming traffic means you can't leave the recommended space to overtake. What should you do?** A. Wait behind until you can pass with enough room B. Squeeze past while the oncoming car is still some way off C. Overtake anyway, but with your hazard lights on D. Pass close to them, but at a slow speed **Answer: A.** Rule 163 says you should wait behind a cyclist, horse rider or pedestrian and not overtake if it's unsafe or not possible to meet the recommended clearances. Passing slowly doesn't make a close pass safe. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 163 **Q40. You're approaching red traffic lights where there's an advanced stop line with a cycle box beyond it. Where must you stop?** A. At the second white line, alongside any cyclists B. At the first white line, leaving the box clear for cyclists C. Anywhere inside the box, as long as you stay behind any cyclists D. Past both lines, if the junction ahead is clear **Answer: B.** Rule 178 says motorists, including motorcyclists, MUST stop at the first white line if the lights are amber or red, and should avoid encroaching on the marked area. When the lights change, give cyclists waiting there time and space to move off. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 178 **Q41. You're about to turn left into a side road, crossing a cycle track that runs beside the main road. You've already checked behind for cyclists. What else should you do?** A. Nothing more — cyclists on a track must give way to turning traffic B. Sound your horn to warn cyclists that you're about to cross C. Speed up so you spend as little time as possible on the track D. Check for cyclists coming towards you, as the track may be two-way **Answer: D.** Rule 140 says give way to cyclists approaching or using a cycle track when you turn into or out of a junction, and be prepared to stop and wait for a safe gap. The track may be used by cyclists travelling in both directions, so check both ways. Reference: The Highway Code — rules H3 and 140 **Q42. A cycle lane is marked with a solid white line and a sign showing its times of operation. What does this mean for you during those times?** A. You may drive in it to pass slow-moving traffic B. You may park in it briefly with your hazard lights on C. You must not drive or park in it D. You may use it if there are no cyclists in sight **Answer: C.** Rule 140 says you MUST NOT drive or park in a cycle lane marked by a solid white line during its times of operation. With a broken-line lane, you shouldn't drive or park in it unless it's unavoidable. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 140 **Q43. A cyclist is riding on the road even though there's a cycle track running alongside. How should you react?** A. Accept it — cyclists aren't obliged to use cycle tracks B. Sound your horn to direct them onto the track C. Drive close behind them until they move across D. Report them, as they must use a track wherever there is one **Answer: A.** Rules 61 and 140 make clear that cycle lanes and tracks are provided for safety, but cyclists aren't obliged to use them and may judge that the road suits them better. Give them the same space as any other cyclist. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 61 and 140 **Q44. You've parked on the left-hand side of the road and are about to open the driver's door on the right. How does the Highway Code suggest you open it?** A. Quickly, so you're out of the traffic sooner B. A little way with your right hand, then look C. Fully with your right hand, once you've checked your door mirror D. With your left hand, so you turn to look over your shoulder **Answer: D.** Rule 239 suggests opening a door using the hand on the opposite side — your left hand for a door on your right. This makes you turn your head and look over your shoulder, so you're more likely to spot a passing cyclist or motorcyclist. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 239 **Q45. Passing a row of parked cars, you notice a cyclist ahead riding about a metre out from them. Why?** A. They're getting ready to turn right B. To avoid being hit by a car door being opened C. They're about to stop and park their bike D. To stop drivers from overtaking them **Answer: B.** Cyclists are advised to ride at least a door's width, or 1 metre, from parked cars for their own safety (rules 67 and 213). Expect them to be further out than you might think and give them plenty of room when you overtake. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 67 and 213 **Q46. You're about to overtake a cyclist at night in heavy rain. How should the space you give compare with a dry, bright day?** A. It can be less, as they'll be riding more slowly B. It should be the same — 1.5 metres whatever the conditions C. It should be more than you'd give in good conditions D. It can be less if you've got main beam headlights on **Answer: C.** Rule 212 says take extra care and give more space when overtaking cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders and pedestrians in bad weather, including high winds, and at night. The 1.5 metre guide for speeds up to 30 mph is a minimum, not a fixed figure. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 163 and 212 **Q47. A motorcyclist ahead takes a quick look over their right shoulder. What might this mean?** A. They may be about to pull out, turn right or change direction B. They're checking whether you've dipped your headlights C. They want you to overtake them straight away D. They're signalling to you that the road ahead is clear **Answer: A.** Rule 212 says that if a rider looks over their shoulder it could mean they intend to pull out, turn right or change direction. Give them time and space to do so rather than trying to pass. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 212 **Q48. You're waiting to pull out of a side road and a motorcyclist is approaching along the main road. What should you bear in mind?** A. Motorcyclists always have priority over cars at junctions B. Riders must move to the centre of the road near junctions C. The rider could be travelling faster than you think D. Motorcyclists can't overtake near junctions, so they'll be slow **Answer: C.** Rule 211 says motorcyclists and cyclists are often difficult to see, especially around junctions, and could be approaching faster than you think. Rule 86 warns riders that other drivers may not judge their speed or distance correctly, especially at junctions, so look carefully before you pull out. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 86 and 211 **Q49. On a wet road, a motorcyclist ahead suddenly moves across within their lane. What's the most likely reason?** A. They're signalling that you can overtake B. They're avoiding a slippery drain cover or oily patch C. They're getting ready to stop on the left D. They're trying to stop you from following too closely **Answer: B.** Rule 213 warns that motorcyclists, cyclists and horse riders may suddenly need to avoid uneven surfaces and obstacles such as drain covers or oily, wet or icy patches. Give them plenty of room and be ready for a sudden change of direction. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 213 **Q50. A horse rider ahead signals to you to slow down. What should you do?** A. Overtake quickly before the horse becomes more nervous B. Sound your horn to thank them C. Flash your headlights to show you've seen them D. Slow down, or stop if needed, until it's safe to pass **Answer: D.** Rule 215 says look out for horse riders' and horse drivers' signals and heed a request to slow down or stop. Horses are flight animals and can move very quickly if startled, so be patient and avoid noise such as your horn or revving. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 215 **Q51. You're driving across open land in the New Forest where ponies roam freely. How should you treat a pony standing by the road?** A. With the same care as you'd give a ridden horse B. Sound your horn so it moves away from the road C. Keep your speed, as these ponies are used to traffic D. Pass close to it so you spend less time alongside **Answer: A.** Rule 215 says feral or semi-feral ponies in areas such as the New Forest, Exmoor and Dartmoor need the same consideration as ridden horses when you approach or pass. Slow down, pass wide and slow, and be ready to stop if one steps out. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 214 and 215 **Q52. Two horse riders are riding side by side ahead of you, one on a young, nervous-looking horse. What's the most likely reason they're riding double file?** A. They're both about to turn right together B. They want to stop drivers from overtaking C. Riders must ride two abreast on any road with a limit above 30 mph D. The experienced rider is escorting a young or inexperienced horse **Answer: D.** Rule 215 notes that riders may ride in double file when escorting a young or inexperienced horse or rider, and that riders are often children. Be patient, slow to no more than 10 mph and pass wide, with at least 2 metres, when it's safe. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 215 **Q53. A herd of cows is being moved along the road and completely blocks your way. What should you do?** A. Edge slowly forward through the herd B. Sound your horn to clear a path C. Stop and switch off your engine until they've left the road D. Rev your engine gently so they know you're there **Answer: C.** Rule 214 says that if a road is blocked by a herd of animals, you should stop and switch off your engine until they have left the road. Don't scare animals by sounding your horn, revving or accelerating hard once you've passed them. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 214 **Q54. On a narrow country lane, a person standing near a sharp bend waves at you to slow down. What's the most likely reason?** A. They want a lift to the next village B. They're checking your speed for the police C. They're asking you to stop and give way to them D. Animals are being herded round the bend ahead **Answer: D.** Rule 58 advises that when animals are being herded, someone should go ahead to warn other road users, especially at a bend or the brow of a hill. Slow right down, be ready to stop and switch off your engine if the herd blocks the road. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 58 and 214 **Q55. At a roundabout, the car with L plates in front of you hesitates and lets a gap go that you would have taken. What should you do?** A. Stay patient and wait until they move off B. Sound your horn to tell them the gap was safe C. Edge up close behind them to encourage them D. Flash your headlights to tell them to go **Answer: A.** Rule 217 says learners and inexperienced drivers may not be so skilful at anticipating and responding to events, so be particularly patient with them. Rule 110 says only flash your headlights to let others know you're there, and rule 185 reminds you to look forward before moving off to make sure the traffic in front has actually gone. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 110, 185 and 217 **Q56. The car in front displays a green 'P' plate. What does it tell you?** A. The driver is a professional driving instructor at work B. The driver only holds a provisional licence C. The driver has recently passed their driving test D. The driver holds a disabled parking permit **Answer: C.** Green 'P' (probationary) plates show that the driver has recently passed their test; displaying them is optional. Newly qualified drivers may lack experience in anticipating hazards, so give them time and space, as rule 217 advises for inexperienced drivers. Reference: GOV.UK — Driving lessons and learning to drive (Using 'L' and 'P' plates); The Highway Code — rule 217 **Q57. A bus has stopped at a stop on the other side of the road and passengers are getting off. What should you be ready for?** A. The bus pulling out across your lane B. Passengers stepping out from in front of it to cross C. The bus driver signalling you to stop D. A cyclist using the bus stop as a passing place **Answer: B.** Rules 206 and 223 warn that pedestrians may emerge suddenly into the road near bus and tram stops, and that you should look out for people getting off a bus and crossing the road. A passenger hidden by the bus may step out right in front of you. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 206 and 223 **Q58. A pavement is closed for repairs and pedestrians are being directed to walk in the road. What should you do?** A. Keep your speed and sound your horn as you pass B. Switch on your hazard lights and drive through C. Pass at your normal speed — the barriers will protect them D. Drive slowly and carefully, giving them plenty of room **Answer: D.** Rule 206 lists places where you should drive carefully and slowly, including where a pavement is closed due to street repairs and pedestrians are directed to use the road. Give them plenty of room, as rule 163 advises for anyone walking in the road. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 163 and 206 **Q59. Why shouldn't you park where the kerb has been lowered at a crossing point?** A. Wheelchair and mobility scooter users rely on it B. It's reserved for goods vehicles that are loading C. Dropped kerbs are kept clear for emergency vehicles only D. The road surface there isn't built to take a parked car's weight **Answer: A.** Rule 243 says don't stop or park where the kerb has been lowered to help wheelchair users and powered mobility vehicles. Scooter users are advised to use dropped kerbs even if it means travelling further, so blocking one can leave them with no safe way on or off the pavement. Reference: The Highway Code — rules 40 and 243 **Q60. You're parking next to a car that's displaying a Blue Badge. What should you do?** A. Park as close as you can to save space B. Nothing different — the badge only matters when it's in a disabled bay C. Leave a note on its windscreen to say you're there D. Leave extra room, as the occupant may need it to get in or out **Answer: D.** Rule 239 says don't stop too close to a vehicle displaying a Blue Badge — the occupant may need more room to get in or out. That applies wherever the vehicle is parked, not only in reserved bays. Reference: The Highway Code — rule 239 ## Frequently asked questions **### How many Vulnerable Road Users questions are in the real theory test?** The DVSA doesn't publish per-topic counts. Your 50 questions are drawn across all 14 official topics, so revise every category. **### What is the pass mark for the UK theory test?** You need 43 out of 50 multiple-choice questions correct (86%), plus 44 out of 75 on the hazard perception clips. You must pass both parts in the same sitting. **### Are these real DVSA questions?** No — these are original practice questions written to the current DVSA syllabus and The Highway Code. Official revision questions are Crown Copyright and only available from licensed providers. ## Revise the other theory test topics Your 50 test questions are drawn from all 14 official DVSA topics — revise every category, not just this one. - [Alertness](/theory-test/alertness/practice-test/) - [Attitude](/theory-test/attitude/practice-test/) - [Essential Documents](/theory-test/essential-documents/practice-test/) - [Hazard Awareness](/theory-test/hazard-awareness/practice-test/) - [Incidents, Accidents & Emergencies](/theory-test/incidents-accidents-emergencies/practice-test/) - [Motorway Rules](/theory-test/motorway-rules/practice-test/) - [Other Types of Vehicle](/theory-test/other-types-of-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Road & Traffic Signs](/theory-test/road-and-traffic-signs/practice-test/) - [Rules of the Road](/theory-test/rules-of-the-road/practice-test/) - [Safety & Your Vehicle](/theory-test/safety-and-your-vehicle/practice-test/) - [Safety Margins](/theory-test/safety-margins/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Handling](/theory-test/vehicle-handling/practice-test/) - [Vehicle Loading](/theory-test/vehicle-loading/practice-test/) Don't forget part two: read [how hazard perception is scored](/hazard-perception/). Booked your test? Find your [nearest theory test centre](/theory-test-centres/), or book on the official [GOV.UK booking service](https://www.gov.uk/book-theory-test) (£23). All practice questions are original study material written to the current DVSA car theory test syllabus and The Highway Code. They are not actual DVSA exam questions. This site is an independent study resource and is not affiliated with or endorsed by the DVSA.